Quantcast
Channel: Articles – The American Foundation for Syriac Studies
Viewing all 134 articles
Browse latest View live

Mar Gregory Abu al-Faraj of Melitene, maphrian of the East, known as Bar Hebraeus (d. 1286) – BIOGRAPHIES OF SYRIAN SCHOLARS AND WRITERS – Mor Ignatius Aphram Barsoum – Translated : By Dr. Matti Moosa

$
0
0

Mar Gregory Abu al-Faraj of Melitene, maphrian of the East, known as
Bar Hebraeus
(d. 1286)

Abu al-Faraj, nicknamed “Jamal al-Din,” son of the deacon Taj al-Din Aaron the physician, the son of Tuma (Thomas) of Melitene known as Bar Hebraeus393 is a very famous learned man and one of the great philosophers and theologians of the Orient as well as the world.394 Certainly, he is the most luminous star that ever shown in the firmament of the Syrian nation395 and his encyclopedic knowledge makes him all the more unique and unequalled.

He was born at Melitene in 1226 to a noble Christian family.396 In an article397 written by us we have refuted the allegation of Orientalists who claimed that the term Hebraeus is evidence that he was of Jewish origin and that his father was a convert to Christianity. The truth is that he was called Hebraeus because either one of his grandfather or he himself was born during a crossing of the River Euphrates. It is sufficient proof to cite a line of poetry which he composed about this, his nickname. He stated:
If our Lord (Christ) called himself a Samaritan,
Do not be ashamed if people call you Bar Hebraeus (Son of a Hebrew).
For the origin of this application is the River Euphrates
And not a disgraceful doctrine or the Hebrew language.398
Let then those who arbitrarily hold this view change their traditional mistake.

Bar Hebraeus studied Syriac, Church rites, the Holy Scripture and the Commentaries of the Church Fathers on them, under proficient masters in his own country. He also studied medicine under his father. At the end of 1243 his father left with his family for Antioch because of civil disturbances in his own country. Abu al-Faraj took this opportunity to study whatever he could of sciences under other teachers he found. In 1244 he became disenchanted with worldly things and became a monk renowned for his piety. He pursued his study of medicine, rhetoric and logic under master Jacob the Nestorian in Tripoli. When he achieved fame, Patriarch Ignatius III liked him and ordained him a priest and then a bishop for Jubas in 1246 and called him Gregory. Later he was transferred to the diocese of Laqbin and then Aleppo where he completed his philosophical and theological studies and mastered the Arabic language. On January 19, 1264 he was elevated to the Maphrianate of the East. He spent the next twenty-two years and few months traveling between Nineveh, St. Matthew’s monastery, Baghdad, Mosul, Maragha and Tabriz, ministering to the believers and treating favorable circumstance for the Church in both religious and secular domains. He had great favor with the kings of the Moguls because of his knowledge, competence and his excellent handling of things and people. He chose pious and qualified monks and ordained twelve of them bishops. He built two churches, two monasteries and two diocesan homes for the bishops and an inn. Nevertheless, he never stopped learning and entering into discussions with the learned men of his time. Wherever he went, he became the focus of attention for the educated. At the library of Maragha he studied philosophical commentaries in Arabic. He also read all of the philosophical and medical writings of Ibn Sina (Avicenna) and used them as his authority after the writings of Aristotle. They had a great influence on his own writings. Then he studied the Persian language thoroughly and found time to look into the different books of asceticism. Through God’s Providence he was successful in everything he did until his death at Maragha on July 30, 1286 – being sixty years of age. All the Christian sects were stunned by his death and mourned his passing. His holy body was conveyed to the Monastery of St. Matthew, where his grave is still the object of reverence. He was described as “The Ocean of Wisdom,” “The Light of East and West,” “The Prince of Learning Men,” “The Greatest Sage,” “The Holy Father” and “The Most Learned Man Possessing Divine Knowledge.”

Following are his writings:

1. Ausar Roze (Storehouse of Secrets) which is a large and significant book containing a philological, literal and spiritual commentary on the Books of the Old and New Testaments. He wrote it after thorough study of the Scriptures based on the Pshitto and the Septuagint translation, the translations used by Origen, the Harclean, the Coptic, Armenian and Nestorian translations, together with the Qarqafta vocalization of the Scriptures. He also mentioned his preference of the Septuagint to the Pshitto version. His commentary covers all the books of the Old Testament including the apocryphal books of wisdom and the Maccabees and the New Testament except Revelation. In his interpretation he cited as authorities Hippolytus, Africanus, Origen, Julius, Eusebius, Athanasius, St. Ephraim, Basil, Gregory Nazianzen, Gregory of Nyssa, Epiphanius, Chrysostom, Cyril, Hesychius, the Areopagite, Jacob of Saruj, Philoxenus of Mabug, Severus of Antioch, Daniel of Salh, Jacob of Edessa and George Bishop of the Arabs. He mentioned only once Didymus, Theodore of Mapsuestia, David bar Paul (in his commentary on the Gospel according to St. Matthew) and Patriarch Michael. In these commentaries he produced ideas of his own, criticizing some ideas of the Fathers. He finished this book on December 15, 1271. In a second copy, which was transcribed from the original written by the author in 1354, and which I believe is today in London, it is stated that he finished this book in 1277. However, the first date is more correct. Martin Springling, the American scholar said, “Bar Hebraeus is the greatest writer in all the history of Syriac literature and surely the most learned man of his age. In his Storehouse of Secrets he devoted all his knowledge to the Holy Scripture. The theologian, the historian, the anthropologist and the philosopher will find a wealth for his research in this comprehensive work written by this notable man of the thirteenth century.”399
There are more than twenty copies of this magnificent book, the oldest of which is one transcribed in 1275 in the lifetime of the author.400 Another copy is in Berlin transcribed in 1298,401 and one other at our library is thought to have been transcribed at the beginning of the fourteenth century. The Orientalists, Springling and Graham gathered photographic copies of these manuscripts and published the first volume in three hundred ninety-three pages of the book ending with Second Samuel in 1931.
2. Mnorath Qudshe (The Lamp of the Sanctuaries), is a very profound and large book in five hundred large-size pages. In it he dealt in great detail with the positive and negative theological sciences, supported by testimonies from Holy Scripture, Christian authorities and the natural sciences (by citing the writings of Aristotle and Galen). He defended the truth of Christianity, refuted the falsehood of misleading men, destroyed the arguments of Sophists and challenged the ideas of Aristotle when they contradicted the Orthodox faith. He divided this book into twelve parts or heads as follows: knowledge, the existence of God, the creation of the world, the Trinity and the Oneness of God, the mystery of the Incarnation, Angels, Devils, the human soul, priesthood, fate and destiny, Resurrection and Paradise. He made it mandatory for theology students. In 1909 we found an old copy of this book at the bishop’s residence in Jazirat ibn Umar in the handwriting of the deacon Yuhanna (John) Saru of Bartulli, the pupil of the author, completed in 1275. This copy was lost in the calamities of World War I. There are ten old copies of this book.402 In 1930 Jean Bachus translated the first two heads into French and published them. In 1661 the deacon Sergius, son of Bishop Yuhanna Ghurayr of Damascus translated it into Arabic, a translation which is a mixture of good and bad quality. Afterwards many copies of it were spread throughout the countries.403

3. Kthobo d-Zalge (The Book of Rays), is a compendium of the Lamp of the Sanctuaries in ten parts. They are as follows: the creation in six days, theological science, the Incarnation of the Word-God, the Angels and evil spirits, the soul, priesthood or offices of ordination, Baptism, the Chrism, the Eucharistic service, free will and fate and destiny, the end of the two worlds (the small and the big), together with the beginning of the new world and Paradise. His sources were the Doctors Athanasius, Ephraim, Basil, Gregory Nazianzen (The theologian), Gregory of Nyssa, Eugrius, Chrysostom, Cyril, the Ariopagite, Jacob of Saruj, Philoxenus of Mabug, Severus of Antioch, Jacob of Edessa, and Moses bar Kipha. Occasionally, he quoted the two books of the Testament of our Lord, Clemis of Rome, Mithodius, Gregory Thaumaturgus, Julius, Titus of Bosra, Epiphanus, Theophilus, Proclus, Sergius of Ras Ayn, Severus Sabukht and Bar Sobto. Of the non-Orthodox he quoted Theodore of Mopseustia, Theodoret and John of Baysan. If, in these two books, he had avoided detailed treatment of some subject matter of physicians copied from Aristotle, he would have been much better. This book consists of three hundred thirty-eight small-size pages. There are nine old copies and a new one at our library. It has been translated into very poor Arabic by a belated translator.

4. Hewath Hekhmtho (The Cream of Wisdom) on philosophy (comprising the whole Aristotelian discipline). It is one of his best writings. It consists of two huge volumes covering nine hundred fifty-one pages. The first volume contains the Logic in nine books as follows: the Isagoge, Categories, On Interpretation, Prior Analytics, Posterior Analytics, Topics, Sophistical Refutations, Rhetoric and Poetics. The volume consists of three hundred sixty-five pages. At the end of it he stated: “This is all that we could find of the teaching of our great master, the philosopher Aristotle, On Poetry. It seems to me that some part of it is still missing but extant. Either that part was not translated from the Greek or from Syriac or from the Arabic or has been translated but did not reach us. If God wills, and I live long enough I will write a comprehensive book on this art with full treatment of the different techniques of rhetoric such as harmonizing between two opposites, Paranomasia, metaphor, analogy and others.” The second volume on Physics consists of two sections. The first section is in eight books: 1) The Physics, in five parts, dealing with the natural body in general such as element, form, the nature of motion, the condition of change, the finite and the infinite, the connection of motions and the infinity with a first mover at rest and infinite which has no parts nor magnitude. 2) On The Heavens, in five parts, viz., the heavenly bodies and the sub-luminary bodies, the four elements, their nature, movements and fixations and a definition of wisdom. 3) On Generation and Corruption, in four parts, in which he discussed the condition of the universe, corruption, the courses of coming-into-being and passing away, and absolute alterations and the number of the eternal bodies subject to alteration. 4) The Book of Minerals in which he discusses the condition of solid objects, minerals, mountains, springs, the movement of the earth and the position of the universe. 5) The Book of Meteorology, in four parts, in which he discussed the conditions and motions which influences the four elements before they come together, also the influence of the heavens, meteors, clouds, thunder, wind, earthquakes, oceans and mountains on these elements. 6) The Book of Plants, in four parts, on living plants. 7) The Book of Animals, in six parts, in which he discusses the nature of animals and the condition of the animal world. 8) The Book of Soul, in fours parts, discussing the knowledge about the soul, the faculties of the soul, the movement of the soul, especially in man. He also discusses other related subjects, such as medicine, the discipline of stars, astrology, talismans and alchemy.
The second section of the second volume is in five books, viz., On Philosophy, in eight parts, Theology or Metaphysics in six parts, which constitute the theoretical subjects of this part. They are followed by the practical subjects, viz., the Nicomachean Ethics, Economics, in three parts and Politics, in three parts. In Chapter Three of part two he discussed the characteristics of nations. This volume consists of two hundred thirty-three chapters in five hundred eighty-six pages.
There are two old copies of the first volume, one in Florence,404 slightly imperfect, and the other in Oxford,405 and four new copies: one in Kandanat (Malabar), the second one in Aleppo, the third one in the Sayyida Monastery406 and the fourth in Birmingham.407 There are also two old copies of the second volume: one in our library completed in the lifetime of the author. It is the first copy to be transcribed from the author’s copy which he finished at the end of 1285 or the beginning of 1286. The second copy is at the Chaldean library in Amid.408 There are also two new copies: one in Birmingham409 and the other one at our library.
5.The Book of Tegrath Tegrotho (Mercatura Mercaturarism) a medium-size book on dialectics and philosophy in three books.410 It is an abridgement of his book The Cream of Wisdom. He compiled it before 1276. There are six copies of it411 the oldest transcribed on May 20, 1276. There is a statement in a copy transcribed by the metropolitan Ephraim Qawme that this book was translated into Arabic but we do not have a book by this name in Arabic.412

6. Kthobo da-Swodh Suphia (Book of the Speech of Wisdom), a small book, in four parts, on dialectics and philosophy. He wrote it after 1275. Herman Janus published it based on twenty-four copies: the oldest are two, one in Chicago, transcribed in 1299, and the other is in London, transcribed about 1330.413 He translated it into French and published it in 1937. In 1940 we published an excellent Arabic translation of it which we think was made shortly after the author’s death, according to a copy transcribed in 1608,414 after we revised and collated it with the original and corrected some of the errors of the French translator.

7. Kthobo d-Bobotho (Book of the Pupils of the Eyes). It is a small book on the art of logic and philosophy, in seven parts comprising no more than forty pages.415

8. Two treatises On the Human Soul, one short and the other long, which he wrote in excellent Arabic. The first one consists of sixty-two chapters in twenty-six pages,416 the other, twenty-six chapters in seventy-four pages.417 He wrote the latter in response to the request of Dionysius Angur, metropolitan of Melitene before 1252. It was first published in 1928. We found in West New York a magnificent accentuated copy of it completed at the end of the thirteenth century and the beginning of the following century. We republished it in Hims in 1938, commented on it and corrected the mistakes of the first publisher, who relied on recent copies.

9. Kitab al-Isharat wa al-Tanbihat (The Book of Indications and Prognostications) by Ibn Sina, on the art of logic and philosophy. He translated this book into excellent Syriac in response to the request of the priest Shimun (Simon) Thomas the Easterner, chief physician of Hulago before 1278. It indicates his mastery of the Syriac language as well as of translation. He mentioned it in his Chronicle in Syriac.418 This noteworthy translation has not been alluded to by contemporary writers on Arab philosophy. There is an old copy of this translation at the Florence library transcribed by Yuhanna Bachus of Bartulli in 1278.419 There are also five more copies.420 This manuscript consists of two hundred eighteen large-size pages written in fine script.

10. Kitab Zubdat al-Asrar (The Cream of Secrets) on philosophy, by Athir al-Din al-Abhari (d. 1266), which he translated from Arabic into Syriac. It has been lost.
Know that Bar Hebraeus studied philosophy by himself. He comprehended Aristotle’s philosophy thoroughly and followed his method in the first volume of his Cream of Wisdom according to the sequence of his writings. He concentrated on the text rather than on the additions which were made by writers during the fifteen centuries after Aristotle. Unlike all of our learned men who treated physics, he studied the texts of Aristotle’s writings along with the new systematic collections of writings whether in their original or in translation. Some Orientalists are of the opinion that he studied Aristotle’s book On the Soul in its original Greek because he accentuated several Greek terms a matter that has never been done by our writers.421 It is not unlikely that he knew Greek, although evidence for this is lacking. However, it is not improbable that such a brilliant man could have learned Greek during his long stay in Syria. In Arabic he studied, other than the works of Ibn Sina, those by the philosophers Fakhr al-Din al-Razi, (d. 1210), and his contemporaries, al-Abhari, Najm al-Din al-Qazwini, Nasir al-Din al-Tusi (d. 1276), who discussed these subjects with him. The ideas of Ibn Sina had tremendous influence on him, as we have already mentioned. Praising Ibn Sina he stated: “When Ibn Sina

took Aristotle’s talent, he not only increased it five times but more than fifty times.”422 In the Organon and Physics as well as in the Metaphysics he followed in the footsteps of Aristotle. He did not deviate his course except when he followed Ibn Sina’s doctrine. In fact, he preferred Ibn Sina’s ideas on the soul and its relations to the body. In the second volume he treated subjects in more conformity with the principles of theology as they were known in the thirteenth century. We have already mentioned that death did not give him a chance to write a philosophical book which would contain his creative ideas.

11. Kthobo d-Hudoye (Nomocanon or Book of Directions), is one of his books famous for its excellence. It consists of five hundred forty-one pages in forty parts: 1) the Church and its administration, 2) Baptism, 3) the Holy Chrism, 4) the Eucharist, 5) fasting and feasts, 6) funerals, 7) office of priesthood, 8) property and marriage, 9) wills, 10) inheritance, 11) selling and buying, 12) credit, 13) mortgage, 14) damages, 15) reconciliation, 16) transmission of money, 17) bail, 18) partnership, 19) power of attorney, 20) admission, 21) deposit materials, 22) loaning of objects, 23) gifts, 24) religious bequests, 25) pre-emption, 26) loans, 27) sharecropping, 28) desolate lands, 29) leans, 30) the finding of lost things, 31) the finding of lost children, 32) the liberation of slaves, 33) larceny, 34) felonies, 35) the slaughtering of game, 36) oaths, 37) vows, 38) litigations and legal powers, 39) testimony and witnesses, 40) the case without exception. This book consists of one hundred forty-seven chapters. His sources were the canons ascribed to the Apostles and which are reproduced in the eight books of Clemis, the Doctrine of Addai, the Councils of Ancyra, New-Caesarea, Nicea, Antioch, Gangara, Loadicia, Constantinople, Seleucia and Chalcedon as well as the works of Clemis, Dionysius of Athens, Cyprian, Dionysius of Alexandria, Eustathius, Athanasius, Basil, Theologos, Eugrius of Constantinople, Rabula, Cyril of Alexandria, Timothy, Philoxenus of Mabug, John of Talla, Severus of Antioch, a letter of certain bishops to the abbots of two monasteries in the village Linsus in Cilicia, Theodosius of Alexandria, Cyriacus of Amid, Jacob of Edessa, from whom he took forty-two canons, our patriarchs of Antioch George I, Cyriacus, Dionysius I, John IV, Ignatius II, Michael I and the Decrees of Byzantine emperors and finally unknown sources together with his own ideas. He called it the book of Hudoye423 which became the constitution of the Church. This book indicates the wide authority the bishops had in trying the civil cases among their parishioners. It has been praised by European authorities like Cardinal Mai.424 There are eight copies of this book: the oldest is at the Jerusalem library and was finished at the beginning of the fourteenth century.425 In 1895 Bedjan published it according to the Paris manuscript transcribed in 1488. A long time ago it was translated into Latin but the translation is marred with mistakes. At the end of the sixteenth century it was translated into poor Arabic.

12. The Ethikon (Ethics) containing religious obligations which he began with the obligations of prayer and adorned with eight supplicatory prayers, the different kinds of behavior supported by testimonies from Holy Scripture and the wisdom of Egyptian ascetics and their chronicles. It is a satisfying source for pious men. He finished this book at Maragha on July 15, 1279. It consists of four treatises subdivided into parts and chapters. The first treatise is on the training of the body, the second on the methods of maintaining the body, the third on the purification of the soul from improper affections and the fourth which is by far the longest, in sixteen chapters, on the adorning of the soul with virtues. The book consists of four hundred twenty pages. There are four old copies of this book, the oldest of which is at the Chaldean library in Mosul. It was completed in 1292.426 This book was published by Bedjan in 1898 and was translated into poor Arabic by the monk David of Hims. A copy of this translation is at Oxford.427
13. Kthobo d-Yawno (The Book of the Dove). A compendium in the training of ascetics. He wrote it at the suggestion of some lovers of asceticism after he had written the Ethikon. It consists of four parts, the first one on the bodily service in the monastery, the second one on the psychic service which is accomplished in the cell, the third on the spiritual quest of the perfect and the fourth on the author’s progress in knowledge. Some terms communicated to him in revelation (which are about eighty in number). The whole book consists of eighty pages. The author states that he called it The Dove as a symbol of the Holy Spirit. This book was translated into Arabic about 1299 under the title Kitab al-Warqa fi Ilm al-Irtiqa. I saw its well-written introduction in the handwriting of Abu al-Hasan ibn Mahruma of Mardin. There is an old copy of it at the University of Chicago, written in 1290, and another copy at Oxford.428 To it was appended a chapter on the Youthfulness of the Mind, which is the beginning of a story the author was writing on his way to Maragha, but death precluded its completion.429 The book was published by Bedjan and then by the monk Yuhanna Dulabani in 1916.430

14. The Ecclesiastical History in two volumes. The first one contains the history of the patriarchs of Antioch from Peter, the head of the Apostles, till the year 1285. The second contains the history of the Catholici and Maphrians of the East, beginning with St. Thomas the Apostle and ending with his lengthy autobiography to the year of his death. He also recorded in it the chronicles of the Nestorian Catholici according to their historian Mari ibn Sulayman. At the beginning of this history he included biographies dating back to the first three centuries, which cannot be substantiated. This book has old copies in the Vatican,431 Oxford432 and Jerusalem.433 It consists of six hundred thirty-three pages. It was translated into Latin and published by Abeloos and Lamy in 1877-1879 with an introduction whose warp and weft are made of mistakes and falsifications.

15. World History, beginning from the creation till the year 1285. In it he incorporated the history of the world, states and learned men, with great precision and accuracy. His sources were the histories of Jacob of Edessa, Michael the Great and Syriac, Arabic and Persian histories which he found at the library in Maragha. Copies of this history are found in the aforementioned libraries. It was published by Bedjan in 1890 and was also translated into English and published by Budge in 1932.

16. Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, is a compendium of his world history which he translated into Arabic shortly before his death in response to the request of certain Muslim learned men in Maragha. He finished it – except for three pages – in one month. He incorporated into it useful information concerning Arab learned men drawn from Arabic histories, some of which he quoted verbatim, excluding events of concern to Christian learned men. He arranged his work according to the histories of ten Kingdoms, i.e., the ancient patriarchs, the judges and kings of Israel, the Chaldean kings, the Persians, the Greeks, the pagans, the Christianized Romans and Greeks, the Muslim Arabs and the Moghul. The book consists of five hundred twenty-two pages and has six copies: in Florence,434 Paris,435 London and Oxford. It was first published by Pocock, who also translated it into Latin in 1663. It was also translated into German by Bauer in 1783 and was published by the monk Anton Salhani in 1890.

17. Kthobo d-Semhe (The Book of Lights), undeniably the best written Syriac grammar. He wrote it at the request of certain students of grammar and arranged it according to the grammatical principles of both the Eastern and Western Syrians, incorporated into it new principles as well as ones adopted from the Arabs. He divided it into four parts: on the noun, on the verb, on the article and on the collective. It became a constitution for the grammarians and students. It consists of three hundred fifty-two pages and has many copies, the oldest one in Florence.436 Other copies are in Zafaran,437 London,438 New Jersey,439 Jerusalem,440 Oxford,441 Boston,442 and our library.443 It was published by Martin and then by Axel Moberg in Paris in 1922.

18. Kthobo da-Grammatiki or Introduction to Grammar, is written in verse in the heptasyllabic meter. He composed it in Baghdad in two weeks, with comments and marginal notes. It has many copies, the oldest is at the University of Chicago.444 One is at Florence in the handwriting of the monk Daniel445 and one is at our library.446 These copies do not contain the Arabic comments which were made by later grammarians. Other copies are in Birmingham,447 Zafaran which is an invaluable copy,448 Paris,449 and Jerusalem.450 This book has been published by Martin.

19. Kthobo d-Balsisutho (The Book of the Spark), which is a third book on grammar left unfinished by the author. It is said that it was a large book. However, in his list of books it is called a compendium. This book is lost, but the author mentioned it at the end of his former book.

20. Kthobo d-Suloqo Hawnonoyo (The Ascent of the Mind), on astronomy and cosmography. He wrote it in 1279 in response to the request of the priest Shamoun Thomas the Easterner. In it he discussed astronomy scientifically and illustrated it with pictures and geometrical diagrams. This book is in two parts: the first one consists of eight sections, and the second, of seven sections. It covers two hundred fifty-seven pages. It was translated into French by Francis Nau according to four copies in Paris, Oxford and Cambridge in 1895. The oldest of these copies was transcribed in the fourteenth century.

21. A commentary on Euclid’s book on geometry which he completed in 1272 and mentioned in his Ecclesiastical History.451

22. A commentary on the Megiste of Ptolemy,452 on astronomy and the movement of the celestial bodies, which he completed in Maragha in 1273. He commented on it after he informed Muhyi al-Din ibn Muhammad ibn Abi al-Shukr al-Maghribi the Andalusian (Spanish) of a summary of its themes and contents and added into it an explanation of the neglected introduction of the book. He also unraveled its obscure passages. He mentioned the name of the author at the beginning of the book with great praise.453

23. A book containing a set of astronomical tables, an astronomical almanac for fixing the movable feasts. This book is lost.

24. A translation from Arabic into Syriac of De Medicamentis Simplificus, simple medicines, their potency and perfection. It is lost to us also.

25. Another large but lost book containing all of the medical theories known at the time.

26. An unfinished Syriac translation of four tracts of the Canon by Ibn Sina which is also lost.

27. A selection in Arabic of Al-Adwiya al-Mufrada (Book of Simple Medicines) by Abu Jafar Ahmad ibn Muhammad ibn Khulayd al-Ghafiqi the Andalusian (d. 560 A.H./1164 A.D.). It is stated in it that: “This book has been selected by the unique man of his age, the most learned and pious Holy Father, the revealer of truths, the unraveler of intricate matters, Gregorius, Maphrian of the East. May God complete his happiness and confirm his eminence.”

Bar Hebraeus selected this book from three volumes to make the knowledge about drugs more accessible. At the end of the book he stated, “Gregorius the Maphrian, a humble servant in need of the mercy of God said, ‘Therefore, in this abridgement I decided to restrict myself to the selection and description of medicines, particularly the most famous and potent, with the exclusion of oral medicines and ointments. Despite the small size and comprehensiveness, it turned out to be beneficial and far-reaching in this art.'” A copy of this book in one hundred forty-six pages was found in Dar al-Kutub (The National Library) in Cairo No. 1032, written in an ordinary script in the time of the author at the end of Rabi al-Awwal, 684 A.H./1285 A.D. Dr. Max Mayerhoff and George Subhi translated forty-three pages of it into English and published them in 1932, covering only the letter A. We have spotted eleven mistakes in their introduction. How better it would be if they had vocalized the text. This book has a second copy.454

28. A book On the Benefits of the Members of the Body in Arabic. In it he compiled in details all of the ideas of physicians regarding pharmaceutics. This useful book is lost.

29. A commentary in Arabic on the Aphorism of Hippocrates. A small book, it has a single copy in our library transcribed by the physician Hidayat Allah Chalabi, the Syrian, in 1640, which we found in Damascus in 1938.

30. A commentary in Arabic on the Medical Questions by Hunayn ibn Ishaq the Physician, reaching up to the part on antidotes which is about two-thirds of the book. It was left unfinished because of his death. It is contained in our previously mentioned copy .

31. A brief commentary on the Book of Hierotheos, whose author is anonymous. It is a small book consisting of one hundred twenty-two chapters in one hundred ninety pages. He wrote a commentary on it – in response to the request of certain monks. Bar Hebraeus has nothing to do with some of the pantheistic ideas it contained. This book has copies in London,455 one of which he used in his commentary. Other copies are in our library, Paris, Berlin456 and Zafaran.

32. An anthology containing thirty odes together with more than a hundred short pieces ranging between two and ten lines of poetry. Composed in the twelve-syllabic meter, most of these poems are on description, wisdom, communication with friends, praise, satire and eulogies. One of these poems is on the long absence of a friend, apologizing for the delay in delivering his gift to him. Alluded to in it are the injustices which befall the Christians. Others are on the love of knowledge, the purification of the soul, the vanity of loving this world, a soliloquy on the soul and a ninety-six line ode on the marvellous creation of the heavens, the different ideas of people concerning created beings and the nature of the rational soul. In this ode he apologized for his renunciation of worldly things and pleasure and his contentedness in possessing necessary things such as food, clothes and lodging, for the sake of happiness in the world to come. Other odes are on in sixty lines on divine love, which he likened unto wine, wisdom’s scolding of the ignorant and three hundred five line philosophical ode on perfection which he composed in Baghdad in 1277. In response to the desire of a certain prince named Shams al-Din, he composed an ode based on this ode, on perfection. So also did Yeshu Yab and other Chaldean writers, but what they wrote was a distortion of this ode.457 As to his odes on the description of Spring, praise, eulogy and wisdom, especially his ode on Divine Wisdom in one hundred sixty lines we have already mentioned these in chapters 8 and 9. Although his anthology contains many masterpieces, it also contains the poor and weak poems which he composed while still young and perhaps had no time to revise later.

This anthology has two copies, one at Oxford458 and the other at Birmingham.459 It was first published by the Maronite monk Augustine Shababi in 1877. The priest Gabriel Qirdahi published the ode on Divine Wisdom. The monk-priest Yuhanna Dulabani did well by publishing it in a neat edition in 1929 at Jerusalem. It does not include two odes in the heptasyllabic meter: one on the Trinity460 and the other, a lengthy historical and dogmatic ode composed about 1282, at the behest of the Catholicos Denha I. This ode was published by Chabot.461

33. A liturgy beginning with “Merciful thou art O Lord and thy mercy is for all the peoples.” This liturgy which bears his name is obviously his.462 Another liturgy which begins thus: “O, Immortal and Gracious” is in fact not his, but belongs to Gregory of Bartulli as has been already mentioned. In 1282 Bar Hebraeus also abridged the liturgy of St. James, the brother of the Lord which is known as the short liturgy. On January 29, 1282 he has also written a commentary on the service of the Blessing of the Water on the Epiphany.463

34. The Book of Humorous Stories in twenty chapters covering forty pages, contains the chronicles of some sages, kings, teachers, ascetics, physicians, rich men, misers, artisans as well as tales told through animals. There is an imperfect copy of this book at Constantinople, transcribed in 1605.464 The monk Louis Cheikho published on old vocalized Arabic copy of this book, transcribed in the same year.

35. An insignificant treatise on the interpretation of dreams which he wrote in his youth.

36. An eloquent homily in Arabic on Palm Sunday. We found a copy of it in Azekh and published it.465 According to information given in the book it seems that he wrote many treatises, propitiatory prayers and letters, all of which have been lost except his letter to the patriarch Nimrud.467

Bar Hebraeus was also proficient in the Armenian and Persian languages468 and a master of the Syriac language, comprehending all of its aspects. Furthermore, he was proficient in the Arabic language. His Syriac style is very powerful, lucid and attractive. Whenever his reader dived in his books he found unique and precious pearls. He would end his reading by bowing his head in great reverence to the prince of writers, the king of learned men and without exception, the most famous Syrian scholar.

236. Mar Gregory Abu al-Faraj of Melitene, maphrian of the East


MUSIC Maronite Music: History, Transmission, and Performance Practice Guilnard Moufarrej

$
0
0
MUSIC

Maronite Music: History, Transmission, and Performance Practice

Guilnard Moufarrej

University of Califomia, Merced

IN MEMORY OF REVEREND LOUIS HAGE

his essay discusses the music of the Maronite Church, a Christian church I based in Lebanon. It provides an overview of the chants used in religious

services and examines their transmission and performance practice. The Maronites have always faced challenges to maintain their identity and pre- serve their heritage while adapting to their cultural milieu. Their religious music reflects the dichotomy between safeguarding tradition and accepting contemporary trends. Since the late nineteenth century. Maronites looking for better opportunities and political freedom have increasingly immi- grated to the New World, where they face new challenges to preserving their religious identity while assimilating to the culture of their new home- land. Therefore, this essay reaches beyond the traditional geographic boundaries of the Maronite Church in Lebanon to examine issues in the transmission of Maronite music in the diaspora.

Overview of the Maronite Church

The Maronite Church is a branch of the Syro-Antiochean Church and one of the earliest distinct eastern churches. The term “Maronite” derives from the monastery of Bayt Marün (House of Maron) built in the fifth centuryin the valley of the Orontes, near Apameus, in northern Syria. Maronites believe that this monastery was built in honor of Saint Maron (d. 410), an anchorite’ who lived on a mountain near Apameus; his austerity and miracles made him a celebrity.^ His followers took part in the doctrinal discussions ofthe period, which led to their persecution by other Christian sects. In 517, three hundred fifty monks from the monastery of Saint Maron were massacred on their way to a pilgrimage to the shrine of Saint Simeon Stylites in the Syrian desert. Later persecutions at the hands of their religious adversaries, and Persian and Arab invaders of Syria in 611 and 634 respectively, forced them to migrate for refuge to the inaccessible Lebanese mountains. The great majority settled in Lebanon and developed as an independent religious community, in which secular andclericalpowerswerecombined;somefledtoCyprus.Theirfinalexodus into Mount Lebanon occurred during the tenth and eleventh centuries.

Originally, the monastery of Bayt Marün was under the jurisdiction of the Patriarchate of Antioch, one of the five great early patriarchates, the others being Alexandria, Constantinople, Jerusalem, and Rome. At the beginning of the seventh century, Anstasius II, the Patriarch of Antioch, was murdered. Persian and Arab invasions of Syria and further divisions in the Antiochean Church made the election ofa new patriarch impossible. A century later, the Maronites chose to have their own patriarch, and elected Maronite bishop John Maron as their ecclesiastical leader. It was then, in effect, that the Maronite Church was born. The foundation of the Maronite patriarchate in the monastery of Saint Maron left a substantial imprint on the Maronite Church, which came to be identified by monastic spirituality and a monastic way of living (Ruhana 2003:8).

Currently, the Maronite Church has approximately four million members, about half of whom have emigrated, or descend from those who emigrated, to the Americas and Australia since the 1880s. The Maronite Church in Lebanon remains the mother church of Maronites worldwide, who, in return, attempt to preserve their religious heritage while adapting to the cultures of their new homelands. The Maronite Church is in communion with the Roman Catholic Church, is still presided over by a patriarch, and has about thirty bishops in Lebanon and the diaspora.

Music in the Maronite Church

Music plays an important role in the Maronite liturgy. Maronite chants and hymns constitute the bulk ofthe different services and rituals and contain the essence of Maronite theology and spirituality. The music in the MaroniteChurch is diverse, reflecting a long history and a continuous attempt to preserve and adapt. Louis Hage (1938-2010), a Maronite monk and musicologist, classifies the chants used in the Maronite liturgy into five different groups, “distinct in origin, nature, and significance”: Syro- Maronite Chant, Syro-Maronite-Arabic Chant, Improvised Melodies, Personal or Original Melodies, and Foreign Melodies (2002: 209).

Syro-Maronite chants are believed to be as old as the Maronite Church. Their texts are in Syriac, a dialect of Aramaic, the language spoken by Jesus and his disciples, and most of the tunes are “believed to be ancient, dating back to the first centuries of Christianity.” I discuss this group in detail below. The second group, Syro-Maronite-Arabic Chant, consists of Arabic texts adapted to a “Syro-Maronite or originally Syro-Maronite melody” (Hage 2002:213). The adaptation of Arabic texts to existing Syro- Maronite tunes started as early as the eighteenth century.^ In the third group. Improvised Melodies, a cantor improvises and performs the melodies at specific places during a service. Improvisations are based on pre-composed tunes, which serve as a guideline to the cantor, who adds his own interpretation; or they are newly composed, giving the cantor the freedom to choose his own melodic development, rhythm, and style. However, even then, there may be some “unconscious association with some of the musical formulas that the cantor has memorized” (Hage 2002:215). This category shares similarities with other secular and sacred music cultures from the Middle East, where improvisation plays an important role. Personal or Original Melodies, the fourth category of chants in Hage’s classification, consist of newly composed hymns based on liturgical or biblical texts, and written in different musical styles reflecting the composer’s musical background and influences, whether Western, Arabic, Syriac, or a combination of any of these. This category and examples from different composition styles are discussed below. Finally, Foreign Melodies are melodies of Western or Arab origin adapted to liturgical texts in Arabic. Examples of adaptations of hymns of Western origin include “Ave Maria” by Franz Schubert and “Adeste Fideles” (known in the English-speaking world as “0 Come All Ye Faithful.”) Adaptations of melodies of Arab origin include the two songs “Marmar Zamânï” and “Yä Loru Hubbuki.”

In this essay, I examine in detail the first and fourth groups of chants, Syro-Maronite Chant and Personal or Original Melodies, which I call “old repertoire” and “new repertoire” respectively, as well as issues related to their transmission and performance in Lebanon and North America.

The “Old Repertoire” of Chant: Syro-Maronite Chant

Syro-Maronite chants are the oldest in the Maronite Church. They have
a great affinity with the ancient sacred chants of the Syro-Antiochean churches (Syro-Catholic, Syro-Orthodox, Chaldean, Assyrian) and the traditional secular music of some Middle Eastern countries (Hage 1995:156). They constitute the essence of Maronite hymnody and are found in different offices, including the daily, festival. Holy Week, and funeral offices, and in the ritual (Book of Benedictions), sacramentary, pontifical, and mass.

The texts of the chants are ancient; some can be traced back to Saint Ephrem, in the fourth century (Hage 2004:59). Until the second half of the twentieth century they were exclusively in Syriac. After the Arab conquest of Syria, in the year 634, Arabic gradually replaced it as the common tongue in Syria and Lebanon, but it remained the official language of the Maronite liturgy until the second half of the twentieth century. The transition from Syriac to Arabic took place over a long period of time, during which Arabic was introduced into the liturgy. The early Arabic texts, written in karshüni (Arabic written with Syriac characters), were an exact translation of the original Syriac ones. It is difñcult to determine when these texts were introduced; however, manuscripts from the fifteenth century contain readings in which karshüni readings parallel the Syriac readings. These translations dealt with texts in prose, such as prayers and readings, whereas the chants that constitute the bulk of the Maronite rituals and divine office” remained in Syriac only. From the eighteenth century on, chants written in Arabic and adapted to existing or newly composed Syriac tunes were introduced, but did not replace the Syro-Maronite chants, which remained in Syriac. Language barriers and the oral transmission of the chants resulted in the loss of much of the traditional repertoire. Currently, according to Hage, about 150 melodies have survived and are still in use.

The first attempt to transcribe a Syro-Maronite chant in Western notation was made in 1899 by Dom Jean Parisot, a French Benedictine musicologist. A few more transcriptions followed.^ These were aimed not at replacing the oral transmission, but at preserving hymns that were fading from memory or becoming lost. In the 1970s, Hage proposed a transcription in Western notation based on a comparative study of all previous transcriptions, including one he had completed himself, in which he used recordings from different Maronite communities in Lebanon. In his transcription, he considered the regional variations and dialects in the interpretation of the chants, as well as the oral history, and developed a model that represented this type of music. Figure 1, an example of his comparative study, shows eight transcriptions of one verse: the first two done by Parisot (P stands for Parisot), and the last one by Hage.^

During the 1970s, following Vatican Council II (1962-1965) and the beginning of the civil war in Lebanon (1975-1990), Maronite monks and scholars from the University of Saint Esprit, Kaslik, including Hage himself, took the initiative of reforming the Maronite liturgy and chant. As a result, the chants were translated into Arabic according to the Syriac poetic meter and adapted to the same Syriac tunes. This process resulted in a revival of the chants, which became more accessible to congregations. Similar attempts at translating the Syriac texts into English are being undertaken in the United States and Australia. Hage’s transcriptions were introduced during the Kaslik Reform.’ Later, the Patriarchal Commission for Liturgical Affairs, a committee appointed by the Maronite Patriarchate, adopted these transcriptions in its liturgical reform.

Syro-Maronite chant is strophic. It follows a melody-type system, in which the same tune or melody can be adapted to other strophes having an identical or similar poetic meter. The model strophe, according to which the melodic meter and strophe must be regulated, is called rish qolo (rïsh=rîsho. 200 ‘head’ and qolo means ‘voice, word, poem’). This term refers to the head of a poem, the model strophe, as with the Greek (he)irmos. The strophes are usually performed in alternation between the two groups or choirs of the congregation, but some chants have only one strophe (rarely two). The music’ is made of short formulas juxtaposed with each other; the text is syllabic. Melodies move mainly stepwise generally within a range of a fourth or a fifth. The titles of the hymns can be classified into two groups: hymns are named either after the incipit of the rish qolo (e.g., B^afro ^alîDoniyél), or according to one of the following categories: the poetic meter on which the chantisbased(e.g.,Bo’ütodMoriYa’qüb)f aliturgicalfunction(M’ïrono’that awakens’); a didactic purpose (Madrosho ‘lesson, education’);'” or a way of performance (ihüdoyo, for example, solo, alternated). In addition, the title sometimes includes the place of the chant in the divine office; for instance, the title iFïrmo refers to a hymn that accompanies the rite of the incense (Hage 1999:76-77).

The “New Repertoire” of Chant: Original and Personal Compositions

During the twentieth century, a new repertoire of Maronite chant emerged and developed alongside the old. It consists of newly composed hymns. The texts are taken from the Bible or the Maronite liturgy. The commonest language in this new repertoire is Arabic, but some hymns are in Syriac. The musical style of these hymns varies and depends mainly on the composer’s musical background and influences, whether Arabic, Western classical, Syriac, or even a combination of these styles. The hymns composed in Arabic musical style include microtones and Arab maqams. Figure 3 is an example of a hymn in Arabic musical style. It was composed by Fr. Milad Tarabay, a Maronite monk and composer. It is entitled Rannimu lir-Rabbi “Sing to God”” The text is based on Psalm 32.’^

The hymns composed in Western classical music style include major and minor scales, modulation, cadences, and sometimes even harmonization. Figure 4 is an example of a Maronite hymn with Western classical music influence. The composer is Boulos al-Ashqar. A four-part harmony of the refrain was added by Fr. Albert Sherfane, a Maronite monk and composer. The text in Figure 4 is from Psalm 61’^ lla-Lahi Taskunu Nafsi “My Soul Rests in God Alone.””

A third category in the new repertoire consists of hymns composed in the musical style ofthe old repertoire, including the use of short formulas, 202

narrow ranges, and conjoint movements. In Figure 5, the hymn Thüqä Wanthurü “Taste and See,” composed by Fr. Louis Hage, shows Syriac music influence. The text is based on Psalms 33,110, and 144.

The musical styles in the new repertoire reflect the Maronite Church’s continuous attempts to adapt to its Arab cultural milieu while keeping its tradition alive and reaching out to the Western world. Proponents of Syro- Maronite chant and traditional Syriac music style argue that this repertoire embodies the identity of the Maronite Church and should be preserved. The supporters of the Arabic music style believe that the Maronites are part of the Arab world and that their music should reflect an Arab identity. Finally, advocates of the Western classical-music style argue that the Maronite Church is a branch of the Roman Catholic Church and therefore it should reach out to the Western world.

The new repertoire of Maronite hymns can be found in the mass and in paraliturgical events such as recitals of religious music, and in the media. 2O3

It did not, however, replace Syro-Maronite chant used in parts of the mass and in the different offices and rituals.

Since about the 1970s, the number of new hymns has increased sharply. Famous Lebanese composers have contributed to the repertoire. Mansour Rahbani (1925-2009), one of the two Rahbani Brothers and brother in-law of the Lebanese diva Fayruz, composed and adapted, in the year 2000, a mass according to the Maronite rite called Al-Quddas al-Ilähi, “The Holy Mass.” Ziad Rahbani (b. 1956), the nephew of Mansour and son of Fairuz, has composed new hymns and re-arranged older hymns including a hymn entitled Ya Maryam l-bihru ßqti, “0 Mary, You Surpassed” for the Virgin Mary. Some of Ziad’s religious compositions are performed often in the mass. Other 204 composers who have written and performed Maronite hymns include Wadi’ al-§afi (b. 1921), Touflc Succar (b. 1922), and Zaki Nassif (1916-2004).

In 1984, the Maronite Lebanese Missionaries launched §awt al-Mahabba, “The Voice of Charity,” the ñrst Christian radio station in Lebanon and the Middle East, and in 1991, a group of lay people founded “Télé Lumière,” the ñrst and only indigenous Christian television channel in Lebanon and the Middle East. This was followed in 2003 and 2004, by the launching of a satellite station “Noursat” which now covers Europe, the Middle East, North Africa, North and South America, Canada, and Australia. The radio station can be accessed on the internet at www.radiocharity.org. The burgeoning of these media has resulted in a greater need for hymns and religious songs that will help convey the message of the church.” Lately, many hymns are being produced in video clips, thus showing another strategy the TV station is employing in reaching out to the viewers.

Maronite Music in North America

Maronite emigration from Lebanon and Syria started during the second half of the nineteenth century, in particular during the 1880s and 1890s. Emigrants sought opportunities in the United States, South America, Australia, and parts of the African continent. Before then. Maronite emigration had flowed to Egypt because of its proximity and the commonality of language (Labaki 1993:50). Emigration increased after about 1990. Between 1890 and 1920, more than one-third of the peasants of Mount Lebanon left their villages and moved to the Americas (Khater 2001:53-70). Lebanese emigration to the United States dropped after 1921 because of tighter immigration laws, but increased again after World War 11 because of lack of employment opportunities in Lebanon, and after 1975 because of the civil war (Labaki 1993:59-61).

The early Maronite immigrants worked as peddlers in villages and mining camps. Because of the nature of their work, they were scattered all over the United States. Their highest concentration was in industrial areas, especially in New England and the Middle Atlantic states (Labaki 1993:61). In their new home country, they have sought to preserve their religious traditions while adapting to their new lifestyles and customs.

Their first places of worship were the local Latin churches. Whenever they could obtain a priest, they established their own parishes. Until 1966, these parishes were under the jurisdiction of the Latin ordinaries. Maronite Chorbishop Seely Beggiani notes that by the beginning of World War I, at least twenty-two permanent Maronite parishes had been established in the United States (Beggiani 2003: 79).

Syriac Version

‘Anih, Moryo, nafshë d abdokh 12 3 4 5 6 7 8

‘am qadishë dashfar qudmaykh. 1 2 34 5 6 7 8

Arabie Version

‘Arih, yâ rabbi, ‘abdaka 12 3 4 5 6 7 8

bayna l’abrâri s-sâlihîn 1 23 456 78

Bhoy malkûtô malyât tûbê

‘Afsih lahu fi muikika

English Version

Refresh, 0 Lord, your servant’s soul 12345678

with all the saints who please your will. 12345678

May they rejoice with your elect 1234567812345678 12345678

Nerwâz tamön ‘am nasihë. Farrihhu bayna th-thâfirîn. at that great feast you set for them. 1 2 34 5 678 1 2 3 4 5 6 78 12 3 4 5 6 7 8

Figure 6. A comparison of the metric structure of Syriac, Arabic, and English versions of a Syro-Maronite chant from the funeral liturgy.

The Maronite Church in the United States has played a major role in uniting Maronite immigrants and helping them retain their traditions. Maronites in the United States express through their church not only their religious identity, but also their social and national identities. Early communities consisted mainly of immigrants from the same village in Lebanon. They often settled in the same neighborhood, where they formed close-knit communities and tended to re-invent their village. These communities consist today of third-and fourth-generation immigrants, with only a few newcomers from Lebanon. Since around the second half of the twentieth century, new communities have been formed by new waves of immigrants where first-and-second generation immigrants are mainly

found. As shown below, the makeup of each community influences, to some extent, the choice made in liturgical practices, including the use of language (Arabic, Syriac, English), the importation of new hymns from Lebanon, and the borrowing of hymns from other churches.

The Maronite Church in the United States follows the liturgical recommendations of the mother church in Lebanon and uses the liturgical books endorsed by the Maronite Patriarchate. In old parishes, English is used predominantly, whereas in parishes with a constantflowofnew immigrants, both languages are used selectively, with the Arabic language predominant. The main challenge is in the hymns. Third-and-fourth generation immigrants and non-Arab descendants cannot fully participate in hymns in Arabic and Syriac. A few attempts have been employed to translate the texts into English according to the Syriac poetic meters and tunes, using the liturgical reform of Kaslik as a model. The first attempt was made in the 1980s at the University of Notre Dame, in Indiana, by Joseph Amar, a Maronite priest and expert in Syriac and English languages and in Maronite liturgy and theology. His translations, however, did not catch church leaders’ attention. Later attempts were made by Geoffrey Abdallah, a Maronite priest and composer in Australia. Currently, a commission appointed by the two dioceses in the United States and known as the Maronite Inter-Eparchial Music Commission, is adapting the old repertoire of chants from Arabic to English. The work is still in its preliminary stages and under experimentation. Figure 6 shows a Syro-Maronite chant translated into Arabic and English according to the Syriac poetic meter and the original Syriac tune. The English adaptation was done by Amar.

In addition to the old repertoire, hymns from the new repertoire are being imported from Lebanon. These hymns are being used mainly in new parishes; older communities feel a need for hymns in English. Currently, the main source for Maronite hymns in English is a hymnal called Cedars of Lebanon, composed and adapted by Msgr. Mansour Labaki, a Maronite clergyman and composer. He composed the hymns in Arabic, and then he translated them into English. Some are based on Syro-Maronite tunes; others are his original compositions. The texts are based on psalms, biblical texts, and Labaki’s own writings. In the introduction to the hymnal, Labaki divides the hymns into three categories: traditional Maronite hymns, spiritual songs composed originally in Arabic and French, and “a popular music of the psalms.” His book may have fllled a gap in the chant repertoire, but there remains a need for more hymns in English. In old parishes,'” hymns in English are sometimes borrowed from the Roman Catholic Church to fill the need in the mass (Nahal 2010).

Transmission

Until the second half of the twentieth century. Maronite chant was transmitted orally, passed down to new generations through practice. In the monasteries, older monks and priests transmitted the repertoire as faithfully as possible to the younger ones, entrusting them to keep it as authentic as possible. The old liturgical books and manuscripts did not contain any music notation; instead, they listed the names ofthe tunes. The simplicity ofthe chants made them easy to memorize. The early transcriptions ofthe old repertoire in Western notation were aimed not at replacing the oral transmission, but at keeping the chants from being lost or forgotten because of language barriers. Historically, the Maronite community was active in the liturgical and paraliturgical activities in the church and in the level of participation in the prayers. Jerome Dandini, during his apostolic mission in 1596, had noted the Maronite laity’s participation in prayers: he wrote that clergy and lay people gathered at midnight to pray and sing (Dandini 1675:105). Similarly,Jean de la Roque, who visited Lebanon in 1688, witnessed the almost unanimous participation of the faithful in the recitation of the divine office:

They do not content themselves with saying long communal prayers at night. They go back to church at midnight because the next day is a Sunday, and they sing the Office in Syriac for two hours. At dawn, they go back to church to continue the Office.” (De La Roque 1722:205)

The level of participation diminished when the continuous use of Syriac in the liturgy prevented the Arabic-speaking congregation from taking an active part in the liturgy. Lately, the community’s attendance at the services has further decreased, reflecting changes in lifestyles and occupations among the faithful.

The new liturgical books that were published following the Kaslik Reform, and all the recent publications by the Patriarchal Commission for Liturgical Affairs, contain music notation of the chants, the notation devised by Fr. Hage. However, most learning and transmission of chants old and new still occurs orally. In 2008, the liturgical commission published the hymnal Kitäh al-TarätÜ al-Märüniyyah bihasab Taqs al-Kanissah al-Intakiyyah al-Suryaniyyah al-Märüniyyah (The Book of the Maronite Hymns According to the Rite of the Antiochean Syro-Maronite Church). It consists of four sections: Syro- Maronite chants, a selection of psalms, varied Maronite hymns, and hymns dedicated to the Virgin Mary. Sections two through four consist of hymns composed in the musical styles mentioned above and by a great number of composers, thus giving the choir directors and the priests a generous selection of hymns.

The same oral transmission of Maronite music is prevalent among the Maronite diaspora. Young people and new parishioners learn the repertoire through listening and participating. Choirs are established in each parish, but the congregation’s participation is always expected and encouraged. The Arabic and Syriac texts are often written in English phonetics to allow non- Arabic readers to take an active part in the service. Figure 7 is an example of the English transliteration of a Syro-Maronite hymn and its literal translation in English.”

Tune:LMaryam YoldátAloho

Syriac Version HalelOyâ

LMaryam yoldät Äloho nhê Dükhrono

Wlanbiyê shlihé wsohdé wkiné wkohnë

Walkhûlhûn yaldeh d’idto men dor ldor

Wa’damo l’olam ‘olmîn âmîn wamîn.

Arabie Version Halleluya

Li-wâlidati I-Lahi l-‘Ummi l-‘Athrâ’

l-‘Anbîyyâ’ i wa r-rusli wa shshshuhadâ

wal-khuddâm-il-kahana jawq-il-‘abrâr

kulli awlâd-il bî’a nuhyï t-tathkâr.

English Translation Alleluia

To Mary, Mother of God, may remembrance be done.

the prophets, the apostles,
the martyrs, thejust, and the priests.

and of all the children of the church, from one generation to another

and until the eternity amen and amen.

Performance Practice

The oral transmission of Maronite chant has caused changes in its performance practice. Hage’s comparative study reveals regional variations (Hage 1990). It may be argued that his transcriptions resulted in some kind of “crystallization” of the tradition, but the transcriptions contributed to the safeguarding and preservation of the Maronite heritage.

Traditionally, Maronite chant was performed a cappella, with the exception of percussion instruments used during processions on solemn occasions, such as Christmas and Easter. These instruments are the näqüs,^” double cymbals, large cymbal, and marwahah (pi., maräwih).^° Following the Kaslik reform in the 1970s, melodic musical instruments were introduced into the mass. These varied between Western-derived instruments, such as the keyboard and the organ, and Arabic instruments, including the nay,”

the qänün,^^ the ‘üd,” and the kamanjah.^’* The use of musical instruments has become common in the Maronite Church, especially during the mass.

The introduction of musical instruments into the liturgical service had two purposes: “the traditional melodies, due to their long oral transmission, had become monotone and sounded harsh. We introduced the musical instruments to help the faithful appreciate the music and to support the human voice” (Hage 2007). Nevertheless, the use of musical instruments in the church does not always fulfill its original role: instruments have sometime become tools to display musicians’ virtuosity. Hage expressed his dismay at later developments: “When we introduced the musical instruments into the service, we had control over their use. Things changed later on, and now I regret having done that because the service has become secularized and has lost its piety and sacredness” (Hage 2007).

The use of the musical instruments in the mass has eased the learning of the new repertoire and enhanced the music performance, especially considering the sacredness of the music; however, it has altered the performance of the old repertoire. When accompanied by a tempered instrument, such as the organ or the harmonium, the chants are being performed according to the diatonic scale. Instrumentalists and vocalists tend to add harmony, which further alters the chants. In contrast, when Arabic instruments are performing, some notes, especially the “E” and the “B” are played as neutrals. Hage defends the use of different intonations in the performance of the chants, and maintains that Syro-Maronite chant is “hybrid” and can be performed in either scale (Hage 2004).

Conclusion

Music in the Maronite Church reflects longstanding efforts to adapt to social and cultural realities while preserving a respected heritage. Adaptation of the liturgy to the spoken languages of the faithful has helped revive the old chants and assured their continued use, even in diasporic communities. Similarly, the introduction of new hymns from the new repertoire to the mass has helped create a contemporary image of the church, and has drawn young people to participate more in the mass and to pray in a musical style they can relate to. In 2005, the liturgical commission published a reformed version of the mass with a decree issued by the Maronite Patriarch ordering the new version to be used by all Maronite parishes in Lebanon and the diaspora. In the reformed version, the first half of the service (Liturgy of the Word, Prayer of the Incense, Scripture readings) consists of hymns from the old repertoire, and the second half (Breaking of the Bread, Communion, After Communion, Dismissal) gives choir directors and priests in each parish the freedom to choose hymns from the new repertoire, reflecting the liturgical

cycle and the religious occasion. The mass in its reformed version shows ambivalence of the church in attempting to preserve its past while adapting to the present.

The Maronite Church in Lebanon has largely succeeded in maintaining its liturgical identity through the revival of the old repertoire of chants, but in the diaspora it is struggling to maintain this identity. In communities consisting mainly of new immigrants, the mass is celebrated in Arabic, with some prayers and readings in English. The Scripture readings and the Gospel are always read in Arabie, followed by their English translations; in older communities, where the mass is celebrated only in English,” Maronite hymns in English are scarce. To fill the need, hymns from the Roman Catholic Church are being borrowed. Even in the new communities, tension arises between newcomers and young American-born Maronites, who rarely get the opportunity to learn Arabic and therefore have difficulties praying in a language they do not understand. Church leaders, aware of this inconvenience, are trying to impose the use of English in the mass. The main issue remains the absence of a suitable repertoire of hymns in English. Individual efforts that have been employed during the past few decades have not been entirely successful.

Current liturgical practice among the Maronite communities in the United States shows the importance of the old repertoire of chants in maintaining liturgical and cultural identity. Discussing the different theoretical approaches to the notion of “tradition,” scholar Catherine Bell notes that tradition exists “because it is constantly produced and reproduced, pruned for a clear profile, and softened to absorb revitalizing elements” (Bell 1992:123). It is this constant production and reproduction of Maronite tradition that has assured its continuity. ^

Acknowledgments

This essay draws from over ten years of research on Maronite Church and music. I am greatly indebted to the late Reverend and Professor Louis Hage who introduced me to this topic, which subsequently led to my dissertation on the funeral ritual in the Maronite Church. I would like to thank Michael Frishkopf, George Chahine, and Jacob Wainwright Love for their comments on earlier versions.

End Notes

‘An anchorite is a person who lives in seclusion, usually for religious reasons.

^For more information about Saint Maron and the origins of the Maronites, see De Ghantuz Cubbe (2001), Dib 1971, Khalifé-Hachem 2001, Naaman 1987, Ruhana 2003, Tayah 1987. For more information on the history of the Maronite Church, see Moufarrej 2009.

^For more information on this group, see Hage 2002:213-214.
“The divine office is the canonical hours of daily prayer (outside the mass).

‘For a complete description and analysis of the transcriptions of Maronite chant in Western notation, see Hage 1972, vol. 1; 1990, vols. 3A and 4A; 1991, vols. 3B and 4B, including one notation by Hage himself.

‘Letter A in the example refers to the music transcription provided by Father Boulos al-Ashqar, a Maronite monk and music scholar (Ashqar 1939); letter Y refers to the transcription of Father Ya’qüb Fayyad (Fayyad 1947); letter D refers to Father Marie-Andre Chaptini (Chaptini 1924); and letter R refers to Father Yussef al-Khoury, a Maronite monk and music scholar (Khoury 1992).

‘For more information on the reform ofthe divine office in the Maronite Church, see Moufarrej 1999 and Moufarrej 2008.

”The term bo’ûto refers to a poetic genre. It can be translated as ‘prayer, supplication.’ It is performed by two choirs in alternation. The term dMori Ya’qüb ‘of Saint Jacob’ indicates a poetic verse attributed to Jacob of Saroug having four syllables in each foot.

‘”A hymn attributed to St. Ephrem. The word madrosho (pi. madroshe) translates as ‘lesson’ or ‘instruction’.

“This is the literal translation ofthe title and not the title ofthe psalm.

‘^In different versions of the Bible in English, including the New American Bible, this example is listed as Psalm 33 and not Psalm 32 as is the case in the Maronite hymnal book.

‘^Psalm 62 in the New American Bible.

‘*This is a literal translation ofthe title in Arabic and not the title ofthe psalm.

‘•^The goal ofthe newly founded Christian media is to reach out to all Christians and non-Christians in the Middle East and in the diaspora; therefore it features religious programs and music from different Christian rites including, in addition to the Maronite rite, the Chaldean, Coptic, Melkite, Greek Orthodox, Syriac, and Latin rites.

“One example is Saint George Maronite Church in San Antonio, Texas.

“This is my own translation ofthe French version.

“The English translation and the English phonetics of the Syriac and Arabic versions are mine. Please note that the translation conforms more to the Syriac version than it does to the Arabic version.

“The näqüs consists of two metallic hemispheres connected to a stem that serves as a handle: it is played with a metallic hemisphere. Its sound is reminiscent ofthat ofthe triangle.

^°The marwaha consists of a metallic disk with small pieces of metal suspended from its rim: the disk is fixed to a wooden handle. Performance consists of gently agitating the handle, slowly raising and lowering it-which produces a light, rustling sound.

nay is an open-ended reed instrument. It is extremely expressive and capable of producing dynamic and tonal inflections.

^^The qänün is a flat, trapezoidal zither with twenty-six triple courses of strings. 212 Its bridge rests on fish-skin segments that cover small square spaces on the wood top. The performer plucks the strings with short horn plectra, placed between the tip of each finger and a small metal ring.

“The ‘üd is a type of lute, a pear-shaped, short-necked,fretlessversion, prevalent in Egypt and the Levant.

^””The kamanjah is the Arabic name for the violin, which was adopted into Arab music during the second half of the nineteenth century, replacing the indigenous two-stringed fiddle, which had been prevalent in Egypt and was also called kamanjah.

“The prayers and the readings in the Maronite churches in the diaspora are all an exact translation of the Arabic texts used in Lebanon.

 

Bibliography

Amar, Joseph. 1986. Praise and Thanksgiving: Liturgical Music of the Maronite Church. Printed Booklet used in U.S. Maronite churches. N.p.: n.p.

Beggiani, Seely J. 2003. Aspects of Maronite History. Glen Allen, VA: Saint Maron Publications.

Bell, Catherine. 1992. Ritual Theory, Ritual Practice. New York: Oxford University Press. Cedars of Lebanon Hymnal. 2007. 3″” ed. St. Louis, MO: Maronite Heritage Institute,

Bishop Robert J. Shaheen Educational Center.

Dandini, Jerome. 1675. Voyage du Mont Liban. Paris: n.p.

De Ghantuz Cubbe, Mariam. 2001. Quelques réflexions à propos de l’histoire ancienne de l’église Maronite. Parole de l’Orient 26:3-69.

Dib, Pierre. 1971. History of the Maronite Church. Translated by Seely J. Beggiani. Beirut: Imprimerie Catholique.

Hage, Louis. 1990. Monuments du chant maronite. Coll. Musique Maronite, 3A. Kaslik: Bibliothèque de l’Université de Kaslik.

1995. Le chant maronite. Coll. Musique Maronite, 2. Kaslik: Bibliothèque de l’Université de Kaslik.

1999. Précis de chant maronite. Kaslik: Bibliothèque de l’Université de Kaslik.

-.2002. Maronite Music. In The Middle East, Virginia Danielson, Scott Marcus, and Dwight Reynolds, eds., pp. 207-217. Garland Encyclopedia of World Music, 6. New York: Routledge.

2003. Personal communication with author. Université Saint Esprit, Kaslik, 13 May.

2004. Précis ofMaronite Chant. Kaslik: Université Saint Esprit.

2007. Phone conversation with author. Université Saint Esprit, Kaslik, 27 November.

Khalifé-Hachem, Elias. 2001. Nushü’ al-kanâ’is al-mashriqiyyah wa-turäthuhä; al-qarn al-khâmis-al-qarn al-thâmin. al-Kanâ’is al-suryâniyyat al-turâtb, 3: al- mawârinah. (The Development of the Eastern Churches and their Heritage; from the Fifth to the Eight Centuries. The Churches with the Syriac Heritage, 3: The Maronites). In al-Masihiyyah ‘abra tärikhihä fr l-Mashriq, Habib Badr, Souad Salim, andJoseph Abou Nouhra, eds., pp. 271-289. Lebanon: Council of the Middle Eastern Churches.

Khater, Lahad. [1935] 2002. al-‘Ädät wa t-taqälid al-lubnäniyyah (Lebanese Ways and Customs), vol.1. 5th ed. Beirut: Dar Lahad Khater.

Kitâb at-TarätÜ al-Märüniyyah bi-Hasab Taqs al-kanisah al-‘Intäkiyyah al-Suryaniyyah al-Märüniyyah. “The Book of Maronite Hymns According to the Rite of the Syro- Maronite Antiochean Church.” 2008. Lebanon: Bkerke.

La Roque, Jean de. 1722. Voyage de Syrie et du Mont Liban. Paris: n.p.
Labaki, George T. 1993. The Maronites in the United States. Lebanon: Notre Dame

University of Louaize Press.

Moufarrej, Guilnard. 1999. The Liturgical Reform of the Maronite Chant. M.A. thesis, California State University, East Bay.

2008. Music and the Maintenance of Identity in the Maronite Church. In Mélanges offerts au Prof P. Louis Hage, P. Ayoub Chahwan, ed., pp. 416-440.

_. 2009. Music, Tradition, and Cultural Adaptation among the Maronites of Lebanon: The Reform of the Funeral Liturgy. Al-Masäq: ¡slam and the Medieval Mediterranean 21(2): 137-151.

Naaman, Paul. 1987. Théodoret de Cyr et le monastère de Saint Maron: Les origines des maronites, essai d’histoire et de géographie. 2″” ed. Kaslik: Université Saint-Esprit.

Nahal, John. 2010. Telephone conversation with author. Millbrae, California, 16 February.

Ruhana, Bulus. 2003. Lamhah ‘an tärikh al-kanisah al-märüniyyah (An Overview of the History of the Maronite Church). Kaslik: Université Saint-Esprit.

Tayah, Wadih Peter. 1987. The Maronites: Roots and Identity. Glen Allen, Va.: Saint Maron Publications.

Discography

Al-Roumi, Majida. 2003. irhamniYä Allah [God Have Pity on Me]. Beirut: Digital Work Aoun, Jean. 2008. ¡nna Lil-Hubbi L-Khulüd [For Love There Is Eternity]. Mazra’at

Yachou’: Studio Ralph Sleiman.

Hage, Louis. 1993. Chants Maronites traditionnels [Traditional Maronite Chants]. Paris: Studio SM 12 22.71.

N.d. Maronite Music: Funeral Chants. Volume 4. Kaslik: Université Saint-Esprit de Kaslik.

_. 2005. Recueil de chants syro-maronites [Collection of Syro-Maronite Chants]. Kaslik: Université Saint-Esprit de Kaslik. 2 CDs.

Hage, Louis and Paul Rouhana. [1982] 1996. Gesänge Der Maronitischen Liturgie [Chants of the Maronite Liturgy]. Heidelberg: Christophorus CHE 0078-2.

Rahbani, Mansour. 2000. Al-Quddas al-llahi bi-hasab al-taqs a/-Mârûni(The Solemn Mass According to the Maronite Rite). Lebanon: Le Phénix PHCD 606- DDD 70.
Rahbani, Ziad. 1977. Kyrie Eleison. Antelias: Lebanon.
Sakr, Pascale. 2010. Avoonan Dbishmaya. Lebanon: Digital Limits.

Tarabay, Miled. 1998. Kamchet Trab wBakhour [A Handful of Earth and Incense]. Italy: Esperia E007.

1999. Farhitnä [Our Wedding]: Songs for the Celebration ofthe Nuptial Maronite ¡ncoronation. Italy: Esperia E012.

2001. «…bchoufb’inayk» [i See with Your Eyes]. Italy: Esperia E013.

Archaeology and cultural belonging in contemporary Syria: the value of archaeology to religious minorities. Loosley, Emma

$
0
0

Archaeology and cultural belonging in contemporary Syria: the value of archaeology to religious minorities

Emma Loosley

Abstract

This paper has evolved out of a series of community projects that I have initiated in Syria since 1997. My hypothesis is that a knowledge of the archaeological remains and religious traditions of a region bring local people more in touch with their cultural roots and encourage a sense of belonging. This is particularly the case when a religious minority feels disenfranchised by the majority group. By creating a sense of self that relates closely to the local landscape, minorities will feel more integrated and less inclined to emigrate as they develop a shared sense of community. In 1997 I began taking groups of Christians from Aleppo to the Limestone Massif, to the west of the city, in order to explain the abandoned late antique villages that dominate the landscape to them. These groups ranged in age from late teens and early twenties through to pensioners and we discussed how this kind of cultural awareness tied them more closely to the land than they had previously thought. In turn this caused them to question their self-imposed perception of themselves as ‘outsiders’ and to think in terms of a wider ‘Syrian’ identity. From 2000 onwards I have worked with a community in the Syrian desert that mixes Christians and Muslims, bedu and agricultural workers. Boundaries are fluid and village worship centres on the ancient monastery of Mar Elian. Mar Elian (St Julian) is venerated by all villagers and this perception of ancient ties means that art historical research into the site has been welcomed by the community as a whole as it is seen to validate their claims of the power of their saint. Taking these two projects as case studies I shall try and evaluate the importance of archaeology as an academic discipline in the contemporary Middle East.

Keywords

Community projects; archaeological heritage; landscape; religious minorities.

Introduction: the Syrian education system and the study of the past

In Syria the choice of subject studied at university is decided by the state with a points system. Students can request preferences among the five national universities but they have

World Archaeology Vol. 37(4): 589–596 Debates in World Archaeology a 2005 Taylor & Francis ISSN 0043-8243 print/1470-1375 online DOI: 10.1080/00438240500395912

590 Emma Loosley

little choice over destination and practically no options when it comes to choosing a subject. Places are allocated according to the points gained in the baccalaureate examination taken at 17 or 18. Students choose at 14 to study a science or arts baccalaureate and most choose science, knowing that if they take the arts and literature pathway then the highest status subjects will be closed to them. Every Syrian schoolchild aspires to be a doctor or an engineer as these are the professions which grant the highest social status, the steadiest and most lucrative career prospects and, an important consideration in an economically precarious society, the most valuable skills on foreign visa applications.

In this way other disciplines are downgraded as unimportant – a student studying archaeology for example is pitied as someone who was not bright enough to gain a place to study a more exclusive subject. While many young Syrian archaeology students are bright and enthusiastic, a significant proportion make it clear that they are in the subject only because they failed to get high enough scores to study engineering. This obviously has a demoralizing effect across the board for all subjects and the students themselves are often pushed into studying subjects they have no vocation for, but their parents will force them to accept the ‘highest status’ option offered by the state. There is no conception of a Western, some would say privileged, ethos where students choose subjects simply on the basis of personal preference and A-starred students are just as likely to fight each other over a place to read English as they are over a place to read medicine, and engineering has a recruitment problem.

When dealing with an educational system of this nature there is little incentive for young people to study their past. Knowledge of history is vague and highly partisan, concentrating almost exclusively on Arab history after the advent of Islam in schools, and encompassing ancient Mesopotamian and Syrian culture at university level. The level attained by most students is relatively low due to a lack of books and access to foreign- language material. This general malaise with regard to the past spreads to related disciplines, such as art history, which are not recognized as courses of study in Syria and to a general lack of interest in the conservation and preservation of historic sites.

With this kind of cultural background, history is largely the hobby of a few interested amateurs but not the ‘day job’ of many people in Syria. Foreigners who study the past are viewed as exotic eccentrics who must be wealthy in order to pursue a study with no commercial value. The idea of bursaries for anything other than absolutely essential studies in medical research or civil engineering is seen as frivolous in such a poor society.

1997–8, Aleppo

In 1997 I moved to Aleppo in Syria to undertake fieldwork for my PhD. My aims were threefold; I wanted to visit a group of churches first surveyed by Georges Tchalenko in the 1950s (Baccache 1979, 1980; Tchalenko 1953, 1990) to assess their condition fifty years on, to study Syriac, an Aramaic dialect that is the liturgical language of the Syrian Orthodox Church, and finally to study the contemporary Syrian Orthodox liturgy. This was to gather data for a thesis studying the interplay between form and function in late antique Syrian churches. Having been welcomed into the local Syrian Orthodox community in the

Archaeology and cultural belonging in contemporary Syria 591

Hay Suryan quarter of the city, I quickly settled into a routine of Syriac lessons, church attendance and days spent hiking across the limestone massif to the west of the city.

Without any contemporary maps I was hoping to use the knowledge of local people to help me locate the villages where the churches were located but I soon discovered this to be impracticable. The inhabitants of the villages were Kurds who had settled in the region only as a result of the political upheavals of the twentieth century and who therefore were not especially knowledgeable about the history of their settlements. Back in Hay Suryan I discovered that the whole population were descendants of people from the contemporary Turkish city of S ̧ anliurfa, formerly Edessa. Their families had been evicted by the Turks in 1924 and had walked to Aleppo, where they had stayed ever since. Therefore, despite the fact that the whole region was a traditional heartland of the Syrian Orthodox Church from late antiquity to the middle ages, the current Syrian Orthodox population of Aleppo felt divorced from the countryside and saw themselves as outsiders.

Within the Christian community of Aleppo as a whole, very few people took an interest in the wider Christian heritage of the region. The few exceptions were local engineers who had written books on the limestone massif and published them through Aleppian church presses. In Syria doctors and engineers are seen as the most learned members of society and so few people sought to question the accuracy of these unedited works that were largely plagiarisms of Butler and Tchalenko (Butler 1909; Tchalenko 1953, 1990). After attending several community lectures given by engineers that were largely inaccurate plagiarism, I began to question the widespread ignorance of the local community with regard to their cultural heritage. There were, of course, several notable exceptions. The local Syrian Orthodox Archbishop of Aleppo proved to be knowledgeable, although his information was largely theoretical rather than empirical, which was also the case with my Syriac tutor, Fr. Antoine, a Syrian Orthodox priest, and with the Archbishop’s former secretary and local English teacher, Farida Boulos. All three had read widely on the limestone massif but had actually visited only rarely. The final exception was a local engineer and amateur historian whose hobby was visiting these sites for his own curiosity, Samir Katerji. Samir quickly adopted me and we spent many days hiking across the hills guided by shepherds and villagers who remembered seeing ruins answering to the descriptions we gave and who accompanied us for the pleasure of hearing city gossip from Samir.

Back in Aleppo the community of Hay Suryan were beginning to question why this strange foreign girl was disappearing frequently and returning sunburned to the city and Farida, Samir and Fr. Antoine let it be known that I was there to study the Christian heritage of the region, which was their history. Informal questions over coffee with local people led to invitations to talk to the various community groups linked to the church. Samir had instituted an organization of ‘families’, social groups that met once a month for a lecture, meal and dance and who went away together on holiday each summer. The aim was to cement community ties and to provide a friendship network outside the family groups that dominate the lives of most Syrians. There were seven groups arranged around middle-aged couples, young families and young graduates, those who cared for disabled relatives and so on. Fr. Antoine quickly involved me with his group of middle-aged couples who were interested in local history and Syriac. While they were generally not too keen on hiking and leaving the comfort of the city, they were happy to listen to lectures on

592 Emma Loosley

the churches scattered in the hills to the west of the city. This also awakened a general interest in church history encouraged by Fr. Antoine. An immediate effect of this was increased church attendance as the group confessed that, after Fr. Antoine’s guided tour of the church, they understood the Syriac liturgy for the first time.

Having been befriended by the ‘Mar Grigorios’ group, I was spending my evenings in the church coffee shop-cum-community centre with a group of people my own age (late teens to mid-twenties). This group comprised largely of those with vocational qualifications rather than graduates and the leading members were carpenters, plumbers, mechanics and secretaries. After a few weeks I was asked by the leader of the group, a carpenter named Yusuf, if I would lead the group on a visit to some of the places that I was working on. A Sunday was chosen and Yusuf instructed the group to dress practically in jeans and trainers, with hats, sun cream and plenty of water. As the trip was taking place in early July we planned to leave at 5 am, eating breakfast en route and planning a typical Syrian lunch (3 pm) on the return home to the city.

I planned an itinerary that started with easily accessible monuments. Many of the villages were beside country lanes and did not require any strenuous exercise to reach. However there was one village that was a walk of approximately 3–4 km from the nearest road. I had not had the opportunity to visit this site before and, since Yusuf had said to include some sites that were new to me so that I would also benefit from the trip, I included this village on the list. I had carefully checked beforehand that it would prove an interesting site for the group. Unlike the majority of the villages of the region that were occupied solely from the fourth to seventh century CE, Kafar Nabo was one of the villages that had been occupied from the first century BCE and the church I was seeking was built on top of a Roman temple to the god Nabo. By teaching the group something about the continuity of the historical record I hoped to ignite interest in these sites and spark some enthusiasm for the subject.

Immediately it was clear that the sexes took radically different views of the subject. The men and two older female community workers, my friend Farida and another teacher, were instantly caught up in the excitement of exploring a ‘new’ site. They rushed around calling me to come and look at every new discovery – Roman statues and a long Greek inscription among them. They also listened courteously to the local Kurdish population, who herded sheep in the area, and asked many questions of the shepherds, as well as keenly examining the photocopied plans from Tchalenko’s book that I carried with me. By contrast the women were largely concerned with their (unsuitable) footwear, scorned the local shepherds and became animated only when a Kurdish farmer loaned them a donkey to ride back on.

Back at the restaurant, as the females miraculously recovered enough to spend hours dancing the dabkeh, Yusuf, Farida and a small group of community leaders decided that the day had been a success. Many of the young men and a smaller proportion of women had requested further information and professed their shame that they were unaware that they had spent their entire lives only 40km away from these places and known nothing about them. Yusuf had spoken sharply to those with unsuitable footwear and pointed out that this was a valuable exercise in regaining their history. The inhabitants of the region had disappeared, presumed moved northwards into contemporary Turkey in the seventh century, and in the twentieth century the ancestors of the population of Hay Suryan had

Archaeology and cultural belonging in contemporary Syria 593

moved south from Turkey. Therefore he reasoned that understanding these monuments was a vital part of understanding the Christian heritage of the region, a heritage that transcended the modern state boundaries and was more understandable in terms of a region ruled as the hinterland of the great city of Antioch. It was decided that I would photocopy my site notebook for Farida who would then translate the information and act as guide on a series of future trips. When I returned in 1998 I found that this had worked well and the trips were still continuing a year later.

It was on my second period of research in Syria, in the autumn of 1998, that I was approached by Samir Katerji to achieve the same objective with an altogether less willing group. For months Samir (a devout atheist) had been annoyed by a large group of elderly men playing backgammon in the church community centre when they should have been attending mass. To Samir this was extremely disrespectful and, one Tuesday during the evening mass, he gave them an ultimatum. If they were found playing backgammon the following Sunday morning he was taking a monetary forfeit from them. Predictably, on Sunday morning they were all there as usual and Samir took a token amount of money from each man (they were largely middle-aged to elderly and relatively poor) and ordered them to meet at the community centre at 6 am the following Sunday. Then he telephoned me. Considering himself an atheist who had properly considered all the options, Samir felt that these men were alienated from the Church through ignorance and needed to be educated about their past. I was to turn up at six the next Sunday and to lead the group on an exploration that would cause them to question their relationship with the past and with the Church.

I turned up early on that Sunday morning because I was staying with Farida, who, unusually in Syria, was exceptionally organized and woke me at 5.30 am with a picnic of iced water, cucumbers and fruit to take on my travels. On reaching the church I was amazed to see that most of the men had already arrived, some bringing sons and grandsons with them, but I was to be the only female. Generally, they were practically dressed but one man in his eighties was sporting his best black suit with shirt and tie.

Despite their age, these men could walk for miles and were bursting with questions. They were as curious about the lives of the Kurdish farmers that they found living in the region as they were about the monuments that they were exploring and frequently stopped to talk to the local villagers. In one ruined chapel they spontaneously called upon a deacon among them to lead prayers and even Samir was to be found crossing himself as they sang the Lord’s Prayer. The highlight of the day was when a passing farmer gave us all a lift in his trailer to the ruins we were searching for. The success of the trip was illustrated by the fact that, before we reached Aleppo, the men had already chartered the bus for the following Sunday and ordered me to devise a new itinerary for them.

I have been back to Aleppo every year since 1998 and from Yusuf, Farida and Samir I know that these trips have continued and, indeed, have spread. Farida now takes her all- women Bible study groups on trips to the limestone massif and other Christian sites further afield. The ‘families’ or community groups still go on visits-cum-picnics and there is a demand for local speakers to talk about the Christian history of the region. It is perhaps also telling that those who have fully embraced this interest are those least likely to emigrate. Samir has an engineering degree and lived in Sweden for a while but says that he was unable to live so far away from his cultural roots and Yusuf’s social circle is far less

594 Emma Loosley

likely to move away than the graduate groups – not least because they have such a strong sense of community and ‘home’. Several weeks ago (June 2005) I was in Hay Suryan visiting friends and, naturally, I went to the community centre – the central point of social life in the area – to drink coffee and be seen. The old men were still playing backgammon and, after admiring the improvement in my Arabic (non-existent when I lived in Aleppo), they took my elbow and drew me into the snooker and ping-pong room. There on the wall were two photographs I had taken of them, blown up to poster size: one of them praying in a ruined church and the other of them standing on the back of a tractor driven by a smiling Kurdish farmer.

2000–present, Qaryatayn

During my time in Aleppo I became friends with a monastic community in central Syria, in a monastery approximately 90km north of Damascus. While Deir Mar Musa al- Habashi1 (the monastery of St Moses the Abyssinian) is relatively well known – due to the mediaeval fresco cycle in the monastery church, the only complete cycle still extant in the Levant (Dodd 1992, 2001) – in 2000 the community was given another, less glamorous and visually spectacular monastery.

Dayr Mar Elian esh-Sharqi (the monastery of St Julian of the East) today stands approximately 500m to the west of the town of Qaryatayn, a shabby mud-brick structure; very little of the ancient monastery remains above ground today. Situated on the old Damascus–Palmyra highway the town boasts a substantial tell and owes its existence to the presence of a spring. As the last settlement before Palmyra, Qaryatayn was a staging post for the major caravan routes until the advent of motor vehicles killed the town’s most lucrative trade as a rest-stop on the Damascus–Palmyra journey. Unfortunately, the town with its current population of 28,000 people, approximately 20 per cent of whom are Christians and who are descended from an unbroken Christian tradition of at least 1,500 years, forms one of the most economically and socially deprived communities in contemporary Syria.

It was knowing this that I arrived in Qaryatayn in 2000 to undertake a survey of the site with a view to future excavation. Immediately it became apparent that the attitude of the local population was unlike that of Hay Suryan in Aleppo. Whereas in Aleppo I had been treated as an eccentric, but young and enthusiastic, student and quickly assimilated into local society, in Qaryatayn I was viewed with suspicion. First, they were not used to outsiders – and the concept of ‘foreign’ extended to anyone from outside the village. Fr. Jacques, from the Community of Deir Mar Musa, who had recently been appointed parish priest, was viewed with suspicion as he came from the unimaginably distant city of Aleppo. Second, any outsider interested in the monastery was viewed as a potential grave- robber come to despoil the tomb of Mar Elian (St Julian).

Having established that the last overseas residents of the village were an eccentric Danish Protestant missionary who slept with her gun and Gertrude Bell, who was a frequent visitor in the early years of the twentieth century, I set about trying to make contact with the villagers by displaying my ignorance. Finding that the town was inhabited by a mixture of bedu and fellahin, I befriended the patriarch of the largest Christian bedu

Archaeology and cultural belonging in contemporary Syria 595

clan and questioned him about his childhood. Over a series of meetings in the home shared by the whole vast Bayt Habib when the herds were in town I spoke to Abu Naseef about his memories of the monastery going back to the 1920s and 1930s. Slowly other members of the family began to visit me at the site and his daughter was able to give me valuable information on her life as a resident of the monastery until almost all the mud-brick structures had collapsed in the 1980s due to termite infestation.

In 2001 on 9 September, the annual festival of Mar Elian, I arranged a small display in the church explaining who I was and why the exploration of the monastery was important. Over the course of the day between 1,500 and 2,000 people read the display and handled the random surface finds given to me by villagers. They then began to approach me over the coming months with their recollections of the site and stories of vanished village traditions. As these were collated they were made into a small museum in one of the three remaining mud-brick chambers on site.

Having broken the ice the local population then changed their attitudes to the proposed excavation and they have been very supportive since the archaeological project began in full in 2002. They say that local people always recognized the importance of the site and now they would like others to share their saint with them. The interest in ancient traditions continues, with many traditional tools being given to the monastery. It has now been decided that the site will house a small archaeological and ethnographic museum at the end of the archaeological project. In talking to local people Fr. Jacques has discovered that many villagers feel that the arrival of foreigners somehow validates their belief in the sanctity of the site and, if more appear as tourists, then history may prove the way to revitalize a dying community.

Conclusion

Over the course of almost ten years working with Christian communities in Syria I have found that it is a feeling of dislocation and rootlessness that is most likely to bring about emigration in the younger generations of Christians. While the reason for emigration is most commonly given as economic, it is clear that people will brave economic disadvantage if they feel that they are part of a growing and vibrant community.

By putting younger people in touch with their past and reminding them of the historical continuity of their ancestral past, as illustrated by the vast wealth of late antique monuments in contemporary Syria, many are now questioning their role in society and seeing that cultivating social responsibility and community feeling may be a more satisfactory answer for their future than flight to an alien and possibly unsympathetic culture elsewhere in the world. Ultimately this kind of community project encourages a sense of cultural belonging that creates a cohesive social force and that will hopefully stem the widespread emigration that threatens to destroy the Christian communities of the Middle East within one or two generations.

School of Arts, Histories & Cultures, University of Manchester, Manchester, M13 9PL

596 Emma Loosley

Note

1 The standard English transliteration for monastery is Dayr but Deir Mar Musa was restored by an Italian group and has an Italian Abbot who use the Italian spelling Deir. The monastery is now so widely known by this spelling that it is best to preserve it as all literature relating to the site is spelt in the Italian manner.

References

Baccache, E., under the direction of G. Tchalenko. 1979. E ́glises de village de la Syrie du nord. Vol. 2. Paris: Paul Geuthner.

Baccache, E. 1980. E ́glises de village de la Syrie du nord. Vol. 1. Paris: Paul Geuthner.
Butler, H. C. 1909. Ancient Architecture in Syria. Leyden: Publications of the Princeton

Archaeological Expeditions to Syria in 1904–5 and 1909.

Dodd, E. C. 1992. The Monastery of Mar Musa al-Habashi, near Nebek, Syria. Arte Medievale, 2nd Series, 6: 61–132.

Dodd, E. C. 2001. The Frescoes of Mar Musa al-Habashi: A Study in Medieval Painting in Syria. Toronto: Pontifical Institute of Mediaeval Studies.

Tchalenko, G. 1953. Villages antiques de la Syrie du Nord: Le Massif du Be ́lus a l’e ́poque romaine. Paris: Paul Geuthner.

Tchalenko, G. 1990. E ́glises syriennes a ́ bema. Paris: Paul Geuthner.

Emma Loosley has studied at the University of York, the Courtauld Institute of Art, the University of London and the School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London. Her PhD was on the relationship between architecture and the liturgy in the early Syrian church and she currently teaches Oriental Christian and Islamic art at the University of Manchester. Her work is inter-disciplinary and encompasses archaeology, anthropology and theology as well as traditional art history.

مدارس السريان ومشاهير جهابذتهم في العصر الذهبي –فيليب الطرزي

$
0
0

مدارس السريان 

ومشاهير جهابذتهم في العصر الذهبي

تعدّ الامة الآرامية السريانية بين الأمم الراقية ذات التاريخ المجيد في العصور الغابرة. ذهب رهط من أهل البحث الى أن السريان هم الذين استنبطوا الكتابة . لأن بلاد الفينيقيين الذين علّموا الكتابة لليونان ليست الا بقعة صغيرة من بلاد السريان أشهر مدنها صور وصيدا وبيروت وجبيل. والفينيقيون كما هو ثابت كانوا أمة شامية أي سريانية . وكانت لغتهم اما سريانية محضة واما قريبة الى السريانية اكثر من سائر اللغات السامية.

انشئت المدارس عند السريان منذ دخولهم في النصرانية ، فانتشرت بينهم انتشاراً عجيباً غريباً جعلتهم في طليعة شعوب الشرق بالثقافة والبلاغة ، وناهيك بما انجبته تلك المدارس البعيدة الصيت من العلماء الأعلام والمؤلفين العظام الذين ذاعت شهرتهم شرقاً وغرباً . وقد أطنب في وصفهم وتعداد مآثرهم المؤرخون والكتّاب وعلماء المشرقيات.

اذا ضربنا صفحاً عن علماء السريان ذوي الصبغة الدينية فمن لم يسمع بيوحنا بن ماسويه ( 857 ) رئيس أعظم مدرسة في بغداد ازدحم الطلاب على أبوابها ، وهل من يجهل اسم يعقوب الكندي ( 861 ) فيلسوف العرب او اسم حنين بن اسحق ( 876 ) شيخ تراجمة الاسلام ورئيس الفلاسفة والاطباء أو اسم موفق الملك ابن التلميذ (1081 – 1146) الملقب بسلطان الحكماء الخ فلا غرو اذا اطلق المؤرخون والأدباء على الامة السريانية كما سلف القول لقب ” أميرة الثقافة ” و ” ام الحضارة ” .

بعد هذه المقدمة الوجيزة ، يطيب لي ان المح الى بعض المعاهد السريانية التي كانت مراكز للتعليم في القرون الخالية . وفيما يلي أورد للقارىء اسماءها وأسماء فريق من الجهابذة الذين تعلموا أو علموا فيها وهي:

  1. مدرسة قطسفون أو المدائن

تعد هذه المدرسة في مقدمات المدارس السريانية الشهيرة.  فيها نشأ ططيان الآشوري مؤلف كتاب ” الدياطسرون ” في القرن الثاني للميلاد.

  1. مدرسة الرها 

ازدهرت هذه المدرسة التي أنشأها ملوك الرها الأباجرة ازدهاراً رائعاً منذ القرن الثاني حتى القرن الخامس للميلاد . ونبغ فيها عدد وافـر من الأئمة المشاهير نذكر منهم : برديصان ( 154 – 202 ) والفيلسوف وافا والعلامة أسونا . وفي القرن الرابع تولى رئاسة تلك المدرسة مار أفرام الكبير ( 373 م ) نبي السريان . ثم رابولا أسقف الرها ( 435 م ) ثم خلفه يهيبا ( 457 م ) الخ…

  1. مدرسة نصيبين 

اشتهرت مدرسة نصيبين الكبرى في القرن الرابع وعاشت حتى القرن السابع. وفيها نبغ مار يعقوب الكبير ( 338 م ) وخلفاؤه في كرسي نصيبين . وفي هذه المدرسة علم نرساي الشهير ( 507 م ) وباباي الكبير ( 627 م ) وغيرهما من مشاهير الاساتذة .

  1. مدارس انطاكية وجوارها 

من مدارس السريان الزاهرة مدرسة انطاكية الكبرى ومدرسة دير مار بسوس الذي سكن فيه أيام عزه ستة الاف وثلاثمائة راهب . ثم مدرسة دير تلعدا الذي انشىء في القرن الرابع ومدرسة دير الجب الخارجي وغيرها . واشتهر في تلك المدارس اسحق الانطاكي الكبير ( 406 م ) والبطريـركان بولس الثالث ( 575 م ) وبطـرس الثالث ( 591 م ) ويعقوب الرهاوي ( 708 م ) وغيرهم.

  1. مدرسة قنسرين 

قامت مدرسة قنسرين في القرن السادس بسعي مؤسسها يوحنا بارافتونيا (538 م)  وعرف من جهابذتها البطريرك اثناسيوس الاول ( 631 م ) وتوما الحرقلي الذي نقل عام 616م العهد الجديد عن اليونانية الى السريانية ، والفيلسوف الكبير سويرا سابوخت في القرن السابع . وقد امتاز سويرا هذا بعلومه ومصنفاته الفلسفية والفلكية . وعلى يده وصلت الارقام الهندية الى العرب.

  1. مدرسة رأس العين 

اشتهر أمر هذه المدرسة في العصر الذهبي ، وكان مركزها على ضفة نهر الخابور بين رأس العين والحسجة بالقرب من قرية المجدل . وتفرد رهبان ديرها المعروف بدير ” قرقفة ” بضبط حركات ألفاظ الكتاب المقدس وتجويد قراءته . وعرف من رأس العين سرجيس الراس عيني ( 536 م ) إمام عصره في الطب والمنطق والفلسفة . وهو أول النقلة من اليوناني الى السريانية . ومن اخباره ان البطريرك افرام الانطاكي ( 526 – 545 م ) وجهه في مسائل خطيرة الى روما والى قسطنطينية فنجحت مساعيه.

  1. مدرسة قرتمين 

تأسست هذه المدرسة في طور عبدين سنة 397 للميلاد . واشتهر رهبانها خصوصاً بصنع الرقوق وتهيئتها لنسخ الكتب . وتفننوا بتجويد الخطوط وتجديد الكتابة السطرنجيلية على يد رئيسهم المطران يوحنا عام 988 م.

ويروى أن عمنوئيل ابن أخي المطران المشار اليه نسخ على رق الغزال سبعين مجلداً من الكتاب المقدس طبقاً للترجمة البسيطة والسبعينية والحرقلية ووقفها لدير قرتمين وظل هذا الدير زاهراً حتى القرن الثاني عشر.

واشتهر من هذا الدير علماء وأحبـار عديدون نذكر منهم ثيودوسيوس البطـريرك ( 887 – 895 م ) الذي برع في الطب وألف فيه كتاباً عرف باسمه.

  1. مدرسة دير برصوما بملطية 

أنجبت هذه المدرسة الزاهرة علماء مشاهير قام منهم بطاركة وأساقفة ومؤلفون عديدون ، نذكر منهم يعقوب بن الصليبي مطران آمد ( 1171 م ) وثيودوروس بار وهبون ( 1193 م ) وميخائيل الكبير ( 1200 م ) والمفريان غريغوريوس ابن العبري ( 1286 م ) . وفي هذه المدرسة راجت اسواق العلم من القرن الثامن حتى القرن الثالث عشر.

وحوت هذه المدرسة مكتبة عامرة حفلت بعدد وافر من المخطوطات السطرنجيلية والصكوك والفرمانات القديمة . وقد زينها البطريرك ميخائيل الكبير بكتب جمّة نسخها او نقّحها بيده . نذكر منها نسخة بديعة من الانجيل كتبها كلها بحروف ذهبية وفضية ودبجها بصور شتى ، ثم جعل ذلك المصحف الثمين ضمن صندوق فضي مذهب.

  1. مدرسة دير البارد 

موقع هذه المدرسة في أطراف ملطية وهنزيط .. تأسست في العام 969 للميلاد وظلت موطناً للتعليم والتأليف حتى السنة 1243 ، وقد اشتهر امر رؤسائها واساتذتها بانشائهم بعض صلوات وأناشيد تفردوا باستعمالها وادخلوها في الطقس السرياني ، تشهد لذلك مخطوطات عديدة حفظت الى هذا اليوم.

نكتفي بهذا النزر اليسير من المدارس السريانية في مختلف الاقطار. وقد أسس السريان في كل مدينة او قرية استوطنوها مدرسة او أكثر حتى بلغ عدد مدارسهم في بلاد ما بين النهرين وحدها زهاء خمسين مدرسة من أرقى المدارس وأوسعها . قال البحاثة السيد أحمد أمين: ” كان للسريان في ما بين النهرين نحو خمسين مدرسة تعلم فيها العلوم السريانية واليونانية… وكانت هذه المدارس يتبعها مكتبات … وكان في الاديار السريانية شيء كثير لا من الكتب المترجمة في الآداب النصرانية وحدها بل من الكتب المترجمة من مؤلفات أرسطو وجالينوس وابقراط ، لأن هؤلاء كانوا محور الدائرة العلمية في ذلك العصر. وكان السريان نقلة الثقافة اليونانية الى الامبراطورية الفارسية ثم الى الخلافة العباسية.

هكذا اتسع نطاق الثقافة عند السريان حتى أناف عدد مؤلفيهم في العصر الذهبي على اربعمائة كاتب او مؤلف اتصلت بنا اسماؤهم وبلغت تآليف بعضهم ثلاثين أو أربعين كتاباً . ولعل هناك كتبة كثيرين ضاعت أسماؤهم بضياع مؤلفاتهم بسبب الحروب والفتن والزلازل وما شاكلها من الفواجع والرزايا.

——————- 

  1. مخطوطة قديمة تخص القس بطرس سابا البرطلي وغيرها
  2. ضحى الاسلام لأحمد أمين جزء 2 صفحة 59 – 60
  3. مقدمة تاريخ كلدو واثور تأليف المطران ادي شير صفحة 8
  4. راجع ما أثبته في هذا الشأن “اللؤلؤ المنثور” لمؤلفه العلامة البطريرك أفرام برصوم .

———————-

الفصل الرابع 

مكانة بطريركية السريان وعدد ابرشياتها في العصر الذهبي 

انتشر السريان انتشارا عجيبا غريبا لا في أقطار سوريا وما بين النهرين والعراق وبلاد فارس وملبار فحسب بل في الانحاء اللبنانية أيضا. فان بطريركيتهم الانطاكية كانت الى عهد الصليبيين أعظم وأهم من بطريركيات سائر الفرق النصرانية في الشرق دون جدال . وفاق عددهم يومئذ عدد سائر الملل النصرانية حتى في انطاكية عاصمة الكرسي البطريركي.

فكان عدد اساقفة السريان في تلك الحقبة يربي على مائة وستين أسقفا يخضعون قاطبة لبطريركهم الانطاكي ولمفريان الشرق اللائذ به.

وكان لكل من اولئك الاساقفة ابرشية خاصة برعايته . لأن القوانين البيعية حرمت تنصيب اسقف دون ابرشية شرعية. يتضح ذلك كله جليا من فهارس الاساقفة الملحقة بتاريخ ميخائيل الكبير ومن التاريخ البيعي تأليف المفريان ابن العبري ومن ثقات المؤرخين في العصور الغابرة.

وبالجملة فان الكتبة المدققين سريانا وغير سريان اجمعوا على أن عدد السريان في القرنين العاشر والحادي عشر ناهز المليونين من النفوس . أما عدد الملكيين في تلك الحقبة فلم يتجاوز النصف مليون وكان عدد ابرشياتهم خمسين ابرشية. وذكر الاب هنري لامنس ان غليلم الصوري في “تاريخ الصليبيين” احصى الموارنة أربعين الفا. ذلك كله يثبت ما احرزته بطريركية السريان في العصور السالفة من المكانة والاعتبار بين الشعوب المجاورة لها.

الفصل الخامس 

انتشار عقيدة السريان في شتى الشعوب والاقطار

علاوة على اتساع بطريركية السريان في مختلف الاصقاع فانهم احرزوا في القرون الوسطى مكانة علمية وشهرة عالمية لدى اقطاب الدين وارباب الدنيا. وبهذه الوسيلة عمت عقيدتهم بالطبيعة الواحدة شعوبا جمة غير شعبهم السرياني كالاقباط والاحباش والارمن والعرب ونصارى الملبار وغيرهم. وهذا ما حمل جمهورا من الكتبة على أن يطلقوا على ذلك العصر “عصر السريان الذهبي

——————–

  1. معجم التاريخ والجغرافية الكنسي : للكردينال بودريار : مقال للمستشرق كرلفسكي (كيرلس شارون) : صفحة 613
  2. تسريح الابصار : جزء 2 صفحة 55

——————-

  1. السريان والاقباط 

على أثر استقلال السريان استقلالا بيعيا استحكمت عرى العلاقات بينهم وبين الاقباط مشايعيهم في معتقدهم بالطبيعة الواحدة . وبتوالي الايام ازدادت تلك العلاقات متانة حتى اننا نشاهد في سلسلة بطاركة الاقباط في الكرسي الاسكندري أسماء أربعة منهم كانوا من عنصر سرياني وهم : البطريرك دميانس الرهاوي في القرن السادس . والبطريرك سيمون الاول سنة 689 للميلاد . والبطريرك ابرام او افرام (976 – 979) . والبطريرك مرقس الثالث (1166 – 1189).

وقد نقل الاقباط عن السريان في نافورة قداسهم ميمر مار يعقوب السروجي و “رتبة كسر القربانة) تأليف ديونيسيوس يعقوب ابن الصليبي (1171 م) وما برحوا يذكرون في قداسهم اسماء بعض ايمة السريان كأفرام وسويرا البطريرك والانبا برصوما وماروثا . ويحتفلون لسويرا البطريرك بأربعة اعياد في السنة.

ومما يبرهن على نفوذ اللغة السريانية في طقس الاقباط استعمالهم كلمات سريانية في طقوسهم وليترجياتهم كقولهم “طوبانيتين” و “طوباني” و “نيح” و “لتأت ملكوتك” و “الاخذ” أي التناول و “ميمر” و “رشم” و “رشومات” و “عتيد” و “تنيحوا” و “حياصة” الخ.

وانتشر السريان بين الاقباط في انحاء القطر المصري انتشارا عظيما . فابتنوا في المدن والدساكر عشرات الكنائس نذكر منها:

———————

  1. السريان في القطر المصري : للخوري اسحق أرملة : 7 : 23
  2. تاريخ القبط : للشماس منسى : صفحة 390 – 393 .
  3. مخطوطات المكتبة الاهلية بباريس : رقم 65 صفحة 32
  4. السريان في القطر المصري : 7 : 24
  5. الخولوجي القبطي : صفحة 137 و 736
  6. الخولوجي القبطي : صفحة 232 و 373
  7. مخطوطة دير الشرفة : رقم 2 / 4 صفحة 314 – 316
  8. الخولوجي القبطي : صفحة 51 – 710 الخ .

———————-

كنيستين في الفسطاط . وكنيسة قريبة من السد. وكنيسة مار ماروثا بناحية شمسطا . وكنيستين في الخندق . وكنيسة في سنموطية . وكنيسة مار بهنام في مصر العتيقة وقد زرناها عام 1899 وهي اليوم بيد الاقباط الخ.

أما الاديار السريانية في القطر المصري فلم يكن عددها بأقل من عدد الكنائس . وقد حفظت لنا الآثار التاريخية اسماء ثمانية عشر ديرا من أديار السريان الوافرة العدد يرتقي عهد بعضها الى القرن السادس للميلاد . وكانت تلك الاديار حافلة بجماهير من الرهبان والزهاد والعلماء انقطع فريق منهم الى التأليف والنسخ. وانصرف الفريق الآخر الى انشاء مكتبات نفيسة اشهرها مكتبة دير والدة الله في وادي النطرون.

وكانت تلك المكتبة تحوي مخطوطات سريانية قديمة ثمينة يرتقى عهد بعضها الى القرن الخامس والسادس. بينها زهاء ثلاثمائة كتاب مخطوطة على رق غزال . وقد اشترى بعضها القس الياس السمعاني والعلامة يوسف سمعان السمعاني. ثم ابتاع ما تبقى منها المستر تاتام سنة 1842 ونقلها الى المتحف البريطاني في لندن كما سترى . ونشر علماء الانكليز فهارسها في ثلاثة مجلدات.

وقد ازدانت مكتبات الفاتيكان ولندن وباريس وبرلين وميلانو واكسفرد وكمبردج وغيرها بقسط وافر من تلك الكتب السريانية كما يستفاد من فهارس مخطوطاتها . هذا ما عدا مخطوطات نسخت في ذلك الدير وحفظت الى هذا العهد في مكتبات اخرى كمكتبة دير الشرفة بلبنان ودير مار مرقس بالقدس الشريف ومكتبة الكلدان بماردين الخ.

———————

  1. المخطوطات السريانية في المتحف البريطاني : رقم 243 ورقم 631
  2. المقريزي : مجلد 2 صفحة 511
  3. المقريزي : مجلد 2 صفحة 517 
  4. المقريزي : مجلد 2 صفحة 511
  5. تاريخ جرجس ابن العميد التكريتي السرياني : صفحة 299 – 300
  6. المخطوطات السريانية في مكتبة برلين : عدد 259 صفحة 790 والسلاسل التاريخية : صفحة 381 لمؤلف هذا الكتاب
  7. مخطوطة المتحف البريطاني : رقم 672
  8. السريان في القطر المصري : 12 صفحة 49
  9. الاقباط في القرن العشرين : تأليف رمزي تادرس

———————————

  1. السريان والاحباش 

للسريان فضل عظيم في تنصير الاحباش بسعي ثئودورا الملكة (527 – 548 م) زوجة يسطينان الاول قيصر الروم (527 – 565 م) . وكانت ثئودورا المحتد منبجية المولد ناصرت القائلين بالطبيعة الواحدة. وقد سبقت فاوفدت الى بلاد الحبشة القس يوليان السرياني فأذاع فيها العقيدة المنوفيزينية . وظل هناك سنتين يقصد الصهاريج ويعمد الناس كل يوم من الساعة الثالثة حتى الساعة العاشرة . فتنصر الاحباش على يده وفي مقدمتهم ملك الحبشة وارباب دولته.

وما قلناه عن الطقس القبطي يصدق في الطقس الحبشي ايضا.

ولا يزال الاحباش يستعملون في قداسهم نافورة مار يعقوب السروجي السرياني (521 م) فضلا عن صلوات كثيرة نقلوها الى لغتهم عن السريانية والحقوها بليترجياتهم.

وكانت تربط الشعبين السرياني والحبشي روابط العقيدة الواحدة. وما كانت الفوارق اللغوية او الحواجز الجغرافية او الاختلافات الجنسية لتقوى يوما على فصم عرى تلك الروابط التي نشأت عنها في مختلف العصور بعض العلاقات بين الاحباش والسريان . فالتاريخ يروي ان الامير جرجس ابن نجاشي الحبشة انطلق سنة 836 الى بغداد عاصمة العباسيين لتحية الخليفة المعتصم بالله. فاجتمع هناك في شهر آب بالبطريرك ديونيسيوس الاول التلمحري . وبناء على رغبته ناوله هذا البطريرك السرياني القربان المقدس ثم قدم له بعض الهدايا كذكرى لتلك المقابلة التاريخية.

——————

  1. التاريخ الكنسي لابن العبري : في كلامه عن البطريرك سرجيس التلي
  2. السريان في القطر المصري : 8 صفحة 29 و 30
  3. مجلة الحكمة في القدس : مجلد 4 سنة 1930 صفحة 174 و 473 .

——————–

  1. السريان والارمن

كان الارمن قبل استنباطهم الحروف الارمنية يستعملون القلم السرياني في كتاباتهم . وأول من فكر منهم في وضع الحروف الارمنية هو القديس مسروب في أوائل القرن الخامس فأنه قصد مدينة الرها مع بعض تلامذته وتخرجوا قاطبة في مدرستها الشهيرة بالآداب السريانية على يد دانيال مطرانها العلامة وعني مسروب واسحق جاثليق الارمن (390 – 439) بنقل الاسفار المقدسة وترجم شرح مار فرام الملفان لكتاب “الدياطسرون” عن اللغة السريانية الى اللغة الارمنية. ثم نقل الارمن تسع عشرة مقالة من كتاب “البراهين” تأليف القديس يعقوب افرهاط وغير ذلك عن اللغة السريانية الى اللغة الارمنية.

وابتنى السريان في أرمينيا كنائس عديدة وأديارا زاهرة نذكر منها كنيستين فخمتين في سيس عاصمة ملوك الارمن وكرسي بطريركيتهم . ثم ديرين كبيرين قرب طرسوس. وكانت مدينة آطنة المجاورة لتلك العاصمة آهلة في القرن الثاني عشر بالسريان دون سواهم يرعاهم مطران من جنسهم ومعتقدهم.

وكان للسريان في أرمينيا ابرشيات وافرة العدد تسلسل فيها الاساقفة جيلا بعد جيل حتى القرن الثالث عشر. وقد ذكرها ميخائيل الكبير في لائحة الاساقفة التي الحقها بتاريخه كأبرشيات سيس وطرسوس وعين زربا وخلاط الخ.

ومما يستحق الذكر ان البطريرك اغناطيوس الرابع (1264 – 1283) احتفل احتفالا شائقا في كاتدرائية سيس السريانية بترقية غريغوريوس ابن العبري الى الرتبة المفريانية بحضور أساقفة السريان والارمن. وبعد الاحتفال رحب حاتم ملك فيليقيا الارمني في بلاطه بالبطريرك والمفريان والاحبار والاعيان

——————-

  1. المشرق : مجلد 17 سنة 1914 صفحة 51
  2. المشرق : مجلد 4 سنة 1901 صفحة 428
  3. روبنس دوفال : الاداب السريانية : جزء 1 صفحة 218
  4. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 523
  5. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 400 صفحة 301
  6. الزهرة الزكية في البطريركية الانطاكية : صفحة 74 .

——————-

  1. السريان والعرب

مثلما نشر السريان عقيدتهم بالطبيعة الواحدة بين الاقباط والاحباش والارمن نشروها كذلك بين العرب جيرانهم بني غسان ونجران وتغلب ومعد وبني كلب وغيرهم . وكان بطاركة السريان ينصبون اسقفا او أكثر لكل قبيلة من تلك القبائل العربية ودعي بعضهم بأساقفة “المضارب” فكانوا يرافقون القبائل العربية المتنقلة ويقيمون الرتب الدينية تحت الخيام ومن اساقفة العرب نذكر :

شمعون اسقف بيت ارشم وثئودور اسقف حيرة النعمان وقد وضع اليد عليه يعقوب البرادعي الاسقف المسكوني .

ثم ان البطريرك يوليان الثالث (688 – 709 م) نصب اسقفا للعرب التغالبة يقال له يوسف ونصب قرياقس البطريرك (793 – 817 م) ثلاثة اساقفة للعرب : اولهم الاسقف يوحنا للكوفة . ثانيهم الاسقف داود وقد وضع عليه اليد في “دقلا” عاصمة التغالبة وثالثهم الاسقف عثمان وهو الخامس والاربعون في عداد اساقفته .

ونصب البطريرك ديونيسيوس الاول التلمحري (818 – 845 م) خمسة اساقفة لقبائل العرب التغلبيين . ووضع يوحنا الخامس (847 – 894 م) اليد على سبعة اساقفة للعرب بني معد وبني تغلب ونجران . وقس على من ذكرنا : البطاركة اغناطيوس الثاني وثئودوسيوس وديونيسيوس الثاني ويوحنا السادس وباسيل الثاني منذ السنة 878 حتى السنة 935 م .

——————–

  1. النصرانية وآدابها بين عرب الجاهلية : للاب لويس شيخو : قسم 2 صفحة 414 
  2. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 263
  3. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 309
  4. تاريخ ابن العبري الكنسي : صفحة 34
  5. لائحة البطاركة والاساقفة : للبطريرك ميخائيل الكبير

———————-

والى السريان يعود الفضل في نقل الكتاب المقدس عن لغتهم الى اللغة العربية على يد بطريركهم يوحنا الثالث (631 – 649 م) واليهم كذلك يرجع الفضل في نقلهم الى اللغة العربية علومهم وعلوم اليونان خصوصا في عهد العباسيين . فان اولئك الخلفاء استعانوا بنوابغ السريان واتخذوهم اساتذة لهم فمهدوا للعرب سبل الثقافة ومرنوهم على اقتباس اصناف المعارف .

الفصل السادس 

السريان والفرس 

في جملة الامصار الخاضعة للكرسي الانطاكي نذكر بلاد فارس التي أينع فيها الأدب السرياني بجانب الادب الفارسي . وبرز فيها احبار اجلاء وعلماء افاضل انشأوا تصانيف سريانية تجلت فيها مواهبهم العقلية . ونذكر في مقدمتهم يعقوب افراهاط الحكيم الفارسي صاحب كتاب “البراهين” الذي أفرغه في قالب سرياني بأسلوب جزل بليغ . ثم الجاثليق شمعون برصباعي (329 – 341 م) . وميلس اسقف شوشن (341 م) . ولسنا ننسى مار ماروثا (420 م) الواسع الشهرة الذي بعثه ارقاديوس قيصر (395 – 408 م) في رسالة توصية الى يزدجرد ملك الفرس (399 – 420 م) . فارتحل القديس ماروثا ثلاث مرات الى عاصمة الاكاسرة وتوصل بمرونته وذكائه الى كف الاضطهاد عن النصارى . ثم صنف عن الشهداء السريان في البلاد الفارسية كتابا امتاز بلهجته البليغة المؤثرة .

وبعد استقلال السريان بيعيا كما تحدثنا قبل الان اخذ بطاركتهم أو مفارنتهم ينصبون مطارنة وأساقفة لكراسي الابرشيات السريانية في بلاد فارس . نذكر منها ابدقون وسجستان وأفرة وجرجان وخراسان وهرات ومراغا وتبريلز واذربيخان وغيرها . وقد اطلعنا على جدول اساقفة تلك الابرشيات منذ عهد لببطريرك قرياقس (739 – 817 م) حتى عهد البطريرك ميخائيل الكبير .

——————– 

  1. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 129 صفحة 167 – 168 وميخائيل الكبير صفحة 421 
  2. اللمعة الشهية : جزء 1 صفحة 23 – والآداب السريانية : لروبنس دوفال : صفحة 246 .

——————–

وروى المؤرخون اخبارا طريفة عن بعض علماء السريان وأطبائهم الذين كانت لهم صلات مع ملوك فارس. نذكر من ذلك ما أثبته ابن أبي اصيبعة وابن النديم عن أبي الخير الحسن بن سوار بن بابا بن بهنام المعروف بابن الخمار قالا ما خلاصته: ولد ابن الخمار عام 942 وقرأ الحكمة على يحيى بن عدي التكريتي وبرع في اللغتين السريانية والعربية وحذق اصول صناعة الطب وفروعها وتبحر في الحكمة . وتفرد بتواضعه للضعفاء وبتعاظمه على العظماء . فاذا دعاه السلطان ركب اليه في زي الملوك والعظماء . فكان يسير اليه في ثلاثمائة غلام بالخيول الجياد . وكان السلطان يمين الدولة محمود بن سبكتكين صاحب بخارا يجله غاية الاجلال. وقد صنف ابن الخمار اربعة عشر كتابا ونقل مصنفات كثيرة من السرياني الى العربي وأجاد فيها . وتوفي ابن الخمار بعد السنة 997 للميلاد .

وكان المفريان ابن العبري يتردد الى بلاد فارس ويتعهد مكتباتها الشهيرة ويتفقد ابرشياتها الخاضعة لكرسيه المفرياني.

وحلت وفاته في مراغا ليلة الثلاثاء 30 تموز 1286 وصلى عليه اقليرس النساطرة والملكيين والارمن والسريان وشيعوه بحفاوة عظمى .

الفصل السابع 

السريان والخلفاء المسلمون والنهضة العلمية العربية 

احتظى السريان بالثقة والاحترام عند الخلفاء الراشدين (632 – 661 م) والخلفاء الامويين (662 – 746 م) والعباسيين (750 – 1258 م) وأول من نال القربى لديهم حين الفتح العربي هو منصور بن يوحنا السرياني الذي أصبح وزيرا للمالية في عهد الخلفاء الراشدين أما ابنه سرجون وحفيده يوحنا المشهور بالقديس يوحنا الدمشقي (749 م) فقد توليا ديوان الاعمال والجبايات في عهد الخلفاء الامويين.

———————-

  1. طبقات الاطباء : مجلد 1 صفحة 322
  2. الفهرست : صفحة 370
  3. تاريخ الدول السرياني : المقدمة : صفحة 2
  4. جثالقة المشرق ومفارنة السريان للخوري اسحق أرملة : صفحة 41 .

——————-

وأثبت جميع مؤرخي السريان ان اثناسيوس برجوميا الرهاوي ولاه الخليفة عبد الملك بن مروان (685 – 705 م) الادارة المالية في القطر المصري . وكان عهده في تلك الوظيفة عهد خير وبركة واقبال على الدولة الاموية . وذكر ميخائيل الكبير ان مروان الخليفة (744 – 750 م) لدى ارتحاله الى حران ببلاد ما بين النهرين خف لاستباله ايونيس الرابع بطريرك السريان (740 – 755) في هدايا وافرة وتحف نفيسة حملها على خمسين جملا . فرحب به الخليفة ترحيبا حميلا وكتب له فرمانا عام 746 للميلاد خوله بموجبه الولاية على جميع الشؤون البيعية . وهو اول فرمان اعطي لبطريرك سرياني من خليفة المسلمين.

واذا انتقلنا الى عهد الخلفاء العباسيين اتضحت لنا مكانة ايمة السريان وعلاقات علمائهم بكل من اولئك الخلفاء . فقد تفجرت ينابيع المعارف على يدهم وسالت الصحف باقلام مترجميهم ومصنفيهم واطباءهم في طول البلاد وعرضها . وأغنوا العالم بنفائس الاسفار التي استخرجوها الى العربية عن اللغات السريانية واليونانية والفارسية واالعبرية والهندية . فبلغت دولة العلم أيام عز الخلافة العباسية شأوا بعيدا قلما ذكر الكتاب مثله في العصور الخوالي.

وهذه كتب التاريخ طافحة بأخبار اولئك الجهابذة كالبطريرك ديونيسيوس التلمحري وأخيه تاودوسيوس في عهد الخليفة المأمون (813 – 833 م) ومنهم العلامة حبيب أبو رائطة التكريتي في القرن التاسع . وروفيل وبنيامين الطبيبان اللذان قرأ عليهما مار ماري علم الطب والفيلسوف الكبير يحيى بن عدي (974 م) في عهد المطيع للـه (946 – 974 م) وعيسى بن زرعة (943 – 1008 م) في عهد القادر باللـه (991 – 1031 م). والشيخ يحيى بن جرير التكريتي وأخوه ابو سعد الفضل التكريتي وغيرهم.

———————

  1. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 149 صفحة 189 وتاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 112 و 113
  2. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 464

———————

وفي السنة 1223 قتل الطبيب الكبير امين الدولة ابو الكرم صاعد بن توما البغدادي اليعقوبي . كان ممتازا بسيرته وعلمه فأعزه الخليفة الناصر (1180 – 1225 م) كل الاعزاز وقربه وأمنه على جميع أسرار دولته وعلى أبنائه وبناته ونسائه. واتفق ان الخليفة المذكور ضعف بصره فكلف امرأة يقال لها “ست نسيم” أن تنهض بكل ما يكتبه هو وأطلعها على جميع اسرار الدولة .

وكان اذا وصل خطها الى الوزير الكبير اعتقد انه هو خط الخليفة نفسه فيقوم بانجاز كل ما فيه من أوةامر ونواه.

وبعد مدة من الزمان اتفق تاج الدين رشيق الخصي مع “ست نسيم” فجعلا يكتبان ما يخطر لهما كأنه من فم الخليفة ويعرضانه على الوزير فيكمله . وما عتم ان اطلع الوزير على تلاعب “ست نسيم” والخصي . ذلك أنه استدعى أمين الدولة بن توما المشار اليه وقرره فصرح له بأن الخليفة ضعيف البصر وان امرأة تكتب له ما شاء من الاوامر . ولما شعرت نسيم بافتضاح أمرها بلغت ابني قمر الدين فكمنا للطبيب امين الدولة ووثبا به وهو خارج من دار الخليفة وضرباه سكينتين . فصاح بهما الطبيب صيحة عظيمة فاستأنفا وطعناه طعنة نجلاء وفتكا به وبحامل فانوسه . ثم شيع الطبيب الى بيته ودفن فيه. وبعد تسعة أشهر نقل جثمانه الى بيعة دار مار توما ولحد في ضريح آبائه . وخلف ثلاثة أبناء وهم : شمس الدولة وفخر الدولة وتاج الدولة امتازوا كأبيهم وارتقوا الى أسمي المراتب.

وممن اشتهر بين السريان كذلك حسنون الطبيب الرهاوي وجبرائيل الطبيب الرهاوي مصنف الكتب الفلسفية والطبية نحو السنة 1263 في اللغة السريانية . وشمعون الطبيب المشهور مجدد دير مار قرياقس . وأمين الدولة ابو الكرم صاعد بن توما البغدادي (1223 م) والطبيب عيسى تلميذ حسنون المذكور الذي ابتنى في سيس كنيسة فخمة على اسم برصوما . والربان دانيال ابن الحطاب المارديني الخ..

——————-

  1. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 285
  2. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 449 – 450

——————–

وكان اولئك العلماء والاطباء يلازمون الخلفاء في بلاطهم ويجلسون الى مائدة طعامهم ويسامرونهم ويعالجون مرضاهم ويرافقونهم احيانا في حروبهم وأسفارهم . وكان الخلفاء بدورهم يجلون اطباءهم ويرحبون بهم ويسنون لهم أعطيات سخية ويعودونهم حين مرضهم ويراسلونهم.

ويتسمحون معهم في قضايا دينهم ويحضرون احيانا الصلاة عليهم بالشمع والبخور في جنازاتهم.

ويؤثر عن بعض الخلفاء العباسيين انهم كانوا يتعهدون أديار النصارى ومناسكهم فيصادفون من الرهبان كل ترحيب واجلال.

وقد نزل يوما هارون الرشيد بدير مار زكي الذائع الصيت الواقع على ضفة نهر البليخ فاستطابه الخليفة وبر اهله . وغير خاف ان هذا الدير العظيم الذي كان يدعى “دير العمود” قد اسسته الملكة ثئودورا (548 م) السريانية المنبجية بجوار مدينة الرقة احدى الابرشيات السريانية . وعرفنا ممن تولى كرسيها المطراني سبعة عشر مطرانا سريانيا من السنة 793 حتى السنة 1200 م .

الفصل الثامن 

السريان وقياصرة الروم 

شاءت العناية الربانية فاختارت من الامة السريانية أشخاصا

ارتقوا الى عرش القياصرة في قسطنطينية وتكللت مفارقهم بالتاج المنكي . نذكر منهم الملكة هيلانة والدة قسطنطين الكبير التي ولدت في “كفرفجي” بجوار الرها عاصمة الاباجرة ملوك السريان وانضم اليها الملكة ثئودورا زوجة يسطنيان الاول (527 – 565 م) قيصر الروم وكانت تلك الملكة ابنة كاهن “سرياني” من مدينة منبج.

—————–

  1. من شاء الاطلاع على اخبار هؤلاء الجهابذة السريان فليراجع كتاب “تاريخ مختصر الدول” لابن العبري : طبعة الاب صالحاني
  2. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 226 – 265
  3. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 43
  4. اللؤلؤ المنثور : صفحة 510
  5. السريان في لبنان : تأليف فيليب دي طرازي : جزء 1 قسم 12 – 21

——————-

روى المؤرخ سعيد بن بطريق (960 م) ان موريق قيصر (582 – 602 م) وهرقل قيصر (610 – 641 م) ملكي الروم استعملا منصورا المذكور في فصل سابق على الخراج في دمشق لثقتهما بأمانته وكفاءته . وكان منصور هذا سريانيا يعقوبيا واشتهر ولداه سرجيس وايليا فنصبا بطريركين على بيت المقدس أحدهما تلو الاخر.

ولما انطلق هرقل الى مدينة الرها الغاصة بالسريان خرج الى لقائه جماهير غفيرة من الشعب والكهنة والرهبان . فأدهشته وفرة عددهم ولم يتمالك ان يصرح لوزرائه قائلا : “لا يجمل بنا أن نترك هذا الشعب المجيد منفصلا عنا ! ” . ثم توجه صباح الاحد الى كنيسة السريان وحضر القداس فيها.

ولما تولى نيقلور فوقا (963 – 969 م) عرش القسطنطينية أرسل فاستدعى اليه عام 969 يوحنا التاسع بطريرك السريان (965 – 986) للبحث في الاتحاد وقضايا المعتقد . فسار البطريرك يصحبه ثلاثة اساقفة وجملة من الرهبان ولبثوا هناك ثمانية شهور يعالجون تلك المسائل دون جدوى . ثم عاد البطريرك وأساقفته الى كراسيهم.

——————

  1. راجع الجزء الاول من كتاب “السريان في لبنان” لمؤلف هذا الكتاب : قسم 6 فصل 1 و 2
  2. ….. 
  3. تاريخ ابن بطريق . جزء 2 صفحة 61 و 69
  4. تاريخ الرهاوي البيعي : صفحة 86
  5. التاريخ الرهاوي : مخطوطة البطريركية السريانية . وميخائيل الكبير وابن العبري في كلامهما عن البطريرك يوحنا العاشر

——————–

وعلى اثر جلوس رومانس الثالث (1028 – 1034 م) على العرش القسطنطيني ارتحل البطريرك يوحنا العاشر (1004 – 1030 م) يرافقه ستة من اساقفته وعشرون راهبا وبعض رؤساء الاديار السريانية . فيمموا عاصمة قياصرة الروم ليهنئوا الملك الجديد. ثم أمر الملك فعقد مجمع في كنيسة آجيا صوفيا حضره البطريرك المسكوني ومائتان من اساقفته ويوحنا العاشر بطريرك السريان المشار اليه واساقفته الستة . وبعد اخذ ورد كثير أبرز السريان مدرجين كتبوا احدهما بالسريانية والثاني باليونانية ضمنوهما شرح معتقدهم . وعلى أثر ذلك أرفض المجمع دون أن يتوفق الآباء الى عقد الاتحاد المنشود.

الفصل التاسع 

السريان وملوك الصليبيين 

مثلما كان لايمة السريان في عصرهم الذهبي صلات مع ملوك الفرس والخلفاء المسلمين وقياصرة الروم كان لهم كذلك علاقات مع ملوك الصليبيين في أثناء اقامتهم في بلاد المشرق.

وغير خاف ان اولئك المولك عاملوا جماعات السريان وأحبارهم معاملة طيبة في الامصار التي ملكوها . فشملوهم بعطفهم ولم يتعرضوا لهم في كنائسهم واديارهم وجميع شؤونهم على رغم مخالفتهم لهم في المعتقد. قال ميخائيل الكبير: “تمتع اساقفة السريان وكهنتهم بالراحة والسكينة في عهد دولة الصليبيين. فلم يلحقوا بنا أدنى أذى لأنهم كانوا يعتبرون جميع الساجدين للصليب على حد سوى. لا يماحكونهم بالمسائل الدينية كما كان يماحكهم أساقفة الروم”.

وأول من جرت له صلات مع الصليبيين من السريان هو اثناسيوس السابع البطريرك الانطاكي (1091 – 1129 م) فانه زار غير مرة جوسلين ملك الصليبيين في “تل باشر” عاصمته واقام في بلاطه عدة أيام محفوفا بالتوقير والاجلال.

——————-

  1. الملكيون : بطريركيتهم الانطاكية ولغتهم الوطنية والطقسية : 48 – 50
  2. الحروب الصليبية في الآثار السريانية : صفحة 75 .

——————–

ولما توفي البطريرك المشار اليه كتب جوسلين الى اساقفة السريان في الحضور الى تل باشر عاصمته لانتخاب بطريرك جديد. فلبوا طلبة الملك وعقدوا مجمعا في كنيسة الفرنج ترأسه المفريان ديونيسيوس موسى (1121 – 1142) وأجمعت كلمتهم في 17 شباط 1129 على انتخاب الراهب موديانا رئيس دير “الدوائر” المجاور لانطاكية بطريركا انطاكيا وسموه يوحنا الخامس عشر (1129 – 1137 ) واحتفلوا في تلك الكنيسة برتبة التنصيب احتفالا عظيما وسلموا اليه العكاز البطريركي بحضور الملك جوسلين ووزرائه وأرباب مملكته . وفي جملة اولئك الوزراء كان ميخائيل ابن شومنا شقيق باسيل مطران الرها.

وأثبت ابن العبري ان جوسلين لما شعر بدنو أجله عام 1157 وهو في سجن حلب استأذن الحاكم المسلم في الذهاب الى كنيسة السريان . وهناك قام بفروضه الدينية لدى اغناطيوس مطرانها السرياني وتناول الاسرار من يده. وبعد ذلك عاد جوسلين الى السجن وفيه توفاه الله تعالى. ثم أقيم له مأتم حافل اشترك فيه المسلمون والمسيحيون وشيعوه قاطبة الى تلك الكنيسة ودفنوه ضمنها في ضريح خاص.

وابتنى السريان كنيسة جديدة لابناء جماعتهم في انطاكية ما عدا كنيستهم القديمتين. وقد باركها بأبهة عظيمة بطريركهم اثناسيوس الثامن (1139 – 1166). وتصدرت تلك الحفلة الكبرى ايزابيل الملكة يحف بها اركان البلاط الملكي وجمهور غفير من الاحبار والقسان والرهبان الفرنج والسريان.

———————

  1. تل باشر : قلعة عظيمة بين حلب والبيرة . في لحفها بلدة كثيرة المياه والبساتين 
  2. الحروب الصليبية في الاثار السريانية : صفحة 74
  3. تاريخ ميخائيل الكبير : صفحة 607
  4. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 366
  5. الحروب الصليبية في الآثار السريانية : صفحة 137 .

———————

وفي السنة 1168 كتب ايمريك بطريرك انطاكية اللاتيني (1157 – 1180 م) رسالة الى بطريرك السريان ميخائيل الكبير (1167 – 1200) يكلفه الحضور الى انطاكية . فأجاب البطريرك ميخائيل الى دعوته . وما كاد يصل الى انطاكية حتى خرج الى لقائه أقطاب الحكومة وايمة الدين في ألوف من اهالي تلك العاصمة .

ورافقوه باحتفال رائع الى كنيسة “القسيان” وهي كبرى كنائس انطاكية وأجلسوه على الكرسي البطرسي الذي كان من خشب النخل مصفحا بالفضة .

وفي السنة 1179 اقبل البطريرك ميخائيل عينه الى انطاكية مرة ثانية ومنها ارتحل الى بيت المقدس . وعند مروره بعكا زار الملك بغدوين الصغير وأطلعه على رسالة بعث بها اليه البابا اسكندر الثالث (1159 – 1181 ) يدعوه الى مجمع يعقد في روما . فرحب الملك بالبطريرك وبالغ في تكريمه ثم حمله كتاب توصية الى اورشليم.

ومن بطاركة السريان الذين جرت لهم علاقات مع الفرنج الصليبيين اغناطيوس الثالث (1222 – 1252 ) الذي انطلق الى انطاكية مصحوبا برهط من اساقفته ومن هناك سار الى فلسطين ولما دخل الى اورشليم خرج لاستقباله سكانها وفي طليعتهم الاخوة الهيكليون الذين حملوه على ايديهم وطافوا به من باب العمود الى دير مريم المجدلية فحل فيه البطريرك وأساقفته وحاشيته وكان يقطنه يومئذ سبعون راهبا من الرهبان السريان.

واشتهر في تلك الحقبة الحكيم السرياني الانطاكي الذي تعاطى مع بعض الملوك وتقرب اليهم . واقطعه احد ملوك الصليبيين فردريك الثاني امبراطور المانيا (1211 – 1250) مدينة كما هي بأعمالها.

———————

  1. الملكيون : بطريركيتهم الانطاكية ولغتهم الوطنية والطقسية : صفحة 56
  2. تاريخ ابن العبري البيعي : جزء 1 في كلامه عن البطريرك اغناطيوس
  3. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 477

     ——————

وقد اشار بطريركنا مار اغناطيوس بطرس السادس (1678 – 1702) شهبادين الى صلات السريان القديمة بالملوك الصليبيين وأمرائهم . فكتب الى لويس الرابع عشر ملك فرنسا (1643 – 1715) في ذلك يقول: “ليكن معلوما لدى عظمتكم العالية ما صنع السريان القدماء مع الامراء الفرنساوية في محروسة القدس الشريف والمحبة والاتفاق بغاية المودة التي أبدوها أمام السلاطين العظام الذين حكموا عليها”.

وكان للسريان في عهد الامارات الصليبية حظوة في أعين ولاة الامور . وكان اقليرسهم متضلعا من الاداب السريانية والعربية واليونانية وانضم اطباؤهم وصيادلتهم الى الجيوش والمعسكرات الصليبية. وانحصرت بيدهم اعمال الترجمة في الدوائر التي اعجبت ابن جبير بترتيبها وحسن معاملتها .

الفصل العاشر 

السريان وملوك السلجوقيين والتتر 

كان للسريان شعب غفير في الامصار التي دوخها السلجوقيون والمغول أي التتر في بلاد المشرق . وأصبح ذلك مدعاة الى وجود علاقات بين أيمتهم وبين ملوك السلجوقيين والتتر . وقد انتهج أيمة السريان خطة رشيدة في عملهم استعطافا لخاطر اولئك الملوك دفعا للرزايا لا عن السريان فقط بل عن سائر الشعوب المجاورة لهم.

وممن اشتهر بين السريان يومئذ : الحكيم أبو سالم النصراني اليعقوبي الملطي المعروف بابن كرابا. خدم السلطان علاء الدين كيقباذ (1219 – 1236) وتقدم عنده . وكان أهلا لمجلسه لفصاحة لهجته في اللسان الرومي ومعرفته بأيام الناس وسير السلاطين وكان السلطان لا يصبر عنه ساعة.

——————-

  1. سجلات المكتبة الاهلية بباريس : الرسائل العربية رقم 622 ، 4
  2. تعاليق ريشار سيمون على رحلة دنديني : تعريب الخوراسقف يوسف العمشيتي صفحة 145 – 146
  3. مقال الاب لامنس (المشرق : مجلد 31 سنة 1933 صفحة 725 ) . 

———————

وممن تعاطى من السريان مع الملوك السجلوقيين يوحنا التفليسي الذي نقل الانجيل المقدس سنة 1221 م الى اللغة السريانية .

وذلك اجابة الى طلب السلطان علاء الدين كيقباذ المشار اليه.

وكانت نسخة ذلك الانجيل مصححة بخط البطريرك يوحنا بن شوشان ومشروحة غوامضه بقلمه.

ويذكر بعد ذلك تقي الدين الراسعيني الطبيب المعروف بابن الخطاب الذي اتقن صناعة الطب غاية الاتقان علما وعملا . خدم السلطان غياث الدين وابنه عز الدين وصار له منزلة عظيمة منهما فرفعاه من حد الطب الى المعاشرة والمسامرة وأقطعاه اقطاعات جزيلة . وكان في خدجمتهما بزي جميل وظأمر صالح وغلمان وخدم وصادف من دولتهما  كل ما سره.

وذكر ابن العبري ان البطريرك اغناطيوس الثالث (1222 – 1252 م) قابل السلطان عز الدين السلجوقي في ملطية حاملا اليه الهدايا والتحف النفيسة . وقد لفظ هذا البطريرك على مسامع السلطان خطابا بليغا باللغتين العربية والفارسية ودعا له بالتأييد والنصر.

وذكر المؤرخون ان اغناطيوس الرابع بطريرك السريان (1264 – 1283) توجه الى “الطاق” عاصمة التتر وزار هولاكو ونال منه فرمانا يؤيده في البطريركية الانطاكية. ثم سار البطريرك دفعة ثانية وزار الملك “اباقا” بن هولاكو وخليفته في تخت المملكة فكتب له فرمانا ثانيا بالبطريركية.

واثبت المؤرخون ايضا ان هولاكو لما سمع بشهرة الربان شمعون السرياني وبراعته في الطب ارسل يستدعيه اليه وعينه طبيبا خاصا في بلاطه الملكي . فنال الربان شمعون حظوة عظيمة عند ملوك التتر وملكاتهم وعند اولاد العترة الملكية كافة. وصرف الربان جهوده ونفوذه في دفع الضيم عن أبناء ملته وتعزيز شأنهم وصيانة كنائسهم في جميع الامصار الخاضعة لحكم التتر.

———————-

  1. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 444
  2. اللؤلؤ المنثور : صفحة 402
  3. تاريخ مختصر الدول : صفحة 479
  4. الزهرة الذكية في البطريركية السريانية الانطاكية صفحة 47

———————

وقد توثقت العلاقات الطيبة بين ملوك التتر وبين المفريان ابن العبري لما سمعوا عنه من غزارة المعارف وسمو الاخلاق . ولما جرى الاحتفال بتتويج احمد خان ملكا على التتر سنة 1279 انطلق المفريان الى “الطاق” لحضور ذلك المهرجان . واستصحب معه رهطا من اساقفته حاملين الهدايا والتحف الى الملك الجديد.

فرحب بهم الملك احمد خان وتوسع في ضيافتهم وقلد المفريان فرمانا شاهانيا.

وبعد هذا التاريخ غزا التتر دير مار بهنام بجوار الموصل عام 1295 م وسلبوه أمتعته وكنوزه. فقصد الربان يعقوب رئيس الدير ملك ملوك التتر واسترجعها . ثم وافى الملك نفسه في عظماء دولته وحرمه فزار ضريح القديس بهنام وأهدى اليه هدية وسجد له وندم على ما صار واصدر الامر بأن تنقش فوق قبته كتابة باللغة الايغورية أي التترية اقرارا بفضل مار بهنام وتأمينا لحياة رهبانه . وهاك تعريب الكتابة : “يحل سلام الخضر بهنام ولي الله ويستقر على القان وعظمائه وخواتينه”.

الفصل الحادي عشر 

السريان والملوك الارتقيون وملوك الكرج 

جرت صلات متينة بين الملوك بني ارتق في ماردين وبطاركة السريان. من ذلك ان الملك نجم الدين البي (1153 – 1176) حضر سنة 1170 في دير الزعفران الاحتفال العظيم بجلوس ميخائيل الكبير على الكرسي الانطاكي . وألقى ديونيسيوس ابن الصليبي مطران آمد العلامة خطبة سريانية في تقريظ فضائل البطريرك . ثم تطرق لوصف مناقب الملك نجم الدين الارتقي وأفاض في الدعاء له ولجنوده ولدولته.

——————

  1. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 512
  2. التاريخ البيعي لابن العبري : جزء 2 في أخبار ابن العبري
  3. مجلة الاثار الشرقية : مجلد 3 سنة 1928 صفحة 197 و 227

——————

ولما ابتلي نجم الدين المومأ اليه بمرض عضال ظهر له مار آباي في الحلم واوصاه بالنصارى . فلما نقه من مرضه اخذ يهتم بتشييد كنائسهم وترميم اديارهم وحقن دمائهم. وكان يجول في الاديار انتجاعا للصحة حتى نال الشفاء التام بصلوات مار آباي وشفاعته.

ولما تولى البطريركية في دير الزعفران اغناطيوس الخامس (1293 – 1333) المعروف بابن وهيب أحبه الملك المنصور الارتقي (1285 – 1311) لمزيد علمه وفضله . وقد قربه اليه وخلع عليه ومنحه صكا ممتازا يؤيده في البطريركية.

أما ملوك الكرج فلم تكن علاقاتهم مع السريان بأقل من ملوك سائر الامصار . وقد أثبت ابن العبري في تاريخه الكنسي ان جمال الدين وزير الموصل اوفد اغناطيوس الثاني (1143 – 1164) مفريان المشرق مصحوبا بأسقفين الى جورجي ملك الكرج سنة 1161 لاطلاق الاسرى المسلمين فخرج الملك الى لقائهم واحتفى بهم بمجالي السرور والاستحسان وانجز مرغوبهم ودفع اليهم الاسرى . وكان المفريان والاسقفان يقيمون الحفلات الدينية في كنائس الكرج مدة اقامتهم في تلك البلاد . هكذا توفق المفريان في مهمته نظرا الى ما كان له من النفوذ والاحترام في بلاطي مملكة الموصل ومملكة الكرج.

——————

  1. خطبة ابن الصليبي : مخطوطة دير الشرفة : رقم 3 – 7 صفحة 136
  2. تاريخ الدول السرياني : لابن العبري : صفحة 321
  3. التاريخ الكنسي : لابن العبري : جزء 2 صفحة 353 – 355

——————-

الفصل الثاني عشر 

بعض ذخائر السريان وكنوزهم الثمينة في العصر الذهبي 

  1. اقدم أثر نصراني انما كتب بالسراينة 

أقدم الآثار النصرانية الكتابية رسالة ابجر الخامس ملك الرها وجواب السيد المسيح له. فقد اثبتت التقاليد السريانية استنادا الى اوسابيوس امام المؤرخين البيعيين ان أبجر ملك الرها وجه رسالة الى السيد المسيح يدعوه الى عاصمته ليتخلص من غوائل اليهود. فأجابه السيد المسيح قائلا. “لا بد لي من ان لأتمم في اورشليم ما لأجله انحدرت الى الارض . وبعد صعودي الى السماء أرسل اليك احد تلامذتي ليشفيك من علتك وينيرك بأنوار الايمان” وصرح اوسابيوس في تاريخه ان رسالة السيد المسيح كانت محفوظة في المكتبة الملكية بالرها. وقد تولى هو بنفسه نقل الرسالتين الى اليونانية عن اصلهما السرياني. وظلت هاتان الرسالتان الاثريتان محفوظتين في المكتبة الرهاوية حتى القرن الحادي عشر. فنقلهما رومانس الثالث ملك الروم (1028 – 1034 ) الى القسطنطينية.

قال يحيى الانطاكي: “في اخر السنة الثالثة من ملك رومانس سار اليه سليمان بن الكرجي صاحب الرها واستصحب معه الكتاب الوارد من ابجر ملك الرها الى السيد المسيح وجواب السيد له.

وكان كل واحد منهما على ورق طومار مكتوبين بالسرياني. وخرج الملك والكسيوس البطريرك وجميع أهل المملكة لاستقبالهما وتسلمهما الملك بخشوع وخضوع تعظيما لكتاب السيد المسيح واضافهما الى الاثارات المقدسة التي في بلاط الملك . وعني رومانس الملك بترجمتهما من السرياني الى اليوناني . وترجمهما لنا الى العربي الناقل الذي تولى نقلهما الى اليوناني على هيئتهما ونصهما”.

——————–

  1. تاريخ اوسابيوس : خبر 13 عدد 67
  2. مجلة الاثار الشرقية : مجلد 2 سنة 1927 صفحة 212 – 223

———————-

2-منديل السيد المسيح

حفظ هذا المنديل المبارك في كنيسة مار قزما بمدينة الرها زمنا طويلا قبل أن يستولي عليها المسلمون . ولما تولى المتقي الخلافة العباسية (940 – 944) كتب اليه ملك الروم يطلب منه المنديل المذكور . قال ابن العبري : “في السنة احدى وثلاثين وثلاثمائة للهجرة (942 م) أرسل ملك الروم الى المتقي يطلب منه منديلا مسح بها المسيح وجهه . فصارت صورة وجهه فيها وانها في بيعة الرها. وذكر أنه ان أرسلها اليه طلق عددا كثيرا من اسارى المسلمين. فاستفتى المتقي القضاة والفقهاء فأنكر بعضهم تسليمها . وأجاب بعضهم قائلا: ان خلاص المسلمين من الاسر والضر والضنك الذي هم فيه اوجب. فأمر المتقي بتسليم المنديل الى الرسل وأرسل معهم من يستلم الاسارى”.

  1. ذخائر كنيسة مار يوحنا الكبرى في الرها

ضمت هذه الكنيسة القاتوليقية الكبرى ذخائر ثمينة وصفها المؤرخون السريان وغيرهم. وقد فقدت اذ تبعثرت عام 1145 للميلاد في معركة زنكي الطاغية. وكان بين تلك الذخائر صندوقة من الفضة الخالصة مرصعة بالذهب احتوت على رفات ادي الرسول وابجر ملك الرها الذي يعد اول ملك مسيحي على الارض.

——————– 

  1. تاريخ يحي الانطاكي : صفحة 252 – 263 .
  2. تاريخ مختصر الدول: صفحة 287 وتاريخ يحيى الانطاكي : جزء 2 
  3. تاريخ الرهاوي : فصل 141 صفحة 316
  4. ميمر مار يعقوب السروجي 180 مجلدة صفحة 738 .

———————–

The Syrian Orthodox Church of Antioch At A Glance / Patriarch Ignatius Zakka I Iwas, 1983 / Translated by: Emmanuel H. Bismarji.  

$
0
0

The Syrian Orthodox Church is the Church of Antioch, whose foundation goes back to the very dawn of Christianity, when Antioch was the capital of Syria1 and one of the three capital cities in the Roman Empire.2 The gospel was first preached in Antioch by some of Christ’s own disciples who fled Jerusalem after the Jewish persecution. Following the martyrdom St. Stephen the deacon ca. 34 AD., Antioch was visited by Barnabas, one of the seventy preachers, as well as St. Paul the Apostle. Both stayed in Antioch for an entire year preaching the gospel after St. Peter who preached the gospel there and established his apostolic see ca. AD. 33.
According to some historians, the conversion of the city of Antioch itself was carried out by St. Peter the Apostle in two stages: the first was the conversion of the Jews from whose ranks the Christian Church was established;3 the second was the conversion of the pagans who included Aramaeans, Greeks and Arabs. This took place after the settling of the case of Cornelius and his acceptance in the church.4
As we go through the events recorded in the New Testament, we find that during St. Peter’s second visit to Antioch, he refrained himself from mingling with the converted gentiles, even after their baptism because of his fear of the Christians in Jerusalem who had contended with him regarding the reception of Cornelius. However, St. Paul opposed him publicly.5 Further, some of the Jewish converts compelled the gentile converts to be circumcised so that they might become Jews before becoming Christians. In order to settle this problem, a council was held in Jerusalem in 51 A.D. and the following message was sent to Antioch through Paul and Barnabas accompanied by Judas, surnamed Barnabas, and Silas: “For it has seemed good to the Holy Spirit and to us to lay upon you no greater burden that these necessary things: that you abstain from what has been sacrificed to idols and from blood and from what is strangled and for unchastity” (Acts 15: 28-29). This event points out the importance of the Syrian Church of Antioch during the early days of Christianity.
The Book of Acts witnesses the earnest zeal of the members of the Church of Antioch and their care for their fellow Christians. They collected alms and sent them with Barnabas and Saul to the poor in Jerusalem. The book of Acts also testifies that it was in Antioch that the disciples of Jesus Christ were first called Christians.6
When Peter and Paul had to leave Antioch on preaching missions, they appointed two bishops to take care of the faithful, Aphodius who was assigned for the Christians of pagan origin, and Ignatius the Illuminator for those of Jewish origin. 7 In 68 A.D., Ignatius the Illuminator became the sole bishop of Antioch. It was he who called the Church of Antioch ‘The Universal Church,’ since it comprised both of the gentiles and the circumcised. Hence, Ignatius of Antioch was the first to apply the adjective ‘universal’ to the Christian Church.8
The Syriac Language in Antioch
The Syriac language is the Aramaic language itself, and the Arameans are the Syrians themselves. He who has made a distinction between them has erred. Throughout the old times, the name Syriac appeared along with the name Aramaic in describing the speakers of that language; hence it is a linguistic name. Following the spread of Christianity, the name Syriac came to be preferred over the name Aramaic. The disciples, the first preachers of Christianity, were Syriac-speakers. In the early centuries, when it was revealed that the disciples spoke Syriac, every Aramaean who accepted their teachings and became a Christian changed his original Aramaic identity to a Syriac one. He would be proud to be called a Syriac. As a result, the name Syriac came to imply the Christian faith, while the name Aramaic had a pagan connotation. This is evident from the Syriac translation of the Bible, known as the “Peshitto” or ‘simple’, which used the name Aramaic to distinguish a pagan from a Christian.9 This is how the use of the term Aramaic to refer to Christians almost vanished in the land of Aram to be replaced by the term Syriac which became synonymous to Christianity.
Hence, the term ‘Syrian Church’ means the Christian Church. The Syriac language is also known as the Aramaic. Originally it was the language of the Arameans10 who had settled since the l5th century BC in the lands of Aram-Damascus and Aram-Naharin (Mesopotamia).11
The Aramaic language had spread far and wide in the ancient world, to the extent that the alphabets of many other Oriental languages were derived from Aramaic.12 During the reign of King Nabo Blassar, it was the official language of the Babylonian Court, and during the reign of Darius the Great (521 – 486 BC), it was the official language between the various districts of the Persian Empire.13 It had become a lingua franca or ‘an international language’14 across the entire East for a long period of time. The Jews had learned it and used it since the Babylonian conquest in the fifth century BC as their common language replacing their own Hebrew language which they had forgotten. Jesus Christ and his disciples spoke Syriac as well.15
Thereafter, Syriac remained dominant over a large section of the Orient, until the end of the 7th century AD when Arabic became popular and Syriac started to decline gradually.16 Some of its dialects, however, are still being used in Tur Abdin, Turkey, the villages around Mosul and other villages in Northern Iraq and in Ma’lula, a village near Damascus, Syria. The trace of its influence is obvious today in the name of several cities and villages in the Middle East and in their common dialects.17
At the dawn of Christianity, Syriac was the mother tongue of the original inhabitants of Antioch, especially of those living in its suburbs, as well as those in the interior parts of Syria.18 Syriac was also the language of the Jewish immigrants in Antioch, whereas Greek was the language of the colonists of the Greek community brought in by the Seleucids.19
The historian Dr. Philip Hitti states that the English name ‘Syrian’, in its linguistic sense, refers to all the people who speak Syriac (Aramaic), among them those in Iraq and Iran. In its religious sense, it refers to the followers of the Ancient Syrian Church, some of whom are in Southern India. For a Roman, ‘a Syrian’ (Syrus) meant any person speaking Syriac.
The Church of Antioch used the Syriac language in its religious rites. She celebrated the first Eucharist20 using the Syriac liturgy written by St. James, the brother of our Lord, Archbishop of Jerusalem. This same liturgy is used in the Syrian Orthodox Church all over the world to this day. Today, the liturgy is usually celebrated in Syriac as well as in local languages. Many of the church fathers wrote their religious and scientific books in Syriac.21
Ecclesial Status of the Church of Antioch
The Church of Antioch is considered to be the most ancient and widely known of all churches after the Church of Jerusalem. After the destruction of Jerusalem in 70 AD by the Roman Emperor Titus, the Christians in Jerusalem were scattered and many made their way to Antioch. It was from Antioch that the disciples went to the then known parts of the world, spreading the Gospel and establishing churches, monasteries and schools. These monasteries and schools produced many illustrious scholars who enlightened the world with their religious and scientific achievements.22 The fathers of the Syrian Church of Antioch made great and memorable contributions in the study of the Holy Bible, both Old and New Testaments. It was their translation of the Holy Bible into the Syriac language that came to be known as (Peshitto) or ‘simple’. They also translated the Bible into Arabic,Persian and Malayalam (a South Indian language).23 Their work was not limited to translation; it included commentaries and exegesis of the Holy Scriptures. They have left behind them a rich heritage that should be counted as unique by today’s scholars. This church played a great role in spreading the Gospel to many nations of the world such in Arabia, Armenia, India, Ethiopia. In the process, it suffered the loss of thousands who laid down their lives as martyrs for the faith.24
Establishment of the See of Antioch by Peter the Apostle
Reliable historians such as Origens (d. 256 AD) Eusebius of Caeserea (d 340 AD), John the Golden Mouth (d. 407 AD), Hieronymus ( d. 420 AD ) and Mar Severius of Antioch (d. 538 AD ) have all commented on St. Peter’s efforts in Antioch, where, as mentioned earlier, he established the Apostolic See. He was the first of its patriarchs to whom the line of succeeding patriarchs is traced. Eusebius of Caeserea25 notes ‘In the fourth year after the Ascension of Jesus Christ, St. Peter proclaimed the word of God in Antioch, the great capital, and became its first bishop.”26 He also tells us in his Ecclesiastical History, “Ignatius became famous and was chosen to be the Bishop of Antioch and the successor of St. Peter.”27 In his Calendar of Feasts, Hieronymus28 fixed the 22nd day of February as the day of the establishment of the See of St. Peter in Antioch. The Catholic Church still celebrates this feast on this same date.29
We can, therefore, surmise that St. Peter was the first Patriarch of the Apostolic See of Antioch. He had many illustrious successors, including St. Ignatius. This succession has remained unbroken until the time of the present patriarch, the author of this treatise. He is the 122nd in line among the legitimate patriarchs.
Headquarters of the See of Antioch
The headquarters of the See of Antioch was in Antioch until 518 AD. On account of many historical upheavals and consequent hardships which the church had to undergo, it was transferred to different monasteries in Mesopotamia for centuries. In the 13th century it was transferred in the Monastery of Deir Al-Zaafaran, near Mardin, Turkey. In 1959 it was transferred again to Damascus, Syria.
The Name of St. Ignatius taken by the Patriarchs of Antioch
In the early centuries, the Patriarchs of Antioch had kept their original names, even after their enthronement. However, when Patriarch Yeshou was enthroned in the year 878 AD, he adopted the name Ignatius out of veneration for the great martyr Ignatius the Illuminator, the second patriarch after St. Peter. Four other patriarchs followed his example. When Patriarch Yousef, son of Weheb, Bishop of Mardin was installed Patriarch in 1293 with the name Ignatius, the custom was confirmed and it has remained a continuous tradition in the Syrian Orthodox Church to this day.
The See of Antioch and its Relation with the Other Apostolic Sees
According to the canon law which took shape in the first centuries of Christianity, the bishop of a main city (Metropolis) was named Metropolitan, which means the bishop of the capital city or the pedestal of the kingdom. Through various regional and ecumenical councils, the bishoprics were eventually attached to the archbishoprics and the great and equal apostolic sees were recognized to be Antioch, Alexandria and Rome. At the Council of Constantinople in 381 AD, the See of Constantinople was added to those three. The four sees attained high status due to the political importance of their respective cities and their strategic locations.30 In the middle of the 5th century, the bishop of each of these cities was named patriarch, which means the head of fathers.31 Every See had its own jurisdiction and all the churches within it were subjected to its religious authority through the local seats (centers of bishoprics and archbishoprics). In 325 AD the Council of Nicea specified the authority of each of these sees, stating: “Preserve the old custom in Egypt, Libya and the five cities, since the bishop of Alexandria had authority over all of these places, as the Bishop of Rome had also the same authority. Also the dignity of the churches in Antioch and the rest of the bishoprics must be kept fully intact”.32 The Council of Nicea did not create these privileges, but merely confirmed them.33
Fellowship of Faith and Authority of the Councils
The four Sees of Antioch, Rome, Alexandria and Constantinople were identical in faith and doctrine, as well as being equal in their authority and privileges. It was a custom for the occupants of these sees to exchange, upon their election, copies of their creeds in order to receive the right of fellowship. The receipt of this right of fellowship, however, was not considered as the installation of the patriarch in his position, but was merely a necessary requirement to exercise his authority legally.34 The historical events testify to the fact that these four great sees were not only autonomous,35 but also autocephalous,36 which means that none had authority over the other and none could interfere in the affairs of the other. In the case of bishops, no bishop could interfere in the affairs of another. Whenever a local, internal problem or dispute arose between the bishops of an archdiocese, a regional council of bishops, under the chairmanship of its archbishop would be convened to settle the matter. The council was considered above the bishops and as the highest authority in the whole archdiocese. If any major problem or grave situation relating to the faith emerged, a general or ecumenical council37 was convened, whose authority was above all the bishops and archbishops, including the bishop-patriarchs of the four great sees. Since all the bishops over the world were invited to such a council and had the right to take part therein, and as no one was to be absent, except for genuine reasons, the universal church was represented fully. As a consequence, all the bishops had to accept the decisions of that council and enforce them in the whole church. This council was considered as the supreme authority in the whole church.38
No bishop, even the patriarchs of the four great sees, had authority to take action in any major faith issue individually since that was the responsibility of the ecumenical councils. Contradiction of opinions and diversification of decisions taken by the regional councils relating to matters of faith often confused the universal church. When such cases were discussed in the ecumenical council, the council would pass its judgment which would be accepted by the universal church as if it were a divine decision. Councils of this type were convened to authenticate the genuineness of the true faith and to reject heresies. The declarations of faith in the Nicean creed, for example, were included in the writings of the fathers in detail and were accepted by the church since its dawn. The council, however, formulated it very clearly and asked the faithful to stand by its terms, or else they would be subjected to excommunication.39
Division among the Four Great Sees
In 451 AD the Council of Chalcedon40 was convened. It resulted in the division of the apostolic sees into two groups. The Sees of Rome and Constantinople became one group, while the Sees of Antioch and Alexandria formed the other. The latter two Sees remain united in faith to this day, with each having its own leadership and absolute independence as was the case since the beginning of Christianity. The former two sees of Rome and Constantinople split from each other in the 11th century AD.
Jurisdiction of the See of Antioch
The pontiff of the See of Antioch had always had a prominent position in the church. His religious authority extended from the Greek Sea in the West to the far end of Persia and India in the East, and from Asia Minor in the North to the frontiers of Palestine in the South.
The church of Antioch was one and was headed by only one patriarch. There was no other one besides him in all the Eastern Countries42. His jurisdiction extended over the lands of Damascus, Palestine, Cilicia, Mesopotamia parts of Asia Minor and all of Persia.43 His authority was dominant over all the Christians in these districts, irrespective of their nationality, race or language. The larger dioceses had archbishops, while the smaller ones had bishops who took care of their spiritual administration. They were all obedient to him.44
Maphrianate of the East
The countries which were lying beyond the Eastern boundaries of the Roman Empire were known as the East, from which, at the time of Jesus Christ, under the Persian rule, the Magis came to Bethlehem and presented their gifts to the Lord.45 When they returned to their countries, they proclaimed the news of Jesus’ birth. As there were Jewish communities in the East, some of them might have been present in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost. The Book of Acts identifies Parthians, Medes, Elamites and the dwellers of Mesopotamia.46 It is beyond doubt that some of them who believed in Christ conveyed the Gospel to their countries.
Church history records that Addai, one of the seventy preachers, was sent by his brother, the apostle Thomas, to Edessa, capital of the Abgarite Kingdom, and cured its king Abgar V from leprosy and converted him together with all the inhabitants of the city. Then Addai preached in Amed (Diarbekir), in the South of Arzen, in the Eastern valley of the Tigris River, and in Bazebdi. After which he came to Hidiab (Arbil),47 where he settled down with his friend Mari, preaching the Gospel. The Syrian historians: Mor Michael the Great, Bar `Ebroyo and Bar Salibi add that the apostle Thomas passed through these places and preached their inhabitants on his way to India. This is how Christianity spread since the first century all over the East, where churches were built and bishoprics established.
During the third century, a number of bishoprics were gradually organized and a general leadership was established, with Madaen as its center, in the ecclesiastical region under the jurisdiction of the Apostolic See of Antioch.48 Its bishop was called Bishop of the East, or Catholicos of the East, and was later known as the Maphryono49 of the East.50
The Catholicos of the East had general authority over the churches in his district, in collaboration with the Patriarch of Antioch. The political situation hindered this relation since the headquarters of the See of Antioch was within the Roman Empire, while the East was subject to the Persian rule and the enmity between the Persians and the Romans was severe.51
In 431 AD the Council of Ephesus excommunicated Nestorious, Patriarch of Constantinople. A number of bishops from Syria together with the majority of the teachers and students of the School of Edessa aligned with him. Hence, Nestorious’ teachings were spread in the East with the exception of Tikrit and Armenia. The result was the division of the Syrians, from the religious and doctrinal points of view, into two groups. This division affected even the Syriac language which came to be distinguished in its phonetic and calligraphic styles, known as the Western style and the Eastern style. The Western style was used in the land of Damascus [Syria] and the Eastern style in the lands of Mesopotamia, Iraq and Azerbejan. The Eastern group cut off its relations with the See of Antioch, with the exception of the Orthodox people in Iraq52 who remained loyal to the Apostolic See of Antioch, enduring great hardships as a result. In the year 480 AD, Barsouma, the Nestorian Bishop of Nusaibin, slandered against the faithful orthodox of the East to Fairouz, the Persian king, accusing them of spying in the interest of the Byzantine Kingdom. As a result, Fairouz slaughtered many of them shedding their innocent blood. After the death of Barsauma, the Armenian Catholicos Christophorus visited the East and consecrated a monk by the name Garmai as bishop in the Monastery of St. Matthew and gave him authority to consecrate bishops, as the Catholicos of the East. Christophorus also consecrated Monk Ahodemeh as bishop at Baerbye.53 In 559 AD, Ya`qub Burd`ono visited the church in the East and consecrated Ahodemeh as General Bishop who became the first General Bishop of the East, after the Nestorians had captured its See. 54
In 628, a reconciliation was reached between the Persian and Roman Empires. Patriarch Athanasius I (595-631) sent his secretary Rabban (Monk) Youhanna to the East. He met with Bishop Christophorus, head of the Monastery of St. Matthew and discussed with him the subject of resuming relations between the See of Antioch and the Church in the East. The bishop convened a synod which was attended by Monk Youhanna and four regional bishops. They elected three monks, Marotha, Ithalaha and Aha, and requested the patriarch to consecrate them bishops. The patriarch accepted the request and honored the old custom of the Church of the East which allowed three bishops in the absence of the Catholicos to consecrate a new bishop in dire circumstances.
The Eastern bishops consecrated the chosen monks as bishops in the presence of the patriarch’s envoy. The patriarch then installed Marutha, one of the three new bishops, as Bishop of Tikrit, and gave him authority to preside over the East, on his behalf. The above incident indicates that the Church in the East was autonomous and that its Catholicos who was installed by the patriarch had authority over all its bishoprics. Also we can see in the history of the church that the Patriarch was enthroned by the fathers of the church with the cooperation of the Catholicos. Several attempts have taken place for infringing this tradition.
Mar Marotha of Tikrit (d. 649) was the first to be called Maphryono. From him the Maphrianate took its line of succession. It is worth mentioning that the bishoprics of the East increased in number and prestige to the extent that they outnumbered the dioceses of the See of Antioch during the time of Mor Gregorios Bar `Ebroyo who himself was a Maphryono of the East (1264-12861). Bar `Ebroyo is considered to be one of the most famous and scholarly Maphryonos of the East.
The headquarters of the Maphrianate was first in Tikrit and remained there until 1089 AD. Subsequently, it was transferred to Mosul, and then back to Tikrit where it remained until 1152 when it was transferred to St. Matthew Monastery, near Mosul. For sometime the Maphrianate was at Bartelleh near Mosul and then was brought back to Mosul.
In the past, it was the custom to have the Maphryono keep his episcopal name, even after his installation. But since the 16th century, the name Baselios was added to his original personal name. In the year 1860, after the death of Maphryono Mor Baselios Bahnam IV of Mosul, the Maphrianate was abolished by a decision of a synod.
Reinstatement of the Office of the Maphrianate
On May 21, 1964, the office of the Maphrianate was reinstated according to a resolution of the synod held at Kottayam, South India. It was presided by H. H. Mor Ignatius Ya`qub III, the late Patriarch of Antioch and All the East, and attended by all the bishops of the Syrian Church in India and three bishops from the Middle East who had accompanied His Holiness on his apostolic visitation to India. The author of this book was one of those three bishops. It was decided that the headquarters of the Maphryono should be in India and that the jurisdiction of the Maphrianate is limited to India and to the East of India only.55
Since 1964, the Maphyono is elected by the local Holy Synod of the Syrian Church in India and installed by H.H. the Patriarch of Antioch and All the East who is the Supreme Head of the Universal Syrian Orthodox Church. He represents the Syrian Orthodox Church in India in the Universal Synod of the church when it is convened for the election and enthronement of a patriarch. The present Maphryono is H.B. Mor Baselios Paulose II [d. 1996].
Schisms in the Church of Antioch
The Church of Antioch (Syrian Church) endured in its history many painful incidents that divided its flock into several sects at different times. These incidents, a few of which will be briefly discussed, weakened the church in many ways.
In 431 AD the Council of Ephesus rejected the teachings of Nestorius, Patriarch of Constantinople, who claimed that there were two separate persons and natures in Christ. Patriarch Yuhanna of Antioch supported him. He was succeeded by his nephew Domnos who unfortunately accepted that same heresy. He was deposed in the year 449 AD by the second council of Ephesus and was replaced by Maximus. The teachings of Nestorius were accepted by some Syrians in the Persian Empire, some parts of Syria, Palestine and Cyprus. Those formed a church breaking away from the See of Antioch in 498 AD. They chose a leader for themselves who called himself Catholicos. Their first Catholicos was Babai who had his headquarters in Selucia, Near Madaen in Iraq. This was later transferred to Baghdad in the year 762 AD. At the beginning of the 15th century it was shifted to Al-Kosh and in 1561 to Erumia,1 both in Iraq.
As a result of the Council of Chalcedon in 451 AD, the four great sees were split into two groups and confusion dominated over the church weakening its discipline. Illegal interference took place in several bishoprics and fishing in troubled waters was considered a great gain. The Roman See was able to win a Nestorian bishop called Timotheos, Bishop of Cyprus. In 1445 AD he joined the Catholic Church with a group from his church. It should be remembered that this group comprised members of the Syrian Church who had already embraced the Nestorian ideas. Pope Ojanius IV declared: “It is henceforth forbidden to treat those Syrians who had left Nestorianism and joined the Roman Church as heretics, but they have to be distinguished with the particular name of Chaldeans.”56 Five years later in 1450 AD, they returned to their Church. But disputes soon arose in that church when Patriarch Shemoun’s Synod passed a resolution to the effect that no patriarch should be installed from outside his own tribe. When this decision was taken by Shemoun’s Synod, a rebel synod which opposed Shemoun was convened in Mosul. A great number left Shemoun and joined the Roman See in 1553. Accordingly, Pope Julius III consecrated for them Patriarch Yuhanna Sulaqa. This split did not last long since Patriarch Yuhanna Sulaqa was killed in 1555 AD and the relation with the Roman See was severed.
Until 1827, there were two patriarchs for the Chaldeans, one of whom was called Patriarch of Amed, and the other, Patriarch of Babylon. In that same year, the distinction between the two Patriarchates of Amed and Babylon was abolished by Pope Leo XII. As of 1830, that is from the time of Patriarch Yuhanna Hermezd, there was only one patriarch who was called the Patriarch of Babylon. Yuhanna Hermezd was the first patriarch of the united Patriarchate of Bayblon. In the middle of the 19th century, Patriarch Yousef Odo57 who, unlike his predecessors, was known to have liked the Oriental Church and its ancient traditions, was installed as the Patriarch of Babylon.
Turning back to the See of Antioch, we shall see that since the time of Maximos (449 A D. – 512 AD) it was usurped by patriarchs who had followed the formulation of the Council of Chalcedon and by others rocking from one side to the other. During this critical period, the famous Patriarch Peter II the Fuller was installed to the Holy See of Antioch.
In 512 A D. Mor Severius was enthroned as the Patriarch of Antioch succeeding Philibianos who was deposed because of his unsteadiness of faith. Mor Severius ruled the holy see in peace until 518 when he was sent into exile. When the Orthodox Emperor Anastas died, he was succeeded by Justinos I who was a supporter of the Council of Chalcedon.
He sent into exile most of the orthodox bishops including Patriarch Mor Severios who died in the year 538 while in exile in Egypt. Mor Serjis succeeded Mor Severios to the Holy Throne of Antioch. Through all these great storms, the See of Antioch struggled hard to keep the succession of its patriarchs to this day.
The followers of the Council of Chalcedon seized the opportunity of the exile of Mor Severious to install from among themselves patriarchs with the title of “Patriarch of Antioch”. From this time (518 AD) the series of Byzantine Patriarchs started. The most famous of these patriarchs was Ephrem of Amed. Most of those Byzantine Patriarchs were Syrians and others from Greek colonies. Those patriarchs and their followers were called “Melkites”, i.e., ‘followers of the king.’ They were called so since they followed the doctrine of the Council of Chalcedon which was upheld by the then king. They used the Syrian rites until the 10th century when they changed to the Greek rites. But, because of their ignorance of Greek, they used the Syriac translation of the Greek rites. In later centuries, after they learned Greek, they started to use the Greek rites both in Greek and Arabic. They collected the Syriac codices, which were preserved in the library of St. Mary’s Monastery (a Syrian Monastery which the Greeks later occupied), in the village of Saidnaya, near Damascus and burned them.58
At the beginning of the 7th century, a dispute arose among the followers of the Council of Chalcedon within the jurisdiction of the See of Antioch, because of the emergence of a new dogma of two wills in Jesus Christ. It resulted in a division among the Maronite monks in Lebanon leading to the establishment of a separate Patriarchate. In the 12th century, they joined the Roman See59 and started calling their Patriarchate the “Patriarchate of Antioch”.60
There were further new Patriarchates of Antioch splintered from the original Patriarchate of Antioch. At the beginning of the 17th century, through the influence of some Capuchin monks, and with the assistance of the French Consul, a group in Aleppo, Syria, left the Holy See of Antioch. They approached a Maronite bishop in 1657 to consecrate for them an Armenian priest by the name Andraos Akhijian of Mardin as bishop whom they called patriarch. The Syrian Catholic Patriarchate61 started with him. They also called their patriarch “Patriarch of Antioch”.
At the beginning of the 18th century, a split took place among the Greek Orthodox, which led some to abandon their Patriarchate and follow the Roman See. They established for themselves a separate Patriarchate which they called ‘Patriarchate of Antioch’. They are known as Greek Catholics.
In the last quarter of the 18th century, a group of Syrian Orthodox in Iraq was compelled to join the Roman See, through the connivance of the French Consul, who advised the Ottoman ruler to impose heavy taxes on the Syrian Orthodox people. The Consul encouraged the Dominican missionaries who had already spread roots in Iraq to persuade the simple-minded Syrian Orthodox people to ask for French protection in order to reduce the burden of taxes. But when they approached the French officials for help, they were told that unless they followed the Pope of Rome, no help would be provided. This is how Catholicism spread in Iraq. The first group to embrace it were the inhabitants of Karakoush in 1761 AD. Later, in the middle of the 19th century, other groups from Bartelleh and Mosul62 followed suit.
Mor Ya`qub Burd`ono
As a result of the oppression of the leaders of the Syrian Orthodox Church by the Byzantine Emperors, many holy fathers were martyred, some were exiled, others severely persecuted and the rest scattered. At one stage in 544 AD, there were just three living bishops left in the Syrian Orthodox Church as a result of all the hardships and chaos.
At this critical stage, God raised up an indefatigable man called Ya`qub Burd`ono to defend the church. He went to Constantinople and was respectfully received by Queen Theodora, the daughter of a Syrian priest in Manbej, Syria, and the wife of Emperor Justinian. She served the exiled bishops and supported them in their sufferings. She used her influence to get Mor Ya`qub consecrated general bishop in 544 A D. by Mor Theodosius, Patriarch of Alexandria, who was then in exile in Constantinople. Mor Theodosius was assisted by three bishops who were also under imprisonment. After his consecration, Mor Ya`qub traveled far and wide vigorously organizing the affairs of the church. He consecrated twenty-seven bishops and hundreds of priests and deacons. By the time of his death on July 30, 578 AD, Mor Ya`qub had strengthened the church to survive upcoming disasters. Every year on July 30, the church respectfully and gratefully celebrates his memorial feast.63
Thus, the Syrian Orthodox Church withstood the heavy blows of Byzantine persecution and maintained the apostolic faith, affirmed by the three ecumenical councils. The Holy See of Antioch remained united with the See of Alexandria, and they continue in communion with the Armenian Orthodox Church and the Ethiopian Church sharing the same faith and doctrine.
In the 8th century, the Byzantines, in their seventh council described the Syrian Orthodox Church as the ‘Jacobite Church’, after Mor Ya`qub Burd`ono. Their intention was to disgrace and degrade the noble Syrian Orthodox Church. Though Mor Ya`qub is indeed one of its famous and great fathers, he is not its founder. Since the Syrian Orthodox Church was not established by him, and since he did not introduce any fresh doctrine into its apostolic faith, we repudiate the title ‘Jacobite.’64 The Syrian Orthodox Church also denies the designation ‘Monophysite’ which is Euthychean and which means that the human nature in Jesus Christ was mingled with the divine nature and thus became a mixture and its attributes confused. Eutyches and his teachings were rejected by the Syrian Orthodox Church which follows the footsteps of St. Cyril of Alexandria who believed that Jesus Christ was perfectly human and at the same time perfectly divine, and has only one nature from two united natures without any mixture, confusion or transformation.65
The Syrian Orthodox Church Today
The number of followers of the Syrian Orthodox Church today is around three million. The majority of them reside in India and the rest are spread mainly in Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, Jordan, Turkey, Egypt, Europe, North and South America and Australia. Its supreme head at present is Mor Ignatius Zakka I Iwas, Patriarch of Antioch and all the East, the 122nd successor of St. Peter in the legitimate line of Patriarchs of Antioch. The supreme head is looked upon as the common father of all Syrian Orthodox people wherever they are. He is obeyed by the Catholicos, prelates, clergy and laity of all ranks in the Syrian Orthodox Church.
The name of the patriarch is to be mentioned before that of the Catholicos in India and of the bishops in their respective dioceses during the eucharistic services, at the end of the daily prayers, on religious festivals, and during other spiritual ceremonies such as ordinations, consecrations, etc. His title is ‘His Holiness Moran Mor Ignatius, Patriarch of Antioch and All the East and the Supreme Head of the Universal Syrian Orthodox Church’. His religious duties include the installation of the Catholicos, the consecration of the legally elected bishops and the consecration of chrism with the assistance of at least two bishops. He also has the authority to convene universal synods and other synods over which he presides. He cannot be deposed unless he introduces heresy in the orthodox faith of the church as established in the three Ecumenical Councils of Nicea, Constantinople and Ephesus and the teachings of the holy fathers, deviates from the canonical laws, suffers from mental disorder or is found guilty of a serious misconduct.
The patriarch is accountable to the holy synod, consisting of all the bishops of the Apostolic See of Antioch, which is considered to be the supreme authority in the church. The synod is vested with the authority for the election and installation of patriarchs, the approval of the election of bishops, the examination and trial of bishops in case of their deviation from the doctrine and canonical laws, their transfer from one bishopric to another, the acceptance or rejection of their resignation and their deposition, if at all necessary. The synod also has the authority for the creation of a new diocese or the abolition of an existing one. The meeting of the synod is considered legal if it is attended by at least two-thirds of its members. Synodal decisions, taken by majority, become effective upon their approval by the patriarch.66
[As of the time this document was authored (1983), the] Syrian Orthodox Church today consists of twenty-seven dioceses, ten of which are in India, and the rest are spread in different parts Of the world. Each diocese has a bishop who administers its spiritual affairs, ordains its priests, monks and deacons, consecrates altars, churches and the holy oil for baptism and codifies bylaws for its welfare. Each diocese has an ecclesiastical board and a laymen’s board to help its bishop in its administration.
All the dioceses maintain the orthodox faith of the church and keep its ancient apostolic traditions. The church rites are performed in Syriac along with the local language. In the past, the church had hundreds of monasteries, a few of which still flourish. The most famous ones are in the Middle East:
1. St. Matthew’s Monastery near Mosul, Iraq
2. St. Gabriel Monastery in Tur Abdin, Turkey; both of these monasteries date back to 4th century.
3. St. Hananya Monastery, known as Deir Al-Zaafaran, near Mardin, Turkey, established in the 8th century.
4. In each of the last two monasteries, there is an elementary theological school.
5. St. Mark’s Monastery in Jerusalem, which deserves the pride of Christianity, because it includes the upper room, where Jesus Christ took the Last Supper with his disciples. This historic fact has been confirmed by the inscription discovered in 1940 under the plastering of the church in the monastery. The inscription is in Syriac and it dates back to the 6th century. It reads as follows: “This is the house of Mary, Mother of John, Called Mark.” The church has two theological seminaries, one in the mountains of Lebanon [in Damascus since 1996] and the other in India, where the clergy are trained.
The Syrian Orthodox Church is progressing and growing actively. In the opinion of a Greek Orthodox historian: The Syrians are active, hard workers and economical, that is why you can hardly find a beggar among them. In spite of all the great crises that they endured, they are still maintaining their economical standard, because of their love to work steadily, and their remoteness from imitating the foreigners in spending extravagantly.67 Another researcher from the Episcopalian Church said in the last century the following about the Syrian Orthodox Church: “It is within the possibilities of Gods providence that they might yet take new root downwards and bear fruit upwards, if the people who still cling passionately to their ancient faith, were once freed from the domination of foreign religion and power, under which they have so long and so cruelly been oppressed. As it is, in all their present feebleness, they are the representatives of the ancient church, which once flourished in these eastern and southern lands.”68
The Syrian Church is a member of the World Council of Churches which she joined in the year 1960, through the efforts of the late Patriarch Mor Ignatius Jacob III of blessed memory. It is represented today [as of date of publication in 1983] by Archbishop Mor Gregorios Youhanna Ibrahim of Aleppo in its Central Committee. It is also a member in the Council of Local Churches and collaborates with the other Christian Churches, and takes part in the ecumenical and theological dialogues at official and non-official levels.
Conclusion
This book provides a panoramic view of the Church of Antioch, the true Church of the Orient, commonly known as the Syrian Orthodox Church, whose faith, liturgy and tradition are distinctively Oriental and are at the same time a witness to the undivided early church.
This church battered by the events of history and torn by schisms, is still the custodian of a great heritage. I am hopeful that through prayer and dialogue, its scattered parts can be brought together again and its wounds healed. The communion of faith could be restored among its different sections, and excommunications and curses could be wiped out. Grace will then abound, leading to the unity that was at the dawn of Christianity and the Gospel imperative “that all may be one” will be fulfilled.
References
1. The Holy Bible: New Testament.
2. Dr. George Post: Dictionary of the Holy Bible, 2nd ed., Beirut 1971.
3. Constitution of the Syrian Orthodox Church of Antioch Manuscript-Amended by the Synod of Damascus 1979.
4. Hidayat wa Quanin Al-Majame’: A Syriac Manuscript
5. Eusebius of Caesarea: History of the Church.
6. Gregorios Yohanna Bar Habraeus: Summary of Nations, Beirut 1958.
7. Breasted: Earlier Ages.
8. Adai Ashir: History of Kaldo & Athur, Beirut 1913.
9. Lemon the French: Moukhtassar Twarikh Al-Kanisa:translated by Bishop Youssef Daoud, Mosul 1873.
10. Cardinal Eugene Tisserand: Khoulassa Tarikhyia LilkanisaAl-Kaldania; Translated by Bishop Suleiman Sayegh, Mosul 1939.
11. Mari bn Suleiman: Akhbar Fatarikat Kursi Al-Mashreq, from the book Al-Maidal, Rome 18S9.
12. Rev. Butros Nassri: Dhakhirat Al-A&an fi Twarikh Al Mashariqa wal Maghariba Al-Suryian, Mosul 1905.
13. Bishop Gregorios Georges Shahin: Nahlon Wassim fi ar h Al-Umma Al-Suryiania Al-Qawim, Homs 1911.
14. Letus Al-Douairi: Mujaz Tarith Al-Massihia, Egypt 1949.
15. Chabot: Aramaic Languages & its Literature. Translated by Antoun Laurence, Jerusalem 1930.
16. Ali Wafi: Feqh Al-Lougha, 2nd ea., Cairo 1944.
17. Rev. Ishaq Armaleh: Al-Salasel Al-TariLhia, Beirut 1910.
18. Al Massih ssH d. Al’-gTurfa Al-Naqia mn Tarikh Al-Kanisa
19. Dr. Philip Hitti: History of Syria, Lebanon & Palestine.
20. Assad Restom: History of the City of Antioch, Beirut 1958.
1. crtieAsr&svrlelha, Dictionary of the Names of Lebanese
1. Je i Fa h De Fr: Al Al-Shargi Al C h Ke i Al-Rasouli Wal P bd h eLda filiman, tebanon 1971. he magmme Al
1. Patriarch Ephrem Barsoum: A – Al-Loulou’ Al-Manthour fi Tarikh Al-Eloum wal AdabAl-Surylania, 3rd ea., Baghdad 1976. A HI Durlar Al-Nafisa fi Mukhtassar Tarikh Al K
2. Patriarch Yacoub III: 
A IT9a5r3kh AI-Kanisa Al-Suryiania A1 ~ t k
B Dahkat Al-Tib fi Tarikh Deir Mar Matta Al-Ajib, Zahle 1961.
C Kanisat Antakyin Souryia, Damascus 1971.
D Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Antakyia Al- kthodoxia ta lecture), Damascus 1974.
E Man Hua Batriark Antakyia Al-Shari, published inthe Magazine, Al-Mashreq of Mosul, Ist year.
F Al-Mujahed Al-Rassouli Al-kbar- Mor Yacoub Bardaeus, Damascus 1978.
3. Patriarch Ephrem Rehmani: Al-Mabaheth Al-Jalia fi AlLiturjIat Al-SharqIa, Al-Sharfeh 1924.
4. Patriarch Zakka I Iwas:
A Al-Merqat fi Hayat Ra i Al-Rouat, Homs 1958.
B Al-Kanisa wa Mouqaoumat Al-Majma’ I-Maskounifiha – Damascus Patriarchal Magazine, 10th year, No. 96, 1972.
C Qeboul ~I-Majame’-Damascus Patriarchal Magazine,11 th year, No. 108.
D Akidat Al-Tajsed Al-Dahi fi Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Orthodoxia, 2nd ed., Aleppo 1980.
5. Bishop Youhanna Dolabani: Al-Mithal Al-Rabani. Buenos Aires 1942.
6. Archdeacon Ne’matallah Denno: Iqamat Al-Dalil ala Istemrar rl-Esm Al-Assil, Mosul 1949.

Footnotes:
1 Dr. Assad Restom, History of the City of Antioch (Beirut 1958). Volume 1, p. 14, from the British Encyclopedia, 9th ea., Vol. 2, p. 130.
2 Selucas I Nicatur built the city of Antioch on the Orontes River in Syria in 311 BC, after the division of the Kingdom of Alexander the Great. He called it Antioch after his father, Antiochus. It was the capital of Seleucids until the Roman conquer in 64 BC The Syrians liked it and adopted the first month and the first year of its foundation October 311 BC), as a general date in their religious and civil records. They shifted to the AD. date only at the beginning of this century.
3 It is believed that Peter the Apostle was in Antioch in 34 AD-the year he established the Apostolic See of Antioch. The Ascension of Jesus was in the year 30 AD, Paul converted a year later. He came to Jerusalem three years after his conversion, that is in the year 34 AD., but he did not find any disciples, except James, our Lord’s brother. According to the church’s liturgy, Peter was then in Antioch, where he stayed for seven consecutive years, until 41 AD. Some scholars believe that the birth of Christ took place four years earlier than the date assumed today. See Patriarch Ignatius Yacoub III, Kanisat Antakyia Souryia, Damascus 1971, pp. 3-6.
4 Dr. Assad Restom, History of the City of Antioch (Beirut 1958). The incident of Cornelius is detailed in Chapters 10&11 in the Book of Acts, in the New Testament.
5 The Apostle Paul said to Peter “If thou, being a Jew, livest after the manner of Gentiles, and not as do the Jews, why compellest thou the Gentiles to live as do the Jews ?” Galatians 2: 14. See also Lestus Doueiri, Mujaz Tarikh al -Massihieh ( Egypt 1949 ), p. 55
6 Book of Acts 11: 26.
7 Eusebius of Caesarea, Church History, 3: 22.
8 Patriarch Yacoub III, Kanisat Antakyia Souryia (Damascus 1971).
9 Letter to the Galatians 2: 14 and 3: 28
10 Dr. George Post, Dictionary of the Holy Bible. Beirut 1913), Look under Aram; Adai Ashir, History of Kaldo & Athur ( Beirut 1973 ),Vol. 1, p. 16; Breasted. Earlier Ages, Chapter 211, p. 109; Gregorios Youhanna Bar Hebraeus, Summary of Nations (Beirut 1962).
11 The Greeks called these lands Mesopotamia, that is between two rivers. It was comprised of the upper part of Tigris and the convergence of Tigris and the Euphrates, near the mouth of the river. Aram of Damascus included inner Syria, Palestine and Lebanon. The word Aram means the elevated land.
12 Al-Arabi – Arabic Literary Magazine published in Kuwait, No. 81 (1965).
13 Dr. Philip Hitti, History of Syria, Lebanon and Palestine; The First Book of Ezra 4: 6 & 7.
14 Dr. Ali Wafi Feqh Al-Lougha ( Cairo 1944 ), p. 120; Chabot.,Aramaic Languages. p. 9; Kaldo & Athur, 1 :16.
15 It is the language known as Palestinian Syriac and sometimes called Hebrew. Eusebius of Caesarea (263 – 339 AD) in his book ‘Al-Dhhour Al-llahi, describes the disciples before being inspired by the Holy Ghost as “.. people from Galilee, knowing nothing except the Syriac language.” ( The Syriac manuscript No. 12150 is at the British Museum; it was written in 411 AD and published by Rev. Paul Bedjan in Paris in 1905. ) Although the Holy Bible was translated to several languages, it kept several expressions in their Syriac forms, e.g. (Abba meaning father ( Gal. 4: 6 ); (Talitha Cumi) meaning Damsel, I say unto thee, arise (Matthew 9: 23 & Mark 5: 41 ) and (Tabitha Cumi) meaning you dear arise ( Acts 9:40 ; See also Matthew 27: 46; John 20: 16 and Acts 1: 19. Parts of the Book of Daniel, Ezra and Nehemiah and all of the gospel of Matthew and the Epistle to the Hebrews were written in Syriac. The Holy Bible was entirely translated into Syriac towards the end of the first century after Christ.
16 Dr. George Post, Dictionary of the Holy Bible, I 58.
17 Dr. Anis Freha, Dictionary of the Names of Lebanese Cities and Villages (Beirut 1972).
18 Patriarch Ephrem Rehmani, Al-Mabaheth Al-Jalia fi Al-Liturjia Al-Sharqia ( Deir Al-Sharfeh 1924 ), p. 23; Dr. Assad Restom, History of the City of Antioch.
19 Al-Mabaheth Al-Jalia, p. 151.
20 Kanisat Antakyia Souryia, pp. 3 & 8.
Al-Durar Al-Nafisa fi Makhtassar Tarikh Al-Kanisa, Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum (Homs 1940), p. 143.
21 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Lou lou Al-Manthour (Baghdad 1976).
22 Patriarch Yacoub 111, Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Antakyia Al-Arthodoxia (Damascus 1974) pp. 10-15.
23 Patriarch Yacoub 111, Tarikh Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Antakyia (Beirut 1953), Vol. 1, pp. 117-119.
24 A lecture by Patriarch Zakka I Iwas at Vienna, Austria on 4/5/1972. Its Arabic translation was published in the Damascus Patriarchal Magazine No. 97, 10th year, Sept. 1972.
25 Eusebius of Caesarea, Church History.
26 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Durar Al-Nafisa (Homs
27 Eusebius of Caesarea, Church History.
28 Jerome, Latin Church Father of the 4th century.
29 Patriarch Yacoub III, Man Hua Al-Batriark Al-Shar’i i,published in the magazine Al-Mashreq of Mosul, 1st year, p. 836,quoted from the Roman Calendar (Rome 1852).
30 A lecture given by Patriarch Zakka I in Vienna, Austria on May 5, 1972. Its Arabic translation was published in the Damascus Patriarchal Magazine No. 97, 10th year, Sept. 1972.
31 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Durar Al-Nafisa, Vol. 1, p. 398.
32 The Lebanese Synod, p. 311; Patriarch Douehi, Maronite Patriarch, Manaret Al-Aqdas, 1:22.
33 Jesuit Father De Friz, Al-Kersi Al-Rasouli Wal Batriarkia Al-Sharqia Al-Catholikyia, published in the magazine Al-Wehda Biliman in Lebanon, 1971.
34 Same pp. 7, 9 & 10.
35 Autonomous: self directing freedom, esp. moral independence.
36 Autocephalous: being independent of external and especially patriarchal authority – used esp. of Eastern Orthodox national churches.
37 Ecumenical: worldwide or general in extent, influence or application. Representing the whole of a body of churches.
38 Lecture by the author in Vienna, Austria on May 5, 1972.
39 Lecture by the author in Vienna on 6-9-1973.
40 Chalcedon, a district within Constantinople (Istanbul).
41 Bishop Gregorios Georges Shahin,” Nahjon Wassim (Homs 1911), Vol. 1, p. 14; Patriarch Rehmani, A-Mabaheth Al-Jalia, pp. 23, 24 & 28.
42 Lemon the French, Moukhtassar Twarikh Al-Kanasi;translated by Rev. Youssef Daoud (Mosul 1873), p. 178.
43 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum Al-Durar Al-Nafisa. p. 143.
44 Rev. Butros Nassri, Dhakhirat Al-Adhan fi Twarikh Al-Mashriqa wal Maghriba Al-Suryian Mosul 1905), p. 73
45 The Gospel of Matthew 2:2.
46 The Book of Acts 2:9.
47 Mari bn Suleiman, Akhbar Fatarikat Kursi Al-Mashreq, fromthe book Al-Ma dal (Rome 1899), 1. 1; – Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Durar Al-Nafisa, Vol. 1, pp.76&77; Eugene Tisserand, Khoulassa Tarikyia Lilkanisah Al-Kaldania; translated by Bishop Suleiman Sayegh (Mosul 1939), p. 76.
48 Al-Durar Al-Nafisa, p. 586; Nahjon Aassim, p. 12.
49 Catholicos: general father; Maphrian: a Syriac word meaning fruitful.
50 Patriarch Ignatius Yacoub III, Dafacat Al-Tib fi Tarikh Deir Mar Matta Al-Ajib (Zahle 1961), p. 51.
51 Same pp. 42 & 43.
52 Al-Lou Lou Al-Manthour, p. 16.
53 Dafakat Al-Tib. p. 34, quote from Al-Tarikh Al-Kanassi, by Bar Hebraeus, Vol. 2, pp. 87 & 99; Tarikh Mar Mikhail Al-Kabir, p. 35
54 Dafakat Al-Tib. p. 35; Al-Lou lou Al-Manthour, p. 26.
55 Damascus Patriarchal Magazine, 3rd year, 1964, No. 21; pp. 6&7; Patriarch Zakka I Iwas, Merkat fi Hayat Ra’i i Al-Rouat (Homs 1958), p. 344.
56 Rev. Ishaq Armaleh, Al-Salasel Al-Tarikhia (Beirut1910), p. 135.
57 Cardinal Tisserand, Khoulassa Tarikhyia Lilkanissa Al-Kaldania, p. 107. From a bull issued by Pope Ojanius IV; Nahjon Wassim, p. 57.
58 Nahjon Wassim, Vol. 1, pp. 72 & 73.
59 Same, Vol. 1, p. 8.
60 Rev. Issa Assa’d, Al-Turfa Al-Naqia mn Tarikh AlKanisa Al-Massthia (Homs 1924), appendix p. 453.
61 Nahjon Wassim, Vol. 1, pp. 41 & 42; Al-Mashreq, magazine published in Mosul, 1st year, p.847.
62 The author, Al-Merqat, pp. 24 & 25.
63 Bishop Youhanna Dolabani, Al-Mithal Al-Rabani Buenos Aires 1942; Patriarch Yacoub III Al-Mujahed Al-Rassouli Damascus1978.
64 Archdeacon Ne’matallah Denno, Iqamat Al-Dalil alaIstemrar Al-Esm Al-Assil (Mosul 1949).
65 Patriarch Zakka I Iwas, Akidat Al-Tajsed Al-Ilahi (Aleppo 1981).
66 The Constitution of the Syrian Orthodox Church issued by the Synod of Homs in 1959 and amended by the Synod of Damascus 1979.
67 Rev. Issa Ass ad, Al-Terfa Al-Naqia (Homs 1922), Appendix p. 424.
68 Rev. Edward L. Cults, Turning Points of General Church History (N.Y. 1890), p. 446.

The Franks and the Syrian Christians

$
0
0

The Franks and the Syrian Christians

Dr. Matti Moosa

The Franks’ interference in the affairs of the Syrian Church seriously weakened their ability to keep the allegiance of the native population in Edessa and elsewhere. This interference was particularly evident in the case of Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni, brother of Bishop Sa’id bar Sabuni, which alienated the Syrians and turned them against the Franks. Abu Ghalib, a monk from the Arnish Monastery near Kesum and Ra’ban, was chosen as bishop of Edessa by Patriarch Abu al-Faraj Athanasius VI in 1101 and took the name Basilius at his ordination. Learned like his brother, but also impetuous and rebellious, he disobeyed both the patriarch and canon law. Forty days after his ordination he became involved in a dispute with the patriarch over some copies of the Gospels deposited at the church in Edessa. The rebellious priest Abdun had sold these Gospels, the property of the patriarchate, to the Syrian congregation of Edessa, using the proceeds to bribe the men in authority to help him keep his position. When the patriarch demanded their return, Abu Ghalib signed a pledge that he would not carry out his religious duties as bishop until he had returned the Gospels. But as soon as he was ordained, he broke his word, claiming that the Syrian dignitaries of Edessa would not allow him to hand over the Gospels. The patriarch sent Abu Ghalib a letter suspending him from service as bishop and denying him the right to style himself as chief priest. Abu Ghalib answered that the patriarch had no right to suspend him from service because the Edessans, not he, refused to deliver the Gospels to him. As a result the Syrian congregation of Edessa was split into two factions, one backing the defiant bishop, the other supporting the patriarch. Abu Ghalib challenged the patriarch’s authority and angered him still further by continuing to ordain priests and deacons. The church in Edessa was thus in a chaotic condition.

What is important, says Michael Rabo, is that the Frankish governor of Edessa, Baldwin II of Le Bourg, supported Bishop Abu Ghalib. Syrian and Frankish delegations asked the patriarch to pardon Abu Ghalib, but even when Bishop Dionysius bar Modyana of Melitene (d. 1120) and seventy Syrian leaders went to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and prostrated themselves before him, he refused. The patriarch promised to convene a synod to look into Abu Ghalib’s case, but did not keep his word. Worse still, he removed the old and learned Bishop Dionysius from his diocese for supporting Abu Ghalib.[1] As the dispute between himself and Patriarch Athanasius went from bad to worse, Abu Ghalib turned to the Franks to solve his problem. He took his case to Bernard of Valence, the Latin Patriarch of Antioch (1100-1136), making the Orthodox (i.e., Syrian) Church the subject of criticism by outsiders. Patriarch Athanasius, who was then at the Aqshar Monastery near Antioch, was commanded by the Latin patriarch to proceed to Antioch. The Franks took him to St. Peter’s Cathedral (called Cassianus) and asked him to pardon Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni, but again he refused.

The Franks used this refusal as a pretext to act against Patriarch Athanasius and the Syrians. They brought him to their church, treated him with deference and respect, and told him, “Be kind and pray over this bishop (Abu Ghalib) for the sake of our city Edessa.” The patriarch replied, “The bishop has outdone his iniquity.” The interpreter misunderstood him and told the Franks he was asking for money. The Franks said, “This is simony (selling church offices for money) and not in the spirit of St. Peter. It is not worthy of Christians to dismiss a chief priest from his office for money.” As no one who understood the patriarch could be found, the Frankish interpreter said to him, “If you are dealing with money according to your church canons, consider that today you have been offered 10,000 dinars, and therefore you will release this bishop, who resorted to us.” Patriarch Athanasius did not answer (evidently because he did not understand the interpreter), but promised to pray for Bar Sabuni. The Franks gave him a sheet of paper and asked him to absolve the bishop in writing. As he took the paper and started writing, he looked at Bishop Sabuni and said, “Abu Ghalib, look what you have dragged me into.” Abu Ghalib answered insolently, “If I am Abu Ghalib (father of the victorious one), know that you are Abu al-Faraj (father of release from grief and sorrow).” At this the patriarch lost his temper and threw away the paper. He stretched out his neck and said, “Cut off my head; I will not absolve this man.”

The Franks ordered the patriarch and the bishop beaten. A Frankish bishop told the Latin patriarch, “Although these two wretches have acted disgracefully and deserve to be beaten, it is not appropriate to use beating inside the cathedral.” Shortly the Franks’ anger cooled down, and they let the patriarch and those in his company go to the Syrian Church of the Mother of God in Antioch. But they forbade him to leave the city until they had convened a council to decide the case, and invited their bishops to attend the council. Patriarch Athanasius remained in the church, dejected, locked in a cell, permitted to talk to no one. Grief overcame the Syrian clergy and congregation. Five days later the Syrian priests asked the philosopher Abd al-Masih ibn Abi Durra of Edessa, a Chalcedonian who loved the patriarch and admired his piety, to see him. Abd al-Masih visited the patriarch in his cell and, in a friendly conversation, evidently convinced him that if he hoped to be released, he should offer money to Roger of Salerno, then governor of Antioch (1112-1119). The patriarch accepted this advice, and Roger ordered that he be allowed to leave Antioch and return to his monastery, telling the Latin patriarch, “You have no authority over the Syrians.”[2]

The patriarch went soon afterwards to Amid and settled in the Monastery of Qanqart. Because of the controversy over Abu Ghalib, the bishop of Edessa, Patriarch Athanasius VI tightened his grip on the city’s Syrian Christians. He ordered that the Syrian cathedral be closed and its bells stop ringing, with the result that disturbances in the city intensified. The Syrian priests rebelled and attacked one another. Thereafter, the communicants began to baptize their children in the churches of the Franks.[3]

As if the trouble over Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni were not enough, another dispute arose between Al Camra, the patriarch’s family, and the leaders of the Qarya family, who lived in Qanqart, regarding the ownership of certain land and other properties. These dignitaries complained to the governor of Amid against the patriarch, who in response excommunicated one of them, the deacon Ishaq (Isaac) of Qarya. Consequently, the dispute within the church became uncontrollable. Deacon Ishaq urged the governor to let the patriarch leave Amid, since he was old and did not have much longer to live. The governor, anxious to expropriate the patriarch’s possessions and impatient for him to die, visited the Monastery of Qanqart and asked him to pardon Ishaq, but the patriarch refused. The governor became angry, but the patriarch calmed him down by offering him gold. He realized he was a prisoner in Amid and desired freedom of movement. He sent Mikha’il Bar Shumanna, from the Syrian renowned Shumanna family, to appeal to Count Joscelin I to intercede on his behalf with the governor of Amid to let him leave the city. Joscelin responded by threatening to destroy Amid if the patriarch was not permitted to leave, and the governor of Amid reluctantly acquiesced. The grateful patriarch went to see Joscelin in Tall Bashir (Turbessel) and thank him for his support. He stayed there a few days and then returned to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum. On Pentecost Day, as he was performing the Eucharistic Service, just before praying for the Holy Spirit to descend and sanctify the Elements, he suffered a stroke and asked Bishop Timothy of Gargar to finish the service (Bishop Abu Ghalib also attended). Six days later, on June, 8, 1130 he died and was buried in the Monastery of Mar Barsoum.[4]

A synod headed by Bishop Dionysius of Kesum selected Yuhanna Modyana (the Confessor) as the new patriarch. The bishops took the patriarch-designate to Tall Bashir to meet with Joscelin, who pledged to support him, and Yuhanna Modyana was ordained on February 17, 1129, at the Great Church of the Franks, in the presence of Joscelin and other prominent men. Through Joscelin’s mediation, the new patriarch issued an order pardoning Abu Ghalib bar Sabuni along with the bishop of Sijistan, whom the former patriarch had excommunicated and expelled from his diocese. In compensation for the loss of his diocese, the bishop was offered the dioceses of Samosata and Samha, but was rejected by their congregations. Eventually, he went to Jerusalem and joined the Friars (Knights Templar). Ironically, he fell into an oven and was burned to death, fulfilling a prophetic warning by Patriarch Athanasius, who had once told him, “If you desert the diocese of Sijistan, you will never deserve to be buried [according to church canons].”[5]
For many centuries, no saint held the love and adoration of the Syrians more than Mar (Saint) Barsoum (d. 458), the chief ascetic Syrian monk of his time. Like his contemporaries, Patriarch Severus of Antioch and Philoxenus of Mabug, he was an avid opponent of the controversial Council of Chalcedon and a defender of the faith of One Incarnate Nature of the Divine Logos. After he died, his right hand was preserved in a gilded coffin; when a monastery bearing his name was founded in 790 near Melitene, the monks kept the hand as a relic. The monastery of Mar Barsoum thrived until Joscelin II ravaged it in 1148 and carried its treasures to Tall Bashir, but then declined until the seventeenth century, when it stood deserted and in ruins.[6]

In the twelfth century, the preserved hand of Mar Barsoum was the cause of controversy for both the Byzantines and the Franks. The Syrians believed it possessed divine power to heal and perform miracles (even today, Syrian Christians are known for their ardent belief in the intercession of saints). The Greeks (Byzantines) scoffed at them, claiming that the miraculous power of the saint’s hand was sheer fiction. The test came in 1134, when swarms of locusts invaded the city of Edessa, leading the Christians to seek Mar Barsoum’s help. They brought out the coffin containing the saint’s hand to ward off the locusts. The Greeks (as was their bad custom, says Michael Rabo) urged the Franks to open the coffin to see whether it contained the saint’s right hand. The monks refused, saying that doing so would cause havoc to the region. The Greeks in turn claimed that the coffin was empty. The monks were forced to take the coffin to the Franks’ church and open it. Immediately a violent sound like thunder shook the place. A dark cloud covered the sky and began to pour down hailstones. The people shouted, “Lord, have mercy! Help, Saint Barsoum!” The Franks, laymen and clergy alike, fell on their faces before the coffin, weeping. The Greeks fled and went into hiding. When the hailstorm subsided, the people conducted prayers for three days. The miracle wrought by the hand of Mar Barsoum astonished even the Muslims. When the Muslims of Harran learned of it, they asked the monks to visit them, but the monks preferred to return to the monastery. Crowds of people of all faiths went out to receive them with prayers and supplications. The locusts did not harm the crops but moved to unplanted grounds, where they devoured grass. Those who saw the miracle glorified God, each in his own tongue.[7]

The Franks’ presence in southern Asia Minor, where there was a large Syrian and Armenian population, clearly irritated the Byzantines, who had lost dominion over their former subjects and for better or worse had to deal with the Franks. The Byzantines, frustrated at losing power and prestige, tried to use doctrinal controversies to drive a wedge between the Franks and the area’s Christians. After the Franks established their own religious hierarchies in Jerusalem and many cities of Asia Minor, a conflict among the Latin dioceses required the intervention of the pope. According to Michael Rabo, the pope sent a legate to Jerusalem to investigate the situation, establish peace and order in the churches and monasteries, and conciliate the clergy. But no sooner did he begin the investigation than he died — by poisoning, some say.[8] After the death of the first legate, the pope sent another, identified as Albéric, bishop of Ostie, to pursue the investigation.[9] The new legate removed the Latin Patriarch Radulf from office in November 1139 and put in place another patriarch, who succeeded in reconciling the clergy and controlling the situation. While the legate carried out his duties, the Byzantines stirred him up against the Syrians and the Armenians, telling him they were “heretics,” i.e., anti-Chalcedonians. The legate went to Duluk (Doliche) and met with the Armenian Catholicos Krikor (Gregory III, 1113-1166), whom he took by force to Jerusalem.[10]

On Whit-Monday in April 1140, Albéric convened a church meeting attended by the Frankish patriarch and clergy and the Armenian Catholicos and clergy. Also present were Ignatius, the Syrian bishop of Jerusalem, Armenian princes, and Joscelin and other Frankish leaders. The council told the Byzantines, “You have accused the Syrians and the Armenians of heresy. Explain this heresy to us.” They answered, “We will never attend a council unless our [emperor] attends it too.” Thus their hypocrisy was exposed, and all those attending the council realized that they were far from the truth. Meanwhile, the Syrians and the Armenians presented tracts containing their doctrines, in their own languages. These were read and translated into Italian, and the council acknowledged the orthodoxy of their doctrines. The Franks asked the Syrians and the Armenians to swear not to change their doctrine, which contradicted that formulated by the Council of Chalcedon. The Syrians agreed, but the Armenians refused to do so and were accused of being Phantasiasts and Simonites.[11]
What Joscelin II said at the council or how he reacted is not known. But shortly afterwards, he again interfered in the affairs of the Syrian Church, this time in connection with the ordination of a new Syrian patriarch. Yeshu Bar Qatra, a pious deacon chosen by a synod of twelve bishops, was ordained in 1139 and took the name Athanasius. Some unnamed people, apparently including the bishop of Jihan, slandered the new patriarch to Joscelin II, claiming his ordination was uncanonical. Joscelin then summoned Timothy, bishop of Gargar, to Samosata to inquire whether the patriarch’s ordination was legal, but Timothy did not support the bishops’ claim. Joscelin, already angry at the patriarch for not having visited him (presumably to pay homage), ordered that his name should not be proclaimed in the region under his influence.

Patriarch Bar Qatra, unable to challenge Joscelin’s authority, left Melitene for the Monastery of Mar Barsoum. There he learned that Joscelin II had arbitrarily transferred Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna from Kesum and proclaimed him as bishop of Edessa. Faced with the unpleasant prospect of losing the congregation in Edessa on account of this appointment, the patriarch chose the lesser evil by confirming Basilius bar Shumanna as the new bishop of Edessa. In his place he ordained Iliyya, a learned man, as bishop of Kesum, giving him the name of Iwannis (John) at his ordination. Not until early 1144, when Joscelin II returned from the coronation of Baldwin III at Jerusalem on December 23, 1143, did Patriarch Athanasius visit Joscelin II at Tall Bashir and reconcile with him and with the bishops who opposed him in the case of Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna.[12]

After Imad al-Din Zangi captured Edessa in late December 1144, Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna fled to Samosata for safety. Some people from Edessa betrayed him to Joscelin II on the grounds that he was plotting with the Turks. They told Joscelin, “If he (the bishop) slipped from your hand, he will return to the Turks. Therefore, he should die, lest he entice those who fled and bring them back to the Turks.” Joscelin arrested the bishop and imprisoned him alongside Muslim captives in the fortress of Romaita, where he remained for three years. After his release he went about collecting charity to ransom some of his own people who had been taken captive by the Turks. He went to Antioch and then to Jerusalem, where King Baldwin III and the Latin patriarch welcomed him. Next he traveled to Mosul, where he met Zangi’s deputy Zayn al-Din, who showed him compassion and appropriated a stipend for his living expenses. He then went to Amid to see Patriarch Athanasius Bar Qatra, who assigned him the diocese of Sebaberk, then under the authority of the bishop of Edessa. Bishop Basilius died in 1169.[13]

Joscelin II, short of funds, had set his eye on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, planning to steal its sacred objects and furnishings. In this regard he resembles King Henry VIII of England, who centuries later looted the wealth of the monasteries of his country. Michael Rabo offers two reasons for Joscelin’s plundering of the monastery: first, his action was the wages of the sins of its inmates, who chose the broad path that leads to perdition; second, just as King Solomon of Israel forsook the God of his forefathers and succumbed to pagan worship and abominable lusts, Joscelin likewise hardened his heart and gave himself over to vile action, making light of the great power dwelling in the remains of Saint Barsoum. He did not reveal his evil intent to any of his men, lest they inform the monks that Joscelin was about to loot their monastery. To carry out his devilish scheme, Joscelin gathered his forces and pretended he was marching to pillage the Muslim territory. Three days after reaching Harran in northern Mesopotamia, he climbed the Hura (White) Mountain and camped at the Iza fountain, in northwestern Claudia. When the Muslims learned of his invasion, they fled. Joscelin told his men that since his plan to invade the Muslims’ region had failed, they should offer prayers at the nearest monastery before returning home.

On the fateful morning of Saturday, June 18, 1148, Joscelin II sent a messenger to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum to inform the monks that he wished to visit. The monks were joyful that the Prince of the Christians planned to visit their monastery and offer prayer. They went to the south gate to welcome him, raising the Cross and the Gospels. Joscelin dismounted and prostrated himself before the Cross with seeming humility. He and his men approached, accompanied by some Franks who had just arrived in the East. The monks did not try to prevent them from entering the monastery, even though they were armed. While the monks were hopeful that they had come to donate gold and money to the monastery, however, the miscreant Joscelin actually intended to rob it. The monks decked out the church, brought out the relics of Mar Barsoum, and set them on a stool  before the Franks. Joscelin offered prayers before the relics, placed a piece of paper on the altar, and left to sit on the porch outside the church.

He gathered the monks and said, pointing to a Frank standing nearby, “This is my cousin who has just come from Rome, and he wishes to see the tower in the upper part of the monastery.” The abbot ordered that his wish be granted. When the Frank, who was actually a military commander, entered the tower with his soldiers, Joscelin ordered the infantrymen to shut the gate and position themselves at the tower. He sent five of his men to search the tower for valuables, but they found only an old monk and two attendants. Disappointed, Joscelin gathered the monks and locked them up in the church. He then summoned some of their elders and accused them of informing the Turks of his arrival in the nearby city of Melitene and thus allowing them to escape. The monks assured Joscelin of their innocence. If what they said was true, he said, then they should give him the possessions of the region of Melitene which the Muslims had deposited with them, for he was told that the Muslims had left enormous wealth in their custody: “You have the obligation to give these possessions to the Christians (Franks), to make them more powerful and take revenge on the Muslims who have pillaged the monasteries of the region of Zabar. I am now in need of these possessions.” The monks said that if they did so, they would no longer be able to live safely with the Muslims in the Melitene region. At this point, Joscelin grew angry and asked the elder monks to leave the church. He locked them up in the house of Saba, called Kano. He sent Frankish priests to the church to take all the silver patens, chalices, incense bowls, censors, crosses, candles, fans (rounded, with bells and portraits of Cherubim and Seraphim), Gospels, and books. His men also searched the monks’ cells and took whatever they found, including gold, silver, brass, iron objects, vestments, and church furniture. When some of the Friars (Knights of the Temple) saw what had happened, they told Joscelin, “We joined you to fight the Muslims and help the Christians, not to plunder churches and monasteries.” They left without eating or drinking.[14]

Joscelin and his men spent all Saturday plundering. They searched the monks’ cells and the attendants’ rooms again, seeking more valuables. Joscelin found a golden cross and smashed it into pieces, distributing them to his men. He loaded the booty on twelve mules belonging to the monastery and left, taking fifty monks with him. On the evening of Sunday, June 19, 1148, he came to a place called “The Elephant’s Vineyard,” where he left a garrison of 155 Frank and Armenian thugs. On Monday he released the monks, who arrived at Hisn Mansur the next day. Before doing so, however, he told them not to leave the monastery empty, lest the Muslims return to occupy it, and demanded that they pay him 10,000 dinars to leave the monastery alone. The frightened monks by then had nothing to pay Joscelin with, for he had stolen all they had. In their desperation, they brought him their most precious possession, the coffin containing the hand of Saint Barsoum, along with the vessels of four monasteries (Mar Abhai, Sarjisiyya, Madiq and Harsafta) which had been deposited with them for safekeeping. Joscelin’s henchmen stole quantities of wheat, wine, honey, clothing, and other goods, and carried them with the coffin containing Mar Barsoum’s hand to Tall Bashir, Joscelin’s stronghold.

The Syrians and Armenians of Tall Bashir implored Joscelin to send the monks back to the monastery. He agreed after taking 10,000 dinars as bond from some Edessans who were then at Tall Bashir, keeping five monks and three elders in his custody along with the relics of Mar Barsoum. He let the rest of the monks return to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum in August 1148, accompanied by Iwannis, bishop of Kesum, and the abbot Lazarus. Joscelin’s egregious action against the monks of the monastery must have affected the conscience of some of his men.  In a dream, three of his men saw the monastery glimmering with light and the figure of Mar Barsoum standing majestically at its highest point, asking them to go and tell Joscelin to bring the monks back to the monastery. After they related their dream, Joscelin, whom Michael Rabo calls “the second Pharaoh,” promised to free the monks but then stalled. His heart was softened only when members of his family told him that they had seen the coffin of Mar Barsoum’s hand shining like the sun and a sword of fire issuing from it, and heard a voice saying, “O Joscelin, if you do not let me alone and repatriate the monks to the monastery, I will annihilate this region with the sword.” Upon hearing this, he allowed the two monks, David and Jacob, to return to the monastery on September 5, 1149. But he kept the coffin containing the saint’s hand until the monks of the monastery paid him an additional 5000 dinars.[15]

On returning, the monks and their Bishop Iwwanis immediately expelled the Armenians from the monastery. When they saw that the altar of the church lay in ruins, they wept bitterly all day long. They proceeded to rebuild the altar and the rest of the monastery. The troops Joscelin had left behind asked the monks to swear that they would not bar Joscelin or his son, should either wish to enter the monastery. The monks reluctantly complied. The troops remained at the monastery for seventy days, during which no Divine Eucharist (Holy Communion) or any other service was conducted. Following the patriarch’s orders, Bishop Iwannis rededicated the altar of the church, confirmed Lazarus as abbot, and appointed a sexton and a supervisor for the monastery. The monks and attendants donated whatever they could to save the monastery from Joscelin’s grip. They collected 5000 dinars from the faithful who visited the monastery and brought the money to Joscelin in December 1150. He gave them back the hand of Mar Barsoum, but admonished them to pay the balance. They presented to him a certain person who offered a surety for the payment of the other 5000 dinars. Thus, the monks brought back the holy hand of Mar Barsoum.[16] Sadly, Michael Rabo says the Byzantines rejoiced at Joscelin’s plundering of the monastery.[17]

Ironically Joscelin, a Christian Frankish prince, was rebuked by a Turkish Muslim ruler, Dawla, for violating Christian principles by plundering the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, on which his own father Ghazi, the Turkish governor of Melitene, had imposed heavy taxes. When Dawla heard that Joscelin had invaded the monastery, he thought that the monks had deliberately surrendered it to escape paying the taxes. He told the people of Melitene, “I will take revenge on you because you delivered the fortress (monastery) to the Franks.” Thus the monks, who had already seen their monastery plundered, now had to face Dawla’s vengeance. They were so distressed that they suspended prayer and the pealing of the church’s bell for three days. Relief came when Dawla discovered that the monks had not simply handed the monastery over. His wrath against the Christians of Melitene abated, and he assembled an army to fight the small garrison Joscelin had stationed in the monastery, captured it, and evicted the Franks

Through providence, twelve monks and fifty attendants managed to take some of the oxen and other property belonging to the monastery and went to Melitene to await their destiny. An old monk named Ibrahim, nicknamed “Sorodim,” went to see Dawla.  He told him, “Coming to the region of Melitene will cause you great loss because you cannot occupy the region militarily. Also, the method of robbery will not succeed. Wait a little, and we will draw up a plan for the occupation of the region.” Dawla, appreciating this counsel, lavished gifts on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and exempted the monks from paying taxes for that year. He asked them to swear to abide by this covenant, and they did. Joscelin asked for peace and sent Dawla this message: “You have plundered the monasteries of the region of Zabar under my authority. But I have taken the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, which is more important than any other. It is like an eagle among the fowls of the air. See, I have returned the monastery to you.” Dawla answered, “We, like you, seek peace. But tell me, how can you affirm your quest for peace while you have proven that you have no faith? The Muslims swear by their Book, and the Christians swear by the Cross and the Gospel. But you yourself have violated the sanctity of the Gospel and have broken the Cross into pieces. You have nothing to do with the Christian faith. Reveal your true faith, whether you are a Jew or a pagan, that we may establish peace with you on the basis of your faith.” Thus, says Michael Rabo, “The barbarous Muslim Turk censured the Christian liar.” Finally Joscelin II was defeated and captured by the Muslims, the monks returned to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, and through God’s providence things were straightened out between the Muslims and the monks.[18]

Joscelin’s iniquities and barbarous treatment of the Syrians were not unpunished. He was struck with disaster en route to Antioch with 200 horsemen. It is not clear whether he was trying to have a showdown with the Muslims or to escape. Although Michael Rabo says Joscelin thought he could face a thousand Muslims with that small force, Bar Hebraeus says he left Tall Bashir hoping to meet with a ship in the harbor of Antioch, which indicates that he and his men intended to escape by sea.[19] When they reached Azaz (Hazart) at night, they were frightened by a noisy band of Turkomans and fled. As Joscelin ran, he thought he saw a tree in his way and stumbled to the ground. (In fact, the men with him said there was no tree.) A Turkoman saw him lying on the ground, hurt by the fall. He did not recognize him but, knowing that he was probably a Frank, thought he could sell him to the Christians. He carried him to a nearby village and met a Jew who saw him and told the villagers that it was Joscelin. Realizing that he had a fortune in his hands, the Turkoman carried Joscelin to Aleppo, whose governor, Nur al-Din Zangi, bought him for a thousand dinars. Nur al-Din had Joscelin II chained and thrown into prison.[20] While Joscelin was in prison, the Muslims showered him with gifts and coaxed him to recant Christianity and embrace Islam, but he adamantly resisted. Then he was threatened with torture, but he courageously withstood the threats and persisted in his Christian faith, confessing that what had happened to him was because of his sins. Joscelin II sent a message to the monks of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and to the Christians in that region, asking them to pray God to accept his penance. He spent nine years in prison, from 1150 to 1159. As his end drew near, he asked to be taken from his cell to Ignatius, the Syrian bishop of Aleppo, who received his confession and administered the Holy Communion. After his death the Muslims handed his body over to the Christians, who buried him in the church. A great number of Christians and Muslims attended his funeral, bewildered by all that had taken place.[21]

The Anonymous Edessan offers a slightly different account of Joscelin’s capture and his treatment by Nur al-Din Zangi. He says that when Joscelin heard that the lord of Mar’ash had been killed, he left Azaz and marched with a band of troops to capture Antioch. When he came to Cyrrhus, between Homs and Hama, as he prepared to cross to the village of Shaykh al-Dayr, a group of Turkomans jumped out of the bushes and seized him. Joscelin asked them to take him to Azaz and offered to give them whatever they asked. They took him to Shaykh al-Dayr, not knowing who he was. The Christians of the village, recognizing him, tried to buy him from the Turkomans for sixty dinars. But when a Jew passing through the village, a dyer by trade, told the Turkomans that the man was Joscelin, they took him to Aleppo. Nur al-Din Zangi had his eyes gouged out and cast him into prison, where he remained in heavy chains for nine years until his death.[22] William of Tyre, showing no sympathy for Joscelin, says that while he was in prison, bound with heavy chains, wasted by mental and physical suffering, “He reaped the result of his dissolute ways and came to a wretched end.”[23]

Among Muslim writers, Ibn al-Athir gives the most detailed account of Joscelin’s end. In 1151, he says, Nur al-Din marched to the country of Joscelin the Frank north of Aleppo, including Tall Bashir, Ayntab, and Azaz, with the intention of besieging and capturing them. Although he praises Joscelin for his courage and prudence and mostly for being “the undisputed Frankish knight,” he says that upon learning Nur al-Din Zangi had assembled an army to fight him, Joscelin went to challenge him. He defeated the Muslims and captured Nur al-Din’s armor-bearer and took him to Mas’ud, sultan of the Seljuks of Rum, telling him, “This is the armor-bearer of your son-in-law; you will face what is much worse.” Nur al-Din, greatly distressed, decided to take revenge. He summoned a group of Turkoman chiefs and promised them a generous bounty if they captured and delivered Joscelin to him, dead or alive. They sent spies to locate him. When Joscelin went out hunting one day, a band of Turkomans captured him. He offered them money to set him free, and they agreed to do so if he delivered the money immediately, whereupon he sent someone to bring it. Meanwhile, a Turkoman went to Abu Bakr Majd al-Din ibn al-Daya, Nur al-Din’s deputy in Aleppo, and told him Joscelin had been taken. Ibn al-Daya sent troops who captured the Turkomans and Joscelin, bringing him to Nur al-Din. Ibn al-Athir gloats over Joscelin’s capture, calling it the greatest victory because he was “a tyrant devil, cruel and too hard on the Muslims; all of Christendom was afflicted by his capture.” Nur al-Din later occupied many of Joscelin’s towns, including Tall Bashir, Ayntab, Duluk (Doliche), Azaz, Cyrrhus, Rawandan (Ravendan), and the fortresses of al-Bara, Tall Khalid, Kafrlatha and many others.[24]

Ibn Wasil gives still another version, as related by the amir Mu’ayyid al-Dawla ibn Munqidh, who says that when Joscelin left Tall Bashir at night and felt the need to sleep, he told some of his men to continue their march; he would follow later with others, whom he ordered to stay with him. As he slept, a band of Turkomans happened to pass by. Seeing them, Joscelin’s companions fled, and the Turkomans captured Joscelin, not knowing who he was. As they marched the next morning, an Armenian who was passing by recognized him. He approached him and kissed his hand. When the Turkomans asked who the man was, the Armenian said he was Joscelin, lord of Tall Bashir. When the news of Joscelin’s capture reached Majd al-Din ibn al-Daya, he summoned the Turkomans and offered them a bounty, raising it until they were satisfied. When Nur al-Din came to Aleppo, he blinded Joscelin and killed him.[25]

Joscelin II was not the only Frankish prince to loot the Christian churches and monasteries. Bohemond III, son of Raymond of Poitiers and prince of Antioch (1163-1201), did so too around 1181, but not on the same scale. He first married the princess Theodora, niece of the Byzantine Emperor Manuel I Comnenus, but then divorced her to marry Sybil, “who had a reputation of practicing evil art.”[26] The Latin patriarch of Antioch then excommunicated not only Bohemond and the priest who married him to Sybil, but the whole Christian population of Antioch. He ordered an end to the church bells’ pealing, the celebration of Holy Communion, and even burial of the dead. Ignoring the patriarch’s condemnation, Bohemond compounded his sin by plundering the churches and monasteries. The Frankish princes and judges and the Latin patriarch of Jerusalem interceded on behalf of Bohemond, and he returned his ill-gotten gain to the churches and monasteries. He also expelled from his domain several noblemen who had taken refuge with Roupen (Reuben) III (1175-1185), Armenian ruler of Cilicia, who received them with honor and gave them splendid gifts.[27]

But the actions of Joscelin II and Bohemond III appear to be exceptions rather than the rule. There were many occasions when the Franks showed justice toward their fellow Christians, the Syrian Orthodox (Jacobites). In 1138 a Syrian monk, Michael of Mar’ash (Germanicia), an inmate of the Kasliyud Monastery in the Black Mountain who had gone to Jerusalem to enter the Monastery of Mary Magdalene, wrote a ten-page tract in Syriac about the restoration of the villages of Beth Arif and Adasiyya, which had been usurped by a prominent Frankish prince.[28] Michael says that in 1137 a prince whom he calls Gonfrey (Godfrey), one of the Franks who stormed Jerusalem in 1099 and killed countless Muslims, usurped the two villages, which belonged to the Syrian community. Although he does not identify the prince further, he seems to be Godfrey of Ascha, a companion of Godfrey of Bouillon, the first king of the Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem.[29] Godfrey of Ascha apparently took advantage of the vulnerability of the Syrian church in Jerusalem to claim the villages, but soon he was captured by Muslims and taken to Egypt in chains. Many years later, an Armenian bishop (whom Michael does not identify) visited Egypt and prevailed on the Fatimid Caliph al-Hafiz li Din Allah (1131-1149) to release Godfrey, by then an old man.[30] The Syrian Bishop Athanasius Kaddana, who had built two churches and a monastery and done other renovations in these villages, was unhappy about Godfrey’s release.

When Godfrey returned from captivity, he claimed the two villages as his own. King Fulk of Anjou (1131-1143), then in Beit Jibrin, ordered his deputy in Jerusalem to restore the villages to him. The Malkites, who adhered to the formula of the Council of Chalcedon, rejoiced when the anti-Chalcedonian Syrians lost the two villages. But the Syrians managed to reverse the king’s order through the intervention of his wife Queen Melisend (daughter of Baldwin II).[31] Michael the monk says that Melisend was charitable toward the Syrian church and people, having great compassion for them not only because of their loss of the two villages but because of the hardships, anxieties, and persecution Bishop Ignatius had suffered. She sent a messenger to tell her husband of the Syrians’ suffering and the expenses they had undergone to build churches in the two villages, and explained that Beth Arif and Adasiyya had belonged to the Syrian community since Arab times, i.e., since the Arabs occupied Jerusalem in the seventh century. She beseeched him to assist the Syrians by restoring the villages to them, and she commanded the king’s princes and ministers to aid Bishop Ignatius, assuring them that she would consider their help a great favor. Accordingly, Bishop Ignatius and Godfrey of Ascha appeared before the king in Beit Jibrin. After a few days of deliberation, the king ordered that the two villages be restored to the bishop. Godfrey took an oath before the king and those present that he would not harass the Syrians any more, and the bishop promised to pay Godfrey 200 dinars to compensate for his loss.[32]

Ignatius Sahdo, a monk from the Monastery of Mary Magdalene (and later the Syrian metropolitan of Jerusalem), tells a similar story, and his eyewitness account should be considered reliable. He says that in 1148, Jerusalem was filled with many poor refugees who had escaped the destruction of Edessa by the Zangids four year earlier. Because the Syrian convents could not afford to provide food for them, many died from hunger. Ignatius Romanus, then the metropolitan of Jerusalem, took compassion on the refugees and tried to help them, but he was in financial difficulty because he had had to purchase the village of Dayr Da Krieh (The Village of the Sick), which belonged to the monastery but had been captured by the Muslims and recaptured by the Franks. He appealed to King Baldwin III and his mother, Queen Melisend, for help in regaining the village. Having great respect for Romanus, they ordered the owner of the village (not identified) to return it to the Monastery of Mary Magdalene. The king asked the metropolitan to compensate the owner, buy the village, and secure a deed, legally witnessed and sealed. Metropolitan Romanus agreed to pay 1000 gold dinars to receive the deed — a large amount for a man who tried to help the poor and needy. But God, who works in mysterious ways, provided an unexpected donor who paid the amount, and the metropolitan was able to use the 1000 dinars to buy food for the poor and needy.[33] After relating this incident, Hans Eberhard Mayer asks whether it could have any connection with the two villages of Beth Arif and Adasiyya.[34] But this is unlikely, for if the incidents were related, Ignatius Sahdo would surely have had some knowledge of the two villages and would have referred to them.

In some instances even the Franks invoked the divine healing power of the Syrian Saint Mar Barsoum. Michael Rabo relates one such incident. After Joscelin II was taken captive and thrown into prison, the only son of a Frankish leader fell from a tree at his home in Antioch and broke his heel. His parents spent an enormous amount of money on his treatment, but to no avail, and grew very distressed. The boy’s mother, Isabel, having heard of the saint’s miraculous healing power, prayed tearfully, asking him to intercede and heal her son. Knowing that a monk of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, named Saliba, regularly carried a portrait of the saint and visited the homes in Antioch to impart his blessings, the boy’s parents invited the monk to their home. The next day, Saint Barsoum appeared to the boy’s mother dressed as a king. She asked who this king was, and the crowd said that he was Saint Barsoum. The saint asked her to build a church on a space in her house; then he appeared to the monk carrying his portrait and told him to go to the house of Henry the Frank and build a church in its garden, showing him three altars to be contained in it. When his vision recurred, the monk Saliba became alarmed and related it to Bishop Basilius bar Shumanna of Edessa, who was then in Antioch.

The monk and the bishop were skeptical about this vision, but shortly afterwards the boy’s parents came to report the saint’s appearance to the mother. Bishop Basilius and the monk Saliba carried the portrait of Mar Barsoum to the Franks’ house and began to pray for the healing of their son, and the boy’s parents joined them in prayer. The boy, who appeared deep in sleep, instantly cried out in a loud voice and jumped to his feet, to the consternation of his parents and other family members. They saw him look up and stretch out his hand, as if someone were trying to hold him. Meanwhile, the boy’s parents prepared candles and incense. By now a great crowd had gathered at the site. Turning to his parents and the crowd, the boy said, “Mar Barsoum, accompanied by a host of monks, appeared to me carrying a golden cross which shone with bright light that filled the whole house. He held my hand and told me not to be afraid. He said he had come because of the prayers and the faith of my mother.” The boy asked Mar Barsoum how he could stand up while his heel was broken; then Mar Barsoum touched his heel and he was made whole.[35]

The boy’s parents, ecstatic, proceeded immediately to the Great Church, followed by a throng of people. From there they went to see the queen (presumably Melisend of Jerusalem). A huge crowd of Franks, Armenians, and Syrians accompanied the queen to the house where the miracle had taken place. Bowing to the ground, the queen wept as the people took earth from that spot for blessing. The boy’s parents began to build a church under the supervision of Saliba. Michael Rabo, then the abbot of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, says that he himself, together with the monastery’s elders, attended the dedication ceremony of the new church on Sunday, December 9, 1157, in the time of Reginald of Châtillon, count of Antioch, Baldwin III, king of Jerusalem, Aimery, Latin  patriarch of Antioch, and the Syrian Patriarch Athanasius Bar Qatra. Also at the service were the Armenian Thoros II, lord of Cilicia; Queen Melisend; Henry and his wife Elizabeth (Isabel); and all the Frankish, Armenian, and Syrian leaders, together with a host of Syrian priests and deacons and Frankish and Armenian monks. The Byzantines, who did not participate in the dedication of the church, “died from anger.”[36]

This incident speaks volumes. It shows that even the Franks, who like the Greeks espoused the Council of Chalcedon, were ready to accept the intercession of a Syrian saint and honor him by building a church. They demonstrated tolerance towards the native Syrian Christians — unlike the Greeks, who had been unable to rid themselves of their long-standing doctrinal prejudice, which had weakened Syria and made it a cold prey to the Arabs. From the seventh century on, the Syrians and the Greeks fell victim to the new masters, who held them both in contempt, treating them as dhimmis (protected people) as long as they paid the Jizya (poll-tax). Yet for many years, says Michael Rabo, Muslim Turks and Kurds visited the Monastery of Mar Barsoum to commemorate the saint and seek healing. When Michael Rabo undertook a project to bring water through a duct to the monastery, he was encouraged by both Christians and Muslims. Both groups shared a belief in the divine power of Saint Barsoum to heal the sick, a phenomenon which transcended the religious boundaries between them.[37]

Although some of the Frankish princes committed outrages against the Syrians, Patriarch Michael Rabo enjoyed extremely amicable relations with the leaders of the Latin Church. Shortly after his ordination as patriarch on September 1, 1167, he visited Mardin and then Edessa, where Bishop Basilius Bar Shumanna received him with great honor. Next he went to Jerusalem; the Latin patriarch there welcomed him with great pomp, perhaps, as Bar Hebraeus says, “to spite the Greek Patriarch of Antioch, whom he disliked.”[38] According to the Anonymous Edessan, he then went to Antioch, entering the city with great pageant and honor. The Franks brought him to the Church of St. Peter and seated him on the throne of St. Peter in the Cassianus wing, in the southern part of the church.[39] He spent the winter and celebrated Easter in Antioch and ordained many bishops before leaving at the beginning of June.[40]

Over a decade later, Patriarch Michael Rabo was invited to travel to Rome to help resolve the issue of a heresy that had arisen in Syria. A group of Franks, mostly in the province of Antioch, rejected the doctrine of the Consubstantiation, i.e., that upon the consecration of the Bread and the Wine during the Eucharist, these elements turn into the Real Body and Blood of Christ, a basic belief of the universal church until it was challenged during the Reformation. Moreover, these Franks allowed the abominable practice of the communal use of women. These dissident Franks asserted that true belief is not to uphold such a doctrine, but to excel in charitable work by helping the poor and loving one another. As their numbers increased to several thousands, they established their own bishops, and many governors followed them. Naturally, the leaders of the traditional church considered their rejection of the doctrine of Consubstantiation a heresy. In Rome, their leader convened a universal council in 1178 to restrain them. Michael Rabo, who was then on a visit to Antioch, says that the Pope of Rome, whom Chabot identifies as Pope Alexander III (d. 1181), who called the Third Lateran Council in March 1179, sent a delegation to the Latin patriarch of Antioch and Jerusalem on account of the heresy of the Franks. The patriarch in turn sent the bishop of Tarsus and two priests to ask Michael Rabo to travel to Rome with him to help combat this heresy. Michael Rabo could not go to Rome, but wrote a treatise explaining “when and how Satan created this heresy and how our own church Fathers condemned it.”[41] Inviting a Syrian patriarch to a council convened by a Frankish church leader was an unusual act of tolerance, for the Roman Catholic Church considered the Syrian church “heretical.”

Almost six decades later, another Syrian patriarch received honored treatment from the Franks. Patriarch Ignatius III (1222-1252), accompanied by several bishops, visited Jerusalem and was received with great honor and pomp by the Frankish Frères (Knights Templar). When they saw that he could hardly walk because of his gout, they carried him by hand through Bab al-Amud (the Pillar Gate), designated for the entrance of kings and patriarchs into the city. They took him and his entourage to the Monastery of Mary Magdalene, which belonged to the patriarch’s community and at the time housed seventy Syrian monks. While the patriarch was there, a problem concerning the application of canon laws arose between him and the Frères. An Ethiopian monk of noble origin named Thomas entreated the patriarch to ordain him a metropolitan for Ethiopia. According to established canon laws, the Syrian patriarch had no authority to ordain a bishop of another church without the approval of the Coptic Pope of Alexandria, who had sole jurisdiction over Ethiopia. But it happened that the Alexandrian Patriarch Cyril Laqlaq (Luqluq) had recently ordained an Egyptian Coptic bishop for Jerusalem without the approval of the Syrian patriarch, who had ecclesiastical jurisdiction over the city. Apparently, the number of Copts in Jerusalem and Syria had increased so much that they appealed to their patriarch to ordain a bishop for them. They also complained that they had to attend religious services conducted in the Syriac language, which they did not understand. In retaliation against the Alexandrian patriarch’s action, Patriarch Ignatius III himself violated canon law by ordaining Thomas as metropolitan for Ethiopia, after sending Bishop Dionysius Saliba of Claudia to ask the Frankish Frères their opinion about his plan to do so.

When the Frères learned that the Syrian patriarch had ordained Thomas, they became outraged, but since he was a guest, they tried to avoid any trouble within the Christian communities in Jerusalem. The prior of the Knights of the Temple told the patriarch that he had not purchased Jerusalem or captured it by his sword and pointed out that they had received him with great respect and honor, out of respect for the laws of Christ. He added that when the patriarch sought their opinion, they told him that the ordination of Thomas was against church laws and that he should not do it. “Why then,” the prior asked, “did you hasten to do such a thing, and what was the reason for doing it? Why did you reject our advice?” The stunned patriarch’s face turned pale, and he could not answer. But Bishop Dionysius Saliba came to his rescue. Speaking in Syriac (which the Franks could not understand), he asked the patriarch to tell the Frankish Knights of the Temple that he (the bishop) was to blame for the patriarch’s ordination of Thomas. The patriarch then said that Bishop Dionysius had returned with word that the Frankish prior had approved of Thomas’s ordination. He added that he did not intend to reject their advice or the honor they had bestowed on him. When they asked whether the patriarch was telling the truth, Bishop Dionysius said he was. The Knights of the Temple then were convinced that the prior had misunderstood the patriarch’s message because of the language difference, and they accepted the bishop’s explanation. The grateful patriarch thanked Bishop Dionysius for saving him from an awful predicament and praised his shrewdness and acumen.[42] The action of the Knights of the Temple was more an evidence of respect for canon law than of interference in the affairs of the Syrian Church.

We should not overlook the fact that although the Franks lost Jerusalem in 1187 to Saladin, they managed to regain control of the city according to the ten-year treaty of Jaffa, concluded on February 18, 1229 between the Emperor Frederick II of Sicily and Sultan al-Kamil Muhammad (1218-1238), son of al-Malik al-Adil, brother of Saladin.[43] When Patriarch Ignatius Dawud visited Jerusalem, the city was under Frankish control. The comment by the Roman Catholic priest Ishaq Armala that in 1240 Patriarch Ignatius III sent Pope Innocent IV a letter proclaiming his conversion to the Roman Catholic faith, and that he renewed his conversion in 1247 with the Maphrian Yuhanna bar Ma’dani (later patriarch, d. 1263), is historically groundless.[44]

Michael Rabo seems also to have had good relations with King Baldwin IV (“the Leper,” reigned 1174-1185) of Jerusalem, and his father King Amalric before him. In September 1179, Michael Rabo left Antioch and met in Acre (Akka) with young King Baldwin, who received him warmly. The patriarch told the king of his father’s charter regarding the treatment of the Syrians and obtained a similar charter from Baldwin. Unfortunately, Michael Rabo does not disclose the contents of these charters, which must have been for the benefit of the Syrians and their patriarch, since otherwise he would have not bothered to mention them.[45]

Biliography
[1] Michael Rabo, 592-594 (French, 193, 196-198).

[2] Michael Rabo, 598-600 (French, 207-210). The Anonymous Edessan, 299-300 (Arabic, 235-238), gives a different account of the dispute between Patriarch Athanasius and Bishop Abu Ghalib, and does not describe the patriarch’s appearance before the Latin patriarch in Antioch or his beating in the church. He says only that the patriarch was summoned to Antioch, where Baldwin, count of Edessa, Joscelin I of Courtenay (later count of Edessa), and King Baldwin I of Jerusalem interceded on his behalf, to no avail, after which the patriarch left Antioch and returned to the Monastery of Dowayr (al-Dawa’ir).

[3] Michael Rabo, 602 (French, 212-213).

[4] The Anonymous Edessan, 302 (Arabic, 340-341).

[5] Michael Rabo, 612 (French, 231); Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Yuhanna Modyana; the Anonymous Edessan, 303-304 (Arabic, 341-342).

[6] For a detailed account of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and its treasures, including his embalmed right hand, see Rev. Bulus Bahnam (later Bishop Gregorius), “Dayr Mar Barsoum Qurb Malatiya” (The Monastery of Mar Barsoum Near Melitene), in Lisan al-Mashriq, Nos. 4-6 (Mosul, Iraq, 1951): 153-208; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Patriarch Mikha’il (Michael) Rabo.

[7] Michael Rabo, 616-617 (French, 238-239); Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 90 (English, 257-258).

[8] Michael Rabo, 626 (French, 254), does not name the papal delegate; Chabot, ed., 255, n. 3 of the French translation, identifies him as Pierre, the archbishop of Lyons, but says he died on May 28, 1139, contradicting Michael Rabo’s assertion that the papal delegation came in 1143.

[9] Michael Rabo, 626; Chabot, ed., 255 of the French translation, n. 4.

[10] Matthew of Edessa, trans. Dostourian, 196 and 338, n. i by the translator.

[11] Michael Rabo, 626 (French, 56). Phantasiasm was the doctrine of Julian, bishop of Halicarnassus in southwest Asia Minor, who asserted the incorruptibility of the Body of Christ and was accused of believing that the Body of Christ was not real but a fantasy. Julian was still living in 536, but nothing is known about him after that date. The controversy over the incorruptibility of the Body of Christ is too detailed to be related here. See T. W. Davids, “Julianus,” in William Smith and Henry Wace, eds., A Dictionary of Christian Biography, 3 (London: John Murray, 1882): 475-476. Simony, the practice of selling church offices for money, is named for Simon Magus, the magician at Samaria who offered money to the Apostles Peter and John if they would grant him the power of the Holy Spirit, which they possessed. See Acts, 8: 14-25.

[12] Michael Rabo, 626, 629 (French, 256, 259); Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Athanasius Yeshu Bar Qatra.

[13] Michael Rabo, 638 (French, 277-278).

[14] Michael Rabo, 242-243 (French, 285-287); the Anonymous Edessan, 151-153 (Arabic, 177-180; English, 300, n. 2).

[15] Michael Rabo,  647 (French, pp. 291-292).

[16] Michael Rabo, 642-643 (French, 283-285); the Anonymous Edessan, 152-153 (Arabic, 178-179).

[17] Michael Rabo, 651 (French, 289).

[18] Michael Rabo, 643-644 (French, 286-288).

[19] Michael Rabo, 649 (French, 295); Bar Hebraeus, 98 (English, 276-277).

[20] Michael Rabo, 648-649 (French, 295); Bar Hebraeus, 98 (English,  276-277); Gregory the Priest, 258, says simply that Joscelin was taken prisoner by “the hideous and ferocious detester of Christ and brought to the city of Aleppo.”

[21] Michael Rabo, 648-649 (French, 295); Bar Hebraeus, 98 (English, 276-277).

[22] The Anonymous Edessan, 154-155 (English, 301; Arabic, 180-181).

[23] William of Tyre, 2: 201; Gregory the Priest, 258, likewise asserts that Joscelin was punished because he acted against the will of God.

[24] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 480-481, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 101-103; Ibn al-Adim, Zubdat al-Halab, 2: 301-302.

[25] Ibn Wasil, Mufarrij al-Kurub, 1: 124.

[26] William of Tyre, 2: 453.

[27] William of Tyre, 2: 454-457; Röhricht, 392-393; Runciman, 2: 429-430; Baldwin, “The Decline of the Crusades, 1174-1189,” 1: 597, n. 7. Michael Rabo, 725-726 (French, 388-389), says the marriage of Bohemond III to the woman of ill repute was finally legitimized and peace prevailed.

[28] This eyewitness account, which was appended to a church prayer book, was published with commentary by M. L’Abbé Martin as “Les Premieres Princes des Croisades et Les Syriens Jacobites de Jérusalem,” Journal Asiatique, 12 (November-December 1888):  471-491 and 13 (January 1889): 33-79, containing the Syriac text and French translation. See Patriarch Aphram Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur fi Tarikh al-Ulum wa al-Adab al-Suryaniyya , 4th ed. (Holland: Bar Hebraeus Verlag, 1987),.375, trans. Matti Moosa as The History of Syriac Literature and Sciences (Pueblo: Passeggiata Press, 2000), 140.

[29] Gérard Dédéyan, “Les colophons de manuscrits arméniens comme sources pour l’histoire des Croisades,” in John France and William G. Zajac, eds., The Crusades and Their Sources: Essays Presented to Bernard Hamilton, (Ashgate, 1998), 96-97.

[30] L’Abbé Martin, 13: 42-45 of the Syriac text.

[31] See Hans Eberhard Mayer, “Studies in the History of Queen Melisend of Jerusalem,” in Dumbarton Oaks Papers, 26 (1972): 95-182.

[32] L’Abbé Martin, 13: 46-49 of the Syriac text. Joshua Prawer, The Latin Kingdom of Jerusalem: European Colonialism in the Middle East (London, 1972), 222, mentions Melisend’s favor toward the Syrians in this case.

[33] W. R. Taylor, “A New Syriac Fragment Dealing With Incidents In The Second Crusades,” The Annual of the American Schools of Oriental Research, 11 (1929-1930): 124. For elucidation of  this tract, see Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur, trans. Moosa, 34-35; Bar Hebraeus, 142 (English, 398-399).

[34] Mayer, 26: 139, n. 72.

[35] Michael Rabo, 651-653 (French, 300-304).

[36] Michael Rabo, 651-653 (French, 300-304 ).

[37] Michael Rabo, 678 (French, 321); Bulus Bahnam, “Dayr Mar Barsoum,” Lisan al-Mashriq, 4 (Mosul, 1951): 162-163.

[38] Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Mar Mikha’il (Michael) Rabo.

[39] Seating Michael Rabo on the throne suggests that the Franks regarded him as the legitimate Patriarch of Antioch, and provides proof that St. Peter founded the Church of Antioch and its patriarchate before he left for Rome. Indeed, even today the Church of Rome on January 18 commemorates St. Peter as the founder of the Church of Antioch and its first patriarch. See Encyclopedia Britannica, 9th. ed., 13: 696.

[40] The Anonymous Edessan, 307 (Arabic, 346), is somewhat vague about the dates of the patriarch’s ordination and his journeys to various cities. If the patriarch was actually ordained in September 1167, he must have spent Easter of the next year in Antioch. Surprisingly, Michael Rabo does not mention these events, possibly because of his characteristic humility.

[41] Michael Rabo, 700-701, 718 (French, 347-348, 377, esp. 377, n. 1).

[42] Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Ignatius Dawud; Rev. Ishaq Armala, al-Hurub al-Salibiyya fi al-Athar al-Suryaniyya (Beirut: al-Matba’a al-Suryaniyya, 1929), 219-220.

[43] Badr al-Din al-Ayni, Iqd al-Juman, R H C. Or., 2: 187-190, says handing Jerusalem over to the Christians was one of the greatest calamities ever to befall Islam; Thomas C. Van Cleve, “The Crusade of Frederick II,” in Baldwin, ed., A History of the Crusades, 2: 454-455; Runciman, 3: 187.

[44] Armala, p. 220.

[45] Michael Rabo, 720 (French, 379). See Röhricht, 385.

Muslims – Christians relations And Inter – Christrian Rivalries In Middle East / Dr. John Joseph

$
0
0

1-The Syrians in Tur Abdin

2- The Syrians in Syria

3- The Syrians in Lebanon

3- Bibiography

1
THE SYRIANS IN Tur Abdin

The internal conditions in the still “Ottoman Empire” were chaotic when the war ended in 1918. Food and most commodities were at famine prices. In Istanbul, sugar, an item typical of other commodities, was retailed at three hundred instead of twenty-five piasters. “Everyone was for himself,” the Times of London reported hundreds of thousands of brigands, some partly organized politically; others, unorganized bands of deserters and robbers, posed the most serious problem of all.1

Istanbul was an occupied city, the sultan not a free agent. The negotiations conducted with his government and signed by him in the Treaty of Sevres perpetuated the rights of the Western powers to interfere in the internal affairs of Turkey and its former provinces. The many minorities of the empire were used as a pretext for intervention. Armenians, Kurds, Maronites, Jews, and Assyrians were used at the end of the war, just as the Arabs were manipulated at its beginning.

An independent Armenia, a scheme of local autonomy for the predominantly Kurdish areas-leading to independence if the Kurds so desired;2 a Jewish national home in Palestine, a Greater Lebanon dominated by the Maronites, special privileges for the Assyrians in northern Iraq, led to an inflation of nationalist hopes and demands that severely strained minority-majority relations, leading to antagonisms from which the Middle East is still suffering.
With the collapse of tsarist Russia, the Armenians in eastern Anatolia found themselves in an especially precarious condition. Many deported Armenians had begun to return to their homes soon after Turkey had signed the armistice. Their nationalists, encouraged by the outbreak of the Russian Revolution on the one hand, and the victories of the allied armies on the other, proclaimed the Republic of Armenia in the Caucasus in May l9l8. The surrender of the Ottoman Empire to the Allies five months later led to the withdrawal of the Ottoman troops from Transcaucasia and northwestern Iran, lessening the dangers faced by the infant Armenian republic. With the help of British imperial troops, the Republic was allowed to establish its full jurisdiction throughout the Kars province during the following spring (April 1919).3 More than fifty thousand Armenian refugees, who had left the province when the Russians abandoned it, were repatriated,4 but with strict orders not to advance into Turkish Armenia. They found it too tempting not to, and soon proceeded to extend the Republic’s borders westward to include eastern Anatolia, driven by a dream of “the soil of Van, Bitlis, Erzerum, Diyarbekir and lands beyond.” 5 Moreover, they were encouraged by the Treaty of Sevres, which formally recognized Armenian independence in eastern Turkey.

While the Armenians were trying to take over in the East, Greeks were dreaming their “Great Idea.” It was in May 1919 when Greece landed troops at Smyrna (lzmir) under the protection of an Allied fleet and proceeded to secure western Anatolia for itself. With Constantinople as the capital and St. Sophia as its cathedral.

The summer of 1920 brought more encouragement for the Anatolian Christians-the French occupation forces had arrived in southwestern Turkey. Armenian young men were enrolled as volunteers for service under French officers. The Christian communities of south-central Turkey were reported by the American missionaries to have declared an “Autonomous Christian Cilicia.” 6

Beaten and humiliated, the Turks struck back. Soon after the war’s end, the return of the Armenians on Turkish soil had led to a movement designed to prevent them from settling and tilling their fields. “Bands led brigands,” wrote the Times, were sent by the provincial notables, leading to warfare ”with all its hideous accompaniments.” 7 When Smyrna was occupied, news was spread of a massacre of the Muslims by Greeks. Unarmed Muslim Turkish villages had been pillaged by the Greeks, reducing their inhabitants to starvation. Were the English now bringing in the Armenians? Many Kurds, wrote Gertrude Bell, “dreaded an inquiry by British and Armenians into their misdeeds against the Armenians in 1915.” 8

Mustafa Kemal started to round up nationalist forces in the spring of 1919 to save Turkey proper from dismemberment. We need not be detained by details of the next few years except to mention that by the second half of 1920, after the Greek danger had been contained, Turkish forces had overrun the greater part of the territory claimed by the Armenian Republic, including Kars and Ardahan. 9
On the Cilician front American missionary reports spoke of burning and bloodshed. At Marash (Mar’ash), after three weeks of fighting, the French troops, helped by the Armenians, were forced to withdraw, the latter left behind, falling into the hands of the Turks now “inspired by an intensified hate.” By the beginning of 1922 the French forces had arranged an armistice with the Turks.

That summer the Turko-French agreement provided for French withdrawal from Cilicia, coupled with Kemalist recognition of French authority in Syria. The Armenians, as Turkish subjects, had to submit themselves to Turkish rule and accept Turkish guarantees for their safety. Those who wanted to leave for French-occupied Syria would be allowed to do so. 10 Armenian “disheartenment,” wrote Dr. John E. Merrill, president of Central Turkey College at Aintab, exceeded that during any of the previous massacres and deportations, for added to the bitterness of the event was consciousness of betrayal.”

In 1922 the Turks granted ” permission…to all Christians ” to leave Turkey, creating yet another flight of refugees in panic.11 Jacobite and Chaldean Christians as well as Armenians became victims of Turkish vengeance. Large numbers of the two non-Armenian communities fled in1921 and 1922, bringing to an end their centuries-old residence in Adana and especially Urfa.12 The vast majority of them were helpless victims of the forces unleashed by the events that we have described, innocent of all political ambition. A Jacobite author speaks of the misdeeds of some agitated youth of his community during the French occupation, that displeased Turkish officials.13

Like other minorities, encouraged by the new freedoms proclaimed by the American president, the Jacobites wanted to be heard at the peace conference in Paris. Some of their leaders, especially those, who had immigrated to the United States, joined the delegation of the “Assyrian National Association of America,” with its ambitious claims. 14 The future patriarch of the Jacobites, Ignatius Afram I. Brsoum, then bishop of Syria, joined the delegation in Paris even though he was soon disillusioned by what he saw there; at one session at the peace conference he found himself defending Arab rights instead of championing the cause of his community. He was cheered by the Arab delegates present, called bishop of Arabism-Mutran al-‘Uruba- and priest of all time – “ Qass al-Zaman.” 15

Outside Cilicia, large numbers of Chaldeans, Jacobites, and Syrian Catholics had remained in their own villages and towns after the Armenian deportations, and they were on the Turkish side when the Armistice was signed. They had often become objects of Turkish retaliation, 16 but it was not until the Kurdish revolt in 1925 that they again suffered massacre and deportation, long after the Turks had settled their problem with their non-Muslim subjects.

The motive of the Kurdish uprising notes a Kurdish writer, “was the endeavor to create an independent Kurdish state and secure the national rights of the Kurdish people.” The chief slogan of the revolt was “ the creation of independent Kurdistan under Turkish protectorate and restoration of the Sultanate.” 17 But the Turkish nationalists were determined to crush the rebellion. If the Kurds were not ” taught a lesson ” very early, then the eastern vilayets of the country would continue to be a source of great danger, forcing the young republic to keep a large army there at a cost that it could ill afford. The Turkish republicans were also convinced that the Kurds were encouraged by the British government in Iraq, where the mandatory administration showed great partiality to them. 18

Moreover, the Ankara government saw in the Kurds an idea-logical enemy; they represented a counterrevolution, the old Turkey fighting the new. When Kurdish forces temporarily occupied Diyarbakr and Kharput, they were reported to have proclaimed Muhammad Salim, the oldest son of Abdul Hamid II as “King of Kurdistan.” The insurgents demanded the restoration of the religious laws and institutions that “the atheist government of Ankara” had abolished; they called upon all Turkish Muslims to join them in a holy war (jihad) against the new republic.19

It did not take long before the heavy hand of the Ankara government had broken the Kurdish uprising and captured its leaders. By April 1925 the rebels had been driven into the mountains which Ismet Pasha, speaking before the Grand National Assembly, said, ” would prove to be their tomb.”20 A Turkish court martial set up at Diyarbakr condemned to death and executed in August 1925 Shayk Sa’id and forty-seven other Kurdish leaders. “Altogether,” writes Ghassemlou, “206 villages were destroyed, 8,758 houses burnt and 15,200 people killed.” About a thousand of the Kurdish notable families were transferred to the western parts of Anatolia. 21

The Jacobites who were spared during the Armenian atrocities became victims during the suppression of the Kurdish revolt. Some Syrian Christians had collaborated with the Kurds or had given them protection either from fear or conviction. 22 Consequently, a number or Jacobites and Chaldeans were surrounded and deported from that part of the Turkish territory that the British government claimed for Iraq to the north of the “Brussels Line.” 23 People who conducted inquiries on the spot have also ascribed these deportations to the desire of the Turkish military authorities to seize the cattle and grain of the Christian villagers in order to feed their hungry and angry troops. Politically, the authorities also feared that the Christians’ loyalties might be with the British and Iraqi authorities across the border. General Laidoner, commissioned by the League of Nations to investigate these deportations, had “satisfied himself beyond doubt” that Turkish officers had first commanded the occupation and search of the villagers for arms. “Afterwards they pillaged the houses and subjected the inhabitants to atrocious and murderous acts of violence. The deportations were made en masse.” 24 The Jacobite patriarch, Mar Ignatius Elias Ill, was expelled from Dayr Za’faran, which was turned into a Turkish barrack. 25

Not all the Christian inhabitants of Anatolia had left their homes, during and after the First World War. Some who had crossed into Syria or Iraq returned to their villages. During the conflicts, the people of Tur Abdin held on to their mountain fastnesses and, as in the past, found refuge in their churches and monasteries. Kullith, 26 Middu, Basabrina, Idil, and Hakh were among the approximately sixty villages still exclusively Christian as late as the mid-1970s. One of the churches of Hakh (Church of the Virgin), dating back to the apostolic times, its magnificent Byzantine mosaic still largely intact, may be the oldest church still in use in the world. Gertrude Bell, describing its exquisite lacework of ornaments, called it the jewel of Tur Abdin. 27

An American student of Middle Eastern Christian churches who visited the Tur in 1974 wrote that what distinguishes the churches and monasteries of the region from other ancient Christian monuments of Asia Minor is the phrase “ still in use.” 28 During his visit he observed the faithful gathering at the various churches every evening for vesper prayers. The village of Kullith had a Syrian Protestant church with a membership of twenty families, remnant of the once flourishing Protestant missionary effort there. 29

The focal point of the Tur region remained the convent of al-Za’fa-ran with its cathedral, the Church of the Forty Martyrs. 30 In the 1970 there were only four monks at the Dayr, which for centuries had served as the summer residence of Jacobite patriarchs of nearby Mardin, and home of sometimes up to sixty monks. 31 About ten other monks serve in other monastic centers-Mar Jibri’il (Gabriel) and Mar Ya’qtib (Jacob)-their time spent on maintaining them, cultivating their gardens and orchards, as well as on meditating, teaching, and entertaining guests, visitors, and villagers who come from long distances to attend Sunday services. The monastery of Mar Jibra’il, in the village of Qartamln, some twenty miles east of Midyat, has been renovated, and some new buildings have been added in recent years to the old structure. In the Middle Ages this convent, sometimes called Dayr ‘Umar, was the most famous and the richest of the Jacobite monasteries. Tradition says that its bishop, Mar Gabriel, had obtained from the caliph, ‘Umar Ibn al-Khattab, rights of jurisdiction over all the Christians in the Tur Abdin when the caliph’s forces had driven the Byzantines out. 32

These venerated structures have been maintained and expanded by the generous donations of Jacobites everywhere, especially those who have immigrated to the Americas. To the Syrian Orthodox these lands and landmarks, where in Tur Abdin alone the “Suryan” had seventy monastic centers, 33 are “ hallowed by the blood of martyrs and by miraculous interventions of the Holy Spirit” throughout the centuries. 34 Today, two of the monasteries serve as seminaries. In 1974 the convents of al-Za’faran and Mar Gabriel had about fifty students, some of whom would enter priesthood.35 One of the more distinguished graduates of al-Za’faran was Patriarch Ignatius Afram I. Barsoum, the predecessor of the late prelate, who was a graduate of the seminary at Mar Matta, in northern Iraq. 36

The capital center of Tur Abdin continues to be the town of Midyat, the residence of one of the two Jacobite bishops of Turkey, with a diocese of about twenty thousand faithful living in it and its nearby villages, served by forty priests. The city has five churches, each with its priest. The town is divided into two sections, separated from each other by about two kilometers, one predominantly Muslim, the other Christian. 37

All the historic Christian communities of the eastern half of Anatolia were present in Mardin after the maelstrom of l9l4-l8 had swept over that part of Turkey. 38 The Jacobite were the most important group among the city’s Christians, having taken the place of the Armenians. The Syrian Orthodox still had ”numerous communities” in the surrounding countryside in the 1960s, some of them with their own churches and parish priests.

For a while it seemed that things were going back to the normalcy of the pre-World-War-I days. The Eastern Turkey mission of the American board was able to open its schools in Mardin in late 1924. During the Kurdish disturbances of the late 192Os and early 193Os the missionaries reported that the Turkish officials of the city were very friendly, providing the mission compound with a special guard. 39

Although Mardin was still an Arabic-speaking city during the post World-War-II period, all its inhabitants also spoke Turkish. In the I960s, part of the religious services of the Syro-Jacobites, such as the sermon and the readings from the Gospels, while still in Arabic, were translated into Turkish. The liturgical books were still written in either Syriac or Arabic.40 The city had a bishop in charge of all Syrian Orthodox Christians of Turkey until his death in the late l96Os; since then it has been under the jurisdiction of the bishopric of the Jaziralt in Syria.
Outside the Tur Abdin and Mardin districts, the largest concentration of Syro-Jacobites was in Istanbul and its suburbs. There a community of about seven thousand built and consecrated a new church-school complex in 1963 called Suryani Qadim Maryam Ana Kilisesi, Mother Mary’s Church of the Old Syrians. 41

As elsewhere in the Middle East, the Christian inhabitants of Turkey find more security and comfort, as well as better economic opportunities and more cordial interpersonal relations, in the large cosmopolitan urban centers. But the future of the small Christian population of Turkey seems to be din. Unlike the Arab world, where the Christian presence is stronger and the Christians (such as the Copts of Egypt and the Greek Orthodox of Syria-original inhabitants of these countries) have thrown in their lot with the Arabs and have very largely identified themselves as a community with the national aspirations of their Muslim compatriots, the Turkish experience has resulted in estrangement. Even the future of Tur Abdin seems to be uncertain.

A well-informed visitor to the Tur noticed some obviously genuine friendship there between some Christians and Muslims, and was touched by the friendship ” between a priest and a mullah.” He had seen a Muslim woman with a seriously ill child, asking a Jacobite priest to bless her young with prayer; but the visitor also found the overall inter-religious relationship strained and the situation at a “deplorable stalemate.” The solidly Christian villages, he wrote, ”seem obsessed with the fear that Muslims will acquire property among them.” 42 A whole Christian village after World War II had become Muslim in order to save the village, Indeed, there are several Muslim villages whose elders remember when they were Christian. The young, writes Homer, see little future for themselves and move steadily away from Tur-to Istanbul, into Syria and Lebanon, some to Europe, Australia, and the Americas. 43

2
THE SYRIANS IN SYRIA

The refugees from Anatolia found new homes and villages in Syria, Lebanon, and Iraq where they were helped to settle by members of their community who had long lived in these former Ottoman territories. They also received sympathetic support from the Allied powers who during these crucial years were in occupation of these territories.

Syrian lands situated just south of Turkey attracted the majority of the Jacobites and Syrian Catholics, as well as large numbers of Chaldeans, Armenians, Kurds, and a few Jews. 44 They found refuge here thanks to the public security established by the French occupation. Many of the victims of the events of the early 192Os in the provinces of Cilicia and Turkish Kurdistan came to settle in Aleppo, Hims, Hama, and Damascus, but the majority of them found new homes and villages in the Jazirah district of Syria, a “no-man’s land” which before 1927 had practically no settled population except for about forty-five Kurdish villages. 45

As a result of the Kurdish revolts of the mid-1920s and l930 in Turkey referred to above,46 about twenty thousand Kurds came and settled in northern Jazirah along the Turko-Syrian frontier, most of them coming with their flocks and herds, settling down as cultivators either in villages of their own or on the estates of Kurdish landowners. 47 During the interwar years (1919-39) the population of the Jazirah increased, bringing the number of villages and settlements to about 700. In the year 1935 alone, 150 villages sprang up in the region, some of them inhabited from Iraq, following the clash that they had with the Iraqi government. 48

The Jazirah was a potentially fertile corner of Syria, its soil watered by the tributaries of the Euphrates river, the major one being the river Khabur, which flowed through the region from its source at Ras al-‘ Ayn (head of the spring) on the Turkish border, down to the Euphrates south of Dayr al-Zur. Gradually, this northeastern part of Syria was transformed into a potentially explosive region alongside the other politically volatile regions of the county such as Jabal al-Duruz (Druze) and al-Ladhiqiyah (Latakia). In one sense the Jazirah became more difficult to govern; it lacked the homogeneity that the Druze and Alwite districts had. In the late l93Os, the population of al-Jazirah was estimated as follows: 49

Syrian Orthodox and Catholics 35,000
Armenians 25,000
Assyrians (on the Khabur) 9,000
Kurds 20,000
Jews 1,500
Miscellaneous (including Arabs) 9,500

Made up of a population that had recently fled from fire and famine, these former refugees dreaded the prospect of another exodus after the departure of the French, a prospect which seemed to be approaching in the mid-193Os when France in Syria and Lebanon, and England in Egypt and Iraq, were willing to bring their special relationships with these countries to an end.50All the Christian communities in the Middle East, with the possible exception of the Greek Orthodox Arabs 51 and the Coptic Christians of Egypt, feared an untried Muslim-Arab regime taking over from the European occupying powers. 52 If the French were to leave Syria then at least the province of al-Jatirah should be granted some measure of local autonomy, with a special status such as that of Alexandretta. “The overwhelming majority of the population-Christian, Arab, and Kurdish,” wrote John Hope Simpson, “is united in the demand for local autonomy.” 53

Anxiety in al-Jazirah, as in Jabal Druze and the ‘Alawi districts, Carrie to a head when the Franco-Syrian treaty was signed in 1936. The treaty provided for the replacement of the French by Syrian officials. The minimum demand of the Kurds and Christians of the Jazirah had been that their administrators should come from the local population. The central government rejected this condition, insisting that al-Jazirah was an integral part of Syria. The officials from Damascus, unfortunately, often proved insensitive to the fears and forebodings of the local population even though the central government was counciliatory. 54

Tensions erupted into an open conflict early in the summer of 1937 when the Kurds expressed their opposition to the Syrian nationalist officials appointed to the district. The revolt started in the Kurdish town of Hasaka (French Hasetche) and spread to Qamishli and elsewhere, supported by the Christian inhabitants. Encouraged by some local French officials, the insurgents demanded autonomy. In August 1937 the village of ‘Amuda. an important wheat-producing village of some three hundred Christian families, was raided and destroyed by Shammar Arabs and “Kurdish partisans of the Government.” The Christians of ‘Amuda were forced to take refuge at the towns of Qamishli and Hasaka. 55

French motorized infantry units and squadrons of planes were able to tiring the disturbances to an end by mid-August 1937. 56 At the end of that year, the patriarch of the Syrian Catholics, Cardinal Tabbuini, representing the Christian minorities opposed to direct Syrian rule over the Jazirah. approached the French Ministry of Foreign Affairs, pointing out in a memorandum addressed to it the possible danger of a massacre of Christians in northeast Syria and elsewhere. He proposed that complete equality in religious and personal matters be granted to all the communities of the Jazirab; that an equitable number of Christian officials be appointed: that adequate means of protection be made available in areas where Christian security might be jeopardized; and that the interests of the minorities be safeguarded through the decentralization of government. 57

There were occasional riots in the district against the Syrian officials, one of whom, the governor of the Jazirah, a Greek Orthodox Christian from Damascus, Tawfiq Shamiyah, was kidnapped in December 1937 by people from Hasaka. 58 He was soon released, but the kidnappers were arrested; demands for their release from prison were the cause of agitation and demonstration in the district as late as 1939. 59 The hopes of the Jazirah inhabitants were raised high that year when the Treaty of 1936 was not ratified by the French Chamber of Deputies. The Syrian president and his cabinet resigned and the French high commissioner suspended the Syrian constitution and dissolved the Chamber, appointing a nonpolitical council of directors to govern by decree under his direction.60 The mandatory government at this late hour turned the hands of the clock back to 1920 when the French regime started its rule. Jebel Druze and Latakia, which had been separated from Syria in 1922 but which, according to the 1936 treaty, were to be incorporated into Syria, were reestablished as separate administrations. The sanjak of Alexandretta, which had been officially a part of Syria even though enjoying its own semiautonomous administration, was handed over to Turkey, which annexed it in 1939. 61 The high commissioner’s decree also removed al-Jazirah from the direct control of the Syrian government and placed it under the immediate rule of his delegate at Hasaka. Within six months, however, with World War II raging at France’s door, the functions of governor were once more transferred to a Syrian official; calm was restored as the result of an agreement reached between France and the Syrian government. 62

The political tensions of the Jazirah did not hinder progress. The region’s emigrant, refugee populations understandably felt unsafe and suspicious, but they were also a hardworking and frugal people; they very soon proved to be a very valuable element, serving their neighbors as craftsmen, mechanics, electricians, shopkeepers, and entrepreneurs. Many Christians, Jacobites as well as Armenians, especially the “Protestants” among them, were relatively well educated, having attended American mission schools in Anatolia. 63 Thanks largely to them, by the eve of World War II the district had been turned into a productive area with many prosperous villages and two large flourishing towns-Qamishli with a population of twenty-three thousand of whom twenty thousand were Christians, and Hasaka, with a population of twelve thousand. In 1936 and 1937 the district, traversed by the Istanbul-Baghdad railway, exported by rail alone a hundred thousand tons of wheat in addition to what was transported to the rest of Syria by road. 64

The war years brought in even greater prosperity to al-Jazirah as the Allies encouraged the production of foodstuffs in the Middle East. An official agency was formed during the war to help the Jazirah become a center for grain production. The high prices encouraged local enterprise; the number of tractors and harvesting machinery increased from 30 in 1942 to 930 by 1950. The acreage under cultivation multiplied from fifty thousand in 1942 to over a million acres by l950. 65

The wealth accumulated during the war was invested in more intensive cultivation; the expansion in cotton financed entirely from commercial as opposed to state capital. By the early 1960s, Doreen Warriner could write that the Jazirah was as fully mechanized as any other country in the world. She noted that the pioneers who changed these nomadic grazing lands to a highly mechanized agricultural region were for the most part Christian emigrants from Turkey-Armenians, Jacobites, and Syrian Catholics. There were Muslim farmer-entrepreneurs, but it was the lead. One of the leading agricultural firms in the I96Os was owned by a former Jacobite family from Diyarbakr-Asfar and Naijar Brothers-with branches in Damascus, Aleppo, and Qamishli. The firm cultivated some hundred thousand hectares of land, half of which was rented, the rest purchased. In the late fifties one of the Najjar brothers represented Qamishli in the Syrian parliament, where he urged the government to devote more funds for the building of roads in his district. 66 Mutual appreciation gradually took place in mutual suspicion between the Bedouin natives and the new inhabitants. The Bedouin tribal shaykhs were the large landlords, from whom the merchant-farmers rented the land and sometimes bought it, especially where, through pumped water, they irrigated it. 67 The landlords’ rent amounted from 10 to 15 percent of the gross produce. 68 With the agricultural boom, the tribesmen soon developed interest in farming; the shaykhs started to count their wealth in terms of bales of cotton and tons of wheat as well as in numbers of camels and goats. 69

The political tension of the Jazirah gradually subside when the French finally left Syria in 1946. Their departure made possible the realization by the minorities that they could no longer rely on French backing and intervention. 70 This realization in turn reassured the Syrian government that the minorities would no longer be manipulated by a foreign power as in the past in order to retain their control over the country. President Shukri al-Quwatli’s visit to the Jazirah was greeted with great jubilation in 1945. 71

A Jacobite writer touring the Jazirah has noted the dramatic progress that the members of his community made in the district after independence. The community had two secondary schools in Syria, one in Qamishli and one in Sadad; five preparatory ( junior high ) schools, in Hasakah, Malkiah, Fairuza, Zaydal, and Aleppo; and elementary schools in the various towns and villages. 72

Independent Syria began to build on the foundations that the former refugees and emigres had laid. The government which, according to Doreen Warrier, had “done almost nothing to promote agricultural development,” began to introduce irrigation improvements during the 1960s. A “new Jazirah” was envisioned when the building of the massive Euphrates Dam was started with Soviet aid in 1964. The project, opened in 1973, is at present the second largest electricity and irrigation facility in the Middle East after Egypt’s Aswan High Dam. It is estimated that the harnessed waters of the Euphrates will eventually irrigate enough land to double the farmed areas of the country and make the Jazirah “one of the most attractive and prosperous provinces of the Arab world.” 73 The economic potential of this northeast corner of Syria was further enhanced after independence when oil and natural gas were discovered, thus encouraging the central government to pay greater attention to this once neglected “no-man’s land.”

At the time of writing, the Jazirah, were both the Syrian Orthodox and Catholics have had Episcopal Sees since the late 1930s, is the most populous diocese of the twin communities. 74 After World War II, when the Christian population of Syria was either remaining stable or declining as a result of emigration, the providence of al-Jazirah showed a dramatic increase even though the Muslim growth was much larger. The district remains highly heterogeneous, the proportion of its non-Arab population much greater than in any other region of Syria. 75

Outside the Jazirah, Jacobites and Syrian Catholics settled in Hims, Hama, Aleppo, and Damascus. The Catholic branch of the community predominated in these urban centers, especially in Aleppo, long a Catholic stronghold. 76 In the 1960s major Catholics churches of the Middle East were represented in Aleppo. The Malkites or “Greek Catholics” –the most important and influential Catholic community in Syria- had seven parishes with fifteen secular and three religious priests and a population of 17,000 faithful in this archbishopric; Syrian Catholics had six parishes, with six priests and about 7,500 members; the Maronites, three parishes, with seven priests serving 2,500 people; the Armenian Catholics, seven parishes, with twelve priests, and 15,500 faithful; the Chaldeans (Catholic ex-Nestorians), six parishes, eight priests, and about 6,000 faithful. Of the almost half a million people who lived in Aleppo in 1962, the Christians were estimated to be 30 percent. 77 Most of the Syrian Orthodox in and around Aleppo had settled there after the First World War.” 78

There are few Jacobites in the Syrian capital, even though their Patriarch has resided there since 1957. 79 Most of the Jacobites of Damascus have settled there since World War I; almost all those who were there before then had embraced Catholicism. 80 In the 1960s the Syrian Catholics were estimated at about 4,250 in number, with five churches, seven priests and two elementary schools. 81

Other important Jacobite-Syrian Catholic centers in Syria are Hums, where the Jacobite patriarch resided before moving to Damascus, Hama. 82 Sadad, and Hafar, the last two being exclusively Christian. Syrian Catholic and Orthodox population throughout Syria was estimated in the mid-197Os at just over 100,000 – 82,000 Jacobites, 21,000 Syrian Catholics. 83

Bibliography

1. Times, 20 Nov.1918. See also A. Attrep, ” ‘A State of Wretchedness and.; Impotence’: A British View of Istanbul and Turkey, 1919,”International Journal of Middle EastStudies, (Feb.1978): 1-9.

2. Article 64 of the Treaty provided for Kurdish “independence from Turkey,” if a majority of the Kurds desired it within one year from the coming into force of the Treaty, and if the League of Nations Council considered the Kurds capable of such independence. See text in J. C. Hurewitz, Diplomacy in the Near and Middle East; A Documentary Record (Princeton, N.J.:1956), 2:82.

3. As early as April 1918, the Kars province, ceded by Russia in 1878, was abandoned to the Ottoman troops. The Mudros Armistice allowed the Turkish troops to stay in the region of Kars unless it were decided that it too should be evacuated.

4. For details, see Richard G. Hovannisian, “The Armenian Occupation of Kars,1919,” in Recent Studies in Modern Armenian History (Cambridge, Mass.: National Association for Armenian Studies and Research, Inc.,1972), pp.23-44.

5. Ibid., p.38.

6. M.H. 116(1920)558; 118(1922)89; New York Times, 25 Feb.,29March, 13 April, 1921.

7. 22 Nov.1919; 2 Dec.1919.

8. Review of the Civil Administration of Mesopotamia (London: Cmd. 1061, 1920), pp.67-70. The Kurds were assured, wrote Bell, that the British had no intention of pursuing a vindictive policy towards them.

9. A Turco-Armenian treaty was signed in December 1920 which was superseded by the Turkish-Russian Treaty of 1921, when the Republic of Armenia was taken by the Soviets. See S. J. Shaw and E. K. Shaw, History of the Ottoman Empire and Modern Turkey, 2:35&57.

10. New York Times 14 Nov.1921; 23 Dec.1921; M.H.116(1920): 540.

11. M.H. 118 (1922): 8-9, 89, 148 477-78. For a sympathetic account of these events by one who participated in relief work among the refugees, see Stanley E. Kerr, The Lions of Marash (Albany, N. Y.:l973).

12. Urfa, ancient Edessa, is the site of the Jacobite monastery of Mar Afram, which stood conspicuously at the head of the bay. Urfa was reported to have had only “Three or four Syro-Jacobite” families in the l96Os. See Xavier Jacob, “The Christians of South-East Turkey,” p.399.

13. “Ibn al-‘Ibri,” “al-Ta’ifah al-Suryaniyah,” pp.70, 115. See also Norman A. Homer, “Tur Abdin: A Christian Minority Struggles To Preserve Its Identity,” Occasional Bulletin of Missionary Research 2 (Oct. 1978): 134, where the author merely mentions the Syrian Orthodox as having “their own nationalistic ambitions.”

14. For a photograph of the delegation that attended the Peace Conference see Assyrian Star (Chicago), May-June, 1971, p.8. For Jacobite petitions to the peace conference, see F.O. 608, no.85, files 347~ and 3481(1919). Cf. Ibn al-‘Ibri, “al-TI’ifah al-Suryiniyah,” p. 71, emphasizing that the leaders of the Jac’obite community were convinced that only their own government could restore their denied rights; those who had immigrated to America, he adds, thought differently.

15. Ghrighuriyus Builus Bahnim, Nafahat al-Khizam Aw Hayat al-Batrak Afram (Mosul: 1959), pp.25-27, 193-94. See also Matti I. Moosa, “Kitab al-lu’lu’ al-Manthur, by Ignatius Aphram Barsoum, Syrian Patriarch of Antioch and all the East” (Ph.D. diss., Columbia University, 1965), p. vii.

16. Times, 14 Jan.1920.

17. Abdul Rahman Ghassemlou, Kurdistan and the Kurds (Prague: l%5), p. 50.

18. For a detailed discussion of the role of the Kurds in the border settlement controversy between Turkey and Iraq-the so-called Mosul question-see Joseph The Nestodans and Their Muslim Neighbors, pp.167-94. Cf. A. R. Ghassemlou, Kurdistan and the Kurds, pp.60-61. See also Times 22 March 1926.

19. New York Times, 26 Feb.1925; 19 April 1925; X, p.12. For a discussion of Kurdish opposition to the new regime, see Jweideh, pp.302 Ct seq.; Arfa, The Kurds, pp.33-38, 107-108; Derk Kinnane, The Kurds and Kurdistan, pp. l~l7; W. G. Elphinston, “Kurds and the Kurdish Question,” Journal of the Royal Central Asian Society 35(1948): 43.

20. New York Times, 9 April 1925.

21. In 1932 a law passed by the Ankara government enabled it to deport “hundreds of thousands” of Kurds into areas where they would “constitute 5% of the population.” Most probably the Turkish government was infuriated by the fact that the Kurdish nationalist organization, the khoybun, which organized the 1930 revolt, was under the “direct influence” of the Armenian extreme nationalist party of the Dashnak. See Ghassemlou, Kurdistan, pp. 53-55; Kinnane, Kurds, p.30-31; W. G. Elphinston, “The Kurdish Question,” International Affairs 22 (1946): 96. Cf Arfa, The Kurds p.31. (According to a New York Times report, Armenian and Kurdish representatives of the “Armenian Secret Army for the Liberataon of Armenia” and the “Kurdish Workers Party,” respectively, told a news conference on 7 April 1980 that Turkish Kurds and Armenians had for tbe first time formed an alliance to fight against the government of Turkey. See times, 8 April 1980, p. A42).

22. “lbn al-‘lbri,” “al-Ta’ifah al-Suryaniyah,” p. 116. For the proximity of the Jacobites and Kurdish tribes and villages to each other, see Mark Sykes, “The Kurdish Tribes of the Ottoman Empire,” pp.473.74.

23. The Brussels Line eventually became the recognized boundary line between Turkey and Iraq.

24. For details on these events, see League of Nations, “Report to the Council of the League of Nations by General F. Laidoner on the Situation in the Locality of the Provisional Line of the Frontier between Turkey and Irak fixed at Brussels on October 29, 1924, Mosul, November 23, 1925,” in Great Britain, Cmd. 2560 (1925); League of Nations, Turko-Irak Frontier, Memorandum on the Enquiry conducted . . . into the Deportation of Christians in the Neighbourhood of the Brussels Line, Mosul, November 12,1925,” in Great Britain, Cmd. 2563 (1925); A. 3. Toynbee, Survey of International Affairs, 1925, 1:19, 507-11,516 et seq. See also Time, II Dec., IS Dec., 1925.

25. Ilarry Charles Luke, Mosul and Its Minorities (London: 1925), p. 113. Luke gives the date of expulsion as “spring of 1924.” For a discussion of Turkey’s policy toward its Kurdish population after the 1930s, See Kinnane, Kurds, pp.31-34.

26. Turkish Dereici, a village of some two hundred families, between Mardin and Midyat.

27. See her Amurath to Amurath, pp.317-IS. For photographs of the church see Abrohom Nouro, My Tour in the Parishes of the Syrian Chutch in Syria and Lebanon, p.60/321.

28. Norman A. Homer, “Tur ‘Abdin: A Christian Minority Struggles To Preserve Its Identity,” p. 134.

29. Ibid.

30. Named after the forty Roman legionnaires who, according to the legend, were thrown into an ice-cold lake early in the fourth century when they would not renounce Christianity.

31. Homer, “Tur ‘Abdin”, p.136. Cf. Jacob, “The Christians of South-East Turkey,” p.401.

32. See Ilorner, “Tur ‘Abdin,” p.134; Bell, Amurath to Amuratth, p.314; C. Dauphin, “Situation actuelle des coinniunautes chretien nes du Tur ‘Abdin (Turquie Orien tale),” Proche- Orient Chretien(1972): 326; Nouro, My Tour, p.36/297.

33. Adrian Fortescue, The Lesser Eastern Churches, p.341; Gertrude L. Bell, “Churches and Monasteries of the Tur Abdin and the Neighbouring Districts,” Zeitschrift fur Geschichte der Architectur 9(1913): 5-6. Several of these monasteries, according to Bell, were scanty structures which most probably were intended for one or two persons. They were devoid of any decorative features, rudely built of undressed stones. Consult her Amurath to Amurath, pp.301-14, for a description of some of these convents “garrisoned by a single monk.”
34. Horner, “Tur Abdin,” p.137; Nuoro, My tour, p. 21/282;Ibn al-‘Ibri, “al-TI’ifah al-Suryiniyah,” p.125. For details on these and other monasteries as they were in the 19705, see Claudine Dauphin, “The Rediscovery of the Nestorian Churches of the Hakkari (South Eastern Turkey),” p.326.

35. See “al-Madrasah al-Iklirikiyah fi Dayr al-Za’faran,” M.B. I (1962): 485; ibid., 4 (1965)138.
36. See Nouro, My Tour, pp 35-36/28~97. See also pp.20-1.

37. Dauphin, “Rediscovery,” p.325; Horner, “Tur Abdin.” For more on Midyat, see p.104.

38. Only Armenian Catholics are mentioned by Father Xavier Jacob, who visited Mardin in the 19665. See his “Christians of South-East Turkey,” pp.399401; see also Dauphin, ibid., p.325.

39. M.H. 121 (1925): 105; 122 (1926): 338; 127 (1931): 489.

40. See pp.17-8; Jacob, “Christians,” p.325.

41. See M.B. 2 (1963): 21011; 6 (1967): 54; 11 (1973): 567-71, including photographs showing the Jacobite patriarch Ighnatiyus Ya’qub III visiting the “vali” of Istanbul and other Turkish dignitaries.

42. Horner, “Tur Abdin,” pp. l3~35; Dauphin,”Rediscover,” p.327. Claudine Dauphin, also a recent and well-informed visitor to Tur Abdin, found no trace of hostility between the two communities but confirms the fact that as a result of constant emigration, the Christians are “surrounded” more and more by Muslims.

43. Ibid., 135. See also Dauphin, ibid., John Krajcar, “Turkey: A Graveyard of Christianity,” World Mission 15 (Spring 1964): 64-72. Starting in the 19665, large numbers of Jacobites, mostly from the Tur Abdin region, have settled in southern Sweden, especially in the city of Sodertal1je. Their number was estimated at over 15,000 in the summer of 1980. (Information in letter to the author from Dr. Yusof Matti, dated 29 July 1980, from Jarfalla, Sweden.) For details on Christian workers, including the Syrian Orthodox, and refugees from Turkey in Europe, see Christian Minorities of Turkey, report produced by the Churches Committee on Migrant Workers in Europe (Brussels: 1979), pp.11-30 and passim.

44. John Hope Simpson, The Refugee Problem: Report of a Survey (London: 1939), p.556.

45. For a detailed account of the refugee and emigrant beginnings in the district, see ibid., pp.458 Ct seq.; Ibn al-‘lbri, “al-TI’ifah al-Suryiniyah,” pp.119-120. See also Robert Montagne, “Quelques Aspects du Peuplement de la Haute-Djezireh,” Bulletin d’Etudes Orientales (Damascus) 2 (1932): 53-66. The majority of the Jazirah’s Arab population was nomadic, often clashing with the Kurds, especially during the seasons when they brought their flocks close to Kurdish areas for grazing.

46. See pp.101-2.

47. Some of the Kurdish aghas lived on the Turkish side of the border; after the French occupation of Syria, a few of them had moved to the Syrian side. See Simpson, Refugee Problem, pp.458, 555; Elphinston, “Kurdish Question,” p.100; Andre Gilbert and Maurice Fevret, “La Djezireh syrienne etson Reveil economique,” Revue de geographie de Lyon 5 (1953): 9-1O; cf Ghassemlou, Kurdistan, p.82.

48. By 1940 close to 9,000 Assyrians from Iraq had been settled on the river Khabur in 32 different villages. They were transferred to Syria and there under the agency of the League of Nations with backing from England, France, and Iraq. Turkey had objected in 1936 to their settled on the Khabur on the Turko-Syrian frontier. See New York Times, 15 Now. 1936; Times, 25 March 1940; 10 April 1940; Gibert and Fevret, ibid., p.10; Bayard Dodge, “The Settlement of the Assyrians on the Khabur,” R. C A. S. J. 27 (1940): 301-320. By mid-1970 the Assyrian population of Syria, most of them in the Jazirah, was given by one informed source as 30,000, their Catholic brethren (the Chaldeans), as 9,000. See Xavier Jacob, “Die Christen im heutigen Syrien,” Stimmen der Zeit; Katholische mota~hfur dasgeistesleben der gegen wart 196 (1978): 345
49. Simpson, Refugee Problem, p.556. liourani gives another estimate for 1937, as follows: Arab Moslems, 41,900; Kurds, 81,450; Chnstians, 31,050; Assyrians, 8,000; others, 4,150. See his Syria and Lebanon: A Political Essay (London: 1946), p.141 n.

50. Iraq received its independence in 1932; the Franco-Syrian treaty negotiated in 1936 provided for Syrian independence in 1939.

51. See pp.9-10.

52. See Betts, “Christian Communities” pp. 7~7l. Betts notes that this pro-Western sentiment continued “to dominate the outlook of a majority of Christian Arabs;” see also Hourani, Syria and Lebanon, p.63.

53. Refugee Problem, pp. 55~57.

54. Ibid., p.556; Hourani, Syria and Lebanon, p.215.

55. Simpson, ibid., 556; Doreen Warriner, Land Reform and Development in the Middle East: A Study of Egypt, Syria, and Iraq (London 1962), p 87. Robert B. Betts speaks of a “massacre of Christians” at ‘Amuda which “initiated a strong movement for local autonomy. . .” Christians in the Arab East, pp.36-37, using Hourani’s Syria and Lebanon as his source Hourani, however, rightly attributed the autonomy movement to the fears of both the Kurds and Christians of Arab rule, and speaks of the Kurds starting the revolt of 1937, and of an “altercation” at ‘Amuda, when a number of Christians were killed.” Ibid., p.216; and pp 141,215. Consult also New York Times, 13 Aug. 1937, which speaks of pillaging of Christian shops and homes in ‘Amuda, attributing the revolt to Kurds fighting for autonomy.”

56. See New York Times, 12 Aug., 13 Aug.,1937; Simpson, Refugee Probim p.556.

57. Hourani, Syria and Lebanon, p.216.

58. Almost half of the Christians in Syria belong to the native church of Syria originally affiliated with Byzantium-the Greek Orthodox church and its offshoot, the Greek Catholic church. In the early 197Os, there were almost twice as many Greek Orthodox Arabs (202,000) as there were Greek Catholic Arabs (112,000). See Jacob, “Christen im heutigen Syrien,” p 344; for statistics on Syrian Christians, consult Betts, “Cliristian Com munities,” pp.102-3.

59. New York Times, 24 April 1938; Hourani, Syria and Lebanon, p. 216.

60. For a discussion of the reasons why the French government rejected the treaty and the deadlock that followed, see Hourani, ibid., pp.217-29. See also Times, 4 July, 1939.

61. Thousands of Armenian refugees were reported “pouring” into Syria and Lebanon on 25 July 1939 from the Sanjaq when Turkish troops took over from the withdrawing French. New York Times, 26 July 1939. For a detailed discussion of the cession to Turkey of the Sanjaq of Alexandretta, see Toynbee, Survey, 1938, 1:479-92.

62. Hourani, Syria and Lebanon, p.229; for the text of the decree setting up the administrative regime in al-Jazirah, see ibid., p.356.

63. For a discussion of the American mission schools and colleges in Anatolia, see pp. 81-2. See also Jacob, “Christen im heutigen Syrien,” p. 345, where he speaks of a community of about 19,000 Protestants in Syria, made up largely of Armenians and Jacobites.

64. Simpson, Refugee Problem, p.556. See also Armalah, Athar Faransa, pp. 2l~l2.
65. Norman N. Lewis, “The Frontier of Settlement in Syria,”International Affairs 31 (1955): 59-60; George Kirk, Survey of International Affairs 193~1946 (Oxford: 1952), pp. 88-89, 122-23, 178-82, 299; Martin W. Wilmington, The Middle East Supply Center (London: 1971), pp. 119-22.

66. Doreen Warriner, Land Reform and Development in the Middle East: A Study of Egypt, Syria, and Jraq, pp.74, 90-92.
67. As in the case of the British in Iraq, the French mandatory authorities assigned the ownership of tribal lands-usually state lands which the tribes traditionally occupied and used for their flocks-to the tribal shaykhs. The latter became the legal owners of large tracts of uncultivated land, their tribesmen receiving nothing, even losing their rights to graze on lands which were rented or sold. During the mandatory period, the French authorities were often accused by the Syrian nationalists of willfully; strengthening the bedoums as a force against the nationalist movement. Ibid., p.88; A. R. George, “The Nomands of Syria: End of a Culture?” Middle East International, April 1973, p. 21. For tribal land policies in Iraq, consult Philip W. Ireland, Iraq: A Study in Political Development New York: 1938), pp.93-95.

68. The merchant-farmers received from 45 to 60 percent of the crop on lands I where they supplied the water; as owners of tractors and combines as well as pumps, they commanded up to 85 percent of the output. See International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, The Economic Development of Syria (Baltimore, Md.: 1955), p.37. Gilbert and Fevret, “Djezireh syrienne,” pp.93-97.

69. It should be noted that traditionally the bedouins of Syria and Iraq have produced a large part of these countries’ wool as well as their meat and dairy products. See Norman N. Lewis, “The Frontier of Settlement in Syria, l80O-1950,” pp.59-60; George, “Nomads,” p.22; Warriner, Land Reform, pp.92-93; International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, Economic Development, p.292.

70. As late as the early l96Os foreigners were barred from entering the Jazirah without special government permission. See Gordon H. Torrey, Syrian Politics and the Military, J945-1958 (Columbus, 0. 1964), p.32; Wairiner, Land Reform, pp. 86, 88.

71. See Armalah, Athar Faransa, pp.212-13.

72. See Nouro, My Tour, pp.31-32/292-93, where the Jacobite author lists the major centers of his community in the Jazirah. Cf. “lbn al-‘Ibri,” “al-Ta ‘ifah al-Suryaniyah,” p.38.

73. David Nicolle, “The New Jazira,” Middle East Jnternational 28 (Oct. 1973): pp.26-28. See also Daily Star (Beirut), 6 July 1973.

74. Called the Diocese of Jazirah and Euphrates, the Syrian Catholics numbered approximately 7,000 in the I96Os and had seven churches, five II chapels, nine priests, one secondary school, and five elementary schools. See N.C.E., vol.13, p.904; Simpson, Refugee Problem, p.557, Homer, “Tur Abdin,” p.134; Armalah, Athar Faransa, pp.208-9.

75. See Betts, Christians in the Arab East, pp. 97-101. The prosperity of the region has attracted Muslim settlers from the other parts of the country, thus reducing the numerical importance of the Christian population. In the early sixties the government itself was helping farmers to move from the congested Hama region to the sparsely populated Jazirah where new villages were constructed for them. Warriner, Land Reform, p.226; Eva Garzouzi, “Land Reform in Syria,” Middle East Journal, 17 (1963): 83, 90; George, “Nomads,” p. 22. Kinnane Kurds, p. 44, speaks of the Syrian government’s intensified effort to Arabise the Jazira under the Ba’th.

76. See pp.37-8.

77. N.C.E., vol. 1, p. 286; vol. 13, p. 904. See also Jacob, “Christen im heutigen Syrien,” p.343.

78. The Ottoman provincial yearbook of 1908 gave the Jacobite and Syrian Catholic populations of the province of Aleppo as 1852 and 3130, respectively. Cited in Krikorian, Armenians p.82.

79. In 1974 a new Syrian Orthodox church, dedicated to “The Virgln,” was consecrated in Damascus. See M.B. 12 (1974): 240-42.
80. Damascus too has always been an important center of the Catholics of the Middle East, its most important community being the Greek Catholics (Malkites), with a population divided into fourteen parishes in the 196(ls, amounting to 14,000 people. Other Catholic sects during that decade included Maronites (2,000) and a small congregation of Armenian Catholics. See Hambye, “The ‘Syrian’ Quadrilateral,” p. 334; Jacob, “Christen im heutigen Syrien,” p.344.

81. N.C.E., vol.13, p.904.

82. Hims and Hama together form a diocese of both sister churches. Dependent on this Syrian Catholic bishopric are two well-known monasteries, one dedicated to Mir Musa (Saint Moses) the Ethiopian, whose original building, with frescoes of exquisite beauty, may go back to the seventh century or earlier; the other is named after Mar Yulayin (Julian). See Armalah, Athar Faransa, pp.134-36; Stephen Rahhal, “Some Notes on the West Syrians,” E. C. Q. 6 (1946): 379.
83- Jacob, “Christen im heutigen Syrien.” pp.343-46. For a statistical account of these communities during the 1960s, consult Betts, Christians in the Arab East, pp. 1003.

* Muslims – Christians relations And Inter – Christrian Rivalries In Middle East

Hieromonk Alexander Golitzin: ‘The Spiritual World of Isaac the Syrian’ / Hilarion Alfeyev

$
0
0

Hilarion Alfeyev, The Spiritual World of Isaac the Syrian. Cistercian Studies Series, Number 175. Kalamazoo MI and Spencer MA: Cistercian Publications, 2000. Pp. 321 .
“At last,” writes Bishop Kallistos Ware in his foreword to this second book by Fr. Hilarion Alfeyev, “we have at our disposal a single book in English, offering us a balanced and comprehensive overview of St. Isaac’s life, background, and teaching” (11). The bishop’s exclamation is well taken. One of the extraordinary lacunae in the study of Eastern Christianity is the lack, up to now, of any major study of Isaac of Nineveh (+ ca. 700) in any Western language. Even articles are very, very few and far between. True, English speakers have at their disposal a couple of excellent translations: Dana Miller’s from the Greek (though with reference to the Syriac), published some years ago by Holy Transfiguration Monastery in Brookline, and, more recently, Sebastian Brock’s translation of the Second Part of Isaac’s Discourses, never rendered into Greek, published recently in two volumes by the series, Corpus scriptorum christianorum orientalium . Both editions, Miller’s and Brock’s, come with extensive and very valuable introductions, but, up until Alfeyev, no one had set out to provide a synoptic overview or, as in the case of this book, virtually an anthology as well, of Isaac’s thought. This lacuna is all the more astonishing in view of Isaac’s importance for the subsequent history of Eastern Christian thought and mysticism, and of his popularity in the West after the fifteenth century. Yet, perhaps owing to the facts that he writes in a comparatively obscure language, Syriac, and that his version of Syriac is generally acknowledged as very difficult, the scholarly and even popular literature devoted to him is practically non-existent. It may be that Alfeyev’s book will prove to have broken the ice. The long citations from Isaac himself, which all together comprise nearly half the book’s three hundred pages, provide ample opportunity for the saint to work his magic on the reader. He surely worked it on me, who filled pages of notes and a couple score notecards (not for this review, but with an eye toward other projects) as I worked my way through the book, alternately edified and astonished from one end to the other.
The Spiritual World is not a scholarly monograph like Alfeyev’s recent book on Symeon the New Theologian (reviewed separately). Learned footnotes, disputations, extended professorial discussions and debate over influences and sources – all of this is kept to an absolute minimum. As Bishop Kallistos remarks, “Wisely, Fr Hilarion Alfeyev has allowed Isaac to speak for himself… [and his] true voice can be plainly heard” (12). Following thus an introduction which sets Isaac in his context in the East Syrian (“Nestorian”) Church by lightly sketching his life, writings, and sources (14-34), Alfeyev moves to the eight chapters comprising body of the book. The first (35-60) sets out the great lines of Isaac’s thought: the love of God, the structure of the created world (featuring Isaac’s admiration of the Dionysian hierarchies and concomitant portrait of the world as a temple), the Incarnation as revelation of the God who is love, and deification – a word Isaac does not use, but whose substance he (like Ephrem before him) conveys chiefly through, again, the language of temple and divine indwelling – as the intended goal of humanity. The following chapters work through the stages of the Christian life as Isaac lived and experienced it, that is, as a solitary monk, a hermit. Chapter two (61-89) thus lays out “The Way of the Solitary,” touching on the traditional, Syriac monastic terminology Isaac deploys – for example, ihidaya (single, solitary) and qeiama (covenant, vow) – together with his emphasis on silence (shelyuta ) and the ministry (teshmeshta ) of the monk’s life of prayer as participation in the angelic liturgy and anticipation of the eschaton. “Trials on the way to God” (91-109), chapter three, deals lightly with the struggle against passions and temptations. The cultivation of the virtues is summed up in chapter four, “Humility” (111-28), to which Isaac assigns an exalted place, indeed, as a truly supernatural gift, a likening to Christ, the very “raiment” of our Lord’s divinity – expressions that hark back through prior tradition to the kenosis of Philippians 2:6-11.
Humility appears to mark a kind of boundary-line for Isaac between human striving and divine grace. “Tears” (129-42), the subject of chapter five, likewise signal the “birth-pangs of the spiritual infant” (136-7) as at once indicating the recognition of sin and so bitter tears of repentance, on the one hand, and the transition to a life in grace (the sweet tears), on the other. Cultivation of that life is the subject of the book’s longest chapter, number six “On Prayer” (143-216), reflecting St Isaac’s own ruling focus on the “conversation with God.” Here we find extensive discussion (and insistence) on the outward forms of prayer (daily office, standing, prostrations, spiritual reading), a fascinating analysis with accompanying citations of Isaac’s theology of the Cross (163-73) both as icon and as link between heaven and earth, and between the Old Testament and the eschaton (with the latter pair framed by the vocabulary of the tabernacle and abiding within it of the Shekinah ), together with his stress on intercession in the fashion of the Eucharistic anaphora (205-7) and characterization of “true prayer” as a standing before God “in the dark cloud of his glory” like the angels (212). There is, however, for Isaac a step beyond “pure prayer”: the “wonder” of “The Life in God,” which forms the subject of chapter seven (217-268). Here we return to “silence,” the “dark cloud,” and the “sudden” visitation of God’s Presence, and, with these themes, to very frequent reminiscences of Dionysius Areopagites (218-23). Along the way, Alfeyev provides an introduction, accompanied by extensive quotations, to Isaac’s technical vocabulary for this highest, and very rare stage of Christian life: contemplation (te’oriya , borrowed from the Greek theoria ), visions (hezwe ), insights (sukkale ), and revelations (galyane ), together with overshadowing (magganuta ), wonder (temha , Isaac’s equivalent to the Greek ekstasis ), and the various stages of knowledge (id’ata ) which culminate in the knowing which is “unknowing,” recalling again Dionysius in Mystical Theology I.3.
The book’s concluding chapter, “The Life of the Age to Come” (269-97), returns to the opening discussion of Isaac’s insistence on God as love. Here attention is devoted, following a brief account (270-3) of the monk’s duty to meditate on the age to come, to Isaac’s belief in universal salvation. For him, God who is love cannot be overcome by sin, nor will the divine mercy prove powerless even for the demons. Like his contemporary, Maximus the Confessor, Isaac understands the divine love to be at once the joy of the blessed and the (for Isaac, though not for Maximus) temporary torment of the damned. All is God’s love, and hell is therefore a teaching device (283-91), “a kind of purgatory,” in Alfeyev’s words (290-1). Further, Isaac “resented the widespread opinion that the majority [of people]…will be punished in hell” (294). For him, this is “blasphemy.” Only the most hardened sinners will be obliged to enter the Gehenna of fire, and then only for a time. This does not, however, vitiate ascetical striving for Isaac. Separation from God is the only true suffering, a judgement begun in this life and only revealed (again temporarily) at the eschaton. The whole purpose of Christian living is to know and to love the loving God. Alfeyev concludes by observing that Isaac’s unusual – but not unheard of (cf. Origen, Gregory Nyssa, Diodore of Tarsus, and Theodore of Mopsuestia) – understanding of the last things derives from his deepest experiences, his knowledge of and encounter with God’s presence (293).
Only the most grace-proof could fail to be moved by this book. Isaac is himself cause for “wonder,” a note echoed at the beginning by Bishop Kallistos account of his own growing love for this desert hermit (9-12), and at book’s end by what I take to be an autobiographical account, phrased in the third person, of Alfeyev’s own love affair with the saint, which began during the author’s novitiate (299). It is hard not to love this old man of the desert. “He speaks,” wrote the Catholicos Yuhanna ibn Barsai, “the language of the heavenly ones” (28). Yet, in this admiring phrase from an eighth-century prelate of the “Nestorian” Church, we are in fact at the edges of a certain controversy around Isaac, one which we know little about, save that it was there. Likewise, and much more clearly, we know of controversies around – and even condemnations launched against – other remarkable figures in the spiritual literature of the East Syrians: Martyrius (or Sahdona), Joseph the Seer, and especially the luminous John of Dalyatha, three of whose homilies found a home in the Greek edition of Isaac under the latter’s name, and who so amazingly anticipates the fourteenth-century, Byzantine Hesychasts. All three came under censure, and the censure appears to have been related to their insistence on the possibility of deification, on its reality not just in the world to come, but even now, however partially and momentarily. They appear to have run up against the strict school theology begun by Theodore of Mopsuestia and carried on enthusiatically by Theodore’s admirers in the Church of the East. Alfeyev devotes some space to this question (54-9), seeing in Isaac’s traditional language of a “mingling” of God and man in Christ “a way of overcoming the extremes of dyophysitism,” of breaking down “the sharp boundaries between God and creation which are a characteristic of the strongly dyophysite position of the Church of the East” (58), but, were this book the sort of scholarly investigation that it does not pretend to be, the question could easily have been pursued further.
Obviously, too, St. Isaac poses questions for those of us whose inheritance lies on the other side of the line dividing Nestorius from Cyril of Alexandria. Isaac clearly appears to have stretched the possibilities of “Nestorian” Christology and soteriology, but even so, and just as clearly, he made them the vehicle of a spirituality – indeed, of a vibrant witness – that generations of “Orthodox,” whether Chalcedonian or non-Chalcedonian, have rejoiced in acknowledging as the substance of their own faith and hope. We both call him saint, and rightly so, and we venerate his image, seek his intercessions, ask his counsel, and learn from him, and we have both been doing so for over sixty generations. Does this not raise a little question over the nature and necessity of the Christological Controversy that wracked the whole Church in all the East for three hundred years, and that left behind it three separate communities of Nicene Christians continually at each others’ throats until the armies of Islam swept up and over them all? Is there not, on the other hand, some little hope of ultimate reconciliation in, say, the story of Fr Matta al Meskin, a devout Copt who retired to a desert cave around 1950 armed with an Arabic translation of the scriptures, the Kadloubovsky-Palmer selections from the Philokalia , and Wensinck’s eccentric English rendering of Isaac’s Discourses, and who, from that retreat and with those sources, emerged from his cave to lead the renewal of Coptic monasticism, and contribute to the vital renewal of the whole Egyptian Church, that are both still under way today? A revered “Monophysite” monk is shaped by Isaac, an equally revered abbot of Mt Athos (Archimandrite Vasseilios) sings Isaac’s praises to the point of near incoherence, and both thus, the “Monophysite” and the Orthodox, find in this seventh-century “Nestorian” the very wellsprings of the Faith. Nor is their discovery an illusion. They are right. Isaac is a voice of the great tradition, a witness of the living Voice, of the undying Flame, of the light and life of the Risen One handed down the generations by his Spirit. Yet what does this say in turn about our divisions, about the conciliar definitions and counter-definitions, the anathemas and counter-anathemas? I for one am certainly not prepared to say that the precisions in theological vocabulary resulting from the controversies of the fifth through seventh centuries are worthless, or meaningless, but I do wonder, given the “wonder” of Isaac, how absolute a value we are obliged to accord our terminological advances, particularly when we find in him an exemplar par excellence of “embodied theosis ,” which is to say, of that very possibility and promise which all those disputes – speaking from the Cyrillian side of the line – were intended to defend and preserve. Isaac is not only wonderful and holy. He is also disturbing. I have no answers to this puzzle, but I do cherish the suspicion that our Lord expects us to mull it over a bit. Perhaps he has left us this saint as a kind of gentle question mark placed over some of our certainties. Not over the essential ones, for Isaac himself is proof of those, but perhaps over others that we – and not God – have declared certain. May he grant that his Isaac disturb us all, and that we as a result grow in that Love which the saint never tired of praising. Grace and peace, too, to the author, who has made the holy man so much more available to us with this splendid book.
St Vladimir’s Theological Quarterly, Vol. 46, No 2-3, 2002, pp. 285-290


ROLE OF THE NESTORIANS AS THE CONNECTING LINK BETWEEN GREEK AND ARABIC MEDICINE* / ALMEN 0. WHIPPLE

$
0
0

This paper deals with a period of history which is rather difficult to define, for its study includes the last part of the ancient period and the early centuries of the Middle Ages. Even from the point of view of Mediterranean culture it is difficult to say when ancient thought ended and medieval thought began. If the Fathers of the Church ushered in the medieval period and ended pagan civilization, their chief accomplishment, considered from the standpoint of science and world culture, lay in the fact that
they created a new contact between Greek and Oriental
thought. It is important to conceive of Ancient Civilization, the Middle Ages and Renaissance as not exclusive but as overlapping. Certainly in the period of history under consideration antiquity merges by imperceptible gradations into the Middle Ages.

In many students of medical history and medical science the mention of the Middle or Dark Ages creates a feeling of disinterest, if not antagonism. The term Dark Ages implies a period of regression, a time of endless controversy, the fruitless arguments of Scholasticism. If one admires-and who does not-that marvelous bloom of Greek art, science and culture in the short period of the sixth to the fourth centuries before the Christian Era, well termed the “Greek Miracle,” one cannot but be intrigued by the question of how Greek culture, which so nearly perished, was transmitted through the Dark Ages to renascent Europe. As Sarton’ so clearly states in his Introduction to the History of Science:
“From the point of view of the history of science transmission is as essential as discovery. If the results of
* From the Department of Surgery, Columbia University. Read before
the Section of Historical and Cultural Medicine, N. Y. Academy of Medicine,
January 8, 1936.
46

Ptolemy’s investigations [in astronomy] had been hidden
instead of published, or if they had been lost in transit, they would be almost as if they had never been….

If there were no other reason to study medieval science
than to find out how ancient knowledge was handed down
to us, that reason would be sufficient. The average man of science, perhaps lacking in historical training, cannot imagine the complexity of the problems involved. The transmission of modern science is almost utomatic; a discovery published in any scientific journal is within a relatively short time quoted and discussed in a number of other papers which circulate all over the world. Any scientist, working along the same line, is bound to hear of it, either directly or indirectly, and in the latter case he will have no difficulty in obtaining a copy of the original text. A hundred agencies have solved the problem of transmission
so completely that the individual scientist does not
think of it any more. In the Middle Ages these agencies
did not exist, publication in manuscript form was necessarily very limited, and it could never be standardized. Moreover, political vicissitudes caused innumerable difficulties.

Some discoveries had to cross in slow stages the
whole of Asia and Europe before reaching the West and
being integrated into the main scientific current which has come down to us. Some writings had to be translated many times before reaching their final assimilation; thus many Greek texts became a part of our intellectual patrimony only after having been translated from Greek to Syriac,from Syriac to Arabic, then into Latin, and finally into our own language. These translations were imperfect, and in the case of important works, seldom unique; thus occurred
conflicting traditions which caused new difficulties.
It does not matter whether we like mediaeval science or
not; the fact remains that we cannot arbitrarily neglect it, if we would understand the continuity of human progress. Even if mediaeval scientists had not made any original contributions we should still be obliged to study their activity, else it would be impossible to explain the origin of our present knowledge. Whatever we learned from the
447
448 BULLETIN of THE NEW YORK ACADEMY of MEDICINE
ancients could not be taught us directly; it could only reach us by some continuous traditions which it is our duty to ferret out.”

So to students of medical history there are now available
many brief, more or less accurate accounts of how
Greek science and Greek culture were transmitted through
the Mesopotamian schools, especially those of Edessa and
Gondi-Sapor, in the translations from the Greek into
Syriac or Aramaic, and from the Syriac into Arabic, by
the rather small, unorthodox Christian sect of Nestorians
who dominated these Mesopotamian schools during the
third to the seventh centuries of the Christian era. But
the mere recording of how Greek culture and Greek
medicine was transmitted by the Nestorians to the Arabic conquerors does not tell why this Christian community of Semitic race was the transmitting medium. It is the why rather than the hotv which has interested the writer. In this paper an attempt will be made to analyze the several factors that resulted in the Nestorians playing this role of the connecting link between Greek and Arabic medicine.

Who were the Nestorians and their ancestors? Where
did they live? What were the political and economic
factors in the history of that time that molded them and
determined their course? How was their national character influenced by the religion and philosophy of the period? These are some of the questions that naturally come to mind. Their answers will very largely explain the why of the title of this communication.

Exact knowledge of the origin of the Nestorians is lacking. In all probability their ancestors were a Semitic race, known as the Aramaeans, which migrated north from the Arabian Peninsula into what is now spoken of as Syria, and spread eastward into what the Greeks later called Mesopotamia. The Arab chroniclers referred to them as the Nabateans. I am indebted to Professor Hitti of Princeton University for the data regarding the probable origin of the Nestorians. (Map I.)

For centuries as Aramaeans they had been given to commerce and by their caravans had come in contact with

449
countries north, south, east and west of Mesopotamia.
Conquered by the forces of Alexander they remained under Greek control until the Seleucidae, torn by internal strife and political intrigue, gave up the defense of their Mesopotamian possessions. There then arose small kingdoms or principalities in northern Mesopotamia, among them Osrhoene and Adiabene. The small kingdom of Osrhoene is of special interest to our subject, for it was in this principality that we first hear of Edessa, its capital. History2 fairly definitely assigns the founding or rebuilding of
Edessa to Seleucus Nicator in 304 B.C. After the withdrawal of the Seleucidae, Edessa was the capital of
Osrhoene under the rule of a line of kings of a mixed race of Nabatean, Armenian and Parthian origin. Barhebraeus3, speaking of these people, says: “Parthian, Persian, Edessan and Armenian are all one.”

The chronicle and chronology of the Osrhoene kings are
based upon a single MS in the Vatican, known as the
“Chronicle of Dionysios of Tell-Mahre” written in 776 A.D. and translated by Assemani in his “Bibliotheca Orientalis.” This was retranslated by Noeldeke4 and this revised and corrected Chronicle is given in its relation to Edessan literature and theology by Duvall in his “Histoire d’Edesse.”

Edessa is the Greek name for what was called by the
Assyrians Ourhai, by the Arabs Ar-Ruha, and today still
exists under Turkish rule as the town of Urfa. After its founding in the third century B.C. it remained a pagan town until about the middle of the second century when it is said to have been the first city in Mesopotamia to be Christianized. There is a most attractive legend, inaccurate though it be chronologically, connected with the conversion of the
city to Christianity: Abgar Oukhama, then reigning over Osrhoene, hearing of the miraculous cures of Jesus, sent him a letter asking him to come to Edessa to cure him,the King, of a fatal disease. Jesus replied to Abgar:

“Thou art fortunate, thou who believest in me, not having seen me. For it is written of me that those who see me do not believe in me, but those who do not see me, believe in me. As to your asking me to come to you, the work for which I was sent is about to be accomplished and I am to return to my Father who sent me. After I have ascended to Him I shall send you one of my disciples who will cure your sickness and will convert you and those about you to life eternal. The city shall be blessed and no enemy shall prevail against it.”‘

This “Legend of Abgar” states that Addai, supposedly
one of the seventy apostles, was sent by the disciple Judas Thomas, who healed Abgar and as a result of this miracle and his preaching converted Edessa to Christianity in 32 A.D., and built a church from the money which King Abgar gave him.

So we find the Assyrians at the beginning of their
Christianity a somewhat mixed race living in a land which
favored their coming in contact with several of the great cultures, Greek to the north, Roman to the west, Egyptian or Ptolemaic to the south and Persian to the east. Geographically they occupied territory that lay on the main commercial routes between the East and the West, the North and the South.

Cathay had certain commodities, especially silk, that
the Roman Empire needed and coveted. The great silk
ways were the result of this supply and demand. With the
establishment of Roman power in the West and the domination of the Han Dynasty in China this caravan route between the Mediterranean and China emerges into history. About the middle of the second century B.C. there began one of those primeval migrations from the borders of China to the West. What the urge was is not known, but the Indo-Scythians, spoken of in Chinese as the Yueh Chih tribe,living in what is now the province of Kansu, left their ancestral home and began swarming to the west and south.

Within a scant two centuries they had taken over the
eastern provinces of what had been Alexander’s empire,
conquered part of Persia, and had become a threat to
Rome. When China conquered eastern Turkestan a caravan
route was opened between China across the Indo-
Scythian kingdom to the Persian and Roman Orient.
451
Thomas Francis Carter, in his monograph on the “Invention of Printing in China,”7 one of the most
scholarly pieces of research of the past decade, discusses the great silk ways; he lists the peach and the apricot, silk and tea, porcelain and paper, playing cards and probably gunpowder and the compass as some of China’s gifts to the West. The grape and alfalfa, the carrot, glass manufacture, Nestorian Christianity and Mohammedanism, the alphabet and some impulses of Greek art are a few of the things that the countries of the East received in return. Berthold Laufer’ states that from the Christian era down to the Mongol period the knowledge of twenty-four agricultural products passed from China to Persia and westward, and sixty-eight from west to east.

Silk was probably the most desired Chinese product. It
reached Europe sometime before the Christian era, but the
process of producing silk was kept a secret until the sixth century. Virgil and other Roman workers considered silk a vegetable product and thought it was combed from trees. It was not until the reign of Justinian in the middle of the sixth century that Nestorian missionaries returning from the Far East reported that silk was not “combed from trees,” but was made by caterpillars. At Justinian’s instigation these priests journeyed to Khotan in Chinese Turkestan and returned with the precious caterpillar eggs hidden in the long bamboo staff of one of their number. If this story told by Greek chroniclers is true, the culture of
the silkworm in Europe and the Near East was started
from the eggs carried in the bamboo staff of a Nestorian
missionary. This geographical location of the Assyrians and their contacts-with the great civilizations comprise the first great factor in the Nestorian’s role in medicine.

This mention of the Nestorian missionary brings up the
subject of the influence of religion and philosophy in the evolution of the Assyrian people, and it is a most important influence. Following the introduction of Christianity the inhabitants of Osrhoene and Adiabene took a very active part in the early diffusion of Christianity throughout Asia Minor, Egypt and Mesopotamia. They were especially active in collecting and translating the Scriptures, in fact were the first Christian sect to translate the Old Testament from the Hebrew into their own vernacular, the Syriac, in
what has ever since been known as the Peshitta version.
This was completed about the middle of the second century. The Jews had begun and were still occupied in editing the Talmud. There was a very active argument among these Semitic scholars as to what was and was not the authorized Scripture. Like all true Semites the Assyrians were great respecters of Authority, but there was bitter and constant argument as to what was the ultimate authority. It is
453
most interesting to note here, because of its bearing on their subsequent familiarity with Greek in relation to medicine,that these Assyrian scholars applied themselves diligently to the study of Greek so that they could read at first hand the Septuagint version of the Old Testament which had been completed in Alexandria in 132 B.C. This Greek version was made by a group of about seventy Alexandrian Jews who had forgotten their Aramaic vernacular.It antedated by at least a century the standard Hebrew text of the Sopherim. The presence of two separate Old Testament canons was the cause of bitter argument and controversy, and it was because of this that the Aramaean
scholars in Edessa published the Peshitta version and became familiar with the Greek language and by it Greek
science, Greek medicine and Greek literature. This is the second great factor in the Nestorian role in medicine.

The third great factor was the establishment of the great
school of Edessa. The interest of the early Assyrian
church fathers in the Greek version of the Scriptures and the resulting contacts with Greek scholarship created an atmosphere of study and investigation in the Assyrian towns, especially in Edessa and Nisibis. The latter town had changed hands several times between warring Roman emperors and Sassanian Persian kings. The emperor Julian died in 364 A.D. while fighting with the Persians. His successor, Jovian, made a rather ignominious treaty with the Sassanian Persian King Sapor II, in which he gave up Nisibis to the Persians. This resulted in a large part of the rich and learned Christian inhabitants of Nisibis migrating from that city to their co-religionists in Edessa. In the latter city, probably in 363-364 A.D., they organized the School of Edessa which, because its founders had come from Persian territory, came to be known as the
“Persian School” of Edessa. In this school, because of the previous activities of the church fathers in translating the Scriptures, theology was the major subject, but medicine was growing as a study, and rapidly coming to the fore in the attention it attracted. A hospital is said to have been
founded by St. Ephraim and was used by the teachers of
medicine in the school for clinical instruction.

The Ecumenical Council of Nicea in 325 had proceeded
to define the Catholic faith and had apparently put an
end to the Arian controversy. It is extremely difficult to reconcile the ideas of Monotheism and the Trinity, and to explain the relations of the persons of the Trinity to one another. The attempts to do so have resulted in endless arguments and these constitute a good part of Patristic literature. The Council of Nicea may have defined the orthodox faith, but it started many church controversies, only one of which is of interest in connection with the subject of this paper.

About the time of the founding of the Persian School in
Edessa there was born near Mount Taurus an Aramaean
priest named Nestorios. He became the Patriarch of Constantinople in 428. He early came into conflict with the orthodox fathers of the church because of his heretical doctrines, consisting in his denial of the complete mergence of the divine and human natures in the person of Christ and especially in his assertion that Mary, the Mother of Christ, should not be called the Mother of God. For his heresies he was deposed at the Council of Ephesus in 431, and he and his many adherents in the Assyrian Church were excommunicated.
His followers were as a result called Nestorians, and from the time of 431 have constituted the so-called Eastern Syrian, or Nestorian, Church. This Church row is perhaps in itself uninteresting, but it had a
profound influence on medical history.

The Nestorians, for we may now call the Eastern Syrians
Nestorians, were largely concentrated in upper Mesopotamia and east of the Tigris. Edessa was their headquarters for a time, and the famous school became the center of their teaching. By 488 the controversy had flared to renewed activity and Bishop Cyrus of Alexandria, the arch-enemy of the Nestorians, persuaded the Emperor Zeno to abolish the School. This was done in 489.1 This great school, the center of culture for the East, came abruptly to an end. The teachers and disciples were convicted of heresy,
and expelled from Edessa. Many of them were given
asylum in Persia, where their subsequent history will be
455
discussed later. The site occupied by the famous school
was used to erect a new orthodox church and given the
significant name of Our Lady, Mother of God.

The banishment of the Nestorians from the school and
city of Edessa had several interesting results. The zealots became missionaries; many of the teachers and students turned to what they considered more profitable intellectual activity that is, the study and practice of medicine. As Sarton so well puts it:

“The innate jealousy and irritability of theologians is a
centrifugal force which continuously tends to drive farther and farther away those of them whose intellectual submission and conformity are not absolute. The cultural diffusion is thus accomplished not only by missionaries, but also by religious refugees and exiles, by those cast out, by heretics. The Nestorian heresy which originated in 431 is one of those great centrifugal forces due to theological hatred: it pushed Christianity across mountains and deserts as far as China, and thus became a very important link between East and West.”

The Nestorians went on into Southern India and in Malabar
organized a Nestorian church and community which
still exists as a Christian sect. The church is known as
that of Mar Thumna, or St. Thomas. This is the fourth
great factor.

This is not the occasion to describe in detail the farreaching tours of the Nestorian missionaries. But from
the fifth century on, following their expulsion from Edessa and their establishment in Persia, an increasing number of these Nestorian zealots penetrated eastward, reaching China, Siberia and India. This has been established by the excavations in Turkestan and China, where remains of Christian churches have been unearthed and MSS in Syriac and Persian, with the correspondence of these priests with their mother churches in Mesopotamia have been discovered. These have more than confirmed the amazing record carved in the famous Si-an-fu stone monument describing the introduction of Christianity into China in the seventh century by the Nestorian missionaries.”

Following the closing of the school in Edessa many of the
theologians, under the leadership of Bar-Soma, the deposed head of the School, went back to N’isibis in Persian territory, whence the founders of the school had originally come, and established a new school there.12 Other teachers and pupils, perhaps less zealous in their strict Nestorianism, accepted the asylum offered them by the Sassanian King Kobad and migrated to Gondi-Sapor in southwestern Persia. They brought with them Syriac translations of Greek medical works of Hippocrates and Galen by Sergius of Ra’s al-ain, and the earliest Syriac translations of Aristotle by Probos.”3 Here in Gondi-Sapor they established the famous school where some of their co-religionists had previously, about 350, made that city the See of a bishop of the Nestorian Church.14 Kobad was friendly to them because of help the Nestorians had given him in his escape to the Turks before regaining his throne.1

Attention must be given to the history of this city. It
was founded in 260 A.D. by Sapor I, son of Ardashir
Babakhan, founder of the Sassanian I)ynasty of Persia,
soon after his defeat and capture of the Roman Emperor
Valerian and the sacking of the famous city of Antioch.
(See Figs. 1 and 2.) Sapor named the new city Veh-az-
Andev-i-Sapor, meaning in Pahlawi “Sapor’s Better than
Antioch,” a name which was gradually changed to Gondi-
Sapor, or in Arabic, Jundi-Sabur. It was situated in
southwestern Persia in Susiana, what is now known as the
province of Khuzistan, not far from Susa. The Mohammedans captured the city in 638, in the reign of Omar, the second Khalif. By the thirteenth century, however, it had almost disappeared. There is no trace of the city left at present except vague mounds marking the former walls and buildings, and the site is partly occupied by a small village called Shahabad. Sir Henry Rawlinson16 and Layard17 are two of the last travelers to describe the present remains of this city of glorious record.

The Persian school of medicine in Gondi-Sapor, always
under Nestorian inspiration and management, flourished
from the time of Nushirwan, 530 A.D., Kobad’s successor,
457

until at least the end of the tenth century, when Baghdad
replaced it as the center of medical teaching. The greatest impetus to the school was given by the most famous of the Sassanian kings, Nushirwan, called Adil, or the Just. He not only gave the Nestorian teachers in
the school every advantage and encouragement, but he
increased the prestige of the institution by welcoming to
it the Greek Neo-Platonists from the school of Athens,
when it was closed in 529 A.D. It became, during Nushirwan’s long reign of forty-eight years, the greatest intellectual center of the time. Within its walls Greek, Jewish, Nestorian, Persian and Hindu thought and experience were freely exchanged, but the Nestorian teachers were the most prominent and the teaching was done largely in Syriac or Aramaic, because the texts of the Greeks, Persians, Jews and Hindus were translations in that language. It was during Nushirwan’s long reign that Pahlawi literature reached its zenith. He ordered the historical annals of Persia to be compiled and from the material collected the greatest Persian epic was composed by the poet Firdausi at the end of the tenth century. Under the great king’s aegis Persian translations were made of Plato and Aristotle.

Nushirwan became the hero of story and song by later
historians and poets who lauded his wisdom and justice,
for he is always spoken of as Nushirwan Adil, the Just.
In Sa’di’s Gulistan”8 there is a simple tale, in Persian, typical of his justice, one of the many in the Book of Kings. It reads: They have related that at a hunting ground they were roasting the game for Nushirwan, the Just, but there was no salt. A slave was dispatched to a village for the needed seasoning. Nushirwan said, “Be sure that you obtain the salt at a price, that a bad custom be not established and the village be not ruined.” They asked, “What loss could come from such a trifle?” He replied, “The origin of tyranny in the world was small at first; others have added to it, till it has reached its present state.” Stanzas: 1. If the King were to eat one apple from
the orchard of a subject, his slaves would pluck up the
459
tree by its roots. 2. For five eggs which the Sultan might deem lawful plunder, his army would run through a thousand fowls with spits.

To return to the Great School: Opposite it was built
the famous hospital, the Bimaristan, a Persian name used
subsequently for all the great hospitals in Baghdad, Damascus and Cairo which the Arabs copied from this model
in Gondi-Sapor. Describing this hospital Ibn-al-Qifti19
says (Quoted from Ahmed Issa Bey20):

“They [the physicians] made rapid progress in the science, developed new methods in the treatment of disease along pharmacological lines, to the point that their therapy was judged superior to that of the Greeks and the Hindus. Furthermore these physicians adopted the scientific methods of other peoples and modified them by their own discoveries. They elaborated medical laws and recorded the work that had been developed.

In the twentieth year of Nushirwan’s reign the physicians
of Gondi-Sapor convened by order of the sovereign
to discuss diversified scientific subjects. Their debates were recorded. This memorable seance was presided over by Gibrail Dorostbad, the special physician to the King, assisted by the Sofistai and their colleagues, by Yohanna and a large number of other physicians.

During several centuries the School and Bimaristan of
Gondi-Sapor held first place in the world of Medicine and Science. It was from among their students that Persia, Iraq and Syria recruited their physicians. Pupils from all nationalities gathered in Gondi-Sapor for instruction. Furthermore the Islamic conquerors did not hesitate to call into service the physicians trained in this school.”

The Prophet and the first Khalifs were treated by
Harith Ibn Kalada el Thakafi and by his son Nadr Ibn
Harith, graduates of Gondi-Sapor. The Ummayad Khalifs
were cared for by Ibn Uthal, a Christian practitioner of Gondi-Sapor, and other diplomates of that school. The trust confided in the school of Gondi-Sapor and its graduates was deserved primarily for its eminence and the renown of the faculty and the ability of its graduates. But there was one factor, little appreciated in the coming of the Nestorians to the Persian school, and that had to do with the excommunication and banishment of the Nestorians from the orthodox Catholic church. The denial of the Motherhood of God in Mary appealed to both the Persian Zoroastrians and to the later conquerors, the Mohammedans, but especially the latter. In what is almost the last Sura of the Qu’ran, the one hundred and twelfth, entitled “The Unity,” four short sentences sum up the denial of the Trinity and of the Virgin Birth:

1. Say, He Allah, is one.
2. Allah is He on whom all depend.
3. He begets not, nor is he begotten.
4. And none else is like unto Him.
It was the third line of this Sura, in the rich melodious
Arabic “Lam Yalid wa lam Yulad” which set the Nestorians
apart from other Christian infidels and gave them
special favor in the eyes of the prophet and his succeeding Khalifs. From this Nestorian community, educated and wise in the medical science of that era above all others, the nascent and virile Arabs eagerly sought their earliest and their later training in Greek and Galenic medicine, and rekindled that torch of ancient learning with the whirlwind of their newly awakened interest and enthusiasm for learning.

From Gondi-Sapor went a long line of distinguished
physicians: the famous family of the Bakhtishfis, the
Meshus or the Mesue, to mention only two renowned families, to Baghdad, to Damascus, to Cairo where they organized famous hospitals, modeled after the great Bimaristan of that Persian city. For a most interesting account of these Bimaristans, their buildings, their teaching clinics with in- and out-patient buildings, with medical, surgical, orthopedic and ophthalmological services, all copies of the
famous hospital in Gondi-Sapor, the reader is recommended to study the monograph of Dr. Alhmed Issa Bev20 on the hospitals of the Islamic period. It is a most surpris-
461
ing and illuminating exposition and proof that Arabian
medicine made full use of the lore handed down through
the Nestorians.

In the preparation of this paper the author has consulted
original sources in Latin, Syriac, Arabic and Persian
but he wishes to express his indebtedness to Sarton’s
“Introduction to the History of Science,” Carter’s “Invention of Printing in China,” Ahmed Issa Bey’s “Histoire des Bimaristan,” and especially to Professor Philip K. Hitti of Princeton University for his many suggestions and constructive criticism.

REFERENCES
1. Sarton, G. Introduction to the History of Science. 1927, 1:15.
2. Eusebius. Excerpta, p. 179.
3. Barhebraeus. Quoted by Assemani in Biblioth. Orient., Rome, 1728,
Vol. 3 pt. II, p. 425. (Assemani was a Maronite, from Lebanon, who
lived in the eighteenth century, and was called to Rome. He introduced
Syriac literature to the Catholic scholars in the Vatican. Barhebraeus
was the great Assyrian historian of the thirteenth century.)
4. Noeldeke. In Gutschmid’s Memoire entitled: Untersuchungen uber die
Geschichte des Kbnigreichs Osrhoene.
5. Duval. Histoire d’Edesse. J. Asiatique, 8th s., Vol. 18.
6. Eusebius. The Legend of Abgar. Histoires Ecclesiastiques. I, chap. 13.
7. Carter, T. F. The Invention of Printing in China and Its Spread Westward.
Columbia Univ. Press, 1925.
8. Laufer, B. Table of Contents, Sino-Iranica. Chicago, 1919.
9. Assemani. Biblioth. Orientalis. I, 406.
10. Sarton, G. E. Introduction to the History of Science. 1927, 1:477.
11. Carus, P. The Nestorian Monument. Chicago Open Court Publ., 1919;
also Von Holm, F. My Nestorian Adventure in China.
12. Assemani. Biblioth. Orientalis. 1:352; 3: pt. II, 429; Patr. Orient.,
7: 128.
13. Sarton, G. Introduction to the History of Science. 1927, 1:400; 423; 425.
14. Assemani. Biblioth. Orientalis. 2:398; 4:43; 44; 421.
15. Chronique de Seert: Patr. Orient., 7:128.
16. Rawlinson, H. Notes on a march from Zohab through Khuzistan to
Kermanshah in the year 1836. J. Roy. Geog. Soc., 9:71-72.
17. Layard, A. H. A description of the province of Khuzistan. J. Roy.
Geog. Soc., 16:86.
18. Sheikh Sddi. Gulistan. Book I, Tale xx.
19. Ibn-al-Qifti. Toi rikh al-Hukama, p. 148. Quoted by Ahmed Issa Bey
(cf. ref. 20).
20. Ahmed Issa Bey. Histoires des Bimaristans A l’Ptpoque Islamique.
Cairo, 1928. Discourse prononc6 au Congres International de Medecine
Tropical et d’Hygeine, tenu au Caire, Decembre, 1928.

نينوى وبابل في ابان مجدهما

$
0
0

pastedGraphic.pdf

 

بعد أن تقلص ظل الحكم الكوسي من بابل سنة 1169 ق . م حدث أن نور الحياة ومض فيه وقتاً قصيراً الا أنه عاد فتضاءل أمام الأنوار الوهًاجة التي أنبعثت من نهضة الدولة الآشورية في الشمال

كان الآشوريون والبابليون من أرومة واحدة . ولكن إتصال الأولين بالشعوب الشمالية هذّب شيئاً من عقليتهم ولغتهم وأورثهم قساوة في طباعهم . ولم تكن نشأتهم مكمّلة لنشأة البابليين بل كانت موازية لها سائرة معها جنباً الى جنب . ويمكننا أن نحصر صفات الآشوريين في كلمة واحدة وهي ” المقدرة ” فقد كانوا يقومون بكل أعمالهم ومشاريعهم بجد ونشاط مراعين في سائر نواحيها منتهى الدقة الزائدة . ومقدرتهم هذه على تحمل المشقات واقتحام المصاعب التي بلغت منهم مبلغ العبقرية هي التي ساعدتهم على تأسيس دولة عظيمة . ولكن يجب الا ننسى أن تكوين هذه الدولة نفسه أدى الى فنائهم ، وذلك لتشتتهم وتفرقهم في أنحائها وهكذا زالت دولتهم سريعاً دون أن تخلف وراءها شيئاً من مجدها

ان مدنية الآشوريين في الشمال لهي مديونة بالشيء الكثيرة لمدنية البابليين في الجنوب لدرجة يصعب معها التمييز بين العادات الخاصة بكل من هاتين الأمتين . فقد انتقلت معظم الآداب البابلية الى المكاتب الآشورية كميراث شرعي ، وكانت الثقافة الدينية في نينوى وكلح وآشور متّسمة بسمات الطقوس والأشعار والأناشيد البابلية

أخذ الآشوري عقيدته في تكوين العالم والخليقة عن البابلي ، انما أحلّ فيها الإله القومي ” آشور ” محل الإله البابلي ” مردوخ ” صاحب الدور الأعظم في الخليقة والتكوين وعلى النظريات البابلية بنى معارفه . وممّا تقدم يتضح لنا أن حضارة الآشوريين وحضارة البابليين هما حضارتان شقيقتان مرتبطتان بأوثق الصلات فلا غروَ اذاً إن استعنا بالمصادر البابلية على تحليل الحياة الاشورية

بلغت الدولة الآشورية أوج مجدها الذهبي في القرن السابع قبل الميلاد فكانت جحافلها قد اجتازت شرقاً المرتفعات التي تخترق الحدود الفارسية متجهة نحو مادي ورجعت بأسلاب اللازورد وغيرها من الأحجار الكريمة وتوغلت في كيليكية وفينيقية حيث أتشح أفرادها بالأرجوان الفينيقي ومن هناك عبروا البحر الى قبرص واخيراً أمتدت فتوحاتهم الى ابي الهول فكان الانتصار تاجاً لظفرهم

ولما كان لكل دولة عمر ولكل نهضة أجل محدود أخذت الدولة الآشورية تنحدر عن قمة عظمتها شيئاً فشيئاً فمال نجم جبروتها نحو الأفول ، وفي سنة 612 ق . م اذن عليها مؤذن الختام : فطرد البابليون والماديون البقية الباقية من تلك الدولة العظيمة الى ما وراء الدجلة – الى حرّان وخلفوها في الحكم لمدة ثلاثة أرباع القرن كانوا في خلالها دول الأرض العظمى . وهكذا تنعمت بابل بلذة الحكم في أيام ملكيها نابو فلاّصر ونابو خدناصر غير أن هذه النهضة لم تدم طويلاً بل سقطت أمام شوكة الفرس وذلك سنة 539 ق . م ومن العوامل التي أدت الى تقصير عمر هذه النهضة دسائس الكهنة الذين كانوا يعملون لمصالحهم الشخصية فيسلمون مقاليد الحكم الى ملوك عاجزين عن إدارة المملكة وآخر ما كان من سياستهم الخرقاء هذه تنصيبهم الملك نابونيدس المعروف بالاثري الضعيف الرأي والفاتر الهمّة

سقطت بابل سنة 535 ق . م في أيدي الفرس فاقدة استقلالها لكنها لم تعدم اسراً بابلية ظلت لمدة 500 سنة متمسكة بتقاليدها الجنسية والدينية والأدبية تمسكاً وثيقاً يدلنا على شدة محافظة البابليين على التقاليد القديمة ويرينا أسباب بطآء حضارتهم الزاهرة

أصبحت ( نينوى ) مدينة الملوك العظام ، ومعقل القوة الهائلة عاصمة للدولة الآشورية في أواخر القرن الثامن قبل الميلاد . وكانت نينوى سليلة أسرة من العواصم ، أدارت دفة الحكم قبلها بزمن مديد . فكانت العاصمة في بادئ الأمر في مدينة ( آشور ) التي تبعد مسافة يومين من نينوى الى جهة الجنوب ثم انتقلت منها الى مدينة ( كلج ) الواقعة على بعد يوم الى الجهة الجنوبية من نينوى . وهذه سلمت زمـام الحكم الى شقيقتها ( نينوى ) يوم كان تيار الأمة الجارف متجهاً نحو الشمال لا يحول دونه حائل

كان سور ( نينوى ) البالغ طوله 8 أميال يحيط بأكمتين عاليتين تزدان قمتاهما بجلال الهياكل والقصور الفخمة وكان الملك يشرف من أعالي قصره على شوارع المدينة المزدحمة ويجيل بطرفه في الأفق من الشمال والشرق فيرى سفوح الجبال والشرق المكلّلة بالثلج في فصل الشتاء ومع أن طقس نينوى في الصيف يماثل طقس المنطقة الحارة كانت ترتدي احياناً حلّة بيضاء من الثلوج عند اشتداد البرد في زمن الشتاء . والناظر الى الغرب كان يشاهد حقول القمح الواسعة الأطراف ممتدة على ضفة دجلة المنساب في كنف المدينة ذلك النهر العظيم البعيد الغور في أيام فيضانه والقريب القعر في أيام القيظ . وفي الصيف كانت ترى المدينة الرابضة بين حقول القمح الفسيحة الأطراف المنتشرة في السهول الخصيبة الأكناف كجزيرة يحيطها بحر من الزمرّد الموشّى بألوان زاهية من زهور الشقيق القرمزي والخشخاش ، يهب من فوقها نسيم عليل تعبقت أردانه بالعطور المنبعثة من زهر البرسيم

وعلى الأكمة الشمالية المسماة اليوم ( قيونجق ) قامت أفخم المباني الشاهقة التي كانت تناطح السحاب بعلوها . فكان في الزاوية الشمالية منها قصر لآشور بانيبال محازياً لهيكل الإله ( نبو ) ، وفي الزارية الجنوبية قصـر آخر لسنحاريب على مقـربة من هيكل ( عشتاروت ) وفي الناحية الشرقية منها قام قصر صغير لسنحاريب على مرتفع شاهق مطلٍ على نهر الخوصر

وكانت الأكمة الجنوبية التي تعرف اليوم ( بنبي يونس ) على بعد ميل من الأكمة الشمالية عليها قصر فخم لأسرحدون

ان هيام ملوك الآشوريين بالفنون الجميلة كان بالغاً أقصى درجاته وبالجملة فقد كانوا من الفئة التي تستجمع وتدمـر جهود الانسان الفنية لتزين في الطبيعة ما قد أهملته هي . وهوذا أحدهم سنحاريب الذي كان توّاقاً للإبداع لمّا رأى قصره القديم القائم في القسم الجنوبي من الأكمة غير لائق بعظمته أحبّ أن يخلد له اثراً نفسياً فعزم على جعل قصره بهجة القصور وآية في الفن والاتقان ودوّن خلاصة ما عمله على قطع من الآجر ليقرأها من يأتي بعده

فأول عمل أتاه أنه أمر في تجديد الأسس المتقوضة من مجرى صغير كانت قد تسربت المياه اليها ثم طلب الى رؤساء التسخير أن يأتوه بجموع من الفعلة والعمال من الشعوب المستعبدة كالكلدانيين والآراميين والكيليكيين فحملوا على ظهورهم المتصببة عرقاً الطين اللازم لصنع الآجر وهدموا القصر القديم محولين مجرى النهر الطامي ليملأوا قاعه حتى يرتفع عن مستواه القديم . ومن ثم جاء بالعمال والصناع لصقل ونقش أنواع الأخشاب والعاج والرخام من المقاطع القريبة ونقشوا الجدران وجعلوا تماثيل الأسد الحجرية في نحاس البواب . ورسموا مثلها على خزائن الملك ثم أنشأ حديقة غنّاء اكسبت الأكمة منظراً يماثل منظر ( جبال أمانوس ) الواقعة فوق اسكندرونة التي منها يأتي الأرز الجميل . ولم يكتف بكل هذا بل وسّع نهر ( الخوصر ) بجداول جرّها من الآكام وأفرغ مجراه في حالة يسهل معها سقي السهول سقياً مستمراً وحفر بحيرة ليصب فيها ماء النهر بعد أن زرع القصب على شواطئها لتأوي اليها قطعان الخنازير وأسراب اللقالق وأخيراً زرع ما يسمونه (شجرة القطن) العجيبة او ( شجرة الصوف ) لتجز كالأغنام وتصنع من منتوجاتها الأقمشة ورمّم السور المحيط بالمدينة وفتح فيه خمسة عشر باباً بين جديد وعتيق ومرمّم . وهكذا أصبحت نينوى كاملة لا ينقصها شيء . وقد دوّن الحفارون هذه الأعمال كلها في وثائق لتبقى شاهدة على ما بلغه المهندس الآشوري من البراعة في الفن اذا ما خربت نينوى يوماً ما وبادت من الوجود

ان مقاطع الرخام التي كانت تمدّ ملوك الآشوريين بكميات لا تنضب كانت ولا شك موضوع غيرة البابليين الذين عدموا كنزاً كهذا حتى أنه بعد سقوط نينوى 612 ق.م  وانقراض قومية الآشوريين بينما كانت بابل تتسلق قمم العظمة والمجد وبينما كان نبوخذ نصر يحاول بكل جهده ان يجعل عاصمته مستحقة القول المأثور ( ان بابل نخلة والثمرة في اعلاها حلوة لذيذة ) حتى بعد هذا كله لم يكن لدى تلك المدينة ما تفاخر به من الأحجار المنقوشة التي كانت تبهج ملوك الآشوريين . ولا يعلم السبب في عدم حصولهم على هذه الأحجار هل كان ذلك ناجماً عن إهمال المقاطع أم متأتياً عن صعوبة نقل الحجارة الضخمة الى بابل على شلالات دجلة . وكل الحفريات الحديثة تدل على أن الجنوب لم يوفق سوى في الأحجار الكلسيّة ( والبريتشا ) التي جلبها من أعالي الفرات

ومن هنا يتّضح لنا الفرق المحسوس بين المدينتين البابلية والآشورية فقد برع الفنان النينوي في حفر ونقش صفائح الرخام التي كانت تزيد في جلال جدران القصور أما النحات البابلي فنظراً لفقدان هذا النوع من الحجر من بلاده لم يتقدم في معارج الفن بل اكتفى بتقليد زميله النينوي ومحاكاته في تصاوير الثيران ورسوم العنقاء بنقش بارزٍ على قطع الآجر واللبن خالية من الزخارف وكان يطليها ليزين بها واجهات القصور

ولما كان فقدان الحجر قد غلّ يد الملك البابلي عن اتيان الزخارف ، أخذ على نفسه أن يجعل مدينته المحبوبة مثالاً للبساطة ويقيمها رمزاً لظفر الآجر والزعفران والكهرب منافساً بتلك الأكوام القائمة من قطع الآجر العارية عن كل زينة ملوك نينوى الذين خصهم حسن حظهم بالحجر

واننا لنشاهد حتى اليوم آثار تلك البساطة بادية على الاطلال التي عصت على مرور الأيام فبقيت ماثلة للعيان تبعث في النفوس ذلك الوحي المؤثر الذي كان يبعثه جلال أبنية في منتهى الفخامة مشيدة من آجر بسيطٍ

كانت بابل رابضة في بقعة من الارض يبلغ محيطها 11 ميلاً تحرسها من جهاتها الثلاث أسوار شاسعة ما عدا الغريبة منها فإنها كانت محميّة بنهر كشقيقتها نينوى وكان في الجهة الشمالية من المدينة الرابية المعروفة اليوم ببابل  (Babil) ) وعلى قمتها قصر يؤخذ من آثاره أنه كان لنبوخذ نصر وفي وسطها قام مجموع كبير من الأبنية والهياكل الفخمة بينها قصر عظيم للملك وبوابة ( عشتاروت  Ishtar) المزدوجة الشهيرة تناطح السماء بعلوّها الشاهق التي لم يزل ارتفاعها حتى الآن يبلغ 40 قدماً مزينة بتسع صفوف من الصور البارزة للتنانين والثيران الحارسة . والى الجنوب قام برج هائل عظيم فاق كل ما حوله من الأبنية علواً يدعى ( اي – تيمن – ان – كي E – temen – an – ki  ) وهو برج بابل الحقيقي التي حامت حوله التقاليد القديمة وكان مربع الشكل يبلغ طول إحدى جوانب من قاعدته 1362 قدماً

ان نبوخذ ناصر في بابل وسنحاريب في نينوى كلاهما عملا بطريقة خاصة على ما يبهج النظر غير أنه لم يكن لا لهذا ولا لذاك شيء من عبقرية آشور بانيبال الذي جمع بين ما تقرّ برؤيته العيون وترتاح اليه الخواطر وتكاد أهمية قصره – القائم في منتصف الأكمة الشمالية في نينوى – تتضاءل بازاء المشروع العظيم الذي تمّ عن يده ، وهو جمع ( مكتبة مسمارية ) حوت من جميع أصناف المؤلفات مكتوبة على قطع الآجر في مواضيع مختلفة ما عدا أناشيد الحب والروايات التمثيلية غير المصطبغة بصبغة الخرافات . فكان فيها قواميس متنوعة وتراتيل وتعاويذ ضد الأبالسة وكتب طقوس تشرح بإسهاب ما يجب على الكاهن عمله في الهيكل وأشعار قصصية مطولة يدور البحث فيها حول تكوين العالم وطواف البطل ( جلغامش ) واختطاف النسر الأميرة ( هيتانا ) الى السماء وترحاب الديان السموي ( بآدابا ) من أجل كسره جناح الريح الجنوبية . أضف الى ذلك رسائل في الكيمياء تعرّف الكيماوي كيفية صنع الزجاج وتلوينه مع وصفات طبية ونبذ في العيافة وفصول في التنجيم وسجلات احصاء وتواريخ على اسطوانات كبيرة وعقود ورسائل أخرى تعد بالمئات

وقد وصل الينا نسختان محفوظتان من كتاب بعث به آشور بانيبال الى أحد عماله يخوله فيها حق التفتيش على سائر أنواع الكتب الممكن اقتناؤها من أي مكتبة مسمارية كانت في جواره جاء فيه : ” لا يمسك أحد عنك لوحة واذا عثرت على لوحة أو رقية مما لم أذكره أنا لك وكانت صالحة لمكتبتي خذها وأرسلها لي “

وكان أعظم سروره أن يقتني الكتب وقد نجح في جمعها نجاحاً باهراً نستدل على ذلك من قطع آجر يربو عددها عن العشرة آلاف قطعة عثر عليها المنقبون مبعثرة في أطراف الأكمة الكبرى وهي من بقايا تلك المكتبة فحملوا معظمها الى المتحف البريطاني حيث لا تزال محفوظة الى الآن . وأكثر المعلومات التي وصلتنا عن الآشوريين هي مستقاة من هذه المكتبة التي عليها عولنا في مقالنا هذا

كان آشور بانيبال شديد الاعجاب بتهذيبه الذي استغرق وقتاً طويلاً كما يؤخذ من أقواله عن نفسه . ففضلاً عن التربية البدنية التي هي من خواص الرجولية فقد مهر ، على ما رواه ، في الرماية بالقوس وركوب الخيل وسوق المركبة ومسك الزمام وأدعى أنه وقف على خفايا كنوز الأدب وتوفّق الى حل مسائل رياضية عجز الغابرون عن حلها قبله . ومع قطع النظر عما اذا كان دعاؤه هذا صحيحاً او فارغاً ، فنحن نعلم أن حبه للكتب هو الذي دفعه لجمع هذه المكتبة التي تعد من أعجب مكاتب العالم . مع هذا فإن جمعه لهذه الكتب لم يكن سوى ولع به وميل من ميوله التي كان يخفف بها أعباء الملك الملقاة على عاتقه

كان الملك وهو على رأس الدولة مثالاً للاستبداد . غير أن استبداد هذا لم يكن مطلقاً بل كان مقيداً ببعض القيود الدينية التي كان لها التأثير الأعظم على ( العقلية السامية ) في سائر أدوارها . فكان من عادته أن يستشير الآلهة في الأمور الحربية الهامة املاً بالحصول على رضاهم وتعطفهم الموحى به على لسان الكهنة . وكما أن الأنبياء الاسرائيليين كانوا قادرين على صد ملوكهم عن اتباع سياسة غير رشيدة في الشؤون الخارجية كذلك الكهنة عند الآشوريين فقد كان في وسعهم ان يميلوا نوايا الملك السياسية الى أي جهة أرادوا لكونهم المعبّرين عن أفكار الآلهة

وأما شؤون الدولة فكان يديرها حكام محليون يقيمون في الولايات وقد ترتب على عاتقهم كثير من الواجبات والمسؤوليات . ومن المرجح أن وظيفة الحكام كانت كثيرة الشبه بوظيفة ( الوالي التركي ) في العراق قبل نشوب الحرب الكبرى . وكان الشعب منقسماً الى ثلاث طبقات : ( 1ً ) طبقة الاشراف ومنها كانت تنتخب أمراء الجيوش وموظفي الدولة . ( 2ً ) طبقة نقابات الصناع والكتبة والفخّاريين والنحّاسين ولكل من هذه النقابات حي خاص بها في مختلف المدن . ( 3ً ) طبقة العامة وكان لأفراد هذه الطبقة من الحقوق ما يخفّف عنها فقرها

ومتى علمنا أن جانباًَ كبيراً من الأهلين في ذلك الدور كان ينتمي الى أصل أجنبي وأن أكثر الولايات البعيدة كانت بلاداً مغلوبة على أمرها تدار وتحكم بقوة السيف ، أتضح لنا أن مسؤولية الحاكم كانت مضاغفة وكان يحضر الى مكتبه كالوالي التركي ويصغي الى أقوال لا حدّ لها من رؤساء عمّاله فيلخّص ما يراه مهماً من هذه المعروضات ويرفعه في تقرير للحكومة المركزية باسم الملك

وكثيراً ما فرضت الجزية على مقاطعة أحد هؤلاء الحكام كما فرضت على مقاطعة (حرّان) فأدتها هذه من محصولات البساتين والحدائق ومزارع ( الصرباطوSarbatu  ) وغابات البلوط الذي ثمره العفص المستعمل في الدباغة . وعند حدوث حرب صغيرة في احدى الولايات البعيدة كان يفرض على الأهلين تقديم الخيل

كانت قيادة الجيش الأسمية بيد الملك الذي كان ينزل في أغلب الاحيان بنفسه الى ساحات الحرب . وان تخلف عن النزول كان ينتدب لتولي القيادة العامة ابنه ( ولي العهد ) او القائد الاكبر المسمى عندهم ( تورتانو Tur-tan-nu  ) ولم تزل الرسائل التي بعث بها سنحاريب لما كان أميراً فتياً يقود الجيوش على الحدود الشمالية الى أبيه سرجون موجودة وهي تتضمن خلاصة الأنباء التي تمكن من التقاطها من أتباعه ومن رجال القبائل المحلية . ومما لا ريب فيه ان الآشوريين كانوا بارعين في تجسس الأخبار التي تعد من أصعب المهام الحربية وأن دوائر الاستعلامات والاستخبارات عندهم كانت قديرة جداً في تأدية وظيفتها

تعبئة الجيش :  كان الجيش مؤلفاً من قسمين : ( 1ً ) الجنود النظامية ( 2ً ) القوى الوطنية (الرديف) . وكانت هذه الجيوش منقسمة الى فرق ومفرزات شتى بحسب أنواعها . فمنها فرق المركبات والفرسان والمشاة ومفرزات الانشاءات والحصار . وكانت الجيوش النظامية تحاكي بأرديتها العسكرية ومناطقها وخوذها وتنانيرها وأحذيتها العالية فرق الانكشارية في الدولة العثمانية . وكانت تؤلف الحرس الملكي الخاص وانحصرت وظيفتها في أيام السلم في مراقبة الاسرى المشتغلين في الأبنية الملكية وحفظ النظام حول الساحة التي كان يصطاد فيها مولاها الملك الاسود بقرب المدينة . وعند نشوب حرب كانت القوى الوطنية تستدعي لحمل السلاح . وامتازت هذه القوى بخوذها المخروطية الشكل

اما فصيلة المشاة فكانت تتألف عادةً من 25 صفاً مقسومة الى خمسة أقسام على رأس كل منها عريف . وكانت الصفوف تسير خماس والصف مؤلف من رامٍ ورماح يحمل ترساً ولم يكن هذا الاخير يفترق عن زميله مهما تضعفت وحدات القطعة من هول المعركة

ان تجهيز الحملات كان يعدّ أمراً هاماً عند ملوك الآشوريين أانفسهم ذوي العساكر المدربة . وكانت تسبق الحملة إشاعات عن اضطراب حبل الامن على الحدود تحملها رجال القوافل فيتناقلها عامة الشعب بعد أن يبالغوا فيها فتأخذ في الازدياد والنمو وتكثر إذ ذاك أحاديث السخط والتذمر ومعظم هذه الأحاديث كانت تدور حول عصيان قبيلة ثائرة تمنعت عن تأدية الجزية أو عن اداء إحدى الأمم المجاورة . وهكذا تظل الاشاعات متداولة على الألسنة حتى تستعلم الحكومة من عمالها القريبين من منطقة الخطر عن حقيقة الأمر وهؤلاء كانوا يوفدون الجواسيس الى مقر الثوار للوقوف على جليّة الحال ومن ثم يرفعون تقريراً مسهباً على لوحة يسردون فيها ما تمكنوا من الوقوف عليه من الأخبار كحدوث إتحاد بين الأعداء ضد سلامة الدولة وإمكان نشوب الحرب مع تفاصيل عن القوى التي يمكن للأعداء تجهيزها وإيفادها الى ميادين الحرب وكان هذا التقرير يتناقله السعاة في محطات مختلفة حتى يوصلوه الى الملك

ونستدل من اللوحات الباقية حتى الآن أن الملك كان يستولي عليه اضطراب عند نشوء الحرب فيبادر الى سؤال الآلهة عما اذا كان سيرجع حياً من هذه الحرب فيعود الى تجواله في أرجاء قصره في نينوى ويظل مضطرباً حتى يأتيه الكاهن بجواب مريح من الآلهة فيطمئن باله وعلاوة على هذا يخبره بأن أحد مشاهير الكهنة قد عثر على علامة تدعو الى التفاؤل بالخير وهي أن خنزيرة قد وضعت خنوصاً مزدوجاً بثمانية أرجل واذنين ولما كان في هذه الولادة الشاذة دليل قاطع على انتصار الملك على أعدائه كانت تحفظ بالملح وترسل الى البلاط ليزداد بها الملك اطمئناناً

وعلى هذه الصورة كانت تتضاعف قوى الجنود المعنوية فتشاهد الجنود النظامية على استعداد تام وترى وحدات القوى الوطنية مجهزة بالخيل والمركبات وكلها على أهبة الرحيل فكانت تتعالى إذ ذاك أصوات عويل النساء في شوارع نينوى فيأخذون في البكاء وقرع الصدور ولطم الوجوه حزناً على رحيل أزواجهنّ ومهج نفوسهنَّ

ومن ثم تخرج مركبة الملك فتسير على أرصفة المدينة بقرقعة وهي بعيدة عن غبار الجنود تتبعها مركبات الامتعة اللازمة لراحته وكان يرافق الملك رئيس ديوانه لتدوين أخبار الحملة فيصف شجاعة الملك وكيف أنه ترجّل وحمل في محفّة على الأكتاف عند سفوح الجبال وكيف لما تعذر السير على هذه الطريقة تسلق على أقدامه العقاب وكيف روى غليله من قربة الجلد

ومتى اعترض طريق الجند نهر ، كانوا يلجأون اولاً الى إله النهر فيستعطفونه بإلقاء تقدمات لائقة الى أمواجه لكيلا يأخذ جزية من أرواح البواسل الذين يعبرونه . ومن ثم يشرع البناؤون من الجنود في أنشاء جسور عائمة من أرماث جلدية واما الأشداء من أفراد الجيش فكانوا يجتازونه سباحة على عوّامات من الجلد

كان اعتماد الآشوريين في تموين الجيش وامداده بالذخائر على سلب الفلاحين ونهبهم في البلاد التي يجتازونها شأن غيرهم من الجيوش الشرقية فكانت ترسل مفرزات من الجند الى القرى المجاورة للتفتيش عن اهراء القمح المخبوءة في جوف الارض

واذا ما صار الجيش على بعد رمية سهم من العدو يُعسكر في محلة محصنة بالابراج والقلاع تُضرب فيها الخيام لإتقاء حرارة الشمس أو مطر الشتاء وريحه فيدخلها آمناً مع كامل معداته وذخائره . وكان يُشاد الديوان الملكي في أمنع بقعة من المحلة ويجهز تجهيزاً كاملاً لا ينقصه شيء حتى من أصنامه وهياكله . وأما العدو فكان يحتشد في حصون مدينته هازئاً من وراء قلاعه المنيعة بالمهاجمين فيحيط اذ ذاك رماة السهام بأسوار المدينة احاطة السوار بالمعصم مستخفين بجبن أعدائهم ويأخذون في رشق الاعداء بنبالهم من وراء مجان قوية بينما الرماة بالمقاليع يمطرون المحاصرين من بعيد بوابل من القذائف . !

ولا يمر كثيراً على هذه الحال حتى تتقدم المجانيق وغيرها من آلات الهدم والتخريب لدك أبواب المدينة دكاً وعبثاً كان يحاول اذ ذاك المهاجمون المساكين صدّ أعمال المجانيق أو عرقلتها بالسلاسل . وفي هذه الآونة كانت تنسل فصيلة من الجنود البنّائين الى مقربة من الأسوار وتأخذ في نزع الآجر من الأسوار لفتح ثلمة يلج منها من يودّ أن يكون أول الداخلين الى المدينة قصد النهب والسلب . وفي تلك الساعة الرهيبة كان يحلّ البلاء ويزول الرجاء فتبدو علائم النصر والظفر في جانب الآشوريين وترتفع عندئذٍ الأصوات صارخةً أحرقوا المدن ! أنزلوا الويل بالمدينة والحقل ! لأن الويل للمغلوب ! ولا تسل عما يحدث بعدئذٍ من الفظائع . زعماء وقوات يعذبون ، ثائرون يعدمون ، نساء حسان تخطف ، ومن تبقى من الأهلين يبعد الى إيالة بعيدة لإتقاء شرهم فيسود النهب والسلب والحرق ويرجع الظافرون بالأسلاب التي جمعها المغلوبون التعساء بكدّ وجد في أيام الرخاء ولا عجب في ذلك كله لان هذا جزاء من يحاول ان يسخط الاله آشور والآلهة عشتاروت العظيمة !

كان الملك الآشوري ينظر الى الحرب والصيد نظره الى اللهو والسلوى فيختار احدهما اذا ما شعر بحاجة الى الانشراح وقت الفراغ

أجل ان صيد الاسود في الساحة المجاورة لجنائن القصر كان عند الملك من أهم بواعث السرور العظيم في أيام السلم واذا كان الكريتيون يسرّون بمصارعة الثيران فالآشوريون كانوا يؤثرون الاسود على غيرها في ألعاب الميدان

ومتى خطر على بال الملك الصيد كان ينتشر حرس مسلح حول الساحة لإخلائها وحجز الاسود في نطاقها ومن ثم كان يؤتى بالوحوش في أقفاص ويطلق سراحها بعد ما يكون الملك قد تهيأ في مركبته أو أمتطى جواده معداً للأمر عدته . وقد أراد أحد المصورين الملاّقين ان يظهر سيده آشور بانيبال بمظهر القوة الدالة على عافية تامة فصوره ماسكاً بيده ذنب اسد … ومتى فرغ الملك من الصيد كانت تجمع الأشلاء لتقدم ذبيحة الشكران على هذه السلوى العظيمة الى الآلهة عشتاروت

وعند هذا الحد نكتفي من البحث عن القتل وسفك الدماء منتقلين الى شؤون وأعمال الآشوريين السلمية فنقول

دونت الشرائع في آشور في الجيل الثاني عشر او الثالث عشر قبل المسيح . ويؤخذ من المعلومات التي وصلتنا عنها انه لم يكن بينها وبين الشرائع البابلية وجه الشبه الا فيما ندر . ويلاحظ ان قانون العقوبات في آشور كان اشد صرامةً مما في شقيقتها بابل فالآشوري التعس التي سولت له النفس بمخالفة القانون كان عرضة لأشد أنواع العقوبات كالاعدام والبتر على اختلاف أنواعه والجلد والاشغال الشاقة في مباني الملك والجزاء النقدي وقدره وزنتان من الرصاص . أما القضايا التي تتطلب تحقيقاً فكان يناط بأمرها الى محاكم مؤلفة من حاكم البلد وبعض الأعيان فتنظر في القضية وتصدر الحكم فيها

كان أمام الشاب فضلاً عن خدمة الجيش ودرس الحقوق مجال واسع للعمل في سلك الكهنوت سيما اذا كان ذا نزعة خاصة لمهنة الكتابة . فيجد اذ ذاك أمامه فرصاً كثيرة للنجاح فعلم الفلك وفنون الادب والدين والطب والجراحة والكيمياء الطبية والفنون العالية كالهندسة كل هذه كانت ميسورة الحصول للطلاب من الكهنة فلم يكن إذ ذاك خوف على تقلص ظل سلطة كهنوتهم بسبب تعمقهم في ابحاث نيرة كهذه

وكانت أول الشروط الجوهرية التي يقتضي أن تتوفر في الشاب المرشح نفسه للانتظام في سلك الكهنوت ، أن يكون كامل الجسم ( اي خالياً من العاهات والأمراض ) وكان يبتدئ تهذيبه بتعلمه القراءة والكتابة المتقنة بالخط المسماري على ألواح من الآجر يتمرّن عليها بقلم من عظم فيكتب في بادئ الامر قوائم طويلة من العلامات والإشارات والرموز على النسق المعين له ومتى أستوفى حظه من ذلك يأخذ في نسخ بعض فصول معينة من الكتب

ان تعلم القراءة والكتابة لم يكن من الهنات الهينات كما يلوح لنا بل كان يستغرق عدة سنين يخصص القسم الأعظم منها لإتقان الخط الجميل الدقيق الذي كان يتنافس فيه الفنانون من الكتبة ولا يزال هذا النوع من الخط باقياً على الواح دينية كثيرة وهو في الغالب دقيق جداً تكاد تتعذر قراءته دون آلة مكبرة .

وكانت الخطوة الثانية في تهذيبه اشتراكه في طقوس الهيكل حيث يتعلم كيفية استعطاف الإله من سيره في الحفلات التي كان يقيمها الكهنة ويرأسها الملك في بعض الاحيان . وهناك في أجنحة الهيكل المظلمة على أصوات خوار الأبكار من البقر خارج الهيكل التي جيء بها لتقدم ذبيحة كان يتقدم الطالب المتمرن الى حضور تمثال الاله الممثّل بشكل انسان أمامه مائدة تئن مما عليها من أنواع الطعام وقاعدة تحمل ما لذّ وطاب من الشراب ومباخر عالية تفوح منها رائحة العطور المحترقة . فيتعلم الاوقات المناسبة للصلاة والركوع بحيث تلمس جبهته الارض وترتيل الأناشيد بصوت أخنّ على نغمات السنطير والقيثارة الدقيقة وقرع الطبول والرقص عند الحاجة

كان عدد الكهنة كثيراً وجميعهم من مختلف الطبقات والأجناس فمنهم من كان من الفئة التي تمارس إزالة التحريم عن الانسان وبعضهم من طبقة الرائين الذين كانوا يتنبأون عن المستقبل مستقين معلوماتهم في هذا الصدد من مجموعات قديمة في الفأل أو من الحوادث الممكن وقوعها أو من الشمس في السماء أو من بقية الحيوانات العائشة تحت الارض

وكان من خصائص الكهنة دائماً أن ينقذوا الانسان التعس من الأمراض أو من تأثيرات التحريم الشريرة . أما أسباب المرض عند الآشوريين فكانت كثيرة منها الأرواح الهائمة التي فقدت مأواها فحلّت في جسم انسان آخر وأخذت تعذبه وجوقات الأبالسة التي كانوا يعتقدون فيها أنها قادرة جميعها على التسلط على الانسان من ( لابارتو ) عدو الطفولة الخاص الى الشياطين السبعة الذين جاء وصفهم في رقيّة طويلة كانت تتلى على المرضى واليكها

هم سبعة ! هم سبعة !

في أعماق البحار هم وعددهم سبعة

ليسوا ذكوراً ولا أناثاً

بل هم الريح الهائمة

لا نسوة لهم ولا يلدون الأولاد

ولا يعرفون للرحمة معنى ولا للشفقة

كلا ولا يصغون للصلوات والتوسلات

 

وكان الآشوريون يعتقدون بأن هناك ارواحاً غير الأبالسة والأرواح الهائمة المذكورة نصفها إنسان ونصفها شيطان مولودة من أرواح دأبها امتصاص دماء الناس ليلاً . وعلاوة على هذا كانوا يعتقدون بأن السحرة والساحرات هم قادرون على سحر من يبغضون بالتعاويذ والعزائم وذلك بعمل تماثيل من الشمع لأعدائهم يضعون فيها شيئاً ممن يريدون سحره كشعرة منه أو قطعة من ثوبه أو بصاقه وهاك رقيّة من هذا النوع:

… هؤلاء الذين صنعوا لي صوراً

وجعلوها شبيهة بي

الذين قد نزعوا من شعري أو أخذوا من بصاقي

أو مزقوا من ردائي أو جمعوا الغبار المتساقط من رجلي . .. الخ

 

ومتى استدعي الكاهن لطرد ابليس كان يترتب عليه أن يُري هذا الخصم ( ابليس ) أنه يعلم أسمه وصفاته وجميع دخائل أمره ولذا كان يتلو جدولاً طويلاً بأسماء كل الأبالسة المعروفة حتى يوهم السامعين انه شخّص الابليس وعرفه تمام المعرفة ومن ثم كان يستعين بأحد الالهة على عدوه بتلاوة طلبه موجهة الى الإله مردوخ وآيا ويصف بعدئذٍ للمصاب وصفة لشفائه استمد لها قوة فعّالة من الالهة

ومن الطرق الشائعة في السحر الآشوري لطرد الارواح النجسة كانت تقديم الكفارة وذلك بتقديم شخص أو شيء يرغم ابليس على الدخول اليه بعد إخراجه من المصاب . ويجدر بنا بعد أن أتينا على وصف موجز لأعمال هؤلاء السحرة البعيدة كل البعد عن الطب الصحيح أن نقول كلمة في ما نحن مديونون به للكهنة الآشوريين في العلم

كان الكهنة مسؤلين قبل كل شيء عن حفظ مصباح الأدب منيراً ففضلاً عن درسهم وأبحاثهم وتنقيبهم في المخطوطات كانوا مكلفين بتأسيس مكتبة في الهيكل وكان البابليون الأتقياء يعدّون تقديم نسخة لهذه المكتبة اجراً وثواباً

ومن المؤكد أنه وجد مكتبة كهذه في هيكل ( نبو ) في نينوى ولا بد أن آشور بانيبال الهائم بحب الكتب كان يمدّها بالمؤلفات في أيامها الاخيرة وأننا مديونون بلا مراء في معظم معلوماتنا عن بابل لجهود الكهنة هذه ولا نرى مندوحة عن سرد شيء عن اكتشافاتهم في مختلف فروع العلم

اننا نجد آثار أول استقرائهم في العلم أساس كل اكتشاف صحيح في المعجمات البابلية القديمة التي يرجع عهدها للألف الرابع قبل المسيح وهذه المعجمات تحتوي على مفردات أسماء الآلهة والموظفين الرسميين وسائر الاشياء التي لها علاقة بالحياة اليومية وهي من تآليف كتبة مدينة شوروباك . ان هذه المقدرة على تبويب المفردات ووضع التحديدات الصحيحة لها لهي دليل قاطع على همّة عالية ولدت فيهم تدريجياً ملكة الملاحظة الدقيقة في البحوث والتجارب العلمية فوضعوا التعابير الدقيقة المختصرة في تآليفهم الأدبية وخاصة في الصكوك الرسمية

والحق يقال أن وضع المعاجم في أيام المتأخرين من ملوك بابل وآشور بلغ ذروة رفيعة يصحّ معها أن ندعو هذا العمل – وضع المعاجم – ولعاً هام به سكان الرافدين ولم يكن لإحدى الامم المعاصرة هذا الولع قط والسبب الاصلي لهذه الميزة هو بلا شك وجود شعبين ممتازين في جوار واحد

ان حاجة الساميين لكتب اللغة والمعجمات لم تكن في عهد إزدهار اللغة السومرية فحسب بل بعد انقراضها وتلاشيها أيضاً فقد شعروا اذ ذاك بضرورة المعاجم لكي يستعينوا بها على نقل بقايا هذه اللغة وذلك لان الساميين كانوا مديونين للسومريين في آدابهم الدينية وقد بقيت هذه المعاجم معتبرة حتى أواخر الخط المسماري فكان تقديم قاموس للهيكل يعد هدية نفيسة جداً

وكان بين هذه القواميس كل أنواع مؤلفات اللغويين منها معاجم في اللغتين السامية والسومري، وكتب جمل واصطلاحات في اللغتين وكتب المرادفات في اللغة الأكادية السامية وبعض الأحيان قواميس في اللغات الأجنبية كالحثية والكوسية والمصرية مع تفاسير أكادية وهناك جداول تتضمن أسماء الآلهة والهياكل والكواكب والبلاد والمصنوعات المعدنية والخشبية والقماشية . وأهم ما ذكر القوائم التي بأسماء الحيوانات والنباتات والحجارة

والقوائم الاخيرة قوائم ( الحيوانات والنباتان والاحجار ) تهمنا بنوع خاص لعلاقتها بالعلوم الآشورية . فقوائم الحيوانات مقسّمة الى فصائل من الوحوش والطيور والأسماك واأفاعي والحشرات والقوائم الحجرية تحتوي على كثير من التراكيب الكيماوية نجد معظمها في رسائل الطب ورسائل صنع الزجاج وأكبر هذه القوائم قائمة النباتات الدالّة على معرفة واسعة في المحصولات النباتية

ولدينا في المتحف البريطاني 120 قطعة من هذه القوائم النباتية من بقايا مكتبة آشور بانيبال وقطعتان اخريتان اقدم عهداً من هذه القطع تُرينا أن علماء الآشوريين رتبوا أسماء النباتات عندهم في نظام ثابت واحد أو نظامين على الاكثر . وهذا اذا اعتبرت بعض الاختلافات بين مختلف القوائم ومن المعلوم أن نظرهم للنوع والفصيلة كان غير نظرنا ومهما يكن من أمر ذلك فإن اسلوب قوائمهم لها يدعو الى الاعجاب اذ تراهم يبدأون اولاً ، وبدؤهم صحيح ، بالاعشاب والقصب وفصائل الحليبة ومن ثم تأتي البلبلة في ترتيبهم فترى مثلاً فصيلة الخيار والخشخاش مجموعة تحت أسم واحد . ويرجح أن السبب في ذلك وجود علامتين متشابهتين في بدء أسـم كل منهما وهي تعرف في الخط المسماري بعلامة خول (   khul) ويبلغ عدد الأسماء التي وضعها الآشوريين للمملكة النباتية 300 اسم على وجه التقريب

كان للآشورين معرفة تامة بأنواع الأدوية وخصائصها وفوائدها . من ذلك أنهم عرفوا خاصية القنب المسكرة فضلاً عن كونه صالحاً لعمل الخيوط ووقفوا على قوة الأفيون المخدرة وعلى أنواع الصمغ . وأننا نجد في كتب الصيدلة التي خلّفوها قوائم بأسماء الأدوية منسّقة في ثلاثة عواميد . جاء في الأول منها أسماء الأدوية ، وفي الثاني أسماء الأمراض التي تصلح لها تلك الادوية ، وفي الثالث طريقة الاستعمال مثال ذلك : عرق السوس دواء للسعال – يسحق ويشرب مع البيرة . وهناك أدوية كثيرة أخرى للاسهال والصفراء حتى ولمنع القمل

اما المؤلفات الطبية فكانت تتألف من مئات من قطع الآجر تحتوي على عدد كبير من الوصفات الطبية مع وصف مسهب للأمراض يتلو ذلك تعليمات عن كيفية معالجة هذه الامراض مثال ذلك :

اذ تألمت العين من الرشح تداوى بمسحوق قشر الرمان ، ولإلتهابها يستعمل شحار القدر ، وجرب الرأس يعالج بالكبريت المسحوق في زيت شجر الارز – هذه جميعها أمثلة من الوفٍ من تلك الوصفات الطبية للأمراض المختلفة – من لسعة العقرب الى عسر الولادة

ويلاحظ أن الطبيب الآشوري لم يكن قادراً على التخلص من السحر من مزاولته مهنته اذ قلما نجد كتاباً في الطب مهما كان نوعه دون أن يحتوي على رقىً وتعاويذ كانت تعد ضرورية للشفاء

وكما في الطب كذلك في الكيمياء العملية ، كان يتحتم على من يحترفها أن يتعلم فروعاً أخرى في العلم . فكان يجب عليه : ( 1ً ) أن يكون كاهناً يدفع آفات الارواح النجسة عن تراكيبه . ( 2ً ) أن يكون جيولوجياً لمعرفة أنواع الأتربة والمواد المستخرجة منها اللازمة لتراكيبه الكيماوية . ( 3ً ) أن يكون ذا خبرة في العقاقير وخاصةً السموم منها . ( 4ً ) أن يكون فوق كل شيء فناناً لتهيئة الطلاء بألوانه المختلفة .

كان الآشوري يقرأ الكيمياء على الكهنة في الهيكل وفي كتب الهيكل وقواميسه ومنها كان يقتبس معلومات غنية عن الخصائص الجيولوجية للحجارة . وكان يعرف أنواع الحجارة من ألوانها وصلابتها فيميز الياقوت من لونه الأحمر واللازورد من زرقته وحجر الكلس من لونه الأبيض وصلابته المتوسطة وحجر الحية من هيئته ولونه . وقد تمكن من معرفة طريقة أخرى لتمييزها وذلك بصب بعض الحوامض على الحجارة فيحكم اذ ذاك على نوعها من الفوران الذي تحدثه هذه الحوامض في بعضها . وفضلاً عن هذا فقد عرف كيفية الحصول على الزئبق من الأماكن المجاورة لآبار البترول الواقعة قرب كركوك .

جميع هذه المعلومات والفوائد كان يتعلمها الكيماوي من الكتب ليستعين بها في صنع الزجاج وتلوينه بألوان قرمزية أو زرقاء جميلة للغاية لا يزال التاريخ ينسب اكتشافها الى أمم قامت بعد الآشورين .

أما وقد اتينا على بيان موجز بمعلومات الآشوري الأرضية فلا نرى مندوحة عن الانتقال الى وصف نظرياته في الكون وعلم الفلك فنقول

استهوت العلوم الرياضية سكان ما بين النهرين منذ أقدم العصور التاريخية وليس ذلك بالأمر الغريب في شعب أعار معظم اهتمامه للمراقبات الجوية والمساحات الارضية . فكان الطالب في صدر التاريخ البابلي يجد أمامه كتباً بالخط المسماري تتضمن جداول في الضرب وما أشبه وفي العصر الذي تلا فجر التاريخ البابلي أصبح لديه جداول في استخراج الجزر المالي والمكعب ومعظم هذه الجداول نقشت على الواح يرجع تاريخها الى الاسرة الثالثة في مملكة اور ( سنة 2400 ق. م )

والى هذا التاريخ ( سنة 2400 ق. م ) يرجع الزمن الذي فيه تمكن رياضيوا بابل من إيجاد مساحة شكل الاضلاع ببراعة فائقة ونحو سنة 2200 ق. م استطاعوا ايضاً أن يضعوا قاعدة لإيجاد الزاوية القائمة ويحلّوا غيرها من المسائل الهندسية

ولا نكاد نصل الى القرن السابع ق. م حتى تنقص معلوماتنا عن الرياضيات عند الآشوريين ويزداد اطلاعنا على علم الفلك عندهم . ان علم الفلك لم يكن قد تجاوز حتى ذلك العهد حدود التنجيم عند الفلكيين الآشوريين غير أنه لم تفتهم الاستفادة العملية من هذا العلم . كتقرير طول الشهر القمري وبالتالي طول السنة القمرية للتوفيق بينها وبين السنة الشمسية اذ عرفوا الفرق بين السنتين منذ عصور قديمة . فكان من واجبات المراصد الآشورية أن تقرر طول الشهر القمري فيما اذا كانت ايامه 29 او 30 وتبلغ ذلك شهرياً الى البلاط الملكي وقد اخترعوا فيما بعد طريقة عجيبة لتقدير أيام الشهر مقدماً وذلك من مراقبة مراكز الشمس والقمر وملاحظة النسبة بينهما . ومن مخترعات الآشوريين الفلكية النظام الستيني المشهور الذي لا يزال مستعملاً الى يومنا في تقسيم الأوقات والساعة المائية والساعة الشمسية (المزولة)

لم تؤثر الحقائق والأبحاث العملية في عقائد اللاهوتيين البابليين قط لأنهم لم يجدوا شيئاً يخالف قواعد دينهم في ما وصلوا اليه في ابحاثهم العملية حتى يفصلوا الدين عن العلم بل كان العلم والدين في نظرهم شيئين متفقين لا تناقض بينهما ، وهذا ما جعلهم لا شك ان يتمسكوا بعقائدهم تمسكاً شديداً أضف الى ذلك ميلهم الفطري الى الاحتفاظ بالقديم . وما قلنا عن البابليين القدماء يصدق ايضاً عن الآشوريين في الجيل السابع والسادس ق . م وعن البابليين الذين قاموا بعد سقوط الآشوريين . وكان البابلي والآشوري يعتقدان في الأجرام السماوية التي كانا يرصدانها بإهتمام زائد قصد الوقوف على مشيئة الآلهة ، ان الآلهة وضعتها في مراكزها وسنت لها نظام حركتها

اما معلومات الآشوري عن الخليقة فكان يستقيها من القصص التي أورثته إياها التقاليد أجدرها بالذكر الرواية العظيمة المنقوشة على سبعة الواح وكان يسلم بصحتها دون ادنى شك او ريب وهذه الاساطير أخذت في الأصل عن البابليين وهاك أسطورة منها عن الخليقة

في البدء لم تكن السموات ولا الارض . ولم يكن من خلائق سوى ايسو ( البحر ) وطيمات ( الوحش الهائل ) زوجته وموّمو خادمهما . وهذان الأولان ولدا الإلهين ( لخمو ) و ( لخامو ) اللذين ولدا ( انشار ) و ( قيشار ) وهذان ولدا ( انو ) إله السماء الذي صار اباً ( لإيا ) إله الارض وما تحتها . غير أن هؤلاء الآلهة أزعجوا جدهم الأعلى ( ايسو ) حتى انه تآمر مع زوجته ( طيمات ) على إبادتهم . اما طيمات فلم توافق على أهلاك أحفادها بينما ( مومّو ) شجع ( ايسو ) على المضي في تنفيذ خطته الشريرة ، وأتصل الامر باسماع إيا فثار ثائره والقى بقوة سحره سباتاً عميقاً على ايسو وقتله وأوثق مومو وسجنه وفي هذا الزمان ولد الإله ” مردوخ ” من إيا ( على رأي البابليين ) او آشور من لخمو ( على رأي الآشوريين ) .

ولما رأت طيمات ما حلّ بزوجها فكرت بالانتقام وبهذه النيّة ولدت وحوشاً مختلفة وسلطّت عليهم ” كنغو ” واستعدت لمحاربة الآلهة ولما بلغ الأمر مسامع إيا اضطرب جداً وراح يستعين بانشار الذي اشار عليه بمنازلة الوحش ولكنه لم يجسر على ذلك فطلب انشار الى ولده انو ان يذهب لمقاتلة الوحش وهذا ايضاً رجع هائماً مذعوراً من هول منظرها . وأخيراً كلف مردوخ بالأمر فرضي بذلك مسروراً وقاتل الوحش الهائل طيمات وقتلها وأسّر كنغو . ومن هنا تبتدئ الخليقة اذ فسخ انو الوحش الى قطعتين وجعل من الأولى السموات ومن الأخرى الأرض وسنّ نظاماً للأجرام السموية وحركتها وللأوقات . ثم ذبح كنغو الشرير وأتخذ دمه لخلق البشر ليكونوا خداماً للآلهة

هذا كان اعتقاد الآشوري القويم ! في تكوين العالم ولم يكن يرى في اعتقاده ادنى باعث للشك او الريبة . وقد جاء عن السموات في كتب اخرى تبحث عن الخليقة أنها مؤلفة من ثلاث طبقات فوق الارض المسطحة المحاطة بمياه البحر ووراء هذا البحر سد شاهق من الجبال تحيط به وعلى هذه الجبال ترتكز السماء . وفي الجهة الشرقية من هذه الجبال باب تخرج منه الشمس كل صباح في رحلتها نحو المغرب . وتحت الأرض عالم سفلي مظلم كريه حيث مساكن الموتى المسورة بسبعة أسوار

ورغماً عن هذه العقليّة المحدودة في الاعتقادات ، فقد بدأ الآشوريين بوضع علم الفلك على أسس علمية ثابتة وان كانت معظم استفادتهم منه تنجيمية بحتة . وعرفوا سيارات سبع وهي كما يأتي : الشمس والقمر والزهرة والمشتري وعطارد والمريخ وزحل واستطاعوا أن يعرفوا أوقات خسوف القمر وقسّموا منطقة البروج الى اثني عشر برجاً تكاد تكون نفس الأقسام المعروفة اليوم ورصدوا الزهرة بإهتمام وسجّلوا وجود الكواكب في هالات القمر . بقي علينا الآن ان نلخص ما كتبناه عن بابل وآشور وذلك بتتبع نشوء عقلية السامي وكفاءته وتأثيرها على المدنيات المتأخرة

اننا لدى درسنا سجايا الساميين الذين اشغلوا وادي الرافدين نجد أن عاملين مهمين حالا دون تسلمهم قمة السيطرة على سائر الأمم المتمدنة . وأول هذين العاملين خارجي وهو اقليم البلاد المثبط للعزائم وثانيهما داخلي وهو شدة احتفاظهم بالقديم

واننا نرى في هؤلاء الساميين ولاءً بالغاً لآلهتهم ، إخلاصاً لجنسـهم اكثر مما لوطنهم ، لطفاً وامانةً لعيالهم وذويهم ، كفاءة عظيمة في الصناعة والتجارة ، وشجاعة حكيمة في الحرب وتقديراً كبيراً للموسيقى والشعر وتبصراً في جميع أعمالهم

اما الآراء الفلسفية والنظريات في العلوم غير المادية فلم يكن لها هوىً في نفوسهم ولم يأبهوا كثيراً للابتكارات الفكرية ولم يكونوا على استعداد لقبول آراء جديدة في الدين اللهم اذا كان هنالك أساطير يمكن نسبتها لآلهتهم

ومع أنهم كانوا يطلقون الحرية لأنفسهم في ترجمة الأشعار القصصية عن الأبطال نراهم شديدي الحرص والتحفظ عند استنساخهم طقوسهم الدينية القديمة وبذلك كانوا يضربون نطاقاً منيعاً حول هذه العقائد التي كانت بحاجة شديدة الى أصحاب أدمغة نيّرة ينقّحونها من الأوهام والخزعبلات المتحدّرة اليها من تصورات العصور المتوغلة في الهمجية . وهذه الأوهام علقت بأذهان نسلهم حتى أصبحت عقائد راسخة لا تقاوم يعضدها كهنوت متصلب في الرأي

مع هذا كله ورغماً عن شدّة الاحتفاظ بالقديم التي أتسم بها كثير من الشعوب الشرقية فالساميون بقوة ملاحظتهم الدقيقة تمكنوا من كشف كثير من أسرار الطبيعة وأننا اليوم مديونون لهم بأشياء كثيرة حملتها الينا قوافلهم.

 

THE GREAT PERSECUTION – SAMUEH HUGH MOFFETT

$
0
0

( 340 – 401 )

 “[ Shapur II ] fell into a Violent rage [ against Shim’un ], gnashed his teeth, and stuch his hands together, saying: Shimun wants to arouse his disciples and his people to rebel against my Empire.  He wants to make them slaves of Caesar who, has the same religion as they have: that is why he disobeys my orders”

– Bedjan, Acts of the Martyrs and Saints, 2:143.

Translated by W . G . Young-Hand book, 278

The Great Persecution *

Samuel Hugh Moffett

APHRAHAT’S ninth Demonstration is called “On Persecution.” It draws attention to a bitter turn of events in his lifetime that tragically affected the Persian church. The great new fact of the fourth century for the church in Persia was not the relationship of Christianity to Judaism, nor the beginnings of monasticism, nor even the emergence of a national church organization. It was the great persecution that fell upon the Christians in Persia about the year 340.

It is somewhat strange that Aphrahat scarcely mentions the two major causes of this persecution. The first was the conversion of Constantine. The fact that Rome was now Christian was never far from his thoughts, as is obvious in his veiled references to Rome in the fifth Demonstration, “On War,” written in the year that the first Christian emperor, Constantine, died. But as a Persian Christian, writing in a Persia that for centuries had been at war with Rome, he had good reason to mute any emphasis on the Christianization of the Western empire. It was clearly Rome’s Christianity, not the second cause, Persia’s Zoroastrianism, that triggered the outbreak of what is called the Great Persecution. Though the religious motives were never unrelated, the primary cause of the persecution was political. When Rome became Christian, its old enemy Persia turned anti Christian.

Up to then the situation had been reversed. For the first three hundred years after Christ it was in the West that Christians had been persecuted. In the East they were tolerated. The martyrdoms in Edessa were Roman, not Persian, and they began with the decree of a Roman emperor, Trajan (reigned 98-117), under whose authority occurred the legendary deaths of Sharbil, Babay, and Barsamya in Osrhoene. It was Rome that first made Christianity there illegal.1

Again near the end of Roman persecution, it was the decree of another emperor, Licinius, that caused the better-attested martyrdoms of Shamona, Guria, and Habib the deacon. This was about 309, just two years before Galerius, Constantine, and Licinius in 311 signed Rome’s first Edict of Toleration. In that year, says the record, Licinius “made a

persecution” in Edessa and ordered sacrifices to Jupiter. But Habib, a simple village deacon, knew his Christian duty. He went about encouraging the faithful “to stand fast in

the truth of their faith,” and when his resistance became known he gave himself UP to save his fellow villagers. He was tortured and burned for his Lord. 2

That was the last of the great Roman persecutions. Looking back two hundred years later, the Easterner Mar Jacob, bishop of Sarug (452-521), celebrated the martyrdom of Habib as the beginning of a new age. In his Oration on Habib the Martyr he wrote:

Then ceased the sacrifices and in the congregations there was peace. The sword was sheathed, nor Christians any more laid waste. With Sharbil it began, with Habib ended in our land. From that time until now, not one has it slain: since he was burned, Constantine, the chief of victors, reigns and now the Cross the emperor’s diadem surmounts. 3

Beyond Edessa to the east across the Persian border there was no such rejoicing. For two hundred and fifty years Persia had been a refuge for Christians from Roman persecution. The Parthians were too religiously tolerant to persecute, and their less tolerant Sassanian successors on the throne were too busy fighting Rome, as the History of the Church in Adiabene thankfully observed.4 Moreover, as long as Roman emperors considered Christians to be enemies of Rome, Persian emperors were inclined to regard them as friends of Persia.

It was about 315 that an ill-advised letter from the Christian emperor Constantine to his Persian counterpart Shapur 11 probably triggered the beginnings of an ominous change in the Persian attitude toward Christians. Constantine believed he was writing to help his fellow believers in Persia but succeeded only in exposing them. He wrote to the young shah:

I rejoice to hear that the fairest provinces of Persia are adorned with…. Christians… Since you  are  so powerful and  pious,  I  commend  them  to  your  care, and  leave  them  in  your  protection. 5

It was enough to make any Persian ruler conditioned by three hundred years of war with Rome suspicious of the emergence of a potential fifth column. Any lingering doubts must have been dispelled when about twenty years later Constantine began to gather his forces for war in the East. Eusebius records that Roman bishops were prepared to accompany their emperor “to battle with him and for him by prayers to God from whom all victory proceeds.” 6  And across the border in Persian territory the forthright Persian preacher Aphrahat recklessly predicted on the basis of his reading of Old Testament prophecy that Rome would defeat Persia. 7

Faced with what seemed to be a double threat, a threat not only to national security but to the national religion as well, Persia’s priests and rulers cemented their alliance of state and religion in a series of periods of terror that have been called the most massive persecution of Christians in history, “unequalled for its duration, its ferocity and the number of martyrs.” 8 The description is probably true, though the traditional accounts may exaggerate the numbers and usually fail to mention that the persecution was not concentrated in one long forty-year outburst of hate but occurred in at least two shorter but no less tragic periods of madness separated by  an interval of comparative peace.

The persecutions began in 339 or 340, 9 in the reign of Shapur II, who ruled Persia for seventy years (309-379), longer than any shah before or since. It was an age of wars and persecutions, of the clash of empires and the revitalization of the Persian nation, of the Christianization of Rome and the disintegration for two generations of the Persian church.

But to look back forty years, as the third century ended and the fourth began, it had then been the Persian Empire not the Persian church that seemed about to disintegrate. In 298 the Roman Caesar, Galerius, had humiliated Narseh of Persia, Shapur II’s grandfather, in a defeat so crushing that Persia lost all of northern Mesopotamia including Nisibis and five Persian provinces east of the Tigris north of Adiabene.

Emboldened by the defeat, Arab tribes attacked Persia from the west and north. At one point the Arabs even captured the capital, Seleucia-Ctesiphon, and a Mongol tribe called Khitans began to move out of central Asia across the Bactrian border into Iran. The shah was helpless. Powerful nobles disowned Narseh’s son, Hormizd II, and threw him into prison. Then, whether to preserve the dynasty or to ensure its fall, they held a crown over the womb of the deposed shah’s pregnant queen and designated the powerless embryo his heir. The baby was born a few months later and proclaimed king of kings, Shah Shapur II. Surprisingly he survived. At age sixteen he took the government into his own hands and faced down the great nobles. Before he was twenty he moved brutally against the marauding Arabs, ordering his soldiers to puncture the shoulder blades of all prisoners so that they could never take arms against him again. This gave him the name of “Shoulder-piercer.” Next he flung his armies east against the Kushans and captured Bactria. Finally, when still under thirty, he set out to avenge his grandfather’s humiliation by Rome. He was determined to win back what Persia had lost-the great border fortress of Nisibis and the five provinces across the Tigris.

In 337 Constantine the Great died in the midst of preparations for his war as protector of Christians against pagan Persia. To Shapur the time seemed favorable for counterattack. The great Constantine was dead, his empire divided among his three sons. Light Persian cavalry crossed the border before the year was over; then their main armies besieged the strong walled city of Nisibis. The siege failed and Shapur withdrew; the historian Theodoret piously recorded that the prayers of its saintly bishop, James, saved the city by calling down a plague of flies to confuse and stun the Persians. 10

It is little wonder, then, that when the persecutions began shortly thereafter, the first accusation brought against the Christians in Persia was that they were aiding and abetting the Roman enemy. “There is no secret which Simon (Bar-Sabba’e, bishop of Seleucia Ctesiphon) does not write to Caesar to reveal,” the Zoroastrians whispered into the ear of the shah. Shapur II’s response was to order a double tax on Christians and to hold the bishop responsible for collecting it. He knew they were poor and that the bishop would be hard-pressed to find the money. The shah’s order, preserved in one of the anonymous accounts of the martyrdoms, illustrates the absolute, arbitrary power of the Persian emperor:

When you receive this order of our godhead, which is contained in the enclosure herein dispatched, you will arrest Simon, the chief of the Nazarenes. You will not release him until he has signed this document and agreed to collect the payment to us of a double-tax and a double tribute for all the people of the Nazarenes who are found in the country of our godhead and who inhabit our territory. For our godhead has only the weariness of war while they have nothing but repose and pleasure. They live in our territory [but] share the sentiments of Caesar our enemy. 11

Bishop Simon refused to be intimidated. He branded the tax as unjust and declared, I am no tax collector but a shepherd of the Lord’s flock.” Then the killings began. A second decree ordered the destruction of churches and the execution of clergy who refused to participate in the national worship of the sun. Bishop Simon was seized and brought before the shah who, it is said, had known him from his youth. He was offered rich gifts to make a token obeisance to the sun, and when he refused, as his accusers expected, they cunningly tempted him with the promise that if only he alone would apostasize his people would not be harmed, but that if he refused he would be condemning not just the church leaders but all Christians to destruction. At that, the Christians themselves rose up and refused to accept such deliverance as shameful. So on Good Friday, according to the tradition (but more likely on September 14), in the year 344, he was led outside the city of Susa along with a large number of Christian clergy. Five bishops and one hundred priests were beheaded before his eyes, and last of all he himself was put to death. 12

For the next two decades and more, Christians were tracked down and hunted from one end of the empire to the other. At times the pattern was general massacre. More often, as Shapur decreed, it was intensive organized elimination of the leadership of the church,the clergy. A third category of suppression was the search for that part of the Christian community that was most vulnerable to persecution, Persians who had been converted from the national religion, Zoroastrianism. As we have already seen, the faith had spread first among non-Persian elements in the population, Jews and Syrians. But by the beginning of the fourth century Iranians in increasing numbers were attracted to the Christian faith. For such converts church membership could mean the loss of everything- family, property rights, and life itself.

The Syriac Acts of the Martyrs tells the story of a boy from a noble fan-dly who became a Christian. His name was Saba Gusnazdad. He told his mother of his change of heart but did not dare to tell his father. After the father died, however, it could be hidden no longer. An uncle came to attend the family sacrifices and ceremonies that would be observed for the installation of Saba as the family head. The mother made excuses. “The boy is too young,” she kept saying. But all to no avail, and when the uncle finally discovered the real reason for the delay, he denounced the boy as a Christian and claimed the headship and family fortune for himself. 13

Converts from the national faith had no rights and in the darker years of the persecutions were often put to death. The major agents in the slaughter were the Zoroastrian clergy, the magi or mobeds, but sometimes Christians suspected the Jews and accused them of acting as informers. This anti-Jewish note in some accounts of the persecution may be a later addition to the record, but it is true that the Jewish minority suffered less than the Christians in the harassment of religious minorities, and Sozomen, the fifth-century historian, reports the tradition that in the death of Bishop Simon’s two sisters, the informers against them were Jewish. Shapur II’s queen was a Jewish proselyte, according to Sozomen, and when she fell mysteriously ill it was said that her Jewish friends persuaded her that the Christian bishop’s sisters, who were both ascetic Daughters of the Covenant and therefore considered oddly different from the pleasure-loving non-Christian Persians, had used witchcraft to cast a spell on her in retaliation for their brother Simon’s death. The magi seized the two women, sawed them in two, and superstitiously directed that the sick queen be carried in her litter between their bleeding, severed bodies to cast off the evil Christian curse. 14

The martyrdom of Simon and the years of persecution that followed wiped out the beginnings of the central national organization the Persian church had only so recently achieved. As fast as the Christians of the capital elected a new bishop after Simon, the man was seized and killed. The names of two of them have survived. A Bishop Sahdost may have succeeded Bishop Simon in the catholicate (as the position of head bishop came to be called), and Bishop Barbashmin after Sahdost’s death. Sahdost lasted not much more than a year, and Barbashmin probably not much longer. 15 Then for twenty years or more the position was left vacant. Elevation to the catholicate meant instant death.

Inflaming the anti-Roman political motivation of the government’s role in the persecutions was a deep undercurrent of Zoroastrian fanaticism and hatred of other religions. The zealots’ hatred and the type of charges they customarily hurled against Christians can be seen in the following passage from one of the Acts of the Martyrs that quotes a royal decree:

The Christians destroy our holy teachings, and teach men to serve one God, and not to honor the sun or fire. They teach them, too, to defile water by their abolutions; to refrain from marriage and the procreation of children; and to refuse to go out to war with the Shah-in-Shah. They have no scruple about the slaughter and eating of animals; they bury the corpses of men in the earth; and attribute the origin of snakes and creeping things to a good God. They despise many servants of the King, and teach witchcraft. 16

Sometime before the death of Shapur II in 379 the intensity of the persecution slackened. Tradition calls it a forty-year persecution, lasting from 339 to 379 and ending only with Shapur’s death, but the worst seems to have been over at least a decade before his death. Perhaps it was the great Persian victory and the crushing defeat and death of the invading Roman emperor Julian in 363 that brought a period of peace to the church in Persia. Julian “the Apostate,” who had renounced the Christianity of his uncle, Constantine the Great, became emperor in 361. He had already defeated the barbarians along the Rhine. Now, dreaming of becoming a second Alexander, he marched east with a great army down the Euphrates toward Seleucia-Ctesiphon. Outside the capital he easily defeated a Persian army and sent it reeling to safety within the city walls. Roman victory seemed imminent but the impression was illusory.

Julian’s Armenian allies deserted him. As Christians they were not inclined to die for an apostate emperor. His Arab supporters had also left him, offended by his Roman pride and stingy pay. Moreover, on the course of their march the Romans had tried and failed to reduce by siege a whole string of Persian walled fortresses. So instead of besieging Seleucia-Ctesiphon Julian decided to consolidate his resources by a temporary withdrawal. It was a retreat into disaster, a march toward the “appointment at Samarra” that was his death.Shapur’s Persians poured out of their citadels to harass the line of march; Roman supplies ran out, and at Samarra, about one hundred miles north of Seleucia-Ctesiphon, Julian was caught by surprise in a minor skirmish and struck by a javelin. The Christian historians Theodoret and Sozomen record the tradition that as he lay dying, he threw some of his own blood at the sky, crying, “0 Galilean, thou hast conquered.” 17

Shapur forced a hard peace on the shocked, defeated Romans. He won back all that his grandfather Narseh had lost: the five provinces beyond the Tigris and, highest prize of all, the famous walled city of Nisibis. Multitudes of prisoners from the recaptured border territories were uprooted and resettled farther east in Persia, especially in Isfahan and Susiana. They included almost a hundred thousand Christian families, according to Moses of Chorene, adding not only to the numbers of Christians in Persia, but also perhaps bringing liturgical manuscripts and their sacred books. Voobus believes that it was through this influx of refugees and captives that the four separate Gospels of the Western canon came into circulation in Persia and gradually replaced Tatian’s harmony of the Gospels, the Diatessaron.18

It was at this time that Ephrem the Syrian (ca. 306-373), who had helped to rally the defenders of Nisibis against an earlier Persian assault, chose to leave with the departing Romans. The city had been Roman all his life and Christian Roman at that. It had been captured by Rome less than ten years before he was born, and he was five or six when Constantine the Great became a Christian. So Ephrem was almost sixty when the treaty of 363 gave the border fortress back to Persia, and as a famed and open opponent of the return of pagan rule he had little choice but to take advantage of the peace treaty’s guarantee of safe passage across the border into Roman territory for all the city’s Christians. The Great Persecution was still raging in the empire of the shah so Ephrern went west and the Church of the East lost its best-known theologian, Bible expositor, and hymn writer. He spent the last ten years of his life in Edessa. as a refugee. Tradition relates that he lived in a cave and earned a living for a while as a bath attendant. He steadfastly refused all offers of high position but probably taught for a while at the famous School of Edessa and wrote prolifically and testily on everything from the heresies of Bardaisan, Marcion, and Mani to the scientific theories of his day. Though he thundered against heretics and unbelievers, Ephrem had a tender heart for the poor. A disastrous fan-dne swept Edessa and peasants were dying in the streets. Only Ephrem was concerned enough and trusted enough to shame the rich citizens of the town into giving up some of their hoarded wealth for relief of the destitute. He is credited with the founding of one of the first Christian hospitals in the East, a hasty, rough construction but a building with three hundred beds. When he died he asked to be buried not with the bishops and the rich, but with the poor. 19

The conflicting traditions and histories of those troubled times make it impossible to date the ending of the great terror. It is believed that some time after the defeat of Julian, when fear of a Roman invasion subsided, Shapur II may have issued a decree of toleration in some limited form for Christians, 20 and when he died in 379 a weaker succession of Persian kings became more concerned about the rising rival power of their feudal underlords and the appearance on the northern borders of hordes of White Huns (Hephthalites) pouring out of central Asia than with continuing the war against Rome or the persecution of Christians. There are reports of outbreaks of violence under his immediate successor, Ardashir II, but that shah ruled only three years, and oppression diminished again under Shapur III (383-388), who concluded another peace with Rome. 21

It is possible that it was in this period of comparative quiet, either before or after the death of Shapur the Great (Shapur II), that the Persian church managed to restore for a time the succession to the episcopate in the capital, Seleucia-Ctesiphon. There are shadowy references to the election of a head of the church, Bishop Tomarsa (or Tamuza), and of a Bishop Qayuma after him, to end the vacancy in leadership that followed the martyrdom of Bishop Barbashmin.  Then, according to the records of the Synod of Dadyeshu in 424, there followed another long and paralyzing vacancy in national leadership, which was later called the catholicate. But neither the facts nor the dates are clear.22

The persecutions, it would seem, had never really ended. Like smouldering coals, hatreds and fanaticism were always just beneath the surface of the volatile social order, as Wigram describes it, flaring up from time to time, then “flickering out” again, but persisting up into the first years of the fifth century. 23 It is said that in Bishop Qayuma’s time the persecutions were still so intense that when he was asked as an old man of eighty to accept the perilous position of leader of the church, he accepted only because, as he said, “I am going to die soon anyway, and I had rather die a martyr than of old age.” 24

When at last the years of suffering ended around the year 401, the historian Sozomen, who lived near enough to that time of tribulation to remember the tales of those who had experienced it, wrote that the multitude of martyrs had been beyond enumeration. 25 One estimate is that as many as 190,000 Persian Christians died in the teffor. It was worse than anything suffered in the West under Rome, yet the number of apostasies seemed to be fewer in Persia than in the West, which is a remarkable tribute to the steady courage of Asia’s early Christians. 26

NOTES

1. Tradition places these first martyrdoms in the reign of Trajan, but some scholars believe that if they were historical at all they occurred in the great Roman persecutions of 250. See chap. 3, pp. 71f.

2. The Martyrdom of Habib the Deacon, in William Cureton, ed., Ancient Syriac Documents (London, 1864; reprint, Amsterdam: Oriental Press, 1967), 72-85.

3. Oration on Habib the Martyr, in Cureton, Ancient Syriac Documents, 95f.

4. A. Nfingana, Sources Syriaques, vol. 1 (Leipzig: Harrasowitz, 1907), 106, 109.

5. Theodoret, Ecclesiastical History 1. 24. Sozomen’s Ecclesiastical History gives an inaccurate summary of the same letter and dates it wrongly.

6. Eusebius, Life of Constantine, 4:56.

7. Aphrahat, Demonstrations 5. esp. 5, 6, 24. See chap. 6, pp. 127f.

8. L. C. Casartelli, “Sassanians,” Hastings Encyclopedia of Religion and Ethics11:203.

9. The traditional date is 340, but the Persian and Roman calendars overlap near the beginning or end of the year.

10. Theodoret, Ecclesiastical History 2. 26.

11. Cited by J. Labourt, Le Christianisme dans l’Empire Perse sous le dynastie Sassanide, 224-632 (Paris: Lecoffre, 1904), 45f.

12. Sozomen, Ecclesiastical History 2. 9-10; and Labourt, Le Christianisme, 46- 68. The primary source is the Life of St. Simon Barsabai (in Syriac), ed. P.. Bedjan, in Acta Martyrum et Sanctorum, vol. 2, Martyres Chaldaei et Persae (Paris and Leipzig, 1891), 130ff. The quotations are from p. 136. See also P. Peeters, “La date du martyre de S. Symeon, archeveque de Seleucia Ctesiphon,” in Analecta Bollandiana vol. 61 (Bruxelles, 1938), 118ff.

13. A. Voobus, History of Asceticism, vol. 1, CSCO, vol. 184, subsidia t. 14 (Louvain, 1958), 223f., citing Bedjan, Acta Martyrum, 2:642ff.

14. Sozomen, Ecclesiastical History 2. 12. On the role of the Jews, see A. Fortescue, The Lesser Eastern Churches (London: Catholic Truth Society, 1913), 46n.

15. M. J. Higgins, “Chronology of the Fourth-Century Metropolitans of Seleucia-Ctesiphon,” Traditio 9 (1953): 45-92f., gives convincing reasons for dating the death of Bishop Simon Bar-Sabba’e at 344 and the catholicate of Sahdost as beginning in 344/45 and extending to an unknown date. He notes that all the chroniclers say that Barbashmin held office for seven years, but “they were all wrong,” he states. Labourt, Le Christianisme, 72f., dates Sahdost’s death as 342 and Barbashmin’s as 346.

16. Acts of Aqib-shima,’in Bedjan, Acta Martyrum 2:351, quoted by W. A. Wigram, History of the Assyrian Church A.D. 100-640 (London: SPCK, 1910), 64f.

17. Theodoret, Ecclesiastical History 3. 20; Sozomen, Ecclesiastical History 6.

18. Moses of Chorene, cited by J. Neusner, History of the lezos in Babylonia, 5 vols. (Leiden: 1966-70), 4:16ff.; and A. Voobus, Studies in the History of the Gospel Text in Syriac CSCO [1281, subsidia t. 3 (Louvain, 1951), 30. See also Ammianus Marcellinus Rerum Gestarum Libri 20. 6, 7, an important Roman source on the wars with Shapur U.

19. This Ephrem is not to be confused with another, lesser-known Ephrem who was patriarch of Alexandria in the tenth century. There is no definitive edition of his complete works, though there is an extensive eighteenth century collection of his writings by J. S. Assemani et al. (Rome, 1732-46). His hymns are carefully edited by K. McVey, with introduction, Ephrem the Syrian: Hymns (New York: Paulist, 1989). See also Selections, ed. J. Gwynn in Nicene and Post-Nicene Christian Fathers, op. cit., Ser. 11, vol. xiii, pp. 2 (1898); and 0. Bardenhewer, Geschichte der altkirchlichen Literatur, 4 (1924), 343-75. On his fife and work see J. B. Segal, Edessa, The Blessed City (Oxford: Clarendon, 1970, 87ff. and passim; and H. Waddell, The Desert Fathers (London: Constable, 1936), 189f. citing St. Basil’s Vita S. Ephraem (C. vi, Vit. Pat. 1) and Paradisus Heraclidis (C. xxviii).

20. Higgins, “Chronology,” 92.

21. Shapur III earned the reputation of being “a just and merciful man.” Wigram, History of the Assyrian Church, 83, citing al-Tabari (ed. Noldeke, p. 71).

22. Later traditions (Bar Hebraeus in 1286, and Amri about 1350) relate the episcopate of Tomarsa to the time of Shapur III, and that of Qayuma to near the end of the century. This conflicts with what would seem to be the more contemporary testimony of the Synod of Dadyeshu (Dadiso) about a twenty-three-year vacancy immediately before the catholicate of Isaac, which began in 401/2. Higgins, “Chronology,” leans toward a theory of two vacancies, one before 379, during which Tomarsa and Qayuma might have briefly held office, and a longer vacancy from 379 to 401/2. A. R. Vine, The Nestorian Churches (London: Independent Press, 1937) gives a more traditional fist adapted from Assemani, Labourt, and Kidd, as follows: Simon Bar-Sabba’e died 341; Sadhost 341-342; Barbashmin 342-346; vacancy 346- 383; Tomarsa 383-392; Cayuma 395-399; and Isaac 399-410 (“first catholicate 410”). For the records of the Synod of Dadyeshu see J. B. Chabot, Synodicon Orientale ou Recueil de Synods Nestoriens (Paris: Klincksieck, 1902), 292.

23. The major collection of sources for the Persian persecution is Bedjan, Acta Martyrum et Sanctorum, op. cit., published in seven volumes (1890-97), of which volume 2, subtitled Martyres Chaldaei et Persae, and volume 4, which contains additional lives of Persian saints and martyrs, are pertinent to this period. But the text is in Syriac. Some of the manuscripts edited by Bedjan may have been the source for Sozomen’s accounts. The collection is the principal source for Labourt’s history of the period in French, and for Wigram’s in English. See Wigram, History of the Assyrian Church, 76-86, esp. 82; and Labourt, Le Christianisme, 43-82.

24. Bar Hebraeus, Chronicon Ecclesiasticum 2.

25. Sozomen, Ecclesiastical History 2. 14. Writing about 443 Sozomen states that the names of well-known martyrs alone would make a list of sixteen thousand.

26. Casartelli, “Sassanians,” 11:203.

—————————————

*  Excerpts from : A History of Christianity in Asia”.  By: Samuel Hugh Moffett. copyright @, 1998 .Reprinted by permission of Orbis Books.

Christianity in Edessa and the Syriac-Speaking World: Mani, Bar Daysan and Ephraem; The Struggle for Allegiance on the Aramean Frontier by Sidney Griffith

$
0
0

I

Edessa and the Syriac Language In Late Antiquity the geographical area to the east of Antioch, stretching from the northern reaches of the land between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers westward almost to the Mediterranean sea, and southward to the environs of Damascus, was often called by the local inhabitants, Aram. The name is that of the biblical son of Shem, the son of Noah, from whom the Christian inhabitants of the area in later times derived their legendary ancestry (Genesis 10:22-23).1 At some point after the Seleucids gained power in the area in the fourth century before the Christian era, people began to call all, or parts, of this indeterminate territory Syria, probably a shortened form of the ancient name Assyria. The local dialect of the Aramaic language spoken in this territory from the first three centuries of the Christian era onward is the language modern, western scholars call `Syriac’.2

__________

                      1 The earliest textual reference to ‘Aram’ may actually occur before biblical times, in the archives of Ebla in the 3rd millenium. See Edward Lipinski, The Aramaeans, their Ancient History, Culture, Religion (Orientalia Lovaniensia Analecta, 100; Leuven: Peeters, 2001), p. 26.

2 On the development of what one might call `Classical Syriac’, see the important remarks of Lucas Van Rompay, “Some Preliminary Remarks on the Origins of Classical Syriac as a Standard Language; the Syriac Version of Eusebius of Caesarea’s Ecclesiastical History,” in Gideon Goldenberg & Shlomo Raz (eds.), Semitic and Cushitic Studies (Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz, 1994), pp. 70-89.

__________

During the years when the Severan Dynasty ruled in Rome, Edessa, the ancient Urhay and modern [Sanli] Urfa,3 was the center of Aramean, or Syriac, literary culture. For the Persians, i.e., the `Parthians’, it was the capital of the province of Osrhoene; in the 160’s AD the territory came under Roman domination. 4 As Steven K. Ross has recently written, “By the end of the century between Trajan (97-117) and Septimius Severus (193-211), the king of Edessa was squarely within Roman clientela, and the groundwork was laid for the even firmer incorporation of his realm into the empire.” 5 King Abgar VIII, `the Great’ (178/9-212), was the king at the time. It was during his reign, as a client king of Rome, that “pre-Christian Edessan culture reached its zenith.6 Edward Gibbon gave this still apt description of Osrhoene just prior to the Severan period:

That little state occupied the northern and most fertile part of Mesopotamia, between the Euphrates and the Tigris. Edessa, its capital, was situated about twenty miles beyond the former of those rivers; and the inhabitants, since the time of Alexander, were a mixed race of Greeks, Arabs, Syrians, and Armenians. The feeble sovereigns of Osrhoene, placed on the dangerous verge of two contending empires, were attached from

__________

3 See Amir Harrak, “The Ancient Name of Edessa,” Journal of Near Eastern Studies 51 (1992), pp. 209-214.

               4 See Fergus Millar, The Roman Near East; 31 BC – AD 337 (Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press, 1993), pp. 472-481; Warwick Ball, Rome in the East; the Transformation of an Empire (London & New York: Routledge, 2000), pp. 87-94; Maurice Sartre, D’Alexandre a Zdnobie; histoire du Levant antique, Ive siecle avant J.-C, IIIe siecle apres J.-C. (Paris: Fayard, 2001), pp. 630-637, 961-962.

             5 Steven K. Ross, Roman Edessa; Politics and Culture on the Eastern Fringes of the Roman Empire, 114-242C E (London &New York: Routledge, 2001), p. 29.

6 Ross, Roman Edessa, p. 57.

__________

inclination to the Parthian cause; but the superior power of Rome exacted from them a reluctant homage.7

Gibbon here put his finger on a salient fact about life in Edessa, and the Syriac-speaking milieu generally. It was life on the frontier.8 Wars between the Romans and the Persians were an ever-present factor in this territory, in which the borders between the two empires were constantly shifting, depending on unpredictable military sallies and excursions from one side or the other. 9 Moreover, another constant feature of life in this milieu was the often-forced transfer of whole populations from one jurisdiction to the other, depending on the fortunes of the wars.’ 10 Intellectual life was deeply imbued with both `Roman’ and `Persian’ features; `Hellenism’ and the indigenous, `Semitic’ modes of thought and expression often clashed and then intermingled in both religious and more broadly cultural discourse.”

In these cross-frontier circumstances, some measure of local identity was preserved in the burgeoning success of the Syriac language; developed in the environs of Edessa, it was spoken and understood on both sides of the indefinite, great divide between Rome and Persia, thereby creating a cross-frontier community. The language carried with it a family relationship to the Jewish world in which Christianity first appeared in the synagogue communities of Mesopotamia and Syria/Palestine. It was this

__________

7 Edward Gibbon, The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire (David Womersley, ed., 3 vols.; London: Penguin, 1994), vol. I, p. 224.

                     8 See Ernst Kirsten, “Edessa; eine r6mische Grenzstadt des 4. Bis 6. Jahrhunderts im Orient,” Jahrbuch fur Antike and Christentum 6(1963), pp. 144-172.

                            9 See D. Kennedy, “The East,” in J. Wacher, The Roman World (vol. I; London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1987), pp. 266-308.

10 See S.N.C. Lieu, “Captives, Refugees and Exiles: a Study of Cross-Frontier Civilian Movements and Contacts between Rome and Persia from Valerian to Jovian,” in P. Freeman & D. Kennedy (eds.), The Defence of the Roman and Byzantine East (part 2; Oxford: British Institute of Archaeology at Ankara, 1986), pp. 475-508.

11 See G. W. Bowersock, Hellenism in Late Antiquity (Ann Arbor, MI: The University of Michigan Press, 1990), esp. pp. 29-40.

__________

language which eventually carried the Christian faith across the trade routes of Central Asia, eastward into China and southward into India. 12 For it was Christianity that provided the cultural elan that made Syriac much more than just the Aramaic dialect of Edessa. From the third century onward it became the lingua franca of a sizeable, mostly mercantile population group in Mesopotamia, who, until well into Islamic times, carried their cultural identity in their own distinctive idiom far and wide.

II

Christianity in Edessa

One no longer knows for sure when or exactly how Christianity first came to the Syriac-speaking communities. Modern scholars are divided between supporters of the view that it first appeared among Jews in the kingdom of Adiabene, to the north and east of Osrhoene, who had close ties to Palestine, and those who think that Christianity came first to Edessa, from Antioch. What is clear is that by the time of the Roman emperor Septimius Severus (193-211) there was a large enough community of Christians in Edessa to support a church building in the city. The Chronicle of Edessa records the fact that in the year 201AD the church of the Christians was destroyed by a flood. The same sixth-century chronicle dates the `apostasy’ of Marcion to the year 138 AD, and it records the date of Bar Daysan’s birth in Edessa in the year 154 AD. 13 Both Marcion and Bar Daysan will figure prominently in the discussion to follow of the first notable Christians of Edessa.

__________

12 See Samuel Hugh Moffett, A History of Christianity in Asia (vol. I: Beginnings to 1500; San Francisco: HarperSanFrancisco, 1992; Ian Gillman & Hans-Joachim Klimkeit, Christians in Asia before 1500 (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999).

13 See I. Guidi, Chronica Minora (CSCO, vols., 1 & 2; Louvain: Secretariat du CSCO, 1903 & 1907), pp. 2 & 3.

__________

The Chronicle of Edessa presents a retrospective view of the glories of Edessa. It was composed around the year 540 AD, drawn from the records of the city’s archives and other sources. It is put together from the perspective of a compiler in the sixth century, anxious to highlight the city’s ancient heritage. 14 From it and other sources one learns how from around the year 132 BC to AD 249, well into the Roman colonial period, Edessa enjoyed the rule of a local dynasty of kings. The dynasty is often called the `Abgarids’, after the name Abgar, the given name of a number of the city’s kings. But it is more correctly `the Aryu dynasty’, a family of Arab origin, whose rule fostered a dynamic of national consciousness. 15 Inscriptions in Old Syriac and Classical Syriac from the first three centuries of the Christian era preserve the names of many of the noble families of the period. 16 But for the origins of Christianity in Edessa and its environs, the Chronicle does not offer much help.

In the first decades of the fifth century, a now anonymous writer working in Edessa, and also using the city archives, as he claims, put together a remarkable narrative which he called The Teaching of Addai the Apostle. 17 At the end of the work the author says that he used records written by the scribe Labubna, the son of Senaq, the son of Abshadar, as his source, and that Hannan, the royal archivist, had testified to their

__________

14 See W. Witakowski, “Chronicles of Edessa,” Orientalia Suecana 33-34 (1984-1986), pp. 486-498. 15 See Millar, The Roman Near East, 31 BC – AD 337, pp. 472-481.

                    16 See Han J. W. Drijvers & John F. Healey, The Old Syriac Inscriptions of Edessa & Osrhoene: Texts Translations & Commentary (Handbuch der Orientalistik, 42; Leiden: Brill, 1999).

                   17 The text was first published and translated into English by George Phillips, The Doctrine of Addai, the Apostle, Now First Edited in a Complete Form in the Original Syriac (London: Trubner & Co., 1876). It is now also available, in Phillips’ edition, but with a new English version, in George Howard (trans.), The Teaching of Addai (SBL Texts and Translations, 16, Early Christian Literature Series, 4; Chico, CA: Scholars Press, 1981). For further information about the text and its manuscript witnesses, see A. Desreumaux, “La Doctrine d’Addai; essai de classement des temoins syriaques et grecs,” Augustinianum 23 (1983), pp. 181-186. See also Alain Desreumaux, Histoire du roi Abgar et de Jesus (Paris: Brepols, 1993).

___________

accuracy. 18 In his work the author undertook not only to tell the story of the coming of Christianity to Edessa, and to demonstrate its apostolic origins, but, perhaps even more importantly for his own purposes, he provided a profile of the doctrine that he represented as the Christian Kerygma originally preached in Edessa. At the very beginning the author lists the three main moments of the narrative:

*when Abgar, the king, the son of Ma’nu, the king, sent the letter to Jerusalem, to our Lord;

*when Addai, the apostle, came to Edessa/Urhay, and what he said in the announcement of his kerygma;

*the instructions he gave when he was leaving this world, to those who had received the hand of the priesthood from him. 19

Following the third moment of the narrative, the account of Addai’s instructions to his Edessene followers, the author provides a brief, concluding recital of developments in the church of Edessa after the time of Addai. Finally, at the very end, there is the notice about Labubna, the king’s scribe, “the one writing down these things of Addai, the apostle,” and Hannan, the king’s trustworthy archivist, who “set down the hand of witness.”20 The literary heart of the work, as we now have it, is to be found in the speeches delivered by Addai in Edessa. The major themes in the speeches highlight the following issues: the Roman political and ecclesiastical alignment of Edessa and its territories; a hierarchical church order in communion with the sees of Antioch and Rome; a list of religious adversaries including pagans and Jews; a Christology reminiscent of that of Cyril of Alexandria; and moral imperatives concerned with the proper use of

__________

8 See Howard, The Teaching of Addai, pp. lii-liii; 105-107.

19 Howard, The Teaching of Addai, pp. 1 & 3.

__________

wealth in service of the poor. The study of the terms in which these themes are presented in the work leads to the conclusion that the Doctrina Addai in its final form comes from the pen of a writer in the entourage of Bishop Rabbula of Edessa (d.436) in the first third of the fifth century. 21

The Doctrina Addai puts forward the several major themes as the component parts of a distinctly Edessan profile of the Christian faith that in its author’s opinion went back to the origins of Christianity in that city. He used documentary sources from the city’s archives, as well as legendary accounts of the first Christians in the city, to support the political and doctrinal point of view he wished to commend. For this purpose he evokes the memory of King Abgar V, `the Black’, (4 BC – 7 AD & 13 A D – 50 AD) and the legendary account of his having sent envoys to Palestine with a letter for Jesus at the time of his passion. He asked Jesus to come to Edessa to heal the king of an illness. According to the story, Jesus then responded with a message of his own. He promised to send a disciple to Edessa after his ascension into heaven, to heal Abgar and to preach the Gospel in his kingdom. Meanwhile, Hannan the archivist, a member of the king’s delegation to Jesus, is said to have brought a portrait he painted of Jesus back to Edessa with him from Palestine. 22 And in due course, after Jesus’ passion, death and resurrection, according to the story, the disciple Addai came to evangelize Edessa, in fulfillment of Jesus’ promise, and to establish the city’s claim to an apostolic foundation for her church. The problem with this

account, from the historian’s point of view, is that

__________

20 Howard, The Teaching of Addai, pp. liii & 107.

21 See Sidney H. Griffith, “Writing History in Syriac in Late Antique Edessa: the Doctrina Addai as a Paradigm of Christian Thought on the Aramean Frontier of the Roman Empire,” in Richard Lim & Carole Straw (eds), The World of Late Antiquity: the Challenge of New Historiographies (Berkeley: University of California Press, in press).

__________

the legendary character of the framework narrative, and the Rabbulan profile of the main body of the work, make it unreliable as a source of information about how Christianity actually first came to the Syriac-speaking world. Of course, the legend may well have a historical fundamentum in re, but if so it is now indiscernible beneath layers of narrative color.

From a reading of the Doctrina Addai, one goes on in the search for the first Christians of Edessa to other documents. The earliest, independent historical document one might mention, dating from around the year 192 A.D., is the epitaph of Abercius Marcellus, bishop of Hierapolis in Phrygia. It mentions the presence of Christians in the environs of Edessa from the second half of the second century onward. Finally, Julius Africanus (c. 160-240), who in 195 CE came with Septimius Severus’ expedition to Osrhoene, mentions in his Kestoi or `Embroideries’, that he had met Bar Daysan in Edessa.23

Tatian the Syrian (c. 160 CE), who says of himself that he was from Assyria, 24 by which he presumably meant northern Mesopotamia, is perhaps the earliest Christian whom we know by name to have come from the Syriac-speaking milieu. He had gone to Rome to study philosophy and there he converted to Christianity under the influence of Justin Martyr (c.100-c.165). Sometime after the latter’s death, perhaps around the year 172, Tatian returned to his native land. Therefore, Tatian himself may well have played a significant role in the dissemination of Christianity beyond the Euphrates. In the works

__________

22 On the famous image of Edessa see now Han J. W. Drijvers, “The Image of Edessa in the Syriac Tradition,” in H. L. Kessler & G. Wolf (eds), The Holy Face and the Paradox of Representation (Villa Spelman Colloquia, Florence, 1996, vol. 6; Bologna: Nuova Alfa, 1998), pp. 13-31.

23 See the passage quoted in the prefatory material to M. J. Routh, Reliq_uiae Sacrae (vol. II, 1844), reprinted in PG, vol. X, cols. 45-46.

24 See Molly Whittaker (ed. & trans.), Tatian, Oratio ad Graecos and Fragments (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1982), section 42, pp. 76-77

___________

of early Christian heresiographers he is often accused of the `heresy’ of the `Encratites’,25 a somewhat vague doctrine involving excessive ascetical practice. He is also remembered for two works that have survived: his Oratio ad Graecos, written in Greek, and the Diatessaron, a presentation of the four Gospels in a continuous narrative, which Tatian put together while he was still in Rome. While the original language of the latter is uncertain, it nevertheless had a wide circulation in Syriac, at least until the time of Bishop Rabbula of Edessa (d. 435), when it was officially banned .26

The translation of the Bible into Syriac was an important part of the introduction of Christianity into the Syriac-speaking milieu. It appears that all the translators of the Old Testament into the Syriac version that would come to be called the Peshitta or `Simple’ version by the ninth century, worked primarily from a Hebrew original. Many of them seem also sporadically to have consulted the Greek Bible, and there are parallels with the Targums that suggest dependence on a common oral tradition. As for the translators themselves, the current scholarly consensus is that “they constituted a single school, a non-rabbinic Jewish community, which eventually accepted Christianity. The evidence suggests that the work spanned perhaps one or two generations, towards the end of the second century CE, and that the likeliest location is Edessa.”27 The evidence is compatible with a date c. 150 for the earlier books of the Hebrew Bible. 28

A number of other Christian works in Syriac from the early period suggest vigorous literary activity by the Severan period. In this connection one might mention

__________

25 See R.M. Grant, “The Heresy of Tatian,” Journal of Theological Studies 5 (1954), pp. 62-68; L. W. Barnard, “The Heresy of Tatian – Once Again,” Journal of Ecclesiastical History 19 (1968), pp. 1-10.

26 See W. L. Peterson, Tatian’s Diatessaron: its Creation, Dissemination Significance and History in Scholarship (Supplement to Vigiliae Christianae, 25; Leiden: E. J. Brill, 1994).

27 M.P. Weitzman, The Syriac Version of the Old Testament: an Introduction (University of Cambridge Oriental Publications, 56; Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1999), p. 13.

28 Weitzman, The Syriac Version, p. 258.

__________

Odes of Solomon, the Acts of Judas Thomas (including the Hymn of the Pearl), and the Gospel of Thomas. 29 But these works are all problematic in terms of our knowledge of their origins; most of what we think we know about them is the product of modern scholarly surmise. The earliest Syriac writer whose name and work we actually know is Bar Daysan (154-222), of whom we will speak at greater length below. For now what is important to emphasize is the fact that all of the earliest Christian texts in Syriac supply ample evidence of a wide acquaintance of the Syrians with the rest of the world. Indeed, the Syriac-speaking milieu in the Severan period (193-235), along with all its heritage from the east and with its continuing fascination with Persia and Persians, was nevertheless busily absorbing Christian ideas from the wider Roman world into which Septimius Severus and his successors were bringing it. To this phenomenon Abercius, Tatian, Julius Africanus and the others also testify. By the time Eusebius of Caesarea (c.260-340) was writing his Ecclesiastical History (before 300?) Edessa and Osrhoene were seen to be playing a role in the by now empire-wide Christian movement; he reports events in the church there on the basis of documents in the city’s archives, including the rudiments of what would become the legend of its apostolic origins. Eusebius also reports more ordinary events in the city’s ecclesiastical life, such as its participation in early doctrinal and liturgical controversies. This fact has led Steven K. Ross to make the following observation:

Eusebius, however, reports (Hist. Eccl. 5.23.4) that the churches of Osrhoene were consulted when a controversy arose in the

__________

29 See Robert Murray, Symbols of Church and Kingdom; a Study in Early Syriac Tradition (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1975), esp. pp. 24 ff.

30 See Sebastian Brock, “Eusebius and Syriac Christianity,” in Harold W. Attridge & Gohei Hata (eds), Eusebius, Christianity, and Judaism (Detroit: Wayne State University Press, 1992), pp. 212-234.

__________

church over the date of Easter, around 197. If this report is genuine, it offers confirmation for the establishment of at least a small Catholic community in Osrhoene, and probably in its capital of Edessa, around 190-200.3

III

Edessa’s Early Christian Teachers

From the later heresiographical literature in Syriac, notably the works of Ephraem the Syrian (306-373), one learns that already in the second century the ideas of Marcion of Sinope (d.c.154), who had become a Christian in Rome c.140, exerted a major influence in Syriac-speaking Edessa and its environs. 32 Given the wide range of his ideas in the Christian world generally, it would be surprising if this had not been the case. At the time Edessa seems to have been absorbing Christianity in its entirety, including the ideas of that other daring thinker from Rome, Valentinus (d.c.165),33 along with the ever more popular Roman, political suzerainty. Although he was never a resident there, Marcion in particular became so important a figure in Osrhoene that the Chronicle of Edessa mentions it as a notable fact in the city’s official memory that “in the year 449 [of the Seleucid era, i.e., 137/138 C.E.] Marcion left the Catholic church.” 34

Marcion’s ideas had a powerful effect on Edessa’s native intellectual, Bar Daysan (154-222), whom Julius Africanus met in Abgar VIII’s court in the days of Septimius Severus, as we mentioned above. On the one hand, as we learn from Eusebius,

__________

31 Ross, Roman Edessa, pp. 127-128.

32 See Han J. W. Drijvers, “Marcionism in Syria: Principles, Problems, Polemics,” Second Century 6 (1987-88), pp. 153-172.

33 Aphrahat, `the `Persian Sage’ (fl. 337-345), spoke of the “fraudulent teachings” of both Marcion and Valentinus, along with Mani. See Joannes Parisot (ed. & trans.), Aphraatis Demonstrationes I – XXII (Patrologia Syriaca, vol. I; Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1894), cols. 115-116.

__________

Bar Daysan composed polemical works against the teaching of Marcion.35 On the other hand, this “Aramean Philosopher,” as Ephraem called Bar Daysan,36 was himself the author of a formidable system of thought, putting together elements from his own world beyond the Euphrates and the philosophy of the Greeks, as we shall discuss below.

Radiating from Edessa, Bar Daysan’s teaching had a wide dissemination in the Syriac-speaking world. In the next generation it was to have a profound effect on a teacher from southern Mesopotamia, who had been brought up in the Aramaic-speaking, Jewish-Christian milieu of the `Elkasaites’ in Iraq, whose name was Mani (216-276). Mani was to become the founder of a major, world religion, with the Persian court as the focal point of his activity. But this fact should not blind us to his Edessa connections. Not only was he indebted in important ways to the thought of Bar Daysan, Edessa’s own `Aramean philosopher’, 37 but Mani himself is said to have addressed one of his epistles to the community in Edessa.38 By Ephraem’s day, in the judgment of Han J. W. Drijvers, Manichaeism had already gained a commanding presence in the environs of Edessa.39

__________

34 Quoted from Drijvers, “Marcionism in Syria,” p. 153. See Guidi, Chronica Minora, p. 3 (npaq Marqyon men `edta qatholiqa).

                 35 See the passage from Eusebius’ Ecclesiastical History (IV, 30) quoted, translated into English and discussed in H. J. W. Drijvers, Bardaisan of Edessa (Assen: Van Gorcum & Comp., 1966), pp. 169-170.

             36 C.W. Mitchell, S. Ephraim’s Prose Refutations of Mani, Marcion and Bardaisan (2 vols.; London & Oxford: Williams & Norgate, 1912 & 1921), vol. II, p. 225.

             37 See O. G. von Wessendonk, “Bardesanes and Mani,” Acta Orientalia 10 (1932), pp. 336-363; H. J. W. Drijvers, “Mani and Bardaisan; ein Beitrag zur Vorgeschichte des Manichaismus,” in Mdlanges d’Histoire des Religions offerts d Henri-Charles Puech (Paris: Presses Universitaires de France, 1974), pp. 459-469; Barbara Aland, “Mani and Bardesanes – zur Entstehung des manichaischen Systems,” in Albert Dietrich (ed.), Synkretismus im syrisch-persischen Kulturgebiet (Gottingen: Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, 1975), pp. 123-143.

             38 See Ron Cameron & Arthur J. Dewey (eds.), The Cologne Mani Codex (P. Colon. Inv. Nr. 4780) `Concerning the Origin of his Body’ (Texts and Translations, n. 15, Early Christian Literature Series, 3; Missoula, Montana: Scholars Press, 1979), pp. 50-51.

             39 Drijvers made this point in a number of publications, most succinctly in H. J. W. Drijvers, “Addai and Mani, Christentum and Manichaismus im dritten Jahrhundert in Syrien,” in R. Lavenant (ed.), III Symposium Syriacum 1980 (Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 221; Rome: Pontificium Institutum Studiorum Orientalium, 1983), pp. 171-185.

__________

In Edessa, and the Syriac-speaking world more generally, Bar Daysan and Mani can be seen to represent two responses to the intellectual challenges presented by the irruption of the influences of Roman arms and ideas into the frontier region of Syria in Severan times. In personal terms, these influences came first with Tatian, Julius Africanus, and others who brought ideas from the imperial city to the eastern shores of the Mediterranean, including the ideas of their contemporaries, Marcion and Valentinus. But they were not the only ones to come, nor were they the only Christians in evidence in Edessa and its environs. There was, presumably, the presence of a larger community to welcome them. Later Christian legend, recorded in the famous Doctrina Addai, as we have seen a work of the first half of the fifth century, puts forward other names from the Severan period as representing the ancestors of those who would come to profess the Nicene faith in Edessa. The most important of these was Bishop Palut (c.200), who was said to have been consecrated bishop by Serapion of Antioch (c.190-209), who in turn was consecrated by Zephyrinus of Rome (d.217).40 It was their lineage that was claimed by Bishop Quna (reg. c. 289-313), who, according to Walter Bauer, “organized orthodoxy in Edessa in an ecclesiastical manner and gave to it significant impetus.”41 And the names of both Bishop Quna of Edessa and Jacob of Nisibis ((d.338) are on the list of attendees at the Council of Nicea in 325, albeit that there are many historical problems with the surviving lists. 42

Looking back from the second half of the fourth century, Ephraem the Syrian (c. 306-373), who was then the major voice in support of Roman ecclesiastical orthodoxy in

__________

40 See George Howard (trans.), The Teaching of Addai (SBL Texts and Translations, 16, Early Christian

Literature Series, 4; Chico, CA: Scholars Press, 1981), pp. 52 (Syriac), 105 (English).

41 Walter Bauer, Orthodoxy and Heresy in Earliest Christianity (2nd ed.; trans. & ed. R. A. Kraft & G. Krodel; Philadelphia: Fortress, 1971), p.33.

__________

the Syriac-speaking world, considered Bishop Palut to have been the man in Severan times who represented the Christian church’s best interests. Nevertheless, Ephraem renounced the name `Palutians’ for those whom he considered to be orthodox Christians, maintaining that the true followers of Christ are known simply as ‘Christians’. 43 Furthermore, Ephraem considered Marcion, Bar Daysan, and Mani to have been the principal `outsider’ adversaries to the `true’ Christian faith in Edessa and its environs in the early years of the Roman imperial hegemony. Here is what he said about them in his Hymns against Heresies:

Let them be interrogated about their times, about who is older than his associate. Would Mani seize primogeniture?

Bar Daysan is prior to him. Would Bar Daysan claim to be older? His age is younger than the earlier ones. Marcion was the first thorn, the first-born of the thicket of sin, the tare that was the first to spring up. May the Just One trample his growth .44

___________

42 See H. Gelzer, H. Hilgenfeld, O. Cuntz, Patrum Nicaenorum Nomina, Latine, Graece, Coptice, Syriace, Arabice, Armeniace (Lipsiae: Teubner, 1898), s.v.

43 See Sidney H. Griffith, “Setting Right the Church of Syria: Saint Ephraem’s Hymns against Heresies,” in W. E. Klingshim & M. Vessey (eds), The Limits of Ancient Christiani; Essays on Late Antique Thought and Culture in Honor of R. A. Markus (Ann Arbor: The University of Michigan Press, 1999), pp. 97-114; idem, “The Marks of the `True Church’ according to Ephraem’s Hymns against Heresies,” in G. J. Reinink & A.C. Klugkist (eds), After Bardaisan: Studies on Change and Continuity in Syriac Christianity; a Festschrift in Honor or Professor Han J. W. Drijvers (Orientalia Lovanenisia Analecta; Louvain: Peeters, 1999), pp. 125-140.

44 Edmund Beck, Des heiligen Ephraem des Syrers Hymnen contra Haereses (CSCO, vols. 169-170; Louvain: Secretariat du Corpus SCO, 1957), XXIL 17 Occasionally, Ephraem would add the names of other

__________

Ephraem viewed the famous Christian teachers of Severan times in the environs of Edessa, both those from abroad, like Marcion and Valentinus, and those local to the Syriac-speaking world, like Quq,45 Bar Daysan, and Mani, to have been anxious to win over disciples to their own doctrines. Here is what he said on this subject:

Valentinus stole a flock from the church and called it by his own name; the `Potter’ (i.e., Quq) made a denomination in his own name. The crafty Bar Daysan stole some sheep and they acted like the flock universal. Marcion deserted his sheep; Mani fell upon them to capture them from him. The one mad man was biting the other one! They called the flock by their own names. Blessed is the One who has thrown them out of his house. 46

In his polemical zeal, Ephraem even liked to make fun of the names of the great teachers revered in the environs of Edessa whose doctrines he loathed. In this vein, he wrote:

Whoever gave the name of the Daysan47 to Bar Daysan,

__________

,outsider’ adversaries. For example, in one stanza he wrote of Valentinus and Quq, in addition to the more frequently mentioned troika of Marcion, Bar Daysan, and Mani. See, e.g., ibid, XXII:3, quoted below.

45 Quq was a native of Edessa, who also lived in Severan times, but whose teachings, so objectionable to Ephraem, are now largely unknown. See Han. J. W. Drijvers, “Quq and the Quqites; an Unknown Sect in Edessa in the Second Century A.D.,” Numen 14 (1967), pp. 104-129.

46 Beck, Hymnen contra Haereses, XXII:3.

47 In ancient times, Daysan was the name of the river that flows by Edessa. Its devastating floods that damaged the city and claimed many lives were recorded in the chronicles. See, e.g., the account of one

__________

has caused more to die in Bar Daysan than [in] the Daysan. His volume swelled up to bring forth thistles and tares. Marcion (Mrgyon) he rubbed (mraq) so much as to make him rusty. He scoured him to the point of blunting his mind with blasphemy. Mani (Mani) became a garment (mana) fit to wear out its wearers .48

This polemical zeal on the part of Ephraem convinced Walter Bauer that Ephraem and the writers against heresies who came after him invented the history of Christianity in Edessa in the third century in order to support the cause of Roman imperial, ecclesiastical Orthodoxy in the fourth century. Bauer proposed the hypothesis that what would later be called `heresy’ actually came first in Edessa, and only subsequently the teaching that would be recognized as `orthodoxy’, and then only as espoused by a small, embattled group. More specifically, Bauer said that in Edessa “Christianity was first established in the form of Marcionism, probably imported from the West and certainly not much later than the year 150.”49 Here is not the place to argue about the Bauer hypothesis at any great length. True or false, it does nevertheless call attention to the tremendous intellectual vitality in Edessa and the Syriac-speaking world more generally in the

__________

such major flood in the third century recorded in the Chronicle of Edessa, in Guidi, Chronica Minora, vol. I, pp. 1-4.

48 Beck, Hymnen contra Haereses, 11:1. 49 Bauer, Orthodoxy and Heresy, p. 29.

__________

Severan period of Roman history. It is hard to avoid the conclusion that when the exciting ideas of Marcion, Valentinus and the others came from the wider world into Syria and Edessa in the late second century, they must have found an already well-established Christian community there to receive them. Indeed it seems that their very success would have required a prior Christian commitment on the part of many who would have become their admirers, in the light of which their new ideas would have been eagerly received.

Two third century thinkers in particular, Bar Daysan and Mani, both in some ways heirs to the teachings of Marcion, were to have major roles in the struggle for Christian allegiance in Syria in the third century and later. In the fourth century Ephraem portrayed the two of them as his major intellectual adversaries, outside the canonical boundaries of the `catholic’ church of the Roman Empire.

IV

The Struggle for Allegiance on the Aramean Frontier

Bar Daysan, Mani, and St. Ephraem were all frontier figures; they were native sons of the Aramaic-speaking world of the frontier between Rome and Persia, whose minds were challenged by the currents of political and religious thought that circulated in the wider worlds that came together in Mesopotamia. 50 Their doctrines were made up of elements from both east and west, but they found a common expression in the literary genres of Syriac, particularly in the madrdshd, a poetic `teaching song’ reportedly favored by all three teachers. 51 The teachings of Bar Daysan (154-222) and Mani (216-

__________

50 See Geo Widengren, ” `Synkretismus’ in der syrischen Christenheit,” in Dietrich, Synkretismus im syrisch-persischen Kulturegebiet, pp. 38-64.

51 Usually called simply a `hymn’ in the west, Andrew Palmer has proposed calling the madrdsha a `teaching song’, a rendering that certainly comes closer to the original sense of the term. See A. Palmer,

__________

276) dominated the third century. 52 In the fourth century St. Ephraem emerged as the strongest voice in Syrian Christianity. He espoused Nicene orthodoxy and Roman political allegiance in a flawless Syriac idiom that set the standard for literary excellence in that language ever thereafter and eventually eclipsed the influence of the ideas of the earlier teachers as well. From this perspective St. Ephraem may be seen not only as the champion of Roman imperial Orthodoxy, but also as the one who found the most effective way intellectually to inculturate Christianity into the life and institutions of the Aramean frontier.

Bar Daysan looked west. Epiphanius, the heresiographer, wrote in his Panarion that Bar Daysan was “a learned man in both Greek and Syriac.”53 While he was well schooled in the astral sciences of the Babylonians and the consogonical myths of the Persians, and was much concerned with planetary influences over human affairs, he was also much concerned with the science and philosophy of the Greeks. In fact, following

__________

“The Merchant of Nisibis; Saint Ephrem and his Faithful Quest for Union in Numbers,” in J. Den Boeft & A. Hilhorst, Early Christian Poetry; a Collection of Essays (Supplements to Vigiliae Christianae, vol. XXII; Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1993), pp. 167-233. On the inappropriateness of calling the madrashd a `hymn’ see Michael Lattke, “Sind Ephraems Madrdshd Hymnen?” Oriens Christianus 73 (1989), pp. 38-43.

52 For Bar Daysan, see Han J. W. Drijvers, Bardaisan of Edessa (Studia Semitica Neerlandica, 6; Assen: van Gorcum, 1966); Edmund Beck, “Bardaisan and seine Schule bei Ephraem,” Le Museon 91 (1978), pp. 324-333; J. Teixidor, Bardesane d’Edesse: la primiere philosophie syriaque (Paris: Cerf, 1992); A. Camplani, “Note Bardesanitiche,” Miscellanea Marciana 12 (1997), pp. 11-43; idem, “Rivisitando Bardesane: note sulle fonti siriache del bardesanismo e sulla sua collocazione storico-religiosa,” Cristianesimo nella Storia 19 (1998), pp. 519-596.

For Mani, see Edmund Beck, Ephraems Polemik gegen Mani and die Manichaeer; im Rahmen der zeitgenoessischen ariechischen Polemik and der des Ausgtinus (CSCO, vol. 391; Louvain: Secretariat du CorpusSCO, 1978); Samuel N. C. Lieu, Manichaeism in the Later Roman Empire and Medieval China, a Historical Survey (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 1985); idem, Manichaeism in Mesopotamia and the Roman East (Religions in the Graeco-Roman World, vol. 118; Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1994); Jason David BeDuhn, The Manichaean Body, In Discipline and Ritual (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 2000). See also Sidney H. Griffith, ” `The Thorn among the Tares’: Mani and Manichaeism in the Works of St. Ephraem the Syrian,” in M.F. Wiles & E.J. Yarnold (eds), Studia Patristica (vol. XXXV; Leuven: Peeters, 2001), pp. 403-435.

53 Karl Holl, Epiphanius, (Ancoratus and Panarion) (2nd vol., Die griechischen christlichen Schriftsteller, vol. 31; Leipzig: J.C. Hinrichs’sche Buchhandlung, 1922), LVI, p. 338.

__________

the perception of Ephraem, who called him “the Aramean philosopher,”54 modern commentators have been inclined to consider Bar Daysan to have been more of a philosopher than he ever was a religious teacher. 55 They find in his ideas about the origins of the world and human destiny reminiscences of the teachings of the Stoics and the Platonists.56 But from a cultural point of view, what is more interesting is that while the notes of his students portray him as almost a Socratic teacher, 57 Ephraem presents him as a successful composer of madrdshe in Syriac. Ephraem suggests that these compositions became the effective vehicles of Bar Daysan’s ideas in the Aramaic-speaking milieu. He complains of this in the Hymns against Heresies. Ephraem wrote:

In the lairs of Bar Daysan are melodies and chants. Since he saw the youth longing for sweets, with the harmony of his songs he excited the children. 58

For Ephraem the seduction of Bar Daysan’s Syriac melodies was virtually sexual. He said of them,

Bar Daysan’s speech outwardly displays chastity.

__________

                         54 Mitchell, Prose Refutations, vol. 11, p. 225.

55 See Teixidor, Bardesane d’Edesse, esp. pp. 105-114.

56 See, e.g., Hans J. W. Drijvers, “Bardaisan von Edessa als Reprasentant des syrischen Synkretismus im 2. Jahrhundert n. Chr.,” in Dietrich, Synkretismus im s ri~persischen Kultur eg biet, pp. 109-122.

57 The only sustained record of Bar Daysan’s teaching still extant is contained in a work put together by one of his interlocutors, Awida, usually called the Book of the Laws of Countries. See F. Nau, Bardesanes. Liber Legum Regionum (Patrologia Syriaca, vol. 1; Paris: Firmin-Didot, 1907), cols. 536-611; H.J.W. Drijvers (ed. & trans.), The Book of the Laws of Countries; Dialogue on Fate of Bardaisan of Edessa (Semitic Texts with Translations, 111; Assen: van Gorcum, 1965).

__________

Inwardly it is perverted into the very symbol of blasphemy. It is a stealthy woman; she commits adultery in the inner room. 59

The real issue here is that Bar Daysan, according to Ephraem, excelled in the composition of the rhythmically metrical `teaching songs’ (madrdshe) that were the masterpieces of Aramaic didactic poetry. He goes on to say,

For he composed madrdshe and put them to music. He wrote songs, and introduced metres. According to the quantities and measures, He distributed the words. To the innocent he proffered the bitter in the sweet, The sick, who do not choose healthy food .60

Ephraem said that Bar Daysan emulated David, in that he composed 150 such `teaching songs’. But from Ephraem’s own point of view they were “the music of the infidels, whose lyre is falsehood .”61 The reason was that these `teaching songs’ became the classical Syriac medium for the effective transmission of religious teaching. The

__________

58 Beck, Hvmnen contra Haereses, 1:17.

59 Beck, Hvmnen contra Haereses, 1:11.

___________

madrdsha was a particularly effective genre in the indigenous, Aramean literary culture in the terms of which any teacher who would commend his views in the Syriac-speaking world would have to express his ideas. Ephraem claims that it was Bar Daysan, the master composer of madrdshe, who provided the entree for Mani and his doctrines into the minds and hearts of the Syrians.

Mani looked east. He was born near Seleucia-Ctesiphon, the capital of the Persian Empire; Ephraem said he was from Babylon. 62 While Mani was religiously nurtured in the Aramaic-speaking milieu of the Elkasaites, a Judaeo-Christian group in lower Mesopotamia, the backbone of his mature teaching was the dualism that Ephraem claimed he got from the Hindus. 63 For a while Mani enjoyed the protection of the Persian royal court, in the person of the Shah Shapur 1 (241-272), and his teachings spread far and wide, both westward into the Roman empire, and eastward, across Central Asia into China. They exercised a major appeal in the Syriac-speaking environs of Edessa. According to Ephraem, Mani, like Bar Daysan, disseminated his teachings in Nisibis and Edessa in madrdshe.64 Presumably he had in mind the book of Psalms and Prayers, composed originally in Syriac, that was one of the seven works in the official canon of Manichaean scriptures. 65 But other Manichaean works were also available, and, as John Reeves has shown, Ephraem himself not infrequently quotes from them and alludes to

__________

60 Beck, Hvmnen contra Haereses, LIIIA On Bar Daysan’s role in setting the traditional madrdshd, a recitative, to music, see K. E. McVey, “Were the Earliest Madrdshe Songs or Recitations?” in Reinink & Klugkist, After Bardaisan, pp. 185-199.

61 Beck, Hvmnen contra Haereses, LIII:6.

62 See Beck, Hvmnen contra Haereses, XIV:8.

63 See Beck, Hvmnen contra Haereses, 111:7. Citing other passages, Beck thinks that here Ephraem means `Persians’ rather than `Indians’. See Beck, Hymnen contra Haereses, vol. 170, p. 13, n. 8, and idem, Ephraem’s Polemik, p. 25.

64 See Beck, Hymnen contra Haereses, 1:16.

65 See Lieu, Manichaeism in the Later Roman Empire, p. 6.

__________

them in his polemical writings. 66 Nevertheless, it appears that Ephraem regarded what he called Mani’s madrdshe to be the most formidable expressions of Manichaean teachings; they are the only Manichaean scriptures he actually names. According to Ephraem then it was in his so-called madrdshe that Mani made his strongest appeal for the allegiance of the Syriac-speaking peoples on the Aramean frontier.

Ephraem himself was a notable composer of madrdshe. While he also wrote simple prose, as well as rhythmic prose compositions and `verse homilies’ (memre), the Syriac madrdshd was nevertheless Ephraem’s own genre of choice for commending the Nicene faith and Roman political alignment in the frontier area. 67 The Syriac Vita of Ephraem even makes the claim that Ephraem wrote madrdshe expressly to counteract the influence of Bar Daysan’s compositions. 68 Concretely this means that he adopted the most compelling literary genre available in his Aramean culture to promote the ecclesiastical, theological, and political interests of the bishops whom he served. He seems to have been proud of his skill in this genre, for he sometimes `signed’ his madrdshe by the acrostic device of beginning each successive stanza with words the first Syriac letters of which, in sequence, spell out his name. 69 We learn from Jacob of Sarug’s memrd on Ephraem, `the Teacher’, how important the correct performance of his madrdshe was for him. He reportedly spent time and energy rehearsing the singers who

__________

66 See John C. Reeves, “Manichaean Citations from the Prose Refutations of Ephrem,” in Paul Mirecki & Jason BeDuhn, Emerging from Darkness: Studies in the Recovery of Manichaean Sources (Nag Hammadi & Manichaean Studies, XLIII; Leiden: E.J. Brill, 1997), pp. 217-288.

67 For more on Ephraem’s madrdshe see Andrew Palmer, ” `A Lyre without a Voice’; the Poetics and the Politics of Ephrem the Syrian,” ARAM 5 (1993), pp. 371-399.

68 See Joseph P. Amar, “The Syriac `Vita’ Tradition of Ephrem the Syrian,” (Ph.D. Dissertation; Washington, D.C.: The Catholic University of America, 1988 / Ann Arbor, Michigan: University Microfilms International, #8919389), chap. 31.

69 See Andrew Palmer, “St Ephrem of Syria’s Hymn on Faith 7; a Ode in His Own Name,” Sobornost 17 (1995), pp. 28-40.

__________

would perform them. 70 And at the end of his madrdshe against heresies Ephraem expressed in a prayer what he hoped to have accomplished. He prays,

O Lord, may the works of your pastoral minister (`alldnd) not be discounted.

I will not then have troubled your sheep, but as far as I was able,

I will have kept the wolves away from them, and I will have built, as far as I was able, enclosures of madrdshe for the lambs of your flock.

The ready appeal of Ephraem’s madrdshe in the Syriac-speaking milieu in which he composed them is evident in the fact that they were gathered into collections by theme, and also by melody, by his disciples, and by later users and transmitters of his compositions. In the end, by the sixth century, nine comprehensive volumes of Ephraem’s collected madrdshe were in circulation, arranged by subject matter and distributed according to the forty-five melodies according to which they were written and performed .72 This long-term popularity of Ephraem’s madrdshe testifies both to his success as a composer in the traditional genre favored by Bar Daysan and other writers of Syriac, perhaps including even Mani, and to the power of the ideas Ephraem promoted in this most Aramean of literary genres.

__________

70 See Joseph P. Amar, A Metrical Homily on Holy Mar Ephrem by Mar Jacob of Sarug_ (Patrologia Orientalis, vol. 47, fasc., 1, no. 209; Turnhout: Brepols, 1995), #48, pp. 37ff.

” Beck, Hymnen contra Haereses, LVL 10.

72 See Andrd De Halleux, “Une cle pour les hymnes d’Ephrem dans le MS. Sinai Syr. 10,” Le Museon 85 (1972), pp. 171-199; idem, “La transmission des Hymnes d’Ephrem d’apres le MS. Sinai Syr., 10, f. 165v-178r,” in Symposium Syriacum 1972 (Orientalia Christiana Analecta, 197; Rome: Pontificium institutum Studiorum Orientalium, 1974), pp. 21-36.

__________

By St. Ephraem’s day, in the fourth century, his theological adversaries within the Nicene community were principally the so-called `Arians’. Against them Ephraem defended the Nicene faith, in terms reminiscent of the theology of St. Basil of Caesarea and of St. Gregory of Nazinanzus,73 without ever importing their Greek terminology into his Syriac diction. 74 Outside his own theological community, Ephraem’s adversaries were the traditionally popular teachers in the environs of Nisibis and Edessa, the followers of Marcion, Bar Daysan, and Mania75

Inevitably it is from the perspective of Ephraem’s works that the history of Christianity in Edessa in its beginnings is finally told. He won the struggle for allegiance at least in part by his success in commending the loyalties he championed in the Syriac idiom of Aram, as he called his homeland. 76 Ephraem’s works have survived, preserved by the church he defended. The works of the earlier teachers, whose influence he surpassed, for the most part have not survived. But enough remains for us to conclude that the struggle for allegiance, both ecclesiastical and political, on the Aramean frontier was carried on in the language of the frontier community, and largely in the literary genre of the madrdshd, the `teaching song’. Bar Daysan may well have developed it in its classical form, but Ephraem perfected its use as an effective tool for the full inculturation of the Nicene faith in the Syriac-speaking world of Aram.

__________

73 See Paul S. Russell, St. Ephraem the Syrian and St. Gregory the Theologian Confront the Arians )Moran Etho, 5; Kottayam, Kerala: St. Ephrem Ecumenical Research Institute, 1994).

74 See Sidney H. Griffith, ” `Faith Seeking Understanding’ in the Thought of St. Ephraem the Syrian,” in George C. Berthold (ed.), Faith Seeking Understanding: Learning and the Catholic Tradition; Selected Papers from the Symposium and Convocation Celebrating the Saint Anselm College Centennial (Manchester, NH: Saint Anselm College Press, 1991), pp. 35-55.

75 See Sidney H. Griffith, “Setting Right the Church of Syria; Saint Ephraem’s Hymns against Heresies,” in William E. Klingshirn & Mark Vessey (eds), The Limits of Ancient Christianity: Essays on Late Antique Thought and Culture in Honor of R. A. Markus (Washington: CUA Press, 1999), pp. 97-114.

76 Ephraem speaks of Aram as `our country’ in a number of places. See, e.g., his boasting of `our land’ in the madrdshe he wrote in praise of Julian Saba. See Sidney H. Griffith, “Julian Saba, `Father of the Monks’ of Syria,” Journal of Early Christian Studies 2 (1994), esp. pp. 201-203.

 

__________

 

 

In later years, well after Ephraem’s time, Rome and Persia would continue to pull the Syriac-speaking communities of the Aramean frontier in opposite directions in terms both of political and even ecclesiastical allegiance. One has only to think in this connection of the history of the emergence of the independent Assyrian Church of the East in the early fifth century in Seleucia-Ctesiphon. And one recalls in the next century, in the reign of the Roman Emperor Justinian (527-565), the final tension, begun at the council of Chalcedon in 451, between the communities that in the Syriac-speaking world would come to be called by their adversaries the `Melkites’ and the `Jacobites’ respectively. Then, in the second half of the seventh century, the Aramean frontier between Rome and Persia disappeared under the burgeoning Commonwealth of Islam. Under Islamic rule the Syriac-speaking communities were not only caught up in theological isolation from one another, but they were effectively cut off from the rest of the Christian world as well. Under the Muslims the Aramean frontier ceased to exist, and a new struggle for allegiance beset the Syriac-speaking churches. This one they had to address in Arabic, the language of the new challenge to their faith. But through it all, in all the Syriac-speaking communities, to this very day no one has ever questioned their allegiance to their ancestral teacher, St. Ephraem the Syrian.

Bardesan, Dialogue on Fate / The Book of the Laws of the Countries

$
0
0

This text was transcribed by Roger Pearse, Ipswich, UK

A FEW days ago we went up to visit Shemashgram,2 our brother. And Bardesan came and found us there; and when he had felt him, and seen that he was well, he asked us, “What were you talking about, for I heard your voice from without as I was coming in?” For he was accustomed, whenever he found us talking about any thing before him, to ask us, “What were you saying?” that he might converse with us about it. We therefore said to him,This Avida was saying to us: ‘That if God he one, as you say, and He created mankind, and willeth that you should do that which you are commanded, why did He not create men so that they should not be able to go wrong, but always should do what is good; for by this His will would be accomplished.'”

Bardesan saith to him, “Tell me, my son Avida,3 why dost thou think that the God of all is not one, or that He is one, and doth not will that men should conduct themselves holily and uprightly?”

Avida saith, “I, my Lord, asked these of my own age in order that they might give me a reply.”

Bardesan saith to him, “If thou desirest to learn, it would be advantageous for thee, that thou shouldest learn from one who is older |2 than they: but if to teach, it is not requisite that thou shouldest question them, but that thou shouldest persuade them to ask thee what they desire. For teachers are usually asked, and do not themselves ask. And whenever they do put a question, it should be to direct the mind of the questioner so that he may ask properly, and they may know what his desire is. For it is a good thing that a man should know how to put questions.”

Avida saith, “I am desirous of learning, but I began first to question these my brethren, because I was ashamed of asking thee.”

Bardesan saith, “Thou speakest cleverly. Nevertheless know that he who putteth (2) his inquiries properly, and is willing to be convinced, and draweth near to the way of truth without obstinacy, needeth not be ashamed, because he will certainly give pleasure to him to whom the inquiry is directed, by those things which I have mentioned. If therefore, my son, thou hast any thing in thy mind respecting this about which thou wast inquiring, tell it to us all; and if it please us also, we shall participate with thee; and if it please us not, necessity will compel us to shew thee why it does not please us. And if thou wert only desiring to know this word, without having any thing in thy mind respecting it, as a man who has lately attached himself to the Disciples and is a recent inquirer, I will inform thee, in order that thou mayest not depart from us without profit; and if those things which I tell thee please thee, we have also for thee other things respecting this matter, but if they please thee not, we for our part shall have spoken without any ill feeling.”

Avida saith, “I even greatly desire to hear and to be convinced, because it is not from any other I have heard this word; but I have spoken it of my own mind to these my brethren, and they were not willing to convince me, but say, ‘Believe really, and thou wilt be able to know every thing;’ but I am not able to believe unless I be convinced.”

Bardesan saith, “Not Avida alone is unwilling to believe, but also many, because they have in them no faith, are not even able to be convinced, but always are pulling down and building up, and are |3 found destitute of all knowledge of the truth. Nevertheless, because Avida is not willing to believe, lo! I will speak to you who do believe concerning this which he inquireth, and he will hear something more.”

And he began to say to us, “There are many men who have not faith, and have not received knowledge from the wisdom of the truth. And on this account they are not competent to speak and to instruct, and do not easily incline themselves to hear. For they have not the foundation of faith to build upon, and they have no confidence upon which they may hope And because they also doubt respecting God, they likewise have not within them that fear of Him which would liberate them from all fears: for whoso hath not the fear of God within him, he is subject to every fear. For even with respect to that,(3) whatever it may be, which they do not believe, they are not sure that they properly disbelieve; but they are unstable in their minds, and are not able to stand, and the taste of their thoughts is insipid in their mouth, and they are always timid and hasty and rash. But as to what Avida was saying, ‘Why did not God create us so that we should not sin and be guilty?’ 4—-if man had been created so, he would not have been for himself, but would have been the instrument of him who moved him; and it is known that, whoso moveth as he chuseth he moveth him either to good or to evil. And how then would a man differ from a harp, upon which, another playeth, or from a ship, which another steereth: but the praise and the blame stand in the hand of the artist, and the harp itself knoweth not what is played upon it, nor the ship whether it be well steered and guided; but they are instruments which are made for the use of him who possesseth in himself the science. But God in his kindness did not will that he should create man so. But he exalted him by Free-will above many things, and made him equal with the angels. For observe the sun and the moon and the sphere, and the rest of those creatures which are greater than we in some things, that there is not given to them Free-will of themselves, but they are all fixed by ordinance that they should do that only which is ordained for them, and nothing else. For the sun |4 never saith, that I will not rise at my time; nor the moon, that I will not change, and not wane, and not increase; nor does any one of the stars say, that I will not rise, and I will not set; nor the sea, that I will not bear the ships, and I will not stand within my hounds; nor the hills, that we will not continue in the places in which we are set; nor do the winds say that we will not blow; nor the earth, that I will not bear and sustain whatsoever is upon me: but all these things serve and are subject to one ordinance, for they are the instruments of the wisdom of God which erreth not. For if every thing ministered, who would be he that is ministered unto; and if every thing were ministered unto, who would be he that ministered? And there would not be one thing differing from another. For that which is single and hath no difference in it, is a Being which up to this hour has not been established. But those things, which are requisite for ministration, have been fixed in the power of man, because in the image (4) of Elohim he was created. On this account there has been given to him these things in kindness, that they might minister to him for a season; and it has been given to him to govern himself by his own will, and that whatever he is able to do, if he will he should do it, and if he will not, he should not do it; and he should justify or condemn himself. For if he had been made so that he would not be able to do evil by which he may be condemned, in the same manner also the good which he should do would not be his, and he would not be able to be justified by it. For whoso should not of his own will do that which is good or evil, his justification and his condemnation would stand in that Fortune for which he is created. On this account, let it be manifest to you, that the goodness of God has been great towards man, and that there has been given to him Free-will more than to all those Elements of which we have been speaking; that by this same Free-will he may justify himself, and govern himself in a godlike manner, and associate with the angels, who also are possessed of Free-will for themselves; for we know, that even the angels, if they had not been possessed of Free-will for themselves, would not have had intercourse with the daughters of men, and would not have sinned nor fallen from |5 their places.5 And in the same manner therefore those others which did the will of their Lord, by their power over themselves were exalted and sanctified, and received mighty gifts. For every one that exists stands in need of the Lord of all; and there is no end to his gifts. But nevertheless know ye, that even those things of which I have said that they stand by ordinance, are not entirely devoid of all freedom, and on this account at the last day they all shall be subject to judgment.”

I say to him, “And how can those things which are fixed be judged?”

He saith to me, “Not in so far as they are fixed, oh, Philip, will the Elements be judged, but in so far as they have power; for Beings when they are set in order arc not deprived of their natural property, but of their force of energy, being diminished by the mingling of one with another, and they are subdued by the power of their Creator; and in so far as they are subject, they will not be judged, but in that which is their own.”

Avida saith to him, “Those things which thou hast said are very good. But lo! the commandments which have been given to men are severe, and they are not able to perform them.”(5)

Bardesan saith, “This is the answer of such an one as doth not desire to do that which is good; and more especially of him who has obeyed and submitted to his enemy. For men are not commanded to do any thing but what they are able to do. For there are two commandments set before us such as are suitable and just for Free-will: one that we separate ourselves from every thing which is evil and which we should dislike to be done to ourselves; and the other that we should do that which is good and which we love, and desire that it should also be done to us likewise. What man, therefore, is there who is unable to avoid stealing, or to avoid lying or committing adultery and fornication, or that he should be guilty of hatred and falsehood? For lo! all these things are subject to the mind of man, and it is not in the power of the body they are, but in the will of the soul. For even if a man be poor and sick and old, or impotent, in his limbs, he is able to avoid doing all these things; and as he is able to |6 avoid doing these things, so is he able to love, and to bless, and to speak the truth, and to pray for that which is good for every one whom he knoweth: and if he be in health and have the use of his hands, he is able too to give something of that which he hath; also to support by the strength of body him who is sick arid broken down, this too he is able to do. Who, therefore, it is that is not able to do what those devoid of faith murmur about, I know not. For I think, that it is in these commandments more than in any thing man has power. For they are easy, and there is nothing that is able to hinder them. For we are not commanded to carry heavy burthens of stones, or of timber, or of any thing else, which those only who are powerful in body are able to do; nor that we should build fortresses and found cities, which kings only are able to do; nor that we should steer ships, which mariners only are skilled in steering; nor that we should measure and divide the earth, which geometricians only know how to do; nor any one of those arts which some men possess, and the rest are devoid of them; but there has been given to us according to the goodness of God commandments without grudging, such as every man who possesses a soul within him can do rejoicing; for there is no man who rejoiceth not when he doeth that which is good; nor is there any one who doth not delight within himself when he refraineth from wicked things, with the exception of those who were not made for this grace, and are called Tares: for would not (6) that judge be unjust who should blame a man for such a thing as he is not able to do?”

Avida saith to him, “Respecting these deeds, oh Bardesan, sayest thou that they are easy to perform?”

Bardesan saith, “To him who desireth, I have said, and do say, that they are easy; for this is the good conduct of a free mind, and of that soul which hath not rebelled against its Governors. For there are many things which impede the action of the body, and more especially old age, and sickness, and poverty.”

Avida saith, “Perchance a man may be able to avoid wicked things, but to do good things who among men is able?”

Bardesan saith, “It is more easy to do good than to abstain from |7 evil. For the good is the man’s own, and on this account he rejoiceth whenever he doeth good; but the evil is the operation of the enemy, and on this account, when a man is troubled and not sound in his nature, he doeth wicked things. For know, my son, that it is an easy thing for a man to praise and bless his friend; but that a man should not blame and revile him that he hates is not easy. But nevertheless, this is possible to be; and whenever a man doeth that which is good, his mind is cheerful and his conscience tranquil, and he is pleased that every one should see what he does; but whenever a man acts wrongly, and committeth an injury, he is agitated and troubled, and full of rage and anger, and is tormented in his soul and in his body: and when he standeth in this mind, he is not pleased to be seen by every one; and those things in which he rejoiceth, which even praise and blessing follow, are rejected by him; but upon those things by which he is agitated and troubled followeth the curse of blame. But perhaps a man may say, that even fools are pleased when they do vile things:—-but not in the doing of them, and not in being commended, and not for good hope; and this pleasure doth not continue with them. For the enjoyment which is in a sound state for good hope is one; and the enjoyment in an unhealthy state for bad hope is another. For lust is one thing and love is another; and friendship is one thing and sodality another; and we ought plainly to understand that the unrestrained ardour of love is called lust, which (7) although there may be in it enjoyment for a moment, nevertheless is far removed from that true love, whose enjoyment is for ever uncorruptible and indissoluble.”

I say to him, “After this manner again was this Avida saying, ‘That it is from his Nature man acteth wrongly; for if he had not been formed naturally to do wrong, he would not do wrong.'”‘

Bardesan saith, “If all men did one deed and acted with the one mind, it would then be known that it was their Nature governed them, and they would not have the Free-will of which I spake to you. Nevertheless, in order that ye may understand what is Nature and what is Free-will, I will proceed to inform you. |8

The Nature of man is this:6 that he should be born, and grow up, and rise in stature, and beget children, and grow old, by eating and by drinking, and sleeping, and waking, and that he should die. These because they are of Nature, belong to all men, and not to all men only, but also to all animals which have a soul in them; and some of them also to trees. For this is a physical operation which performeth and produceth and establisheth every thing as it has been ordained. But Nature also is found to be maintained by animals too in their actions. For the lion eateth flesh, by his Nature; and on this account all lions are eaters of flesh. And the sheep eateth grass; and for this reason all sheep are eaters of grass. And the bee maketh honey by which it sustains itself; for this reason all bees are honey-makers. And the ant layeth up for itself a store in summer, that it may sustain itself from it in the winter; and for this reason all ants do likewise. And the scorpion striketh with its sting him who hath not hurt it; and so likewise all scorpions strike. And all animals maintain their Nature; and those which feed upon grass do not eat flesh; nor do those that feed upon flesh eat grass. But men are not governed in this manner; but in the things belonging to their bodies they maintain their Nature like animals, and in the things  |9 which belong to their minds they do that which they wish, as being free and with power, and as the likeness of God: for there are some of them that eat flesh, and do not touch bread; and there are some of them that make a distinction in the eating of flesh; and there are some of them that do not eat the flesh of any animal in which there is a soul; and there are some of them that have connexion with their mothers, and with their sisters,(8) and with their daughters; and there are some that never approach women at all; and there are some that avenge themselves like lions and like leopards; and there are some that injure him who has not done them any harm, like scorpions; and there are some that are led like sheep, and do not hurt those who govern them; and there are some who conduct themselves with virtue, and some |10 with righteousness, and some with vice. And if any one should say, they have each individually a Nature to do so, let him see that it is not so. For there are some who were fornicators and drunkards, and when the admonition of good counsels reached them, they became chaste and temperate, and abandoned the lust of their bodies. And there are some who conducted themselves with chastity and temperance; and when they became negligent of right admonition, and despised the commands of the Deity, and of their instructors, fell from the way of truth, and became fornicators and prodigals; and there are some who repented again after their fall; and fear came upon them, and they returned to the truth in which they stood. What, then, is man’s Nature? for lo! all men differ one from another in their conduct, and in their desires; and those who stood in one will and in one counsel resemble one another: but those men whose lust is enticing them up to the present moment, and whose passion governs them, desire to attribute whatsoever they do wrong to their Creator; so that they themselves may be found without fault, and He who created them may be condemned by a vain plea; and they do not see that Nature has no law, for a man is not blamed because he is tall in his stature or little, or white or black; or because his eyes be large or small; or for any one of the defects of the body: but he is blamed if he steal, or lie, or practise deceit, or poisoneth, or curseth, or doeth such things as are like these; for lo! from hence it is evident, that as to those things which are not done by our hands, but which we have from Nature, we are not indeed condemned by these; neither by these are we justified; but those things which we do by our own Freewill, if they be good, by them we are justified and praised, and if they be wicked, by them we are condemned and blamed.” |11

Again we asked him, and said to him, “There are others who say, that by the decree of Fortune men are governed, at one time wickedly, and at another time well.”

He said to us, “I likewise, O Phillip and Baryama,7 know that there are men (9) who are called Chaldeans, and others who love this knowledge of the art, as I also once loved it; for it has been said by me, in another place,8 that the soul of man is capable of knowing that which many do not know, and the same men meditate to do; and all that they do wrong, and all that they do good, and all the things which happen to them in riches and in poverty, and in sickness and in health, and in defects of the body, it is from the influence of those Stars, which are called the Seven, they befal them, and they are governed by them. But there are others which say the opposite of these things,—-how that this art is a lie of the Chaldeans, or that Fortune does not exist at all, but it is an empty name; and all things are placed in the hands of man, great and small: and bodily defects and faults happen and befal him by chance. But others say that whatsoever a man doeth, he doeth of his own will, by the Free-will that has been given to him, and the faults and defects and evil things which happen to him, he receiveth as a punishment from God. But as for myself, in my humble opinion, it appeareth to me that these three sects are partly true, and partly false. They are true, because men speak after the fashion which they see, and because, also, men see how things happen to them, and mistake;—-because the wisdom of God is richer than they, which has established the worlds and created man, and has ordained the Governors, and has given to all things the power which is suitable for each one of them. But I say that God and the Angels, and the Powers, and the Governors, and the Elements, and men and animals have this power: but all these orders of which I have spoken have not power given to them in every thing. For he that is powerful in every thing is One; but they have power in some things, and in some tilings they have no power, as I have said: that the goodness of God may be seen in that in which they have power, and in that in which they have no power they may know that they have a Lord. There is, therefore, Fortune, as the |12 Chaldeans say: but that every thing is not in our will is apparent from hence—-that the majority of men have wished to be rich and to have power(10)over their fellows, and to be healthy in their bodies, and that things should be subject to them as they desire: yet wealth is not found but with few; nor power, except with one here and there; nor health of body with all men; neither do those who are rich have entire possession of their riches; nor those who are in power have all things obedient to them as they wish: and sometimes they are disobedient in a manner which they do not wish: and at one time the rich are wealthy as they desire, and at another time they become poor in a manner which they do not desire; and those who are perfectly poor dwell in a manner that they do not wish, and live in the world in a manner that they do not desire; and they covet things, and they flee from them. And many beget children, and do not bring them up; and others bring them up, and they do not inherit; and others inherit, and become a disgrace and an affliction: and others are rich as they wish, and have ill health as they do not wish; and others are healthy as they desire, and are poor as they do not desire. There are some who have many of the things which they wish, and few of those which they do not wish; and there are some who have many of the things which they do not wish, and few of those which they do wish: and thus it is found, that riches, and honours, and health, and sickness, and children, and various objects of desire, are placed under Fortune, and are not in our own power. But with such as are according as we wish, we are pleased and delighted; and towards such as we do not wish we are drawn by force. And from those things which befal us when we do not wish, it is evident, also, with respect to those things which we do wish, that it is not because we wish them that they befal us, but that they happen as they do happen; and with some of them we are pleased and with some not. And we men are found to be governed by Nature equally, and by Fortune differently, and by our Free-will each as he wishes.

“But let us speak now, and shew with respect to Fortune, that it has not power over every thing; for this very thing itself |13 which is called Fortune is an order of procession which is given to the Powers and the Elements by God; and according to this procession and order, intelligences are changed by their coming down to be with the soul, and souls are changed by their coming down to be with the body: and this alternation itself is called the Fortune, and the Nativity of this assemblage, which is being sifted and purified, for the assistance of that which by the favour of God and by grace (11) has been assisted, and is being assisted, till the consummation of all. The body, therefore, is governed by Nature, the soul also suffering with it and perceiving; and the body is not constrained nor assisted by Fortune in all the things which it does individually; for a man does not become a father before fifteen years, nor does a woman become a mother before thirteen years. And in the same manner, also, there is a law for old age; because women become effete from bearing, and men are deprived of the natural power of begetting; while other animals which are also governed by their own Nature, before those ages which I have specified, not only procreate, but also become too old to procreate, in the same manner as also the bodies of men when they are grown old do not procreate; nor is Fortune able to give them children at that time at which the body has not the Nature to give them. Neither, again, is Fortune able to preserve the body of man in life, without eating and without drinking; nor even when it has meat and drink, to prevent it from dying, for these and many other things pertain to Nature itself; but when the times and manners of Nature are fulfilled, then comes Fortune apparent among these, and effecteth things that are distinct one from another; and at one time assists Nature and increases, and at another hinders it and hurts; and from Nature cometh the growth and perfection of the body; but apart from Nature and by Fortune come sicknesses and defects in the body. From Nature is the connexion of males and females, and the pleasure of the both heads; but from Fortune comes abomination and a different manner of connexion, and all the filthiness and indecency which men do for the cause of connexion through their lust. From Nature is birth, and children; and from Fortune sometimes the children are deformed; |14 and sometimes they are cast away, and sometimes they die untimely. From Nature there is a sufficiency in moderation for all bodies; and from Fortune comes the want of food, and affliction of the bodies; and thus, again, from the same Fortune is gluttony and extravagance which is not requisite. Nature ordains that old men should be judges for the young, and wise for the foolish; and that the valiant should be chiefs over the weak, and the brave over the timid. But Fortune causeth that boys should be chiefs over the aged, and fools over the wise; and that in time of war the weak should govern the valiant, and the timid the brave.(12) And know ye distinctly that, whenever Nature is disturbed from its right course, its disturbance is from the cause of Fortune, because those Heads and Governors, upon whom that alternation is which is called Nativity, are in opposition one to the other. And those of them which are called Right, they assist Nature, and add to its excellency, whenever the procession helps them, and they stand in the high places, which are in the sphere, in their own portions; and those which are called Left are evil: and whenever they, too, occupy the places of height, they are opposed to Nature, and not only injure men, but, at different times, also animals, and trees and fruits, and the produce of the year, and the fountains of water, and every thing that is in the Nature which is under their control. And on account of these divisions and sects which exist among the Powers, some men have supposed that the world is governed without any superintendence, because they do not know that these sects and divisions and justification and condemnation proceed from that influence which is given in Free-will by God, that those actors also by the power of themselves may either be justified or condemned: as we see that Fortune crushes Nature, so we can also see the Freewill of man repelling and crushing Fortune itself: but not in every thing, is also Fortune itself doth not repel Nature in everything; for it is proper that the three things, Nature and Fortune and |15  Free-will, should be maintained in their lives until the procession be accomplished, and the measure and number be fulfilled, as it seemed good before Him who ordained how should be the life and perfection of all creatures, and the state of all Beings and Natures.”

Avida saith, “That it is not from his Nature a man doeth wrong . I am persuaded by those things which thou hast shewed, and that all men are not governed equally. But if thou art also able to shew this, that it is not from Fortune and Fate those act wrongly who do act wrongly, then it will be right to believe, that man holds his own Free-will, and by his Nature is brought near to those things which be good, and warned from the things which are wicked, and on this account he will also justly be judged in the last day.”

Bardesan saith, “From this, that men are not equally governed, (13) art thou persuaded that it is not from their Nature they act wrongly? Therefore the matter constrains thee to believe that neither also from their Fortune do they altogether act wrongly, if we be able to shew thee that the decree of the Fortunes and the Powers does not move all men equally, but we have Free-will in ourselves to avoid serving Physical nature and being moved by the control of the Powers.”

Avida saith, “Prove me this, and I will be convinced by thee, and whatever thou shalt charge me I will do.”

Bardesan saith, ” Have you read the books of the Chaldeans which are in Babylon, in which are written what the stars effect by their associations at the Nativities of men? And the books of the Egyptians, in which are written all the modes which happen to men?”

Avida saith, “I have read the books of Chaldeism, but I do not know which belong to the Babylonians and which to the Egyptians.”

Bardesan saith, “The doctrine of both countries is the same.” 9

Avida saith, “It is known that it is so.”

Bardesan saith, “Hear now and understand, that it is not what the stars decree in their Fortune and in their portions, that all men equally do who are in all the earth; |16 for men have established laws in different places, by that Free-will which has been given to them by God. Because the gift itself is opposed to that Fortune of the Powers, which assume for themselves that which has not been given to them. I will begin to speak so far as I remember from the east, the head of the whole world.

The Laws of the Seres.10 The Seres have laws that they should not kill, and not commit fornication, and not worship idols; and in the whole country of the Seres there are no idols, nor harlots, who killeth a man, nor who is killed; while they too are born at all hours, and upon all days. And Mars the fierce, when he is placed in the midst of the heavens, doth not force the Free-will of the Seres that a man should shed the blood of his neighbour with a weapon of iron. Nor does Venus, when she is placed with Mars, force any one of the men of the Seres that he should have connexion with his neighbour’s wife, or with another |17 woman; but rich and poor, and sick and healthy, and rulers (14) and subjects, are there: because these things are given to the power of the Governors.

Laws of the Brahmins 11 which are in India. Again, among the Indians, the Brahmins, among whom there are many thousands and tens of thousands, have a law that they should not kill at all, and not revere idols, and not commit fornication, and not eat flesh, and not drink wine; and among them not one of these things takes place. And there are thousands of years to these men, lo! since they govern themselves by this law which they have made for themselves. Another Law which is in India. And there is another law in India, and in the same Clime, belonging to those, which are not of the family of the Brahmins, nor of their doctrine; that they should serve idols, and commit fornication, and kill, and do other abominable things, which do not please the Brahmins. |18

And in the same Clime of India there are men that by custom eat the flesh of men in the same manner as the rest of the nations eat the flesh of animals. But the evil stars have not forced the Brahmins to do evil and abominable things; nor have the good stars persuaded the rest of the Hindoos to abstain from evil things; nor have those stars which are well arranged in the places which it is proper for them, and in the signs of Zodiac which relate to humanity, persuaded those who eat the flesh of men to abstain from using this abominable and odious food.

Laws of the Persians.12 And, again, the Persians have made laws for themselves that they may take for wives their sisters, and their daughters, and their daughters’ daughters; and there are some that go further, and take even their mothers. Of these same Persians some have been scattered, and are in Media and the country of Parthia, and in Egypt, and in |19 Phrygia, and they are called Magi; and in all countries and Climes in which they are, they govern themselves by this law which was established for their fathers; but we cannot say that for all the Magi and the rest of the Persians, Venus was placed with the Moon, and with Saturn in the mansion of Saturn in his portions, while Mars witnessed them. And there are many places in the kingdom of the Parthians where men kill their wives, and their brethren, and their children, and incur no vengeance; while among the Romans and the Greeks, whoso killeth one of these incurreth capital punishment, the greatest of vengeance. “

Laws of the Geli. Among the Geli the women sow and reap, and build, and perform all the things of labourers, and do not wear dresses of colours: nor do they put on shoes, nor use sweet ointments; neither does any one blame them when they commit adultery with strangers, or when they have connexion |20 with the slaves of their houses; but their husbands, the Geli,13 put on garments of colours, and ornament themselves with gold and jewels, and anoint themselves with sweet unguents; nor is it on account of effeminacy they conduct themselves so, but on account of a law which is established among them; and all the men are lovers of hunting, and makers of war: but we cannot say that, for all the women of the Geli, Yenus was placed in Capricorn, or in Aquarius, in a place of ill-luck; nor for all the Geli is it possible for us to say that Mars and Venus were placed in Aries, where it is written that vigorous and lascivious men are born. |21

The Laws of the Bactrians. Amongst the Bactrians, which arc called Cashani, the women adorn themselves with the goodly raiment of the men, and with much gold and goodly jewels; and their male and female slaves minister to them more than to their husbands; and they ride horses; and some adorn themselves with vestments of gold and with precious stones. And these women do not observe chastity, but have connexion with their slaves,14 and with strangers which come to that country, and their husbands do not blame them: and they have no fear, because the Cashani esteem their wives as mistresses; but we cannot say that, for all the Bactrian women, Venus is placed, and Mars, and Jupiter, in the mansion of Mars in the midst of the heavens, where women that are rich, and adulterers, and keep under their husbands in every thing, are born.

The Laws of the Racami, and of the Edesseans, and the Arabians.15 Amongst the Racami, and the Edesseans, and the Arabians, not only is she that committeth adultery put to death, but she also, that has the name of adultery against her, has capital punishment. |22

The Laws in Hatra.16 There is a law established in Hatra that whosoever committeth the small crime of a theft even of little value should be stoned. Amongst the Cashani, whoso committed such a theft as this, they spit in his face. Amongst the Romans, whoso committeth a little theft is scourged and dismissed. On the other side the Euphrates, and towards the East, he who is reviled either as a thief or as a murderer, does not feel very angry; but if a man be reviled as an arsenocoete, he then avenges himself even to the putting to death.

Laws of  (16)  17   *   *   boys   *   and are not  *   *   Again, in all the country of the East, those who have been insulted, and are known, their fathers and their brothers kill them, and oftentimes they do not even make known their graves.

Laws of the Orientals.18 But in the north, and in the country of the Germans, and those that are near to them, such boys among them as are handsome become as wives to the men, and they |23 have also marriage-feasts; and tins is not considered by them as a disgrace, nor as a reproach, on account of a law which they have: but it is not possible that all those that are in Gallia, who are disgraced by this disgrace, should have at their nativity Mercury placed for them with Venus, in the mansion of Saturn, and in the limits of Mars, and in the signs of the Zodiac at the west. For respecting those men who have their nativity thus, it is written that they are disgraced as women.

Laws of the Britons. Amongst the Britons many men take one wife.

Laws of the Parthians. And amongst the Parthians one man takes many wives, and all of these are obedient to his command in chastity, on account of a law which is established there in the country.

Laws of the Amazons. As to the Amazons, all of them, the entire nation, have no husbands, but, like beasts, once in the year, at the season of spring, they go out from their coasts, and pass the river, and when they are over they make a great festival on the mountain, and the men from those quarters come, and abide with them fourteen days, and have intercourse with them, and they become pregnant by them, and then pass again to their own country; and at the time of birth such as are males, they expose, and bring up the |24 females: and it is a known tiling, that according as Nature ordains, because they all become pregnant in one month, they also are delivered in one month, a little more and a little less; and as we have heard, all of them are vigorous and warlike: but not one of the stars is able to help all those males, which are born, from being exposed.”

Book of the Chaldeans.19 It is written in the Book of the Chaldeans, that whenever Mercury is placed with Venus in the mansion of Mercury, it produceth painters and sculptors, and money-changers; but when they are in the mansion of Venus, they produce perfumers, and dancers, and singers, and poets. And in all the country of the Tayites 20 and of the Saracens,(17) and in Upper Lybia, and amongst the Mauritanians, and in the country of the Nomades, which is at the mouth of the ocean, and in outer Germania, and in Upper Sarmatia, and in Hispania, and in all |25 the countries which are to the north of Pontus, and in all the country of the Alanians, and amongst the Albanians, and amongst the Zazi, and in Brusa which is beyond the Duro,21 one seeth not either sculptors, nor painters, nor perfumers, nor moneychangers, nor poets. But this decree of Mercury and Venus is inhibited from the circumference of the whole world. In the whole of Media, all men when they die, even while life is still remaining in them, are cast to the dogs, and the dogs eat the dead of the whole of Media; but we cannot say that all the Medians are born while the Moon is placed for them with Mars in Cancer during the day below the Earth: for thus it is written that those whom the dogs eat are born. The Hindoos, all of them when they die are burnt with fire, and many of their wives are burnt with them alive; but we cannot say, that all those women of the Hindoos which are burnt had at their nativity Mars and the Sun placed in Leo in the night below the Earth, as those men are born which are burnt with fire. All the Germans |26 die by suffocation, except those which are killed in battle; and it is not possible that at the nativity of all the Germans the Moon and Hora should have been placed between Mars and Saturn. But, in all places, every day and at all hours, men are born in nativities which are distinct one from the other, and the laws of men overcome the Decree, and they govern themselves according to their customs; and Fortune does not compel the Seres to kill at all when they do not wish; nor the Brahmins to eat flesh; nor restrain the Persians from marrying their daughters and their sisters; nor the Hindoos from being burnt; nor the Medians from being devoured by dogs; nor the Parthians from taking many wives; nor the Britons from many men taking one wife; nor the |27 Edesseans from being chaste; nor the Greeks from practising gymnastics * * *; nor the Romans from always seizing upon countries; nor the Gauls from marrying one for another; nor constrain the Amazons to bring up the males; neither does the Nativity compel any at the circumference of the world to use (18) the art of the Muses; but as I have said, in every country, and in every nation, all men use the Free-will of their Nature as they wish, and do service to Fortune and to Nature, on account of the body with which they are clad, at one time as they wish, at another as they do not wish; for in every country and in every nation there are rich and poor, and rulers and subjects, and healthy and sick, each of them, according as Fortune and Nativity has reached him.

I say to him, “Thou has convinced us of these things, Father Bardesan, and we know that they are true. But thou art aware that the Chaldeans say, that the Earth is divided into seven portions, which are called Climes; and over these same portions those Seven Stars have authority, each one over one of them; and in |28 each one of those same places the will of its Power prevails; and this is called Law.”

He said to me, “Know first, my son Phillip, that for the purpose of deceit the Chaldeans have invented this saying: For although the earth be divided into seven portions, nevertheless, in each one of the same portions there are found many laws which differ one from the other. For there are not found in the world seven laws according to the number of the Seven Stars; nor twelve according to the number of the Signs of the Zodiac; nor also thirty-six according to the number of the Decani:22 but there are many laws in each kingdom, and in each country, and in each circuit, and in every habitation, which are different from their neighbours. For ye remember what I said to you, that in one Clime of the Hindoos there are men that do not eat the flesh of animals, and there are others that eat the |29 flesh of men. And again, I told you respecting the Persians and the Magi, that it was not in the Clime of Persia only they have taken for wives their daughters and their sisters, but in every country to which they have gone, they have used the law of their fathers, and observed the mysteries of what they delivered to them. And again, remember that there are many people I told you, which surround all the world, that are not in one Clime, but in all the winds, and in all the Climes; and they have not the art which Mercury and Venus give when they are in configuration one with the other. And if the laws pertained to the Climes this could not be; but it is known, because those men are distant from the intercourse of men they are many in the manners of their living.(19) How many wise men, think ye, have abrogated from their own countries those laws which seemed to them not to be well made? And how many laws are there which have been broken on account of necessity? And how many kings are there, who, having taken those countries which did not belong to them, have abrogated the laws of their establishing, and instituted such laws as they desired? |30 And whenever these things took place, no one of the Stars was able to preserve the law. But this is at hand for you to see; because but as yesterday the Romans took Arabia, and abrogated all their ancient laws; and more especially that circumcision with which they circumcised. For he that has the power in himself obeyeth such law as is ordained for him by another, who also is possessed of the power of himself. But I will tell you what may avail more than any thing to persuade the foolish, and those lacking of faith. All the Jews, who have received the law at the hand of Moses, circumcise their male children on the eighth day, and do not wait for the coming of the Stars; neither do they respect the law of the country; nor does the Star, which has authority in the Clime, govern them by force; but whether they be in Edom, or in Arabia, or in Greece, or in Persia, or in the North, or in the South, they fulfil this law which was established for them by their fathers; and it is known that this which they do is not from Nativity, for it is not possible that Mars should rise for all the Jews on the eighth day when they are circumcised, so that steel should pass over them, and their blood be shed. And |31 all of them, wherever they are, abstain from worshipping idols; and one day in seven they and their children abstain from all work, and from all building and from all travelling, and from buying and selling; neither do they kill an animal on the sabbath-day, nor kindle fire, nor judge a cause; and there is not found amongst them a man whom Fortune commands that on the Sabbath day he should either go to law and gain his cause, or go to law and lose it, or should pull down or build up, or do any one of those things which all such men as have not received this law do. They have also other things, in which they are not governed like the rest of mankind, while on this same day they both beget, and are born, and fall sick, and die, for these things are not (20) in the power of man. In Syria and in Edessa men used to cut off their foreskins to Tharatha:23 but when Abgar the king was converted |32 to Christianity, he commanded that every one that cut off his foreskin should have his hand cut off. And from that day, and up to this hour, no man cutteth off his foreskin in the country of Edessa. What, then, shall we say respecting the new race of ourselves who are Christians, whom in every country and in every region the Messiah established at His coming; for, lo! wherever we be, all of us are called by the one name of the Messiah—-Christians; and upon one day, which is the first of the week, we assemble ourselves together, and on the appointed days we abstain from food.24 Neither do the Brethren which are in Gallia take |33 males for wives; nor those which are in Parthia take two wives; nor those which are in Judea circumcise themselves; nor do our sisters which are amongst the Geli and amongst the Cashani have connexion with strangers; nor do those which are in Persia take their daughters for wives; nor those who are in Media fly from their dead, or bury them alive, or give them for food to the dogs; nor do those who are in Edessa kill their wives that commit fornication, or their sisters, but withdraw themselves from them, and commit them to the judgment of God. Nor do those who are in Hatra stone the thieves. But whereever they be, and in whatever place that they are, the laws of the countries do not separate them from the laws of their Messiah; neither does the Fortune of the Governers compel them to make use of things which are impure to them; but sickness and health, and riches and poverty—-this which does not appertain to their Freewill, befals them wherever they are. For as the Free-will of men is not governed by the necessity of the Seven, and whenever it is governed it is able to stand against its influences, so also is this visible man not able readily to deliver himself from the commands of his Governers, for he is a slave and a subject. For if we were able to do every thing we should be everything; and if nothing came within the reach of our hands to do, we should be the instruments of others. But whenever God pleaseth, all things are possible to be, without hindrance. For there is nothing which can hinder that great and |34 holy will. For even such as think that they stand against Him, it is not in strength they stand, but in evil and in error; and this may subsist a short time, because He is kind, and permitteth all Natures (21) that they should stand in what they are, and be governed by their own will, but being bound nevertheless by the deeds which are done, and by the plans which have been devised for their help. For this order and government which have been given, and association of one with another, softens down the force of the Natures, that they should not be altogether injurious, nor be altogether injured, as they were injuring and injured before the creation of the world. And there will be a time, when also this injury which remaineth in them shall be brought to an end by the instruction which will be in another association. And at the establishment of that new world, all evil motions will cease, and all rebellions will be brought to an end, and the foolish will be persuaded, and deficiencies will be filled up, and there will be peace and safety, by the gift of Him who is the Lord of all Natures.

HERE ENDETH THE BOOK OF THE LAWS OF COUNTRIES.

[Selected endnotes moved here and assigned numbers.  Numbers in () are not mentioned by Cureton, although in the text, but are perhaps pages in the manuscript or Syriac text?].

1. P. 1. Book of the Laws of Countries. The title of this treatise is given by Eusebius, Ec. Hist. b. iv. c. 30, [Greek]; by Epiphanius, … Panarium adversus Haeres.; 36, p. 477.

2. L. 1. Shemashgram. This is the pronunciation according to the vowels which have been added by a later hand. …. There was a king of Emesa so called, whose daughter was married to Aristobulus: See Josephus, Antiq. Jud. b. 18, c. 6, and b. 19, c. 8. A Priest of Venus at Emesa of this name went out to meet Sapor, king of Persia, when he advanced against that city in the reign of the Emperor Valerian. See Johannes Malela, Chronograph, vol. i. p. 391, edit. Oxon. 1691. In Strabo the name is written …. Geog. b. 16. p. 753, edit. Casaubon, 1620. M. Renan has mistaken this for the name of a place, and supposed the particle and verb … which follow to be the name of a person. It is hardly possible to commit a greater number of errors in the same space than M. Renan has fallen into in translating the first lines of this treatise. “Il y a quelques jours, en allant visiter a Schemsgarm notre frere Evetb.es, nous y rencontrames Bardesane, qui, apres s’etre assure de notre sante,” &c. See “Lettre a M. Reinaud sur quelques manuscrits Syriaques du Musee Britannique,” in Journal Asiatique. 1852.

3. L. 8. Avida. This name is given by Epiphanius …… M. Renan has again fallen into an error here, and translated this man’s name “un de nos compagnons,” …Apparently he was ignorant of the account given by Epiphanius, and has assumed against all authority that Bardesan wrote this treatise in Greek.

4. P. 3. L. 20. Compare what is here said about man’s free agency with Justin Martyr. Apol. i. c. 7, 43; Origen, De Princip. iii. c. 1; Philocalia c. xxvi.

5. P. 4. L. 36. The Angels. Bardesan takes here … Gen. vi. 2, to be ‘angels.’ So Josephus… Antiq. Jud. b. 1. c. 3. Justin Martyr:…. Apol. ii. C. 5. Clemens Alexandrinus: … Strom, b. 3. And again, … b. 5. Edit. Potter, pp. 538, 650. Tertullian. … De Cultu foeminarum, i. c. 2. See also De Idolatria, c. ix. Sulpitius Severus: … De Sacra Historia, b. i. p. 7. Lactantius: … Institut. Divin. lib. ii. c. 14. The author of thc Testaments of the XII Patriarchs. … Test. Reuben, c. 5. Grabe, Spicilegium. Vol. 1. p. 150. This opinion of the more antient Christian writers Chrysostom refutes, Homil. 22 in Genes. Edit. Paris, 1614, p. 249; Theodoretus, Quaest. in Genesin, 47; and Augustin: although in the copies of Genesis, which he used, the term ‘angels’ was found, …De Civitate Dei b. xv. c. 23. The opinion generally held is this of Augustin and others, that the … “Sons of God” were the descendants of Seth. In this the Book of Adam, lately translated from the Ethiopic by Dillman, concurs: “…” … I find the same notion in the Cave of Treasures, … “And they were not willing to give ear to the commandment of Jared and to the words of Enoch, and they dared to transgress the commandment, and went down an hundred men mighty in valour, and when they beheld the daughters of Cain, that they were fair to look upon, and that without modesty they were unveiled, the sons of Seth . were inflamed with the fire of lust; and when the daughters of Cain beheld their beauty they flew upon them like corrupt beasts, and defiled their bodies, and the sons of Seth lost themselves in fornication with the daughters of Cain.” fol. 11. …

6. P. 8, L. 1. The nature of man, &c. It will be seen, upon comparing the passage comprised in this and the following pages with that cited by Eusebius, Praepar. Evan. vi. c. 10, printed below, that the Greek varies considerably from the Syriac: there are many interpolations which are not found in the original; and again several sentences of the Syriac have been omitted in the Greek.

7. P.11. L. 4. O Philip and Baryama. J am not sure respecting this latter word, whether it be a proper name or not: perhaps … be rendered “even profoundly,” literally, “even a son of the sea.” … I do not know whether by my fault or the compositor’s, the word is spelled wrongly Phillip in this place.

8. L. 7. In another place. Probably referring to some of his former works.

9. P. 15. L. 30. The doctrine of both countries is the same. The Chaldeans, according to Diodorus Siculus, were a colony from Egypt, Sill. Hist. b. i, p. 73. Edit. Hanoviae, 1604. Clemens Alexandrinus writes …: Stromat. i. p. 361. Cited also by Euseb. Praep. Evang. x. 6. See also Gallaeus, De Sibyllis, p. 484. Julius Firmicus says that he has embodied in his treatise on Astrology all that the Egyptians and Babylonians had said on this head. … See Praefat. The reader who is desirous of further information as to many astrological questions alluded to by Bardesan will find them stated fully by Julius Firmicus.

10. P. 16, L. 7. Seres. Respecting these see Pliny, Hist. Nat. vi. c. 17; Solinus c. 53; Pomponius Mela, i. c. 2; Vetus orbis descriptio Graeci Scriptoris sub Constantio. Ed. J. Gothofred. Genevae, 1628, p. 1.

11. P. 17, L. 1. Of the Brahmins. For the account of the Brahmins amongst the ancients, see Palladius, De Gentibus Indiae et Bragmanibus; and two other writers edited in the same volume by Ed. Bisse, 4to. Loud. 1(565. Strabo: Geog. x. p. 712. Origen; Contra Celsum, p. 19. Edit. Spencer. Cantab. 1658. Jerome in his Second Book, Adversus Jovinianum, refers to this matter: “Bardesanes, vir Babylonius, in duo dogmata apud Indos gymnosophistas dividit, quorum alterum appellat Brachmanas, alterum Samanaeos, qui tantas continentiae sunt, ut vel pomis arborum juxta Gan-gen fluvium, vel publico orizae, vel farinae alantur cibo, et cum rex ad eos venerit, adorare illos solitus sit, pacemque suae provinciae in illorum precibus arbitrari sitam.” Edit. Erasmi, tom. ii. p. 55. There is no mention of the name Samanaei, either in the original Syriac, or by Eusebius, Caesarius, or Ruffinus in his version of the Recognitions. They are named, however, by Porphyry, referring to Bardesan, De abstinentia, lib. 4. § 17. …. Origen also speaks of the Samansi in conjunction with the Brahmins, … Contra Celsum, lib. 1, p. 19. Clemens Alexandrinus too mentions them. … Stromat, lib. 1, p. 359. Edit. Potter.

12. P. 18 L. 10. This abominable law of the antient Persians is frequently referred to by the early Christian writers. Tertullian, …. Ad Nationes 1. c. 18. edit. Fr. Oehler, p. 338. See also Clemens. Hom. xix. c. 19: Origen, Contra Celsum, p. 248. 331. See Vetus orbis descriptio, p. 9. The author of this law is stated by Theodoretus to be Zaradas. Graec. Affec. Curat. De legibus: edit. Gaisford, p. 351. In the …, f. 22, b., it is stated that Idashir, the Magus received the following instruction: … “The Daemon said to that priest, that a man cannot become a priest and a Magus until he shall have had connexion with his mother, and with his daughter, and with his sister; and he made Idashir priest in this manner.”

13. P. 20. L. 1. Epiphanius makes a blunder, and attributes what is said here of the Geli to the Seres. See Panar. adv. Haeres. p. 1091.

14. P.21. L. 7. With their slaves. These characteristics of the Bactrian women are attributed to the Liburni by Scylax, Periplus, edit. Vossius, Amstel. 1639, p. 7. The same things are also said of the women of the Geli. See above, p. 19.

15. L. 15. The Racami, and of the Edesseans and the Arabians. Eusebius has only [Arabs and Osrhoeans]. The whole is omitted by Caesarius and the Recognitions. In the Peshito, Jud. vi.3, we find … for the Arabians. There is a town of Syria called Racim near Balea, all the houses of which are hewn out of the rock, as if they were one stone. … See Abulfeda, loc. cit. p. …

16. P. 22, L. 1. Hatra. This was the town the seige of which Trajan was compelled to raise shortly before his death. See Tillemont, Histoire des Empereurs, vol. ii. p. 209.

17. L. 10. Laws of * * * The rest has been purposely erased. Euse-bius, however, gives Par’ #Ellhsi, which is also omitted by Caesarius and the Recognitions.

18. L. 15. Laws of the Orientals. The context seems to shew that this is an error of the transcriber. … The Recognitions [has] ‘apud Gallos,’ which agrees here with the sequel better than the Syriac.

19. P. 24, L. 7. Book of the Chaldaeans. M. Renan has cited a few lines from this place; but he has erred in stating ” Le dernier paragraph est donne sous le titre special de …, Livre de Chaldeans” It will be seen that this is not the last paragraph of the treatise of Bardesan. The heading is only given in distinctive red letters, like …, and the others above.

20. L.12. Tayites …. The name of a race of Arabs, and often used for Arabs generally. Eusebius, probably not understanding the word, has …. Caesarius, who also does not appear to have understood it, has … .and the author of the Recognitions, or Ruffinus the translator, has avoided the difficulty by omitting it altogether.

21. P. 25, L. 3. The Zazi, and in Brusa, which is beyond the Duro. Eusebius has …; the Recognitions ‘in Chrysea insula’ only; and Caesarius omits the passage altogether. Epiphanius, who evidently had this treatise of Bardesan before him, has …, p. 1091. It is plain that the text of Bardesan was not clearly understood by the translators, and, as is often the case in obscure passages, it has suffered further corruption in the transcription. This may be the reason why it is omitted by Caesarius. I find it not an unusual thing for translators to omit what they do not understand, and to take no notice of it whatever. … As it is difficult to pronounce withany degree of certainty what are the precise places meant by Bardesan, I have not thought it expedient to waste my own and the readers’ time by offering uncertain conjectures.

22.  P. 28, L. 10. Decani. The twelve signs of the zodiac were each divided into three parts, making thirty-six, which, being again each subdivided into ten portions, were called Decani. “Singula signa in tres partes dividuntur: singulae autem partes singulos habent decanos ut sint in singulis signis terni decani.” See Julius Firmicus, Ad Mavort. Loll. Astron. p. 17. Manilius, Astronomicon, B. 4. L. 298, gives the following account of them: …

23. P. 31, L, 14. Tharatha. This is the same as the goddess Rhea. Justin Martyr mentions this practice…, Apol. 1. c. 27, edit. Otto, p. 72. Itane propterea Galli abscissi huic Magnae Deae serviunt, ut signifiant, qui semine indigeant, terram sequi oportere? See Augustin, De Civit. Dei, b. 7, c. 24. See also Epiphanius, Panar. p. 1092. Abgar was a general title borne by the Kings or Toparchs of Edessa. See Assemani, Bibl. Orient, tom. i. p. 261. Bayer thinks the king especially alluded to here was Abgar, son of Maanes, who began to reign about A.D. 200. Historia Osrhoena et Edessena ex numis illustrata, p. 169; but this does not accord with the accounts given by other writers. It seems much more probable that this was Abgar, the son of Maanes, who began his reign A.D. 152. See Hahn. Bardesan. Gnost. p. 14.

24. P. 32, L. 9. On the appointed days. The Syriac is …. I do not know what the precise meaning of … here is, and Eusebius gives no aid, for he has omitted this passage, and the Greek also otherwise varies considerably from the original to the end of the treatise. Compare what Bardesan says here relative to the change effected by Christianity, with Eusebius, Praep. Evang. lib. 4, and Theodoret, Graec. Affec. Curat. edit. Gaisford, p. 349.

This text was transcribed by Roger Pearse, Ipswich, UK, 2003.  All material on this page is in the public domain – copy freely.

Greek text is rendered using the Scholars Press SPIonic font, free from here.

 

 

Early Church Fathers – Additional Texts

SUMERIAN AND BABYLONIAN SCIENCE

$
0
0

SUMERIAN AND BABYLONIAN SCIENCE

1. THE SUMERIAN SCIENCE OF LISTS AS A SCIENCE OF ORDER

Source: Von Soden, Wolfram (1985) Chapter 11 – Sumerian and Babylonian Science. In: The Ancient Orient – an introduction to the Study of the Ancient Near East. William B. Eerdmans Publishing Company, Grand Rapids, Michigan, USA. Translated by Donald G. Schley.

Soon after the invention of their writing system, the Sumerians began to compile smaller lists of cuneiform signs. With a system of word signs, sign lists are simultaneously word lists, having even a certain somewhat topical material arrangement. With the gradual transition to cuneiform, the signs, which were increasingly employed as syllabic sings, were becoming less pictorial. Thus, lists arranged according to the signs could remain simultaneously word lists with a topical arrangement of the signs only in the case of a minority of signs. For this reason, distinct lists of objects were created as early as the 3rd Millennium. These contained primarily compoud words: in addition to objects designated by determinatives, including those objects made from wood, reed, leather, metals, stone, wool and so forth, the lists enumerated plants with particular subgroups, such as trees and grains, as well as domesticated and wild animals, and certain classifications of people with designations for body parts, geographic names, stars and divine names. The tendency toward a fifmly established sequence within the individual groups, however, had still not been fully realized by the Old Babylonian period. Among the local scholastic traditions, which from the beginning had diverged widely from one another, that of Nippur came increasingly to prevail after the time of the Third Dynasty of Ur. The word lists migrated to some extent with the writing system to both Elam and Syria, where independent native traditions developed, as the archives of Ebla (about 2400 Before Common Era) impressively show, though they preserve the adopted lists in a form which has undergone manifold changes.

When such lists were first compiled, practical criteria may have stood in the foreground, and these always retained a great significance for the scribal schools. At the same time, however, these considerations were increasingly surpassed by goals of a more theoretical sort. The Sumerians believed in a means of ordering the world which brought with it confirmation of the working of the gods . The lists had the task of making this order manifest in connection with the main groups of objects and living creatures, including the gods. This could be accomplished, however, only by people who knew how to handle the lists. The Sumerians were unable to present their ideas in a connected fashion, either in the realms of nature, abstract matters, and theology, or in those of mathematics or jurisprudence.

Thus, Sumerian science lacked the conceptual framework of formulated principIes (what in the West has been called «natural laws”), and simply ordered nominal expressions one after the other in a one-dimensional fashion, without any kind of elucidation. Verbs in finite form and abstract terms are found only in those sign lists which are not topically ordered, but not in the lists which have been ordered according to systematic criteria. Mythic literature served to illustrate the conception of order . During the Neo-Sumerian period, the compilers of several lists were apparently concerned to comprehend the nominal expressions in many areas nearly completely as possible; in other cases, as with the stars, they were satisfied with a small selection of that which was accessible to observation; the reasons for these variations are still unclear.

History, for its part, was presented in the form of king lists, which were composed on the basis of the fiction (Lishtar´s Note: Instead of fiction, I prefer myth and oral mythologized tradition) that there had always been only a single king in the land. For the earlier as well as the later period, the king lists set simultaneously reigning dynasties in successive order without any explanation. Nor were mythical and historical kings differentiated; three to four place numbers for regnal periods are occasionally encountered, even for historical monarchs. In mathematics, an equally equally one-dimensional arithmetic table replaced the one-dimensional lists. .

2. BILINGUAL LEXICAL LISTS IN EBLA AND BABYLON: TRI AND QUADRILINGUAL LISTS IN ASIA MINOR AND SYRIA

The Semites in Syria and Babylonia carne to know the Sumerian sign and word lists, but they only partially understood the sense and function of the lists. These people recognized quite early, however, that one could create two-dimensional lists by the addition of a second column, or line, in their own language, as was done at Ebla; these two-dimensionallists could then aid the study of the other language. The Sumerian words and expressions were rendered with Akkadian or, as the case may be, Eblaite words, genitive constructs, or brief relative clauses, which in turn were only of provisional assistance due to the vast differences in the languages. The bilinguallists thus became the first lexical aid in human history, and for a long time nothing similar followed outside the cuneiform cultures, since the Greeks had little interest in other languages; not until the Renaissance did Western lexicography begin to develop. Until a short time ago we only knew of bilinguallists from the second millennium, so we assumed that the beginnings of lexicography lay in the early part of the Old Babylonian period. The discovery of the archive of tablets from Ebla forced us to revise our position: at about 2500 Before Common Era, Sumerian – Eblaite lists of considerable scope already existed. Here, as in later Babylon, verbs were presented by juxtaposing the Semitic infinitive to the Sumerian verbal root. Unfortunately, many Sumerian words in these lists were left untranslated, including particularly frequent words as well as those used less often. According to the present reconstruction, the bilingual lists were first created in northern Syria around 2400 Before Common Era; afterward, they were created anew in Babylon shortly after 2000 without knowledge of Eblaite. It is not unthinkable, however, that the bilinguallists of Ebla were patterned after northern Babylonian models which have yet to be discovered.

For a long time, the Sumerian lists of objects were handed on in monolingual form, and not until late in the second millennium were they first prepared with the Akkadian column. Conversely, lists of different types, arranged according to signs, and even lists of grammatical forms, which were conceived from the outset in bicolumnar torm, were transmitted as early as the Old Babylonian period. Certain of these lists attest a multifaceted concern with the Sumerian language and with their own. Still, grammatical rules were never formulated in terms of precepts, and one learned instead from the multitude of examples, which of course were not always of equal merit. In the age following the Old Babylonian period, certain types of lists were canonized by the creation of series of tablets, most of which were named after the initial line and which consisted of up to forty numbered tablets. To these were added completely new compilations of lists. The compilers of these new lists collected synonyms and homonyrns, for example, or Akkadian root words with their multifarious usages and their real or supposed derivations, without shrinking from assembling wild etymologies. To put it mildly, these lists are still in need of thorough study. Very brief explanations, introduced by the determinative pronoun sa, comprised a completely novel element in the later lists. The equivalencies of the earlier lists, rightly understood, often present indeterminate relationships. This happened because the compiler was unable to formulate his knowledge clearly, owing to the fact that the Sumerian and Akkadian words often were not actually equivalent. In the later lists we find many hundreds of partial equivalencies of the type, zi-zi = qa-ta-pu sa basburi, “to pluck, [said] of apples:’ Naturally, even such equivalencies as these must be read critically.

During the first millennium, numerous commentaries led beyond the lists. These commentaries maintained the form of the bicolumnar lists only in part. They also contained many citations from the bilingual lists and the lists of synonyms (see below) and included the verbal infinitive along with many verbal forms. Factual commentaries of different sorts, which also contain clarifications of many words, existed alongside the predominantly philological word commentaries. We will have to refer frequently to these commentaries below. Along with the commentaries, the bicolumnar Akkadian synonym lists first carne into being during the first millennium and were transmitted primarily in Assyria. The synonyms enumerated in these lists are overwhelmingly “partial synonyms”:a fact which is rarely mentioned.

These same lists often survey little-used words of literature and poetry and therefore become a particularly important aid for understanding works of these genres. That Akkadian could for a time become the language of diplomacy and commerce from about 1400 to 1200 Before Common Era, even as far as Egypt and the Hittite Empire, was made possible by the fact that the schools there took over, selected, and even expanded considerable portions of the Sumerian object lists and the bilingual Sumerian-Akkadian lists. Since the native languages then had to be surveyed, these were introduced into third or even fourth columns. >From the Hittite capital of Hattusas we possess many Sumerian-Akkadian-Hittite word lists alongside merely Akkadian-Hittite lists; there are even quadrilingual Sumerian-AkkadianUgaritic-Hurrian word lists from Ugarit. These are quite helpful, of course, despite their extremely fragmentary state of preservation. It would have been quite simple to introduce into such lists the Aramaic which prevailed primarily in the West during the Neo-Assyrian period.

We know of no such lists, however, but only smaller groups of West Semitic words in the Akkadian synonym lists. In isolated cases, very late copies of lists contain Greek transcriptions. Still, classical antiquity neither adopted the bilinguallists nor offered something better in their place.

3. FURTHER FUNCTIONS OF BABYLONIAN WORD AND NAME LISTS: INVENTORY ROLLS

The purpose of the topically ordered, monolingual Neo-Sumerian lists was not to present ideas of the cosmic order, but rather to depict inventory rolls according to the main categories in the world of objects and living creatures. The Old Babylonian period expanded the corpus of compiled lists. Nevertheless, the development of these into bicolumnar and bilinguallists did not occur until toward the end of the second millennium. During this process of transition and expansion, however, there were many kinds of additions, omissions, and transpositions. In many cases particular principles were presupposed in the arrangement within individual tablets as well as within entire series of tablets, which were named after their beginning line urra = bubulla, “interest obligations.” In addition, external associations often played a role, as did perhaps even chance. Trees were treated exhaustively in Tablet III, but the rest of the plants were not found until Tablet XVII. So also, most domestic and wild animals carne in Tablets XIII-XIV, but birds and fish not until Tablet XVIII. There are also many kinds of explanatory additions, though much more frequently these are completely lacking or are encountered only in commentaries running parallel to the lists.8 One would scarcely have been able to read the work at many places without preliminary instructions. Altogether the work comprises a comprehensive survey of the animate and inanimate world, geography, and stars, as well as artificially produced objects, victuals, and many other things.

Similarly, the work was perceived early on as inadequate form for some important categories; thus, further compilations were created, though generally not in the form of \vord lists. These will be treated below. Furthermore, occasional distinctions between the real and the mythical world were overlooked, especially when dealing with animals. In later copies, supplements were only sporadically inserted.

At the same time, because of their bicolumnar nature the lists could have functions completely different from those of the SumerianAkkadian word lists. Thus the great “god list:’ perhaps formed in the twelfth century by the insertion of much later additions into various monocolumnar Sumerian god lists, begins with an = Anu and generally lists in the left-hand column divine names which stand in quite different relationships to the god in the right-hand column, which often remains the same for many lines. There are variations on divine names, gods who bear essential similarities (such as the gods of the Elamites, Kassites, and other peoples), but above all, many names of originally independent gods who had evaporated into the syncretistic theology within the framework of a polytheism which reinterpreted much, and which made many divine names subsidiary names to other gods or simply relegated them to the status of hypostases of other gods. More will be said of this theology, which the Babylonians were unable to develop systematically. Further differences are found in the functions of bicolumnar works of astronomical instruction. This list form is used in certain bicolumnar lists of pharmaceutical plants and stones which are no longer bilingual, in order to present side-by-side alternatively applicable f1oral, faunal, or mineral drugs, in most cases without explanation . Bicolumnar king lists play only a subordinate role beside the monocolumnar king lists which the Babylonians and Assyrians had taken over from the Sumerians with some modifications. These bicolumnar king lists juxtapose the actual or sometimes conjectural concurrent rulers of Babylonia and Assyria without indicating the length of time they reigned concurrently.

In summary, we could say that the bicolumnar lists offered the Babylonians quite diverse possibilities of expression, but that these lists were seldom able to bring to tolerably adequate expression what should have been understood from them. The same is especially true even for the Sumerian and Akkadian grammatical forms preserved in many instructive lists.

4. LISTS OF ANALOGOUS VERBAL EXPRESSIONS

To the Sumerian lists of words and nominal expressions, the Babylonians added not only the previously identified lists of similar types, which generally were bilingual, but often quite comprehensive compilations of lists which arranged hundreds and even thousands of similar verbal phrases in serial order without tying them together logically or syntactically in the way we have been accustomed to do in academic study since the time of the Greeks. Moreover, no conclusions at all are drawn from the heaps of individual expressions, and no conclusions are formulated as general principles of knowledge. That conclusions and knowledge, as well as premises, were not formulated should not mislead us into thinking that the Babylonians were not interested in such forms of knowledge. Their mathematics, especially, shows clearly that they had at their disposal a type of knowledge which comprised many details, yet which was not formulated in terms of basic principles. Because of our schooling, we will perhaps never understand how they were able to realize such knowledge without either predicates or deductions. We must, however, recognize that this was possible under the determinative presuppositions of Babylonian culture. Even knowledge without formulations could be quite fruitful, though only to a limited extent. We must now attempt to explicate for ourselves some areas of science which the Babylonians especially nurtured, but which we would scarcely be prepared to regard as sciences. It could thus be considered sensible to set the word “science” in the folllowing treatment in quotation marks; I would not want to do this, however, since this too frequently signifies a degree of denigration which would be inappropriate here.

5. THE BABYLONIAN SCIENCE OF OMENS

The term “science of omens” will estrange some from the outset because the belief in good or evil omens sent by the gods, which was present everywhere in antiquity, is a superstition to us. Manifold references to omens of the most diverse sorts are found throughout ancient literature, and people were convinced that these had proven true. Lesser or greater collections of omens with their interpretations were frequently compiled, and sporadically appear even as early as the Sumerians. Yet the Babylonians and Assyrians were the first to order thousands and later tens of thousands of omens with their respective interpretations according to similar categories, thereby creating a science of omens which the Hittites took over in many particulars and which stimulated the assembling of some collections. These collections must be treated here briefly according to formal criteria.

Each omen consists of a conditional clause with a final clause containing the interpretation: for example, “When the blind are numerous in a city, there will be trouble in the city”; or “When a serpent falls upon a sick person, it draws that person’s sickness out; he will regain his health.” In all probability only a small minority of omens were ever observed. The rest were added in the endeavor to comprehend particular categories of omens as fully as possible, since some of these could possibly take place once. What is important to us, however, are those rare cases when historical events are referred to in connection with an omen. By the arrangement of interpretations of the omens, some principles can be established, as, for example, left = good, right = bad, and vice versa. Quite often, however, no rational principle can be discerned, though one must note that there is still a dearth of studies on this subject.

In the Old Babylonian period, the collections of omens were for the most part still rather small. Omens which took place without human agency, such as encounters with animals or anomalies of birth, were given less attention, and astrology was almost completely absent. People were mostly concerned with inducing omens, primarily through inspection of the liver of sacrificial sheep, but also in figures which were formed when small quantities of oil were poured into a basin of water, or even in the curves of a rising plume of smoke. In the case of liver divination, a question which could be answered either positively or negatively was probably always posed prior to the slaughter of the sheep. The majority of these questions concerned public life, for example, the prospects of a military campaign or the acceptance of a public office. A person inquired about the appearance of twelve different parts of the liver.

Usually the result was then a partial “yes” and a partial “no.” In such cases, the yes and no characteristics were counted, and the greater number determined the answer. If the result was six to six, the liver divination was unsuccessful and had to be repeated, if no additional features permitted an answer to be inferred. One could also derive more sharply differentiated answers from the lists of actual or fictitious liver diagnoses which had become quite comprehensive as early as the Old Babylonian period, and which were ordered primarily according to the parts of the liver. lndividuals were concerned with omina addressing the fate and relations of the family, house and property, and the chances of recovery for the sick. ln the later period, none of the Old Babylonian omen collections was adopted in toto, but they were nevertheless widely exploited for new text compilations, even in Asia Minor. New comprehensive texts are first attested from the period after 1200 Before Common Era, but the great series of tablets known primarily from Assyria were most likely not assembled until the first millennium. The liver divination texts comprise a great part of the aggregate omen literature down into the Hellenistic Age. Further, many omens are based on a combination of features, and clarifications are often inserted or collated for special commentary tablets. Only sporadic mention is made of oil divination.

Besides liver divination, the observation of the far more numerous non-induced omens emerged in the first millennium. These omens, supplemented through thousands of others construed according to particular schemata, were compiled into the greatest tablet series of Babylonian literature, whose most comprehensive form comprised far more than ten thousand terrestrial and astrological omens. To these must be added several thousand birth omens, calendar omens – held to be especially important for the choice of the best possible day or month – and diagnostic omens, in addition to somewhat smaller classifications, such as physiological omens and dream omens. Clear organizational principles are recognizable in all of these series, even if these are not strictly adhered to in every case. Nevertheless, only specialists with years of schooling, who are called “seers” or “gazers” ( as are those who divine by sacrifice; Akk. bãrú), were able to work with these masses of texts. lt took many generations to compile this massive amount of material, and the great series in its entirety, with its hundreds of serially numbered tablets, was probably first brought together in the eighth and seventh centuries in Babylonia or Assyria.ll These collections associate the immense number of omens with a much smaller number of mostly quite general interpretations from the spheres of public and private life.

If it were merely a question of mantic prophecy in the narrower sense of the term in these collections, supplemented by the commentaries, the collections would hold a preeminent position in a history of superstition, but they would command quite limited interest beyond this.

However, the omen collections are of far greater importance. The desire to understand as fully as possible the ominous constellations manipulated by the gods, even to the extent that one could even organize trade arrangements by them, led to ever more precise observations. Thus for the sheep livers, of which no two were alike in every respect, even the smallest oddities were observed, registered, and recorded on clay tablets. Other organs were observed as well, insofar as a diagnosis could be drawn. The same was true of new-born infants and their anomalies, as well as miscarriages. The body structure and behavior of various animals in highly diverse situations was observed very preciselyas well, and special attention was paid to snakes. The result was a level of zoological knowledge which was quite unusual in ancient times. Many plants carne under observation too, though they did not receive the same attention as animals. Several kinds of omens were deduced from water, particularly the floodwaters of the rivers, as well as from meteorological phenomena of all types. In accord with the Babylonian worldview, weather omens were incorporated into the astrological omen series.

Humanity was studied with special intensity, and in this regard the science of omens worked closely with medicine . The basic questions regarding human behavior had to do with morality and ethics. We learn much about the moral values then in force (, as well as of the consequences of outbursts of temper, from the interpretation of good and evil omens, which were important for the fate of the individual. Finally, dreams were also recorded in very great numbers. Since people are able to remember only a small part of these, a great many dreams admittedly may have been invented for the omen collections. From dreams, sicknesses were also diagnosed. One can derive many observations relating to psychology and the study of human behavior from all of these omens and their interpretations. Still, one can speak of no more than the beginnings of these and other modern sciences nurtured on the fringes of divination in ancient Babylo.

The situation is completely different in the case of astrology. In contrast to the later periods, the early Babylonians did not deduce from the stars the fate of the individual – that happened on occasion first in the Seleucid period – but rather, the fate of noble families, the state, and larger groups, and not least of all the prospects for the harvest. In these areas, astrology primarily supplemented liver divination. But astrology could not attain a greater significance until astronomy, which was pursued from time to time for astrological purposes, had access to a sufficient number of observations. That would scarcely have been possible prior to 1200 Before Common Era. Astronomy will be treated in its own right (see below). Here, reference will be made solely to the many thousands of astrological omens which we know from the first millennium.In hardly any other instance has superstition been as fruitful for the emergence and development of a science as in the case of astronomy, which was scarcely nurtured, in contrast to opinions often represented regarding the Sumerians.

6. THEOLOGY, HISTORIOGRAPHY AND GEOGRAPHY

Theology will be treated only briefly here, and under formal criteria; its contents will be dealt with in the chapter on religion. Theology was primarily the teachings about the gods, but the Sumerians could only express these in monocolumnar, one-dimensional lists of deities without suggesting any clarification. The mostly bicolumnar Babylonian god lists reveal essentially more, since they have been illuminated in numerous ways, so that much more can be deduced from them about the relationships of the gods to one another. Nevertheless, they still leave the reader ignorant of much crucial information. The first millennium added cultic commentaries to these lists, drawing quite colorful pronouncements from the lists of gods, the myths, and the rituals) but scarcely exhibiting a systematic viewpoint. Wildly rampant speculations frequently based on etymological wordplays, often find expression in these pronouncements. These scarcely ever had a binding character) and they are only witnesses to Babylonian science in a very limited sense. Central theological ideas, which must be deduced from prayers and mythic poetry, were never formulated or linked together systematically.

There was fertile ground for a scientific approach to history in Babylonia and Assyria insofar as there was often a pronounced interest in the distant past. This interest was expressed among the Sumerians, although only in the monocolumnar one-dimensional king lists and in mythic poems relating to earlier kings such as Gilgamesh. Political criteria were determinative for the exclusion of a number of dynasties from the lists. The alleged regnal years were not always correct, even for the period after the middle of the third millennium, and the listing in successive order of dynasties which were actually contemporary certainly led to false understandings for periods in the more distant past. Both the Babylonians and Assyrians continued these lists.

The year lists down to 1530 Before Common Era served primarily practical purposes, but were interpreted for the king lists in the same way as the eponymal year lists in Assyria, which were constructed for similar reasons. Interest in particular kings was expressed primarily in epic sagas, among which those on the kings of Akkad, Sargon, and Naram-Sin were especially beloved and were repeatedly revised. However, from the Sumerian period on, times of trouble also served as themes of such poetry, for example, such events as the incursions of Elamite armies. The wrath of the gods was often referred to in these poetic compositions.

The king lists were enriched early in the second millennium by additional information, for example, concerning a change of dynasty. It is not entirely correct to regard as chronicles later texts which, from a particular perspective, briefly recount significant events for selected kings. After about 1100 Before Common Era, we find texts in Assyria as well as Babylonia which give brief reports primarily on wars during the preceding 250 years or so. An Assyrian chronicle from the eighth century treats the conflict between Assyria and Babylonia after around 1500 Before Common Era with a strong anti-Babylonian slant, and similar works exist in Babylonia. The so-called Babylonian Chronicle begins with the year 747 . This work registers the most important events for each king in annalistic form, but subsequently gives shorter or more detailed treatment to each year. Some political bias can frequently be detected behind the otherwise very factual reports. Moreover, no recollection of the list form can be recognized in any of these works, though the texts themselves offer merely the raw materials for an actual historiography. From the seventh century on, even the “astronomical diaries” (see below) contain short historical reports.

Geographical lists of lands, cities, bodies of water, and occasionally mountain ranges were handed down in Babylon, and for a brief period in Ebla, from the middle of the third millennium. These were altered in later centuries through omissions and additions, but from the Old Babylonian period on they offered an increasingly historical geography, which is still more oriented to earlier than to contemporary names.

Conversely, the itineraries and lists of Assyrian provinces from the later period are not part of the geographical literature. Some narrative texts, and especially Assyrian campaign reports, show that the landscape of foreign lands was observed as well.21

7. THE BEGINNINGS OF NATURAL SCIENCES

The names of trees and other plants, animaIs of alI kinds, and minerals were included by the Sumerians in their expanded monolinguaI word Iists, and were recorded by the Babylonians in essentially more Comprehensive, mostly bilingual, and sometimes very briefly expanded Iists. The principIes which determined the arrangement are only partially recognizable for us, primarily because we are unable to interpret very many of the names. In comparison to the other categories, hoWever, we know most about the Iand animaIs, under which the insects and Worms are ordered; we know Iess of the birds, and even Iess of the fish. The body parts of animals are treated along with those of people.

The distinctions made between a great many types in all areas attest to intensive observation, although naturally all types were not treated in the same manner. The initial words of word phrases allow us to discern a pre-scientific order among the Sumerians, Who in any case had at their disposaI only a Iimited number of words to be used as names; for example, ur designates dogs, woIves, and so forth, as well as the great predatory cats. In the first millennium, the word Iists were supplemented by the above-noted Iists of floral, faunal, and mineral drugs, which present a far greater number of plants than the other lists. Where these Iists are ordered according to the illnesses that the drugs served to combat, numerous drugs are to be found. Names derived from foreign Iands testify to the importation of many medicinal herbs at an early date.

Medicinal commentaries contain further important disclosures. The works sammu sikin-su and abnu sikin-su – “the plants with respect to their appearance:’ “the stones with respect to their appearance” which emerged in the first millennium, bring new insights and serve to facilitate the recognition of plants and mineraIs. In the case of the plants, the Iist names severaI parts from the flower to the root and Compares these without any differentiation to the Corresponding parts of other plants, following the pattern, “Plant a: its flower is plant b, its stem is plant c,” and so forth. Naturally, the inquirer thereby gains little exact knowledge. The schema for the mineraIs is simpler still. Nevertheless, these descriptions presuppose multifarious observations, though the scope of both works cannot be discerned from the portions preserved. On pharmacology, see below, section 8.

The great lists of terrestrial omens ( see above) treat flora and fauna at length. Here the primary concern \vith animaIs is their behavior, \vhile with plants it is their location, especially unusual locations. Unfortunatel:., as is else\vhere the case, floral and faunal omens based on actual observation are found alongside a great many others which were invented according to some analogy or other. The latter are easy to recognize if they make obviously absurd pronouncements, as, for example, the claim that someone had observed a lamb with ten feet; but in many other cases the invented omens can be recognized only \vith difficulty, or not at all. There is still need for someone to undertake a comprehensive evaluation of the omens. Certain literary texts give quite valuable pointers for identifying birds, and also render the birdcalls in vocalized form. Collective descriptions of the body structure and behavior of certain types of animaIs are completeIly lacking: these lay beyond the possibilities of Babylonian science.

The Babylonians never possessed even the beginnings of an understanding of physics, though they did have at their disposal some knowledge of physical principIes, such as the laws of leverage, which had to be used in transporting the heaviest blocks. One can speak of Babylonian-Assyrian chemistry in only the most limited sense that many kinds of experiences \vith the properties and behavior of elements, and their relationships, had been assembled. This accomplishment in the middle of the second millennium made it increasingly possible to reproduce chemical relationships going well beyond those of metallurgy, which had been known at a far earlier date. Thus was attained the means of working \vith many kinds of glazes and cosmetic media. They must have learned much from chemical analysis; but we also possess, primarily from Assyria, collections of formulas for the production of glazes and cosmetic pastes. Yet these collections of formulas should not be reckoned among the scientific writings in the strict sense of the term.

8. THE SCIENTIFIC STUDY OF HUMANITY MEDICINE AND PHARMACOLOGY

As for the scientific study of humanity, the focal point is either groups and communities or the individual person. The study of individuals attained a considerable significance in Mesopotamia, but scarcely the beginnings can be found for the collective focus. Thus, in the area of law, we are quite familar with collections of laws but find no discussion of legal questions of a more fundamental sort. One finds programs for better conduct of the affairs of state in some royal inscriptions, but nothing which one could designate as the beginnings of a political science. It scarcely needs mentioning that even the very presuppositions are lacking for more wide-ranging approaches to knowledge, such as philosophy with its various subdisciplines. Still, the so-called wisdom texts contain interesting pronouncements regarding these fields, as well as pedagogy and ethics (see below..

In the same way, there was no intensive concern for the healthy individual outside the religious literature. All manner of individual observations on psychology are found in the omen collections, especially among the physiognomic omens, which often deal with human behavior. Particular interest in the anatomy and physiology of the human body is shown predominantly within the framework of that form of medicine concerned with the means of healing illnesses; especially intensive concern was devoted to this area. It must at the same time be noted that, in contrast to Egypt, surgery is only rarely treated in the great mass of medical texts. As in Europe during the Middle Ages,surgery was considered more of a tradesman’s activity. The doctor (Sum. a-ZU, “fluids expert”; Akk. asu) ,worked primarily with orally taken or externa1ly applied medicaments of the most diverse sort, and with magical means. lndeed, medicine and magic were so intertwined that it is completely impossible to draw a sharp line between the tWo. Here Babylonian-Assyrian medicine can be shown to be archaic on the one hand, while on the other the combination of medicine and magic anticipates modern psychosomatic methods. The magical practices stimulated the patient’s will to be well, without which no successful healing can be expected.lncantations and prayers supplemented treatment with drugs, and one can scarcely distinguish bet\veen the magical and actual medical effects of these applications. Our understanding of the methods of that period is made much more difficult by our inability to interpret many words for plants and minerals. The situation is even worse with the designations of diseases, which primarily denote the external appearance of a disease, and so in our own medical terminology are ambiguous ( cf. the treatment of leprosy in Leviticus 13-14, where “leprosy” can apply to a house or garment, as well as the human body); in many cases we do not even have a clue as to the meaning of the word.

Still, an intensive study of the numerous pertinent texts would certainly bring forth new knowledge and information. Only occasional, modest collections of prescriptions and diagnostic texts, which lack exact descriptions of symptoms, are preserved from the Old Babylonian period. These lack any systematic organization and have the appearance of the records of individual doctors. The texts from the last third of the second millennium are more numerous and often far more comprehensive, as we1l as better arranged, and attest to considerable advances in medicine and pharmacology. The great medical works, however, did not emerge until the first millennium, and the copies on hand mostly stem from the time after 700 Before Common Era. Letters provide us with extremely important supplementary information to the medical texts, since they often report on individual cases in great depth and make known to us famous doctors of their age, as, for example, Urad-Nanâ, who served in the royal court of Nineveh after 680 Before Common Era. Occasionally these letters even contain the patients’ questions to the doctor. There are two large groups of medical texts. Those in the first group present the diagnostic omens and generally give only a few symptoms of the illness. They also state quite briefly whether the disease can be healed and, depending on the case, how long it will take, or whether death will come after a shorter or longer period. In place of this last statement one often finds “the hand of the god ( or the demon) X”; the hand of each god was not equally malevolent. Such a reference may intend to indicate either that the help of the designated god should be sought, or that a ritual should be carried out against the particular demon. One such example reads,

If he [ the patient] is sick all day long, then his head is “devouring” him he lays his hand repeatedly on his stomach and cries out, he stretches his hand out again he will die.

The omen series begins with incidents which should enable the incanter to approach the case of the patient, then cites many diagnoses from the head to the feet, as well as the internal organs, then many maladies with various symptoms, and finally a great number of infantile diseases. As with other portents, there are certainly many invented combinations of symptoms here. But there is nowhere any mention of what the doctor can do or usually does. The collections of prescriptions, which were not assembled in as great a tablet collection as the diagnostic omens ( comprising forty tablets), also begin each section with a brief, or in some cases very detailed, diagnosis. Several magical-medicinal prescriptions, and sometimes incantations which the doctor can try usually follow upon these. Occasionally, the series of plants, trees or woods, or minerals are very long.

 A very large part of the tablets which have come down to us are tablets which individual doctors or incanters had abstracted for themselves from larger compilations. The prescribed medicaments frequently were mixed with water, milk, beer, or more seldom wine, and point to a developed pharmacology. It is of course improbable that all the given components of any prescription were always available. Not a few medicaments contained substances completely similar to those used today for the same sicknesses, and the doctors of the first millennium were able to build upon the experiences of many previous generations. That is true, for example, of the application of fish gall for the healing of blindness caused by a speck upon the cornea.32 Beyond the diagnostic omens and the various prescription texts with numerous commentaries appended, there was no further medical literature in Babylonia and Assyria. The situation was the same in medicine as in other areas of science: knowledge formulated in terms of general principles was not deduced from the many individual observations which each doctor knew how to apply. Nor was there any physiological theory as was found among the early Greeks. For these reasons, narrow boundaries constricted ancient Oriental medicine despite all of its respectable achievements. At the same time, however, it attained an entirely unique position in the history of medicine.

9. MATHEMATICS AND ASTRONOMY

Babylonian mathematics presents us with particularly difficult problems, because in many respects it is completely different from that of the Greeks and ourselves. In the early period, mathematics was determined by entirely practical demands, namely the measuring of fields and the necessities of administration, which already by the time writing was invented required quite complex means of reckoning. Because only a limited amount of fertile ground was available in Mesopotamia, land parcels had to be measured with great exactitude so that the land could be used to its best advantage. Not only were there rectangular and triangular parcels, but also some in the form of irregular polygons. In order that the area of such fields could be calculated, they had to be broken down into triangles and rectangles, once the boundaries had been measured and recorded. The sum of the areas of these simple figures was then the same as the total area. One Old Babylonian tablet, in a sketch not true to scale, depicts a field which had been divided into four rectangles, three trapezoids, and seven right triangles.33 Moreover, even cubic entities, such as pits, walls, and the like, had to be calculated quickly, or at least estimated, so one could know how much material had been excavated, or how many bricks would be needed, or even how many workers were needed and for how long. The yields of the harvests had to be figured too, along with great quantities of livestock and fish, as well as payments in kind, often to thousands of workers.

While reckoning in Syria, at Ebla, and in Assyria was done primarily according to a numerical system based on ten, the Sumerians and Babylonians used mostly a sexagesimal system ( one based on sixty), which had as its basic numbers 1, 10, 60, 600, 3600, 36,000, 2,160,000, and so forth, and as the reciprocals to this the fractional numbers ex. 1/60, and so forth. The smaller cardinal numbers originally had not only their own numerical names, but also their own numerical symbols which could be repeated for the multiples of these numbers and used in varying combinations. After about 2200 Before Common Era, however, the numbers also carne to be written in cuneiform signs, and, like other cuneiform signs, could not be allowed to exceed the normal height of aline. Thus, the vertical difference between the perpendicular wedge of the 60 and that of the 1 disappeared. Sometime later, this development provided the mathematicians with the occasion to retain only the broad, slanted wedge of the 10, and the vertical wedge for the (respective) 60-,3600-, etc., multiples of 1 as well as the fractions of 1 (1/60, etc.). In this manner, a purely positional system of numerical writing was invented, as was later found in the decimal systems of the Indus valley, the Arabs, and our own. Since, however, no sign was employed which corresponded to our comma, the positional value of numbers with multiple places was not normally evident. Thus, a sexagesimal number such as 58 45 40 corresponded not only to the decimal numeral 208800 + 2700 + 40 = 211540, but also to the sixtieth multiple of the sarne, and so forth, as well as to V60 of it, and so forth, inasmuch as no designation followed to make the numerical value clear. The Babylonians understood the problem in such a way as to make a virtue of necessity, and thus to reckon with great sophistication without any unequivocal place va1ue, since as far as they were concerned a protracted reckoning of the place value was of no concern in the case of the intermediate sums. Only the fina1 sums had to be unequivocally identified. Moreover, within the sexagesima1 system division by 3 and its powers always led to finite sexagesimal fractions which were more exact than the abbreviated, interminable decima1 fractions of our system. In the case of the measures of length, area, and volume, as well as of weights, quite diverse multiples were used, since a very ancient measuring system had been adopted. For instance, the spatial measurement bur corresponded to 5400 = 18 X 5 x 6 X 10 qa (approximately 0.8-11.).34 The primary difficulty for reckoning in the ancient Orient was that one could work OUt addition and subtraction for very large numbers, but the same was not true of mu1tiplication and division. This forced the Sumerians early on to prepare multiplication tables as well as reciproca1 tables, because division cou1d be conceived only as multiplication with the reciproca1 of the divisor.35 In addition, there were tables of powers and roots. Tables other than those necessary for ca1cu1ation had been created at least by the Old Babylonian period, and these al1ow us to deduce a theoretical interest in the properties of numbers. Thus the number 225, which appears as the sexagesima1 3 45, was carried OUt to the tenth power, since there are unusually similar numerical series with this number. The tables of powers for the number 2 led a scholar through to 230, and then formed in addition the reciproca1s to what is for us a ten-place number, which sexagesimally is an even longer numerica1 series. Such unusua1 tables could have no practical interest, but we have no indication of why someone would prepare them.

The situation was similar in geometry, which had grown far beyond the various practical purposes. Nevertheless, this discipline developed without formulated theorems, and a proof of a geometric fact was never attempted. People could work with the Pythagorean Theorem and even knew that there are pythagorean triplets in considerable number, according to the equation [a2 + b2 = c2], in which every number is a whole number. One tablet arranges fifteen select triplets with predominantly high numbers, as for example the decimal 13,5002 + 12,7092 = 18,5412. As for how could someone have come up with this, there are a number of conjectures.The starting point was naturally the basic triplet, 32 + 42 = 52, which was easily ascertained by trial and error, along with its multiples (e.g., 62 + 82 = 102).

The Babylonians of the period before and after Hammurabi added to these tables thousands of texts of mathematical problems, both with and without the accompanying computations. Individual tablets compiled up to 247 problems of similar type without computations. A part of these was algebraically formulated, and among these were multifarious problems pertaining to divisions of inheritances which never appeared in actual praxis. Some texts show that the Babylonians could work with arithmetic progressions. The geometric problems are of a quite diverse sort; many have to do with building construction and excavation, including military purposes such as sieges. Often, however, only the terminology is geometric, as shown by the addition of linear and quadratic quantities, among other things, and such problems are therefore to be understood algebraically. We would formulate many of them as equations, both linear and quadratic. Still, the Babylonians never formed an equation, though they could solve numerous algebraic problems notwithstanding and only rarely had to be satisfied with estimates, which could not be avoided in geometry through circular calcu lations. .Ajmost all problems work with concrete numbers. It is only in rare instances that we find problems without such concrete numbers, in which “,’e “,’ould insert general numbers or variables, such as a, b, and the like.37

The completely unique phenomenon of Old Babylonian mathematics, whose achievement we can only sketch briefly here, has still not been satisfactorily interpreted, largely because this field is examined too one-sidedly, from the perspective of the history of methodology. Such a consideration is, of course, both necessary and indispensable, but it leaves open the decisive question: How is it possible that one form of mathematics, which was far more productive in its inception than Greek mathematics, developed without any systematic formulation of the knowledge of which it made such manifold use? It has often been maintained that oral instruction had supplied the principles of mathematics which cannot be found in any texts. If so, the intellectual structure of oral instruction must have been fundamentally different from that which had determined the form of the texts. This theory is made even less probable by the fact that other scientific texts contain no systematic formulations of scientific knowledge. Thus one comes with difficulty to the assumption that there was in Babylonia a nonverbal form of thought which was able to work quite efficiently without sYstematically formulated principles of knowledge, yet was never able to surmount certain limitations. This conclusion stands in direct conflict with what passes everywhere else as almost certain knowledge. What these limitations signified is shown quite impressively by the fact that after the great advance of Old Babylonian period, Babylonian mathematics stagnated for a thousand years, and in all probability sharply declined in productivity. There are only a few textual witnesses that during this period mathematics remained a subject of instruction.

The most important witness for the nurture of mathematics in Babylonia and Assyria in the first millennium is astronomy. As has already been mentioned ( see above, section 5) , astronomy emerged from the study of astrology. Astrology played a totally subordinate role during the period when mathematics flourished, but it won increasing significance toward the end of the second millennium and thus necessitated a far more exacting observation of the stars than earlier. This development then led to the demarcation of a larger number of constellations; the so-called astrolabe divided thirty-six of these among the three circles of the gods Anu, Ellil, and Ea. Bicolumnar lists of stars showed in the usual indeterminate manner the arrangement of fixed stars and planets with respect to one another. The series MUL.APIN (“Plow-star”) uses complete sentences and explanatory relative clauses, and makes substantially more concrete pronouncements. The sun, moon, planets, and fixed stars were even more carefully observed in the first millennium, and the high temples were often used in this endeavor as observatories. In Assyria, whose kings had bestowed upon astronomy a quite unique position after the ninth century, the royal residence-city Calah was the center of astronomical observations. The new capital cities Dur-Sharrukin and especially Nineveh, with their observatories, carne later. We know a great many astronomers by name from letters and from the numerous astronomic-astrological reports of the period after 700 Before Common Era. Drawings of noteworthy phenomena in the heavens were already being made at an early date; according to Ptolemy, lists of eclipses were kept after 747 Before Common Erawith absolute precision. An initial result of this practice was that lunar eclipses could be reckoned with approximate accuracy after 700 Before Common Era; previously these had been seen as signs of the wrath of the gods. The same was also true with the much rarer solar eclipses, as in the case of the total solar eclipse of June 15,763 (see above, V.l). Nevertheless, the astrological texts often mention “untimely” eclipses that took place before they were expected. Thales of Miletus, however, was able to predict accurately the momentous solar eclipse of May 28,585, on the basis of Babylonian series of observations. Otherwise, there were only sporadic astronomical calcu lations in the Assyrian period.

The beginnings of astronomical calculations in Babylonia, which could be tied to the great and as yet unquenched tradition of mathematics, may lie in the sixth century. Babylonian astronomy was comprehensively pursued until the Achaemenaean period, when Greek and Babylonian astronomers began to work together; it was developed further still in the Seleucid and Parthian periods. The Babylonians contributed to this process the series of observations, which extended in part centuries into the past, while the Greeks brought their ability for systematic thinking and the formulation of scientific and mathematica1 results as well as problems. Famous Babylonian astronomers even carne to bear Hellenized names. Thus, the man regarded as the creator of System A of Babylonian lunar ca1culations, Nabu-rimanni (about 500?) was a1so ca1led Naburianos; later one finds Kidinnu (Cidenas) and Belussur (Berossos; about 300 Before Common Era. Of course, the astronomical calculations were presented without any basic discussion, as typical in Babylonia. Therefore, ifhistorians of astronomy often speak of Late Babylonian lunar or planetary theories, they nowhere refer to formulated concepts which can be deduced from the highly complicated numerical series found in the texts, and which the Greeks could have formulated in terms of a theory. The mathematical methods of the later astronomers far surpass those which the Old Babylonian algebra had been able to achieve. Presented in the form of a graph, the figures for the size of lunar eclipses result in “peaked curves.” The cooperation of the Babylonian astronomers, some of whom emigrated to Greek territory, with their Greek counterparts was a development whose significance for scientific progress can scarcely be overestimated. Great advances in the practica1 aspects of the calendar accrued as a by- product of these astronomica1 calculations. The fact that there was no connection between day, month, and year which could be expressed in terms of whole numbers created problems all over the world. For the most part these problems could be resolved fairly well by provisiona1 alterations in the nature of the calendar. For example, the Babylonians added an extra month, Vlb or, more frequently, XIlb, to the twelve months of the lunar year as often as necessary, with the aim of equalizing the lunar and solar years. For centuries this was done from time to time only by specia1 decree of the royal administration; corresponding directives are extant.

The astronomers knew approximately seven hundred intercalary periods for this kind of calendrical adjustment, which were never put into practice. After abut 380 Before common era, there was a 19 year period with 8 leap years which produced a tolerable approximation of reality. For the purpose of simplifying calculations, astronomers often worked with 12 monts of thirty days each. The names of the months from the Neo-Babylonian period were adopted at na early date by the Judeans, and later by the Syrians as well.

Back to the Introduction Overview

Home

The Christians Under Turkish Rule

$
0
0

The Christians Under Turkish Rule

Dr. Matti Moosa

More than any other Muslim writer, Ibn al-Athir has discussed the character and achievements of Nur al-Din Zangi, who he says died from al-khawaniq (angina) in 1173-74.[46] Ibn al-Athir says he read the history of the rulers before and after Islam and found no sovereign except al-Khulafa al-Rashidun (the Rightly Guided Caliphs) and the Umayyad Caliph Umar ibn Abd al-Aziz (reigned 717-720) to be more praiseworthy for his conduct, justice, and fairness than al-Malik al-Adil Nur al-Din. He lauds Nur al-Din for his indifference to worldly things and for his strict adherence to Islamic law, devotion and piety, adding that he spent long hours in prayer, even at midnight and early morning. He was a very strict Muslim who practiced the rules of the Muslim faith seriously. A part of his faith was Jihad (holy war), for which he was called to make Islam triumph. He was a Sunnite of the Hanafite school, but without prejudice against Muslims of other schools. He was abstemious in his food, simple in his dress, and chaste in sexual matters. He glorified the Islamic Shari’a (law), which impacted his work and conduct. Ibn al-Athir goes on to enumerate Nur al-Din’s achievements, like the establishment of Dar al-Adl (The House of Justice) in Damascus, the building of schools in Aleppo, Hama, and Damascus not only for the Sunnites but also for the Shafiites, and the founding of a great hospital in Damascus where rich and poor Muslim people were treated alike. He also built inns and lodges for the Sufis and homes for the orphans, staffed by men who taught the Quran. The most famous of the many mosques he built is the one that bore his name, al-Jami al-Nuri (The Nuri Mosque) in Mosul, with the tallest minaret in the whole Muslim world, known today as al-Jami al-Kabir (the Great Mosque).[47] In brief, if one follows Ibn al-Athir, he will conclude that Nur al-Din Zangi was “the most  ideal Muslim” in every respect. His domain extended far and wide, from Mosul to all of Syria, Egypt, and Yemen.[48]

But Ibn al-Athir shows a dark side of Nur al-Din Zangi’s character in discussing his treatment of the Christians. He says “Nur al-Din (May God have mercy on his soul)” used a great deal of trickery, duplicity, and deception in dealing with the Franks, and thus was able to control most of the regions they had formerly held. An example of his stratagem is what he did to the Armenian Malih (Mleh), son of Leo I, Roupenid ruler of Cilicia (1173-1175). He kept deceiving, coaxing him and offering him estates until he won him over and used him to fight against the Franks,.the Byzantines, and even his own people. Supported by Nur al-Din, Malih captured the major cities of Adana, Mamistra (al-Mississa) and Tarsus in Cilicia in 1173 and defeated the Byzantine forces, killing many. He sent thirty of their leaders as prisoners and plenty of booty to Nur al-Din, who in turn sent some of them along with the booty to the Abbasid Caliph al-Mustadi bi Amr Allah (1170-1180) with a letter informing him of the victory, because some of the caliph’s troops had participated in it. Asked why he dealt with Malih as he did, Nur al-Din said that he used him to fight against his own people and  to stop him  from challenging his (Nur al-Din’s) troops.[49] The Armenian writer K. L. Astarjian says that Malih had a bad upbringing which affected his life and behavior. He vacillated between several religions and at one time joined the Templars, but then turned against them. Malih embraced Islam before he became involved with Nur al-Din Zangi, who influenced him to invade Cilicia and conspire against his own brother Thoros.[50]

To William of Tyre, Malih was a most wicked man. When his brother Thoros II died in 1168, the nobles chose Thomas, a nephew of Thoros and Malih on his sister’s side, as administrator of Thoros’s principality. Thomas was well-born but totally unqualified for this position, and Malih, taking advantage of his weakness, quickly seized control of the principality. To buttress his power, he betrayed his own people and defected to Nur al-Din Zangi and offered him allegiance. Nur al-Din welcomed this renegade and, on well-defined terms favorable to himself, provided Malih with a sizable cavalry force. Malih was the first of his [Armenian] people to violate the customs of his ancestors. He not only invaded and occupied the major cities of Cilicia, but also dispossessed the Knights Templar of their holdings there, although at one time he had belonged to their order. He formed an alliance with Nur al-Din and the Turks, on terms appropriate for brothers. By his actions, says William, he rejected the law of God and did immense injury to the Christians. Realizing that Malih and Nur al-Din repesented a great danger to their domains, King Amalric I of Jerusalem (1163-1174) and the governor of Antioch joined forces to fight Malih. Amalric sent several envoys to Malih asking to meet and discuss the situation with him, but without success. War became inevitable. No sooner did he march against Malih in Cilicia than reports reached him that Nur al-Din had attacked Petra in Arabia Secunda. As Amalric and the Franks continued to drive toward Cilicia, however, another messenger brought word that Nur al-Din, who apparently was not yet in a position to challenge the Franks, had abandoned the siege.[51]

The Syriac sources partly agree with this account. They say that before Thoros II, governor of Cilicia, died in 1168, he gave instructions that his youngest son (apparently under age) was to succeed him, and Thomas, the son of his aunt, should serve as his administrator. Deprived of the chance to succeed his brother, Malih became furious and contacted Nur al-Din, who supplied him with an army of Turks. He attacked and ravaged Cilicia, capturing 16,000 youths and maidens, men and women, and monks and bishops, and carried them to Aleppo; there he sold them to merchants and gave the proceeds to the Turks who had supported him. Hoping to appease him, the Armenians of Cilicia met with him and offered him half the country. Malih accepted the offer and assured them under oath that the other half would go to Thoros’s young son, but soon he broke his oath and took possession of all Cilicia, with its towns and fortresses. He then took his vengeance on his opponents. He gouged the eyes of many bishops and governors and cut off their hands and feet. He flayed others alive and  cast their bodies to wild animals.[52] When Amalric learned of Malih’s ill treatment of the Christians, he came to fight against him. Malih sought the Turks’ help, but the king routed them and Malih sought refuge in his fortress. When the king besieged the fortress, he began to feel pain. Finally, he repented and apologized for his bad deeds, swore an oath of fealty to the king, and promised never to join the Turks.[53] Malih’s end came in 1175, when his army commanders revolted against him because of his abominable deeds. He left his camp at night and fled to one of his fortresses. The guards, who were in collusion with the army leaders, captured Malih, cut him into pieces, and threw him to the dogs. They brought his cousin Roupen, son of Stephen, who had been hiding in Tarsus out of fear of Malih, and installed him as their king. As soon as he took power, however, Roupen retaliated by killing those who had murdered Malih, on the pretext that they had treated him cruelly.[54]

The Anonymous Edessan’s view of Nur al-Din is similar to that of Ibn al-Athir. He says that Nur al-Din was a schemer, cunning, and very strict in observing Islamic laws. It is said that he neither drank wine nor allowed others to do so. He banned the singing, merriment and dancing enjoyed by other Muslim sovereigns. It is even said that no one heard him laugh. He ate alone, and only once a day. He was not lecherous, nor did he marry many women, as was the reprehensible custom of the Muslim sovereigns. He wore simple dress, fasted constantly, and read the Quran. He acted with justice and  offered alms to poor Muslims and even to pious Christians. He persisted in strengthening Islamic laws and customs in the countries he had conquered, and abolished all taxes and excises in the countries under his control. And if he learned that an injustice had been done, he was quick to compensate the victim. He never punished anyone without a trial and reliable testimony. His camp was free from rowdiness, frivolous play, and clamor.[55]

But the Anonymous Edessan, Michael Rabo, and William of Tyre show this Turkish ruler in an unfavorable light when they describe his treatment of the native Christians. William of Tyre says that Nur al-Din was a just prince, valiant and wise, and a religious man according to the traditions of his people, but also a persecutor of the Christian name and faith.[56] Michael Rabo and the Anonymous Edessan show that the Christians suffered greatly from Nur al-Din’s oppression and persecution. When his brother Qutb al-Din Mawdud, lord of Mosul died in 1170, he went to take control of the city and instigated the Muslim jurists against the Christians, whom his brother had treated kindly. He was extremely strict about observing the times of prayer and not drinking wine, and was so devoted to observing the tenets of Islam that the Muslims nicknamed him “al-Nabi” (The Prophet), because he believed that he was like Muhammad, the Prophet of Islam. He even expected Allah to talk to him face to face, as he did to Moses. Some of the Muslims who mocked him for his belief and called him a “prophet” sarcastically told him that he, being a divine personage, had appeared to them in the masjid, and he believed them.[57]

To endear himself more to the Muslims, Nur al-Din hardened his heart against the Christians and ordered that new Christian churches and monasteries be demolished. When he reached the city of Nisibin, the Muslims clamored that the Christians were restoring their churches, and he ordered them destroyed. The Muslims pulled down the wall of the Great Church of St. Jacob of Nisibin, which had been held by the Nestorians since the fifth century (when Iraq was part of the Persian empire), and stole religious articles and about a thousand books. They did the same thing to churches elsewhere. Because Nur al-Din hated the Christians, says Michael Rabo, he appointed one of his relatives, Ibn Asrun, as judge and sent him throughout Syria to demolish every new addition to the churches built in the time of his father and his brother. Everywhere he went, Ibn Asrun asked the Christians for a bribe. If he received it, he would swear that the buildings added to the church were old, thus saving it from destruction; otherwise, he ordered it demolished. When Nur al-Din learned what Ibn Asrun had done, he fired him. Meanwhile, encouraged by his oppression of the Christians, the Muslims of Mardin usurped the Church of the Forty Martyrs.[58]

From Nisibin, Nur al-Din marched to capture Sinjar, north of Mosul, and then laid siege to Mosul itself.[59] When he reached the city, the Kurds who lived in the neighborhood of the Monastery of Mar Matta (today called the Monastery of Shaykh Matti, 25 kilometers northeast of Mosul), having heard that Nur al-Din was oppressing the Christians, seized the opportunity to destroy the monastery. They attacked it at night, but the monks, who were ready to repel them, destroyed their ladders and even killed some of the marauders. The Kurds then attacked the monastery in daylight, but the Syrians in the neighboring villages came to its aid and drove them away. The Kurds finally resorted to trickery and made a false peace with the monks, who paid them thirty dinars as a sign of their peaceful intention. The monks fell into the trap and told the villagers to go home. As they were leaving, the Kurds immediately gathered on top of the mountain and rolled down a huge rock that hit the monastery wall, creating an opening close to the aqueduct leading to the monastery’s cistern. (The rock is still lodged in the wall of the monastery, as this author has personally observed during several visits there.) The monks immediately filled the opening with stones and lime, but the Kurds attacked them with arrows; as they retreated, the Kurds unsheathed their swords and chased them inside, killing fifteen of them.[60] The monks, few in number, were no match for the 1500 Kurds; only those who had taken refuge in the monastery’s upper citadel escaped death. The Kurds pillaged the monastery, carried off whatever they could load onto their beasts, and left. After they had gone, the monks in the citadel removed the rest of the books and religious objects and went to Mosul. The Monastery of Mar Matta was desolate, and the monks would not dare to live in it. The Syrians of Mosul hired men and paid them thirty dinars to guard and prevent the Kurds from doing more damage. On learning what the Kurds had done to the monastery, the governor of Mosul sent troops out and killed a great number of them. In retaliation, the Kurds destroyed nine villages in the Nestorian district, looted and burned the houses, and killed their inhabitants.[61] The Anonymous Edessan adds that the Kurds also attacked the Monastery of Mar Sergius (also called al-Mu’allaq Monastery) in the Barren Mountain.[62]

When Nur al-Din Zangi occupied Mosul, it was ruled by Sayf al-Din Ghazi II, the son of his brother Qutb al-Din Mawdud who had originally chosen his son Imad al-Din to succeed him as atabeg of Mosul, but then changed his mind and designated his younger son, named for his uncle, Sayf al-Din Ghazi I (d. 1149). This change was made through the machinations of the eunuch Fakhr al-Din Abd al-Masih, the tutor of Qutb al-Din’s children. Although he was a Christian from the province of Antioch, he pretended to be a Muslim. He plotted with Khatun, the daughter of Husam al-Din Timurtash and mother of Sayf al-Din, to have her son replace Imad al-Din as lord of Mosul.  On learning of the conspiracy, Imad al-Din asked his uncle Nur al-Din for help in reclaiming the governorship. According to Ibn al-Athir, Nur al-Din not only disparaged Fakhr al-Din Abd al-Masih for his injustice, but detested him both for his part in the conspiracy and for his Christian faith. Abd al-Masih offended the Muslims of Mosul because he loved the Christians and helped them. Others say Nur al-Din tried to subjugate Mosul because of his jealousy of Abd al-Masih, who administered the city so wisely and capably that Sayf al-Din was governor only in name.[63]

Realizing that the people of Mosul would not resist Nur al-Din’s attack because they were inclined toward him, Abd al-Masih sent emissaries to sue for peace. According to Ibn al-Athir (and Bar Hebraeus, who appears to follow him), Abd al-Masih demanded a pledge of safety for his own life and a promise that Nur al-Din would not usurp power from his nephew. Nur al-Din replied that he had come not to snatch the city or the kingdom from his brother’s sons, but to save the people from the authority of Abd al-Masih; he pledged to spare Abd al-Masih but said he would expel him from Mosul. Peace then prevailed, and Nur al-Din entered Mosul. He took quarters in the citadel and appointed another eunuch, Sa’d al-Din Gümüshtigin, to administer the city’s affairs. But he left the government of the city and the whole province of Mosul to his nephew Sayf al-Din Ghazi II, and after seventeen days he departed for Syria. He took Fakhr al-Din Abd al-Masih with him, but changed his name from Abd al-Masih (Servant of Christ) to Abd Allah (Servant of Allah) and offered him a generous living allowance.[64]

When Nur al-Din Zangi was in Mosul, says Michael Rabo, he “was intoxicated with vainglory because the Muslims considered him a prophet.”[65] He oppressed the Christians by introducing new measures against them. He burdened them with taxes and the jizya. He ordered them to wear sashes around their waists and not to grow their hair long, so that they could  be distinguished from the Muslims (making them the object of mockery). He ordered that the Byzantine Christians wear a red patch on their shoulders, to distinguish them from other people.[66] He also ordered that no Christian should ride a saddled horse or mule. He expelled all Christian secretaries from government departments and from the governor’s court except Deacon Abdun, a wealthy old man known for his wisdom and knowledge. Soon after Nur al-Din left Mosul, however, the Christians were relieved  from his iniquitous measures through the magnanimity of his nephew, the good governor Sayf al-Din Ghazi II (atabeg of Mosul, 1170-1176).[67]

To enhance his standing among the Muslims, Nur al-Din used every conceivable method to humiliate the Christians. He became more arrogant, especially after capturing Syria, Egypt and Athur (northern Iraq). Michael Rabo says Nur al-Din acted as if he had conquered the whole earth and tried through various measures to denigrate the Christians so that the Muslims would regard him as their Imam (religious leader). As if instigated by Satan, Nur al-Din wrote to the caliph (the Abbasid Caliph al-Mustanjid, 1160-1170), “The words of the Prophet Muhammad in the Quran, indicating that the Muslims should do no harm to the Christians for five hundred years, have become invalid because of the passage of those years. Therefore, it is imperative to annihilate the Christians in the regions under the influence of the Muslims. Any Christian who refuses to embrace Islam should be killed.”[68] He also expressed his desire to have an audience with the caliph to explain further the letter’s contents. The letter scared the caliph, who thought Nur al-Din’s intention was to deceive him, capture Baghdad, and become caliph in his place. The caliph, all the more suspicious because he knew that Nur al-Din fancied himself a prophet, did not respond to his initiatives.

When al-Mustanjid died, he was succeeded by his son al-Mustadi (1170-1180), who had his Vizir killed because he hated the Christians. Much to the relief of the Christians, the new caliph was favorably disposed toward them, as if to spite the Vizir. As a sign of his tolerance, the caliph released the Syrian dignitaries of the Tuma family, who had been detained by his father, and restored their homes and churches to them. The released Syrians told the caliph how his father had discovered the deception of Nur al-Din and rejected his emissaries. The new caliph wrote to Nur al-Din, “You have no right to pretend to be a prophet and enact laws like Allah. You have misunderstood the true words of Muhammad regarding the years. Allah did not order us to kill people without cause.”[69] After receiving this message, Nur al-Din Zangi felt ashamed and sent other messengers asking the caliph to let him visit his father’s tomb. The caliph, knowing his real intention was to occupy Baghdad, rejected this request and even threatened to challenge him if he did so. His action certainly favored the Christians, whom Nur al-Din hated. To Michael Rabo, it was a divine action showing that God had not forgotten His people. Doleful but thankful, he wrote, “Although God had caused the Muslim Arabs and Turks to rule over us because of our sins, He did not for one day deny us His mercy, but always protected us from our haters and showed mercy to His church.”[70]

Nur al-Din Zangi’s persecution of the Christians appears to have encouraged other Muslim rulers to usurp Christian churches. In 1170 the eunuch Mu’ayyid al-Din, governor of Mardin, appropriated the nave of the Syrian Church of the Forty Martyrs and gave it to the Muslims, who annexed it to their mosque. The next day he fell off his mount and felt guilty, believing that his fall was a divine punishment for what he had done to the church. He wanted to restore the nave to the church, but did not for fear of offending the Muslims.[71] This incident was followed the same year by another, no less grievous to the Christians, involving a monk, Hasan bar Kulaib (or Kumaib) of the Abkar Monastery in the Mountain of Mardin.[72] A conflict apparently arose involving him, his two brothers (also monks), and other inmate monks of the monastery over his bad conduct, for which Hasan bar Kulaib was stripped of his position as a monk. In a fit of anger, he embraced Islam and fled to Jerusalem, where he felt guilty and returned to Christianity. The governor of Mardin arrested his two brothers and the other monks, who were tortured to death.  The  Muslims of Mardin used his conversion to Islam as a pretext to capture the Abkar Monastery and convert it to a masjid for the use of Muslim Kurds.[73] In 1172, the Muslims of Mardin also seized the Syrian Church of St. Thomas after a Syrian man named Barsoum committed adultery with a Muslim woman. He was arrested and tortured almost to death, and his possessions were confiscated. Because Barsoum had renovated the Church of St. Thomas at his own expense in the time of the governor Husam al-Din, the Muslims, arguing that the church was his personal property, claimed it and converted it into a mosque. The Christians of Mardin, grieved  to the extent that they blasphemed against divine justice, tried to reclaim the church, but their action angered the Muslims more against them. They lodged a complaint and asked the governor to restore their church to them, but his heart was hardened and he rejected their complaint, thus creating more aggravation and pressure for the Christians.[74]

Not surprisingly, Nur al-Din’s death in May 1174 brought feelings of relief not only to the Christians, but to Muslim rulers who were discontented with his strict observance of the Islamic law, particularly because he forbade them to drink wine or engage in any kind of merriment.[75] The chief reaction to Nur al-Din’s death came from his nephew Sayf al-Din Ghazi II, who occupied Nisibin and abrogated the laws enacted by his uncle. Al-Isfahani says he destroyed the place in the mosque where Nur al-Din had inscribed the restrictive laws and allowed the public drinking of wine.[76] It is more plausible that, as the Anonymous Edessan says, Sayf al-Din destroyed the stone tablet over the door of the masjid of Nisibin, on which Nur al-Din had inscribed his instructions including the anathemas on those who violated them. Also, although he allowed public consumption of wine, he restored the poll and land taxes that his uncle had abolished. Shortly after Nur al-Din Zangi died, the Muslims demolished the Great Church of Hagia Sophia in Edessa. They used some of the stones to rebuild the city’s wall and fortress, but carried most of them away to build a masjid in Harran. The Muslims also tore down the northern part of  the Great Church of the Apostles (the part left intact later fell down) and carried the stone to the fortress. At the same time, they tore down the chancel of the Church of St. Stephen and the chancel of the Church of Forty Martyrs, which was adjacent to their masjid.[77]

Although Sayf al-Din Ghazi seems to have been more tolerant than Nur al-Din, the Christians were still harassed by the Turks, whose rulers were clearly partial to the Muslims and frequently interfered in the religious or ecclesiastical affairs of the church, as Michael Rabo relates firsthand. As patriarch, Michael Rabo was often opposed by rebellious and recalcitrant bishops and clergy who could not abide his strict observance of the church’s canon laws. When he was called to serve as  patriarch, he says, he felt it his duty to respect and defend holy laws against accepting a bribe to ordain a clergyman or usurping a diocese or congregation because of the influence of a political ruler, laws which had been violated or ignored. For this reason he was opposed by several bishops, including Iwannis Denha of al-Raqqa (Callinicus), whose congregation had lost confidence in him because of alleged misconduct and wanted him replaced. The patriarch convened a council at the Monastery of Mar Hananya (now the Za’faran Monastery near Mardin in Turkey) to consider the case. After the testimony, the council was convinced of the bishops irreligious actions and decided to confine him to a monastery for three years until he improved his conduct. Denha at first accepted the council’s verdict, but then went to Mardin to complain to Nestorian leaders against Patriarch Michael Rabo. When the Nestorians learned the truth about his case, they expelled him.

Bishop Denha then turned to Najm al-Din, the Muslim governor of Mardin, and offered him a bribe to have Michael Rabo killed. The governor sent some men who arrested the patriarch and made him appear before the governor as a criminal, accompanied only by Abu Kir, archdeacon of the church of Mardin. The governor addressed the patriarch harshly but, after hearing the case, expelled Bishop Denha and dismissed his complaint. The bishop, still determined to spite the patriarch, went to Mosul and slandered Patriarch Michael Rabo to Sayf al-Din, the lord of Mosul, promising to pay him a thousand dinars. Soldiers arrested Michael Rabo and brought him to Sayf al-Din, who was then in Nisibin. The soldiers ushered the patriarch, together with two bishops and a number of monks, into the presence of Sayf al-Din’s deputy, who said, “Since Allah has placed you [the Christians] under our control, you should not resist the royal decree. You should fulfill the royal order of  the victorious king (Sayf al-Din), or else you will be humiliated and tortured. Our king has ordered that this bishop should have jurisdiction over the dioceses of al-Raqqa, Harran, Saruj, and Habura (al-Khabur). Accordingly, you should return peacefully to your place or something harmful will take place.”

Michael Rabo courageously answered that divine laws are instituted by three Books: the Torah (Old Testament) of the Hebrews, the Gospel of the Christians, and the Quran of the Muslims. He asked the deputy to search these three books and see for himself if God had ordered the rulers to administer the countries by their worldly authority. Faith, he contended, should be administered by choice and not by compulsion. He declared that the just Muslim rulers who came after Muhammad had to the present day observed the interdicts of God and never violated them. According to the command of God, these rulers imposed on the Christians the jizya (poll tax) and obedience, but they did not interfere in matters of faith. “If  you try to alter the course followed by former Muslim rulers,” he added, “then know that what you do is not against me but against Moses, Jesus, and Muhammad. You would violate their Books, or in other words you would be violating the commands of God.” Worse still, he said, the deputy believed Bishop Denha’s complaints against him. If he would do more investigation, he would easily find they were lies. In fact, the dioceses which the deputy said were in the bishop’s jurisdiction were still under the control of Sayf al-Din Ghazi II. Said Michael Rabo, “If he (the bishop) was appointed by your order, why then he is rejected by their congregations? He has committed a crime against our laws and resorted to your royal authority to force me to violate the laws of God. I would rather have my head cut off than step on these laws.” At this point he extended his neck and told the deputy to cut off his head. The deputy entered Sayf al-Din’s tent, then came out and led the patriarch into his presence, forbidding anyone to accompany him. When Michael Rabo stood before Sayf al-Din, he invoked God’s blessing on him. The deputy said, “O patriarch, ask God’s blessing because Sayf al-Din Ghazi has ordered that your laws should be executed, and no one will disobey you.” Michael Rabo repeated his blessing and thanks, then left with tears in his eyes. The bishops and monks were jubilant, while the slanderer (Bishop Iwannis Denha) was disappointed.

Persisting in his evildoing, the bishop tried another tactic to have Michael Rabo condemned. He shouted in the midst of the Muslim throng, “Know all of you that this old man is a deceiver. He is laboring in the lands of the Muslims to convert them to Christianity, and here is the evidence.” The bishop began to read a letter Michael Rabo had written about the monk Hasan bar Kulaib, who had converted to Islam. The Muslims, greatly agitated by it, tried to stone the patriarch. The monks with him fled, and he stood alone before the Muslims carrying stones in their hands to kill him. By chance some Muslims from Mardin, the city of Hasan bar Kulaib, were present and testified that he was a Christian monk, not a Muslim. The angry crowd apparently believed them and let the patriarch go in peace. Sayf al-Din Ghazi II provided him with a letter of authority and the patriarch returned to his place safe. But this was not the end of the wickedness of Bishop Iwannis Denha. He went to Baghdad and lodged a complaint with the Abbasid caliph, but Patriarch Michael Rabo wrote to the Syrian believers in Baghdad about the case, and the caliph expelled Bishop Denha. The bishop returned to Antioch, where he met with Patriarch Michael Rabo and asked his forgiveness. In a true gesture of Christian love, the patriarch accepted the bishop’s apology and sent him to the Edessan Mountain to await appointment to an available diocese.[78]

Michael Rabo relates another episode involving clergymen who from sheer avarice turned to earthly (i.e., Muslim) rulers to oppress their own Syrian people and achieve their goals. The antagonist in this case was Ignatius, the avaricious bishop of Tur Abdin, who obtained money through various means. Michael Rabo admonished him to abandon his unworthy behavior and adhere to the laws of the church, but he did not lobey. One Sunday morning he left the worship service and went to the governor, as was his custom, asking him to throw into prison monks, priests, and laymen on a variety of charges. That night, a group of Kurds captured him and beat him badly, but his companions managed to flee. Not satisfied with merely beating him, the Kurds drove a stake into his buttocks and left him near death. Some passersby found him, and as they pulled the stake from his bottom he died. It is said that he was responsible for the deaths of a number of Syrian believers, but it is not known whether they were killed by Ignatius himself or by those whom he had instigated.[79] His case clearly shows that there were renegade and outright immoral clergymen within the church who oppressed their own people, as did their worldly rulers. It also shows the sad state of the patriarchs of the Syrian Church, who had to struggle to save their church and authority not only from the Muslim Turks and their rulers, but from bishops and other clergy whose immoral and evil actions aggravated their situation and weakened the church’s spiritual authority.

The men who created particular difficulty for Patriarch Michael Rabo by seeking the aid of Muslim rulers against him were Theodore bar Wahbun and Karim bar Masih. Theodore was a native of Melitene, the son of the priest Sohda bar Wahbun. His godfather, the patriarch, brought him to the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, made him his personal secretary, and treated him with kindness and love. At the monastery, Theodore proved to be an avid reader, acquiring profound secular and spiritual knowledge, but he lacked spiritual wisdom and particularly the fear of God. He was rebellious and arrogant, with an inflated ego because of his knowledge.[80]  Blinded by false pride and ambition, Theodore turned against his benefactor, seeking to usurp the office of the patriarchate. To achieve this goal he resorted to treachery, manipulation, and bribery of Muslim governors. In 1180 he plotted to split the church with the aid of some bishops who were displeased with the patriarch for his strict implementation of canon laws, which they had violated. Theodore bar Wahbun tried to stir trouble in Melitene, but the congregation had him expelled from the city. He fled to Edessa and then to Jerusalem, inciting the congregations against the patriarch. He failed at this, but succeeded in convincing four bishops to help him become a patriarch. They contacted the governor of Amid, Abu al-Qasim Hasan (Abu al-Qasim Nisan, according to Bar Hebraeus), and offered him money if he would help them to install Theodore as patriarch. The governor was ready not only to violate the canons of the Christian church, which he did not respect or understand, but to violate the laws of Islam for money. Shortly afterwards, he invited Bar Wahbun to become patriarch. Bishop Ibrahim of Amid, who had been removed from his diocese for violating church laws, was to deliver the invitation, disguised as a Turkish officer, but his mission failed due to the sudden death of the governor, who was succeeded by his son.[81] The rebellious bishops called on the new governor and showed him the invitation his father had sent, offering him more money if he would help make Bar Wahbun patriarch. The bishops’ action enraged the Syrian congregation of Amid, who told the new governor, “We will never permit our faith to be destroyed.” He replied, “If your patriarch visits us, we will expel Bar Wahbun.” After the congregation invited the patriarch, he agreed to go to Amid and meet with the governor, but the subsequent evil action of his opponents disturbed him and the church. As the patriarch left the Monastery of Mar Barsoum to travel to Amid, the rebellious bishops entered the church in Mardin, locked the doors, and ordained Theodore bar Wahbun as patriarch in a night service. In the morning they disguised themselves in different clothing and left for Mosul to meet with the Maphrian Mar Yuhanna.[82]

Karim Bar Masih had a hand in the ordination of Bar Wahbun. Bar Masih came to Mardin, the seat of the patriarch’s diocese, and usurped it  by offering gold to the governor. He invited Theodore to Mardin and proclaimed him patriarch, even though he had been condemned not only by the patriarch and his clergy, but by the maphrian and the clergy of the East. Upon hearing of Bar Masih’s action, the Syrians of Mardin, together with the monks of the neighboring monasteries, notably the Monastery of Mar Hananya (Za’faran Monastery), appealed to Patriarch Michael Rabo to appoint a bishop for them. The patriarch chose a learned and articulate monk named Modyana (Confessor),  from the Edessan mountain, and ordained him as bishop of Mardin. But the new bishop, unable to become an officer of the church without the governor’s approval, was forced to offer the governor the same amount of gold Bar Wahbun had offered him to obtain his investiture as a bishop.[83]

In Mosul, Theodore Bar Wahbun and his collaborators asked the Maphrian Mar Yuhanna (d. 1189) to approve Bar Wahbun as patriarch, but he refused. Disappointed, the conspirators traveled aimlessly from place to place. At the town of Dara, between Nisibin and Mardin, the leading Syrian dignitaries urged them to forsake their machinations and obey the patriarch (Michael Rabo). After learning that the conspirators were in Dara, the Maphrian Yuhanna and some bishops went there, captured them, and brought them to the patriarch in chains. At a council convened by the patriarch, they admitted their guilt in writing and asked his forgiveness. Soon, however, Theodore Bar Wahbun, violating his promise to forsake his evil ways, resorted again to deception. Some of his allies hired ruffian Kurds to hide him at night until the patriarch had left the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, where the council met. The patriarch convened another council which also condemned Bar Wahbun, but he refused to leave the monastery, asking instead for forgiveness. The meek, compassionate patriarch accepted Theodore’s false apology, allotted him a cell at the monastery for his residence, and promised to ask the council to reconsider his condemnation. But no sooner did the patriarch leave to go to the Monastery of Mar Hananya than some other rebellious monks helped Bar Wahbun escape by lowering him in a basket from the monastery’s wall. He fled to Damascus, where he approached Salah al-Din al-Ayyubi (Saladin) and offered him money to proclaim him as patriarch in the regions under his authority. He even wrote a letter slandering  the patriarch, hoping that Saladin would destroy him. When the letter was read to him, Saladin inquired about Theodore and, after learning from some Christian believers in his service about his odious conduct, had him expelled.

Frustrated, Theodore Bar Wahbun went to Jerusalem and began stirring trouble between the Franks and the Syrian minority, especially against Metropolitan Athanasius, who had been chosen to head the diocese of Jerusalem in 1184. Athanasius already had strained relations with the Franks because of a dispute over the Monastery of Mary Magdalene, which belonged to the Syrians but had been usurped by the Franks.[84] He had offered the Latin patriarch of Jerusalem a thousand dinars to return the monastery to the Syrians. The Syrian Church endured deplorable hardships because of the ownership dispute, which was further prolonged because of the Muslims’ occupation of Jerusalem. Bar Wahbun then went to Mardin and Mosul, where he offered bribes to the Turkish governor and his associates, hoping they would proclaim him a patriarch. His action encouraged Muslim governors everywhere to demand money for their help. Next, he turned to the Armenian Catholicos (Gregory IV, 1173-1193), then residing in the Qal’at Romaitha, asking his assistance as he had done with the Latin patriarch in Jerusalem. The catholicos, believing Theodore’s false promises, expelled the Syrian bishop from his diocese and placed the Syrians of Cilicia under his authority, and Theodore Bar Wahbun dared to call himself patriarch. He continued his actions against Patriarch Michael Rabo and lavished enormous amounts of money and gifts on the Turkish governors in Syria and Beth Nahrin, hoping they too would declare him patriarch. Bar Wahbun’s efforts were frustrated when his principal supporter, Catholicos Gregory, died in 1193, and his machinations ended when he died forty days later.[85]

The death of the miscreant Theodore Bar Wahbun brought some relief to Patriarch Michael Rabo and his church, but he had still to deal with Karim Bar Masih, a monk from the Monastery of Mar Matta. Karim bar Masih belonged to the family of Jabir, which was originally from Takrit but, like many Syrian Takritians, had settled in Mosul. Rebellious and ambitious, he was as much a troublemaker as Bar Wahbun, whose ordination as patriarch he had supported in 1192. Mosul had  a Muslim judge named Muhyi al-Din whom the governor greatly respected, and whose advice he always heeded (the governor’s lieutenants hated him, but did not dare harm him). Judge Muhyi al-Din was in charge of collecting the tribute imposed on all the monasteries and their properties, including the Monastery of Mar Matta. After Maphrian Yuhanna died in 1189, Bar Masih, hoping to succeed him, sought the aid of this judge to achieve this goal. He took a boat  down the Tigris to Takrit, the maphrian’s seat, to usurp the See of the Maphrianate.[86] The archimandrite and some monks of the Monastery of Mar Matta, some Syrian Takritian leaders from Mosul, and four bishops (Ignatius Gabriel Yuhanna bar Hindi, bishop of Urmia in Azerbaijan, Yuhanna Ruwad Marqia, bishop of Ba’arbaya, Saliba, bishop of the Monastery of Mar Matta, and Basilius Matta bar Shuwayk, bishop of Baghdad) wrote in support of Bar Masih and brought him to the patriarch to be ordained a maphrian. But other clerics, including the priest Abu Mansur Bar Tibun and the monks Yaqub and Shamtah of the Monastery of Mar Matta, wrote to the patriarch that Bar Masih was an insolent person who had surrounded himself with a band of wicked men.[87] Michael Rabo says that the Syrian congregations of Mosul and Takrit had informed him that they would never accept him as their maphrian because of his immoral conduct. The patriarch, who had also heard about Bar Masih’s conduct from the late Maphrian Yuhanna, felt he had to find a suitable person for this high office. To foil the plan of Bar Masih and his collaborators, the clergymen prevailed on the patriarch to choose his nephew Yaqub, a learned and venerable man who was ordained a maphrian at the Monastery of Saint Dumit in the province of Mardin in 1189, taking the name Gregorius.[88] When the other bishops, whom Michael Rabo calls “the gang of Bar Masih,” learned that their plan had failed, they bribed the governor, who issued an order naming Karim Bar Masih as maphrian.[89] At the Monastery of Mar Matta, they ordained Bar Masih a maphrian and named him Dionysius.[90]

But things did not turn out as Bar Masih had wished, for judge Muhyi al-Din died soon afterwards. The Christians of Mosul asked the eunuch Mujahid al-Din, who hated Muhyi al-Din, to help restore their lawful Maphrian Gregorius, who for two years had been barred from entering Mosul because Muhyi al-Din had subjected them to Bar Masih’s authority, in violation of church laws. Mujahid al-Din agreed to help and provided them with letters of passage and a messenger, and they sent a delegation to fetch the maphrian, then at the Monastery of Mar Hananya, and brought him to Mosul with great joy and pomp. When Bar Masih reached Takrit, the Syrian congregation rejected him and he returned to Mosul, frustrated. As soon as he arrived, the officers of the Syrian Church had him placed in their custody. The maphrian and the bishops met to discuss his case and demanded that he return all the gold he had extorted from the Syrian churches. When he did not comply, they met with the clergy and congregation in the Church of the Takritians in Mosul and defrocked him, then sent him back to prison. A year later, his brother paid four hundred dinars, and Bar Masih was freed.

Curiously, Michael Rabo says that in 1190, under pressure from his bishops, he delegated Bishop Gabriel, abbot of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, and Bishop Abu al-Faraj, then in charge of the patriarchal office, to Sultan Salah al-Din (Saladin) to explain Bar Masih’s machinations to him. Before they reached Damascus, while Saladin was besieging Akka (Acre), the two bishops were arrested as spies and thrown into prison, losing everything in their possession. But they were rescued through the effort of Muzaffar al-Din, son of Zayn al-Din, lord of Edessa, and finally obtained letters of support from Saladin.[91]

After three years of humiliation and condemnation, Bar Masih returned to his old ways. After paying the governor of Mosul 1000 dinars, he was allowed to proclaim himself bishop of Mosul and its environs. Encouraged by the Muslim governor’s support, he donned the garb of a bishop and traveled around the province of Mosul hoping to gather followers, but failed. Meanwhile, he was hounded by his creditors, who demanded that he settle his debts. Since he had no money, he was thrown into prison and remained there for eighteen months. Out of goodness and perhaps pity, Maphrian Gregorius had him released from prison. A year after his release he was finally forced to pay his debts. At the very end of his Chronicle, Michael Rabo states that toward the end of 1194, Maphrian Gregorius and four bishops came to see him at the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and offer allegiance to him. But as soon as they returned to their dioceses, Bar Masih slandered the maphrian to the governor, stating that he had left his diocese and would never return. But when the maphrian and the bishops returned in early 1195, Bar Masih was put to shame, and the maphrian was received warmly by his flock and the governor.[92]

After Patriarch Michael Rabo died in 1199, Bar Masih caused more trouble for the church. He was imprisoned again and then released through the intercession of Maphrian Gregorius. Because he could not pay the huge debts he had incurred, he fled from Mosul to Mardin, then to Amid, and from there to Miyafarqin, where with the governor’s help he was able to become a bishop of the Syrian flock. But he was condemned by a church council and later absolved by the new Patriarch, Athanasius Saliba the Bald. On December 24, 1204, he died in Miyafarqin; he was buried by the Nestorians, who felt sorry for him after the Syrian Church refused to bury him because of his evil actions and the contention and discord he had caused within the church.[93]

Around 1175, a sharp conflict arose between the Armenians and the Turks over the Samson (Sasun) Mountain, above Miyafarqin, which the Armenians had controlled since the time of the Assyrians (some Kurds also lived in the mountain and claimed it was theirs). With the help of the governor of Miyafarqin, the Turks occupied its fortresses and expelled the Armenians, and for five years they fought the Armenians living in Miyafarqin and Mardin. The governor oppressed and starved the Armenians, forcing them to surrender the fortresses to the great Armenian lord of Khilat (Akhlat) on Lake Van, Sukman II, Nasir al-Din Muhammad (1128-1183), known as Shah Armen.[94] A miscreant Armenian lord named Bakhyan lost his share of the mountain to the Turks and sought to control one of the fortresses. The Armenians gave him several villages, but this gift was not sufficient to satisfy his ambition. He converted to Islam, thinking the Muslim Turks would offer him a fortress. Much to his disappointment, he was repulsed, and his conversion to Islam benefited him nothing.[95]

About 1201, before the death of Bar Masih, trouble arose between the Syrians of the village of Bartulli, east of Mosul, and the village’s Muslim khatib (preacher). The Anonymous Edessan says that the Syrian Christians complained against him to the village head, who had him whipped. The preacher went one Friday to the Great Mosque in Mosul (built by Nur al-Din Zangi) and provoked a disturbance against the Christians. A large mob of Muslims joined him and left the mosque to go to Bartulli and destroy it.  But when they reached the city gate (Bab al-Jisr, the gate of the bridge over the River Tigris), they found it locked. Disappointed, they returned and vented their anger on the Great Church of the Syrian Takritians. They smashed its doors and sanctuary and pillaged everything inside — beautiful church vessels, splendid curtains, crosses, Gospels, golden patens and chalices, and other magnificent brass items. They broke into the office of the maphrian, who was absent, and stole his belongings. They destroyed the closets and doors, and even dug into the floor and took great quantities of provisions, including seeds and grains stored in parts of the church.[96]

The persecution of the Christian communities, particularly the Syrians of the diocese of the Monastery of Mar Matta, worsened beginning in the first quarter of the thirteenth century. The whole northern region of Iraq was a theater of conflict between the lords of Mosul, descendants of Imad al-Din Zangi, and the lords of Arbil. On his deathbed, al-Malik al-Qahir Izz al-Din Mas’ud II (reigned 1210-1218) made his freed slave Badr al-Din Lulu (1180-1259) the administrator for his ten-year-old son Nur al-Din Arslan Shah II (1218-1219), who succeeded him as atabeg of Mosul; he gave the citadels of ‘Aqra and Shush to his younger son, Imad al-Din, who later made Aqra the seat of his government.[97] Because of Nur al-Din’s  tender age, his uncle Imad al-Din tried to gain control of his state. The able administrator, Badr al-Din Lulu, obtained from the Abbasid Caliph al-Nasir li Din Allah (1180-1225) a patent of investiture for Nur al-Din, but he still had to face the ambitious Imad al-Din, who was supported by Muzaffar al-Din Kukburi, lord of Arbil.[98] Nur al-Din died in 1219 and was succeeded by his brother Nasir al-Din Mahmud, then only three years old.

After the death of Nasir al-Din in 1233, Muzaffar al-Din and Imad al-Din attacked the fortress of Imadiyya in northern Iraq, and Badr al-Din Lulu had his hands full trying to repel their forces and protect his state. This conflict seriously impacted the lives and safety of the Christians in the region. In the battle against Muzaffar al-Din Kukburi, Badr al-Din fled to Mosul and then to Balad, hoping to gather sufficient troops. Muzaffar al-Din chased after him and camped behind the hill of the fortress of Nineveh, but when he saw that Badr al-Din was about to crush him, he departed for Arbil.[99] While he was on his way there, some Kurds of Shahrzur in his company kidnaped a Syrian Christian bride from the village of Beth Sakhraya (today called Basakhra). The villagers pursued the Kurds, killed some of them, and freed the kidnaped bride. When Muzaffar al-Din heard of this he became furious, especially when he learned that the villagers had disgraced themselves and honored his enemy by shouting, “Long live the staff of gold, Badr al-Din!”  In his anger, he sent troops who attacked the village of Beth Sakhraya and killed 300 villagers who had taken refuge in its church. Then the troops marched to the village of Bartulli  and cut off the hands of young men with their swords.[100] In 1220 some chiefs of the Yezidis (known today as the Devil Worshipers) in the villages north of Mosul rebelled against Badr al-Din Lulu and plundered the village of Jabbara in the region of Nineveh, whose inhabitants were Syrian Christians, and killed its men, women and children.[101]

After the death of Nasir al-Din Mahmud, Badr al-Din Lulu became the atabeg of Mosul.[102] At  his death in 1259, he was succeeded by his son al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il (reigned1259-1261).  In 1261, the Christians of Mosul and the province of Nineveh suffered tragedy when al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il, accompanied by Kurds, decided to force the Christians of the province of Nineveh to plunder and kill other Christians. His plan was foiled by Shams al-Din ibn Yunus of Bashiqa, who alerted the people of the province to the forthcoming danger and urged them to leave with him for Arbil. Many Christians believed him and departed to Arbil on the Thursday evening of Pentecost. On learning of the their departure, al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il changed his mind and abandoned the idea of slaughtering them, but in the confusion, the Kurds in Mosul attacked the Christians, plundering their possessions and killing everyone who refused to embrace Islam. A great majority of priests, deacons, and dignitaries converted to Islam to save their lives as the Kurds ravaged the country outside Nineveh, killing and robbing Christians. They attacked a convent in the village of Beth Khudayda (modern Qaraqosh) and killed the Christians hiding there.[103] They assembled thousands of horsemen and footsoldiers, attacked the Monastery of Mar Matta, and made war on the monks for four months. They set up ladders, planning to scale the wall, but the monks prevailed and burned the ladders. The Kurds hewed a mass of stone from the mountain above the monastery and rolled it toward the wall. The stone split in two; each part made a breach in the wall, but one remained stuck in it. The Kurds rushed toward the monastery, but the monks and the Syrian villagers inside fought back fiercely with stones and arrows and prevented them from entering. In the foray the archimandrite Abu Nasr of Bartulli was knocked out, and a few men were wounded slightly by arrows.[104] Weary of fighting, the monks sued for peace and pledged to give the Kurds all the hangings, curtains, and equipment of the church, and to collect gold, silver and jewelry for them. The Kurds were also anxious for peace because they had heard that the Mongols were coming to invade the region. Before they departed, they took a very large amount of property from the monastery, valued at 1000 gold dinars.[105]

At that time the Syrian inhabitants of Beth Sakhraya and other natives of Nineveh took refuge in the Monastery of Mar Daniyal (St. Daniel), also known as Dayr al-Khanafis, or the Monastery of Beetles, near the village of Bartulli. But when they left it and crossed the river Zab to go to Arbil, the amir Kutulbeg accused them of coming from the side of the enemy and killed them all, men and women alike. When Sayf al-Din, lord of Jazirat ibn Umar, heard that his brother al-Malik al-Salih Isma’il had fled to Syria, he also prepared to flee. But before he fled, he rounded up the Christians and threw them into prison until they paid him 2000  gold dinars. On Ascension Day 1261, as the Christians remained in prison in a state of despair, Sayf al-Din distributed the gold among his troops, but finally 70,000 Kurds surrounded him and carried him off to Syria, and Jazirat ibn Umar was left without a lord. Two scouts, Izaz Bash and Muhammad, a captain of the guards, made themselves rulers of the region. They released the imprisoned Christians after exacting 7000 dinars from them, killing only two of them who had had communication with the Mongols.[106] Abu Nasr of Bartulli (d. 1290), who was archimandrite of the Monastery of Mar Matta, lamented these events in a 36-page ode which has fortunately survived.[107] He says that the wicked Kurds forced the priests to deny their Apostolic faith and plunged the deacons into the abyss of apostasy. They  ruined the monks’ chastity and kept the believers from confessing the Holy Trinity. Those who refused to recant their faith were crowned with martyrdom. Out of envy, the evil marauders destroyed the churches and monasteries and had no mercy on the altars, the Table of Life, and the holy books. They even violated the Holy Scriptures. No church in all Athur, Nineveh, Rahubuth, Banuhadra (modern Duhuk), and Jazirat ibn Umar was left undefiled. The celebrations of the Holy Eucharist ceased because of the adversities which befell the believers, and the Monastery of Mar Matta it became the fortress of refuge for those who fled the sword and sought peace and tranquility.[108]

Thus, it is apparent that the native Christian communities of  Syrians and Armenians suffered external oppression by their rulers and, especially in the case of the Syrians, internal dissension. This dissension, stirred by mutinous clergymen like Bar Wahbun and Bar Masih, caused the high officers of the church and their communities to fall prey to greedy Muslim rulers, who relished the hefty bribes the rebellious clergy paid them. This was an unspeakably sad period for the native Christians, because it brought boundless pain to honorable leaders like Patriarch Michael Rabo and tremendously weakened their churches and communities, causing many people to embrace Islam in order to escape external oppression and internal conflict caused not only by avaricious Muslim rulers but by the clergy, who were contending for money or the control of more dioceses. One has only to read what is left of the Chronicle of the Anonymous Edessan to realize how deplorable was the internal state of the Syrian Church shortly after Michael Rabo died in 1199.[109]

The Christian communities also had the misfortune of being the victims of warfare between two Muslim groups, the Turks and the Kurds. Starting in 1185, the Turkomans waged war for eight years against their neighboring countries — Armenia, Athur (northern Iraq), Syria, and Cappadocia. The Turkomans, says Michael Rabo, were nomads and tent dwellers. They spent the winter in the abundantly verdant plains south of Syria, where there was no snow or frozen ground. In the spring they moved to the northern region, where there was plenty of grass for their cattle, moving in herds so large they blocked the highways. The Kurds, who often committed robbery, stole the Turkomans’ horses, cows, camels and other animals, and skirmishes between the two sides occasionally brought casualties. To protect their cattle, the Turks began traveling in caravans. After they learned that two hundred Kurds were about to ambush them in the region of Shabakhtan, near Mardin, the hostilities escalated into warfare, with the result that 10,000 men fell on both sides. Angered, the Kurds brought together 30,000 men from the regions of Nisibin and Tur Abdin, while the Turkomans massed near Khabur. The Kurds were beaten and fled, and the bodies of their dead littered the area between the River Khabur and Nisibin. Soon afterwards, two more battles between the Turkomans and the Kurds took place in the district of Mosul. The Kurds were again defeated and fled to the mountain areas bordering Cilicia to protect their families and cattle, but the Turkomans attacked, stole their possessions, and annihilated them — men, women, and children. The Turks sent groups of scouts into the mountains and plains of Syria and Mesopotamia, and whenever they found Kurds, they killed them without mercy and for no reason.[110]

The other Eastern sources shed little light on the conflict between the Turkomans and the Kurds. Ibn Shaddad notes briefly states that in 1183 a battle was fought between the two sides, and that many men were killed.[111] Indeed, there was severe ethnic conflict in Saladin’s army between the Turks and the Kurds, who did not trust each other.[112] This conflict between the Kurds and the Mamluks apparently was so vehement and disruptive that it attracted the attention of the Franks. The Muslims’ aim was to capture King Richard Lion-Heart and bring him to Saladin.[113] The Anonymous Edessan says that the Turkomans became more ferocious when Saladin fell ill for four months in 1183 at Harran, to which he returned after failing to capture Mosul. The Kurds did not dare appear openly on the highways. The Turkomans invaded their villages and drove them from their mountain abodes, forcing them to live in towns under most miserable conditions. Thereafter, the Turkomans became inured to bloodshed, pillage and annihilation.[114]

Michael Rabo says the Christians suffered little harm in the first years of the Turkomans’ conflict with the Kurds, i.e., before 1185. But as it turned into warfare, the Turks became aware that the Kurds often hid their possessions in Christian villages. Moreover, because the Turkish governors did not stop the Turkomans from looting and killing, the Kurds moved into Greater Armenia. After annihilating the Kurds, the Turkomans attacked Armenia and took 26,000 Armenians captive and sold them as slaves. They set fire to the villages and to the Garabed Monastery, and killed all its monks and pillaged its books and possessions. Their troops occupied Tall al-Arabs fortress in the region of Shabakhtan and sold its occupants into slavery. Next they slaughtered 170 Syrian men in Tall Bisme, near Mardin. When the rulers saw the destruction of their territory and the decimation of their village populations, they fought against the Turkomans, especially in the provinces of Claudia and Melitene. In the village of Amrun in Claudia, the Turkomans killed many people, including 200 Syrian men. Says Michael Rabo, no one can describe the carnage and devastation during eight years (1185-1193) of warfare among the Turkomans, Kurds, and Arab Muslims.[115] The Syrians and the Armenians, who had no stake in this warfare, paid the price in lives and possessions. Even small Syrian Christian communities like Bartulli and Mosul were not immune to the antagonism and destructive acts of their Muslim neighbors. Not surprisingly, the numbers of the Christian Syrians and Armenians in greater Syria, Mesopotamia and southern Turkey fell drastically, while the number of Muslims increased.

Michael Rabo relates several events that shed light on the Turkish rulers’ treatment of the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and their recognition of the saint’s power. In one case Feridun, lord of Melitene, and his profligate brother Muhammad fought over control of the city. Muhammad was soundly beaten and fled Melitene to join the Franks in Antioch. When conditions there did not suit him, he went to Sultan Kilij Arslan II of the Seljuks of Rum, hoping that the sultan would give him Melitene, but instead he received Heraclea (present day Ereghli in Turkey). Soon, however, Heraclea was taken from him. Muhammad went to the Turks in the East (Syria), only to be captured by Nur al-Din Zangi and imprisoned at al-Bira, on the bank of the Euphrates, where he lived off the charity of the people. While he was in prison the monks of  the Monastery of Mar Barsoum, who feared Nur al-Din Zangi, bravely extended charity to him because he loved their monastery. When Nur al-Din died in 1174, Muhammad was released from prison; he learned that his brother’s wife, who hated her husband, had alredy left Melitene and gone to her family in Hisn Ziyad (modern Kharput in Turkey). He followed her there, and her family encouraged him to seize control of Melitene. He sought the divine intercession of Mar Barsoum and pledged that if he was successful, he would exempt the monastery from taxes. Disguised as a beggar, he went by night to Melitene with two of his followers. They took him to the house of one of his supporters, where he remained in hiding for two days. On Sunday, February 15, 1175, Muhammad and his companions sneaked into his brother’s palace. They found a ladder on the ground, set it against the wall, and climbed down into the garden, where they found Feridun and an aged nanny sleeping. Muhammad struck his brother a fatal blow to the head, cut off his head, and took the keys of the city and the citadel. He boldly went through Melitene carrying his brother’s head, and everyone who saw him rushed to offer support. Fifteen men swore allegiance to him that night. The next morning he went with a hundred men to the citadel, to proclaim that the city had a new lord. The Christians of Melitene, scared, hid in their homes. But the Turks mounted their horses and gathered at the entrance of the citadel, with swords in hands. There was a great commotion, and rumors about the fate of their lord swirled. When Muhammad dropped his brother’s head from the wall, they faced the reality that their prince had been killed and pledged allegiance to Muhammad. After taking control of Melitene, Muhammad proposed exempting the Monastery of Mar Barsoum from taxes, but the monks felt that such a gesture would outrage the Muslims of Melitene against them and insisted on paying the taxes imposed on them. They proposed to pay him 300 dinars annually and asked to be exempted only from the additional tax of 700 dinars imposed by Feridun. It appears that Muhammad finally gave in to the monks, but as compensation he gave them the Monastery of Mar Dumit (Demete), near Melitene.[116]

But the most remarkable episode Michael Rabo relates is in connection with Kilij Arslan II, Seljuk Sultan of Rum (1155-1192), who came to Melitene in 1181 and inquired about Michael Rabo, then the patriarch. He sent him a friendly letter, together with a patriarchal staff and twenty red (gold) dinars, which caused much astonishment. The next year Kilij Arslan came again; having heard of the trouble Theodore bar Wahbun had caused, he sent a letter inviting the patriarch to Melitene. When he arrived, he was uncertain but felt that something unusual was happening. The sultan sent a messenger to tell him that he had ordered that the patriarch should enter into his presence according to the tradition and practice of the Christians, preceded by crosses and the gospel. The following day, three amirs and a host of horsemen came to accompany him with honor to meet Sultan Kilij Arslan, but the patriarch remained suspicious. On the morning of Thursday, July 8, 1182, he and his companions entered Melitene. To his surprise, the sultan, his troops, and the townsmen came out to welcome him. The Christians, with torches lit and crosses fixed on their spears, raised their voices, chanting. The sultan approached the patriarch and asked him not to dismount or shake his hand, then opened his arms and embraced Michael Rabo. The two men communicated through an interpreter, and when the patriarch felt that the sultan was truly attentive, he began to talk freely, supporting his points with testimonies from the Scriptures and from nature, interspersed with exhortations. As the sultan listened, his eyes filled with tears, and the patriarch thanked God.  Overjoyed, the Christians raised a cry of thanks and praise when they saw the Worshiped Cross hoisted over the heads of the sultan and the Muslims. In this manner the throng entered the church, and at the end of his sermon, the patriarch blessed the sultan and the people. The next day the sultan informed the patriarch that he had abolished the taxes imposed on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and confirmed his order with a royal rescript.[117] On Sunday, the sultan sent the patriarch a hand, plated with gold and silver and inlaid with jewels, along with relics of St. Peter. Michael Rabo stayed in Melitene a month, and every day  the sultan sent him gifts. The two discussed questions about God, Christ, the prophets, the apostles, and other matters. When the sultan left Melitene, he invited the patriarch to accompany him, and on the way the patriarch engaged in a lengthy conversation with Kamal al-Din, a Persian philosopher traveling with the sultan. As the patriarch offered more testimonies from the Scriptures, the sultan praised the Syrians’ wisdom and expressed joy over them. The patriarch attributes the attitude of Sultan Kilij Arslan II not to himself but to the mercy of God, who chose to comfort his small flock and the Syrian Church. Although the sultan’s purpose in conferring such great honor on the Syrian patriarch is not known, his magnanimous attitude stands in contrast to that of the Christian prince, Joscelin II, who unashamedly robbed the Monastery of Mar Barsoum.[118]
After he departed Melitene, Kilij Arslan invaded the Byzantine territory and captured twelve fortresses. Later, in a letter to Michael Rabo, the sultan attributed his victory over the Byzantines to the power of the patriarch’s prayer:

From Kilij Arslan, the great Sultan of Cappadocia, Syria and Armenia to Patriarch Michael,
the friend of our state, who resides in the Monastery of Mar Barsoum and who prays for
our success. We declare that God has glorified the affairs of our state at this time by your
prayer. From ancient Philadelphia (Alashehr, Turkey), the son of the king of the Rum
[apparently Emperor Andronicus Comnenus (1183-1185), grandson of Alexius I] came with
his sons to offer submission to our throne. We dispatched with him an army of forty
thousand men. The enemies gathered in large numbers in the Great City (Constantinople)
and prepared for war. But God gave victory to our army and chased and defeated the enemies
of our state so badly that they will never be able to rise against us for a long time to come.
Our army occupied the great fortress of Diyadin and controlled the region extending
beyond the fortress and the seashore, which has become subject to us. Now we administer
that region, which has not been subject to the Turks before, according to the laws of our state.
It should be said that verily God has given us all this [victory] because of the power of your
prayer. Therefore, we beseech you not to cease praying for our state. Farewell.[119]

Never had a Byzantine emperor or a Frankish prince asked a Syrian patriarch to pray for his triumph over his Muslim enemies. The letter clearly shows the sultan’s genuine belief in the power of prayer. Why else would Kilij Arslan have written this letter, knowing that the patriarch had no political or military  power? Did he hope to coax the Syrian Christians to support him? This is doubtful, for in his Chronicle Michael Rabo never even suggests that his people were military aggressors or voluntarily took part in the warfare involving the

Bibliogaphy

[46] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 602, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir fi al-Dawla al-Atabegiyya, 161; Ibn Shaddad, al-Nawadir al-Sultaniyya wa al-Mahasin al-Yusufiyya, in R.H.C. Or., 3: 55;  Abu Shama, 1: 228, follows Ibn Shaddad; Ibn al-Adim, Zubdat al-Halab min Tarikh Halab, 2: 340; Ibn Wasil, Mufarrij al-Kurub, 1: 262-263; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 107 of the Syriac text, and trans. Budge, 302, where khawaniq is rendered as strangury, a disease marked by the painful and slow discharge of urine; Reinhold Röhricht, Geschichte des Königreichs Jerusalem 1100-1291 (Innsbrug, 1898), 358; William of Tyre, 2: 394, n. 62.

[47] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 576-577.

[48] Ibn al-Athir, al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 162-175, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 602-606; Sulayman Sai’gh, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1 (Cairo; al-Matba’a al-Salafiyya, 1923), 179-181, 219; Sa’id al-Daywachi, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1 (Baghdad: The Iraqi Academy, 1982): 335; Husayn Mu’nis, Nur al-Din Mahmud, 180-182; N. Elisséeff, Nur al-Din: un grand prince musulman de Syrie au temps des Croisades (Damascus, 1967), 64-65; Carole Hillenbrand, The Crusades: Islamic Perspectives (New York, 1999-2000), pp. 132-141.

[49] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 588-589, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 169; Ibn Wasil, 1: 235; Iorga,
L’Armenie Cilicienne, 98.

[50] K. L. Astarjian, Tarikh al-Umma al-Armaniyya (Mosul, 1951),  214-215.

[51] William of Tyre, 2: 386-387.

[52] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 103 of the Syriac text, 292 of the English translation.

[53] Michael Rabo, 695-696 of the Syriac text, 337 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, 103 of the Syriac text,. 295 of the English translation.

[54] Michael Rabo, 710-711 of the Syriac text, 361 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 176-177 of the Syriac text, 205 of the Arabic translation; Bar Hebraeus, 108 of the Syriac text, 305 of the English translation; Frédéric Macler, “Armenia,” Cambridge Medieval History, 4: 1170-1171.

[55] The Anonymous Edessan,  169 of the Syriac text,  197-198 of the Arabic translation.

[56] William of Tyre, 2: 394.

[57] Michael Rabo, 705-706 of the Syriac text,  353 of the French translation.

[58] Michael Rabo, 705 of the Syriac text, 352 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text, 196 of the Arabic translation.

[59] Michael Rabo, 697-698 of the Syriac text,  339-340 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text,  195-196 of the Arabic translation.

[60] The Anonymous Edessan, 169 of the Syriac text, 197 of the Arabic translation.

[61] Michael Rabo, 678-679 of the Syriac text, 340-341 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, 3: 263-265; Patriarch Ignatius.Yaqub, Dafaqat al-Tib fi Tarikh Dayr al-Qiddis Mar Matta al-Ajib (Zahla, Lebanon, 1961), 88.

[62] The Anonymous Edessan, 169 of the Syriac text, 197 of the Arabic translation. In the spring of 1951 this author, with the students of St. Ephraim the Syrian Seminary in Mosul and its principal Rev. Bulus Behnam (ordained a bishop the next year), visited this monastery, which stands partly in ruins. Moses Bar Kipha (d. 903), a prominent Syrian writer, philosopher, and theologian, was educated at the Barren Monastery, between Sinjar and Balad in northern Iraq. For his biography, see Patriarch Aphram Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur fi Tarikh al-Ulum wa al-Adab al-Syrianiyya, 2nd ed. (Hims, Syria, 1956), 434-441, and trans. Matti Moosa with the title The History of Syriac Literature and Sciences (Pueblo, Colorado: Passeggiata Press, 2000, 131-133, rpt. Gorgias Press, 2003),  398-404.

[63] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 573-576, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 146; Abu Shama, 1: 186, who follows Ibn al-Athir; Ibn al-Adim, Zubdat al-Halab, 2: 331; Ibn Wasil, 1: 191-193; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, p. 295, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, 213-214; Sa’igh, 1: 178-179; Imad al-Din al-Isfahani, Sana al-Barq al-Shami, abridged by Qiwam al-Din al-Fath ibn Ali al-Bundari, ed. Ramadan Sheshen (Beirut: Dar al-Kitab al-Jadid, 1971), 93-94. Another edition of this work is by Fathiyya al-Nabrawi (Cairo: Maktabat al-Khanji bi Misr, 1979).

[64] Ibn al-Athir, al-Kamil fi al-Tarikh, 1: 574-577, and al-Tarikh al-Bahir, 153; Ibn al-Adim, 2: 332-333; Ibn Wasil, 1: 192-193; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 105-106 of the Syriac text and trans. Budge, 295-297, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, ed. Anton Salihani (Beirut, 1958), 213-214.

[65] Michael Rabo, 697 of the Syriac text, 340 of the French translation.

[66] Michael Rabo, 698 of the Syriac text, p. 342 of the French translation.

[67] The Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text, 196 of the Arabic translation; Michael Rabo, 710 of the Syriac text, 360-361 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 302 of the English translation.

[68] Michael Rabo,  698-700 of the Syriac text, 344-345 of the French translation.

[69] Michael Rabo, 699-700 of the Syriac text, 344-345 of the French translation.

[70] Michael Rabo, 698-700 of the Syriac text, 344-345 of the French translation.

[71] Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Michael Rabo; Michael Rabo, 695 of the Syriac text, 337-338 of the French translation (because of a lacuna in the Syriac manuscript, the name of the eunuch is missing; Chabot, p. 337, apparently relying on Bar Hebraeus, writes the name as Amin al-Din, though Bar Hebraeus gives it as Mu’ayyid al-Din); the Anonymous Edessan, 168 of the Syriac text, 196 of the Arabic translation.

[72] Michael Rabo, 709 of the Syriac text, 360 of the French translation, gives the name as Bar Kumaib. Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, biography of Michael Rabo, writes it as Bar Kulaib.

[73] Michael Rabo, 698 of the Syriac text, 340 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, ibid.

[74] Michael Rabo, 700-701 of the Syriac text, 347-349 of the French translation.

[75] Michael Rabo, 705-706 of the Syriac text, 352 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 107 of the Syriac text, 302 of the English translation.

[76] Imad al-Din al-Isfahani, Sana al-Barq al-Shami, 161-162; Ibn Wasil, 2: 9, appears to follow al-Isfahani. Michael Rabo, 709-710 of the Syriac text, 360-361 of the French translation, says Sayf al-Din Ghazi did the same thing after occupying Saruj and al-Raqqa.

[77] The Anonymous Edessan, 171 of the Syriac text, 199 of the Arabic translation.

[78] Michael Rabo, 707-709 of the Syriac text, 357-360 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, the biography of Michael Rabo.

[79] Michael Rabo,  710-711 of the Syriac text,  362-363 of the French translation.
[80] The Anonymous Edessan, 312 of the Syriac text, 350 of the Arabic translation.

[81] J. B. Chabot, ed., Michael Rabo, p. 384, n. 4 of the French translation, says Abu al-Qasim’s son was Baha al-Din Mas’ud, later deposed by Salah al-Din (Saladin), but does not cite any source for this assertion.

[82] Michael Rabo, 721-723 of the Syriac text, 382-384 of the French translation.

[83] The Anonymous Edessan, 316-318 of  the Syriac text, 355-357 of the Arabic translation.

[84] On the Syrian Monastery of Mary Magdalene, see Rev. Yuhanna Dolabani, “Al-Suryan fi Filistin aw Dayr Maryam al-Majdaliyya,” al-Hikma, No. 9 (Jerusalem: June, 1928): 434-443.

[85] Michael Rabo, 722-724 of the Syriac text, 386-388 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, Ecclesiastical History, the biography of Michael Rabo.

[86] The Anonymous Edessan, 323 of the Syriac text, 362 of the Arabic translation.

[87] See Patriarch Ignatius Yaqub III, Dafaqat al-Tib fi Tarikh Dayr al-Qiddis Mar Matta al-Ajib (Zahla, Lebanon, 1961),  85.

[88] Michael Rabo, 732 of the Syriac text, 402-403 of the French translation.

[89] Michael Rabo, 734 of the Syriac text, 406 of the French translation, says they paid him 2000 gold pieces and 500 red pieces.

[90] Patriarch Yaqub III, Dafaqat al-Tib, 85.

[91] Michael Rabo, 734 of the Syriac text, 406 of the French translation. Unfortunately, he does not explain why he sought Saladin’s intervention of Saladin in the case of Bar Masih and what role Saladin played in this matter.

[92] Michael Rabo,  738 of the Syriac text,  412 of the French translation,

[93] The Anonymous Edessan,  328-330, 340-341 of the Syriac text, 367-368, 379-380 of the Arabic translation.

[94] Michael Rabo, 710 of the Syriac text, 361 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 147 of the Syriac text, 202 of the Arabic translation, faults the governor of Mardin, rather than Miyafarqin. Bar Hebraeus, Chronography,  107 of the Syriac text, 303 of the English translation, apparently places this event in the year 1174.

[95] Michael Rabo, 730 of the Syriac text, 369 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, 147 of the Syriac text, 202 of the Arabic translation.

[96] The Anonymous Edessan, 210 of the Syriac text, 239 of the Arabic translation,
[97] Ibn al-Athir, 2: 126-127; Abu Shama, 2: 227; Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 132 of the Syriac text, 371 of the English translation, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal,  229, 232; al-Daywachi, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1: 309-310.

[98] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 132 of the Syriac text, 371 of the English translation, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal,  229, 232.

[99] For details see Ibn al-Athir, 2: 128-137.

[100] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 133 of the Syriac text, 374-375 of the English translation; Patriarch Ignatius Yaqub III, 94.

[101] Ignatius Yaqub III,  94

[102] Sulayman Sa’igh, Tarikh al-Mawsil, 1: 166; Sa’id al-Daywachi, 1: 321-323.

[103] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 159 of the Syriac text, 439-441, and Tarikh Mukhtasar al-Duwal, 282-284.

[104] On Abu Nasr of Bartulli, see Aphram Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur fi Tarikh al-Ulum was al-Adab al-Suryaniyya (Aleppo, 1956), 539-540, and trans. Matti Moosa as The History of Syriac Literature and Science (Pueblo, Colorado: Passeggiata Press, 2000, 159-160, rpt. Gorgias Press, 2003), 484-485.

[105] Bar Hebraeus, Chronography, 441 of the English translation.

[106] Bar Hebraeus, 160 of the Syriac text, 441 of the English translation.

[107] Barsoum, al-Lulu al-Manthur, 540, trans. Moosa, Passagiata, 160 and Gorgias, 484 says he found a copy of this ode in Diyarbakr, copied in the handwriting of the Maphrian Barsoum II al-Ma’dani.

[108] Patriarch Ignatius Yaqub III, Dafaqat al-Tib, 96, gives a translation of this ode.

[109] The Anonymous Edessan, 335-345, 348-350 of the Syriac text, 374, 379, 380-384, 386-388 of the Arabic translation. Unfortunately, there are many gaps in the cited pages, and we lack information which would have shed more light on the dissension within the Syrian Church.

[110] Michael Rabo, 732 of the Syriac text,  400-402 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, 114 of the Syriac text, pp. 321-322 of the English translation.

[111] Ibn Shaddad, al-Nawadir al-Sultaniyya, R.H.C. Or., 3: 87.

[112] Ibn Shaddad, 3: 313; Abu Shama, Kitab al-Rawdatayn fi Akhbar al-Dawlatayn, 2: 199.

[113] Ambroise, L’Estoire de la guerre Sainte, ed. Gaston Paris, in Collection de documents inédits sur l’histoire de France (Paris, 1897), 453-454, and trans. Merton Jerome Hubert in verse as The Crusade of Richard Lion-Heart, with notes by J. L. La Monte (New York, 1941, rpt. New York: Octagon Books, 1976), 414-415, and trans. Edward Noble Stone as The History of the Holy War (Seattle: The University of Washington, 1939), 148-149; Itinerarium Peregrinorum et Gesta Regis Ricardi, trans. and ed. Helen J. Nicholson as Chronicle of the Third Crusade (Ashgate, 1997), 359.

[114] The Anonymous Edessan, 195 of the Syriac text, 225 of the Arabic translation.

[115] Michael Rabo, 732 of the Syriac text,  400-402 of the French translation; Bar Hebraeus, 114 of the Syriac text,  321-322 of the English translation.

[116] Michael Rabo, 710-712 of the Syriac text, 362-364 of the French translation.

[117] Michael Rabo, 725 of the Syriac text, p. 391 of the French translation; the Anonymous Edessan, ed. Albert Abouna, 187 of the Syriac text, 216 of the Arabic translation, esp. n. 4. Abouna erroneously says that Kilij Arslan imposed a tax on the Monastery of Mar Barsoum.

[118] Michael Rabo,  725-727 of the Syriac text,  390-393 of the French translation.

[119] Michael Rabo, 728 of the Syriac text, 394-395 of the French translation.

Get ideas on sharing photos from people like you. Find new ways to share. Get Ideas Here!


Demographic and Religious Changes in Sixth and Seventh Century Romano-Byzantine Edessa / Merle Eisenberg

$
0
0

Colby College theses are protected by copyright. They may be viewed or downloaded from this site for the purposes of research and scholarship. Reproduction or distribution for commercial purposes is prohibited without written permission of the author.
Recommended Citation Eisenberg, Merle, “Demographic and Religious Changes in Sixth and Seventh Century Romano- Byzantine Edessa” (2007). Honors Theses. Paper 265. http://digitalcommons.colby.edu/honorstheses/265
This Honors Thesis is brought to you for free and open access by the Student Research at DigitalCommons@Colby. It has been accepted for inclusion in Honors Theses by an authorized administrator of DigitalCommons@Colby. For more information, please contact swcole@colby.edu,kjgillum@colby.edu.
Demographic and Religious Changes in Sixth and Seventh Century Romano-Byzantine Edessa
Merle Eisenberg History Honors Project Advisors: John Turner and Larissa Taylor April 30, 2007
Contents
Author’s Preface i
Introduction 1
1. The Emergence of a Separate Monophysite Hierarchy 8
2. The Sasanid Capture of Edessa and Religious Instability, 23 602-628 AD
3. The Effect of the Muslim Conquest on Edessene Christianity 32
4. A Transformation in Christian Perception: Edessene Jews in the Late Fifth and Sixth Centuries 39
5. Jewish Edessene Reactions to the Invasions of the 52 Early Seventh Century
6. Weapons, Military Strategy, and the Sieges of Edessa 63
7. Appendices A. The Demographic Effect of the Plague of 541-4 80 B. Edessene Problems with Sasanid Rule 82 C. Demographic Changes following the Sasanid 85 and Muslim Occupations of Edessa
Conclusion 89
The original idea for this thesis began several years ago when I questioned the role of the people living under Romano-Byzantine rule during the Sasanid and Muslim invasions of the early sixth and seventh century. I wanted to examine ethnic and demographic transformations that might have caused these people to alter their view of their Romano-Byzantine rulers and support invading armies. These changes might then explain the “inevitable” Sasanid and Muslim conquests.
The resulting work is extremely different. I have focused primarily on religious transformations, rather than ethnic or demographic changes. The reason is simple. The writers of this period did not write about ethnic or demographic changes. Instead, most writers concentrated on religion and on the different Christian creeds and the Jews in the empire. I have included several examples of demographic changes, but the sources do not concentrate on them and, therefore, these changes are largely secondary. In addition, these transformations occurred primarily during the sixth, rather than the seventh century.
The large volume of information on these changes forced me to focus the thesis as well. I have chosen to examine these changes in the Mesopotamian city of Edessa. Edessa serves as a good case study because it had significant numbers of different religious, each of which attainted control of the city a period of time. Further, the most important Syriac writers were from Edessa, providing vital primary sources from a period that has few. This thesis focuses primarily on the period from 502-639 AD. The former date coincides with the beginning of the first Roman-Persian War of the sixth century, while the latter date marks the Muslim conquest of the city. I have, however, examined a few critical events from before and after this period.
i
This work is vital because it examines the reaction of the Edessene people, of all religions, to the numerous invasions of the sixth and early seventh centuries. It seeks to determine how, and more importantly why, the Edessene people responded to the crises of this period as they did. Examining the reaction of the Edessene people to these tumultuous events provides insight into how subjects of Romano-Byzantine rule viewed the empire.
For names of historical figures, I have generally followed the Latinized spelling. However, when a person is more commonly known by another spelling, I have used that instead. A debate exists over when the empire ceased being Roman and became Byzantine. Historians have proposed various dates, from the division of the empire under Theodosius I in 395 to the death of Heraclius in 641. I have followed the idea that Maurice was the final Roman emperor and Phokas was the first Byzantine emperor. Thus, I use the term Roman when referring to the period before the ascension of Phokas in 602. The term Byzantine refers to events after the ascension of Phokas and, finally, Romano-Byzantine refers to events or ideas that encompass the entire period.
I would like to thank Professors John Turner and Larissa Taylor for their invaluable advice. Their suggestions have greatly helped me at every stage of this project and this work would not be possible without them. Thanks especially to Professor Turner for suggesting Edessa as the focus for my project. I would also like to thank Professor Howard Lupovitch for advice on the Jewish section. Thanks to all those people whom I have harassed into reading and editing sections of my paper including: Caitlin Gallagher, Josh Handelman, Lucy Hitz, Bridge Mellichamp, Katie Renwick and anyone else I have forgotten. I would like to thank Alison McArdle for lending me her lap desk, which has
ii
made it possible for me to write with a fractured collarbone. Thanks to Chris Appel for showing me YouTube videos, talking politics, and otherwise distracting me in our study carrel. Finally, thanks to Frank M. Donovan for donating money for my great study carrel.
Merle Eisenberg April 2007 Miller Library, Study Carrel O
iii
Introduction
The period from 502-639 AD was one of significant change in the Romano- Byzantine Empire. In 502, Emperor Anastasius (r. 491-518) ruled a financially sound, militarily strong, and mostly religiously unified state. By 639, the empire’s finances had been spent in countless wars, the military was shattered, and religious dissension ripped the empire apart. During this period, the empire defeated several Sasanian invasions, re- conquered North Africa, Italy, and Spain, lost the eastern provinces of Mesopotamia, Syria, Palestine and Egypt to a Sasanian invasion, regained them, and then lost the eastern provinces forever.
These chaotic events occurred on a micro level as well, exemplified through a case study of the city of Edessa. Edessa is located in the southeastern part of modern Turkey. Under Romano-Byzantine control it was in the province of Osrhoene, situated in the vital Mesopotamian region of the empire. The Romans annexed Edessa in 214 AD and it became a vital city near the Roman-Persian frontier thereafter.1 Throughout the next several hundred years Edessa continued to grow and prosper, since it lay on east- west trade routes from Persia to the Roman Empire.
The empire, meanwhile, transformed during the same period, and eventually was reduced to the Eastern Roman Empire alone. By the beginning of Anastasius’ reign in 491, the empire had transformed into an eastern focused, Christianized, and gradually Hellenized empire. The Persian rulers on the frontier had changed as well and the Sasanids ruled Persia. The Roman and Sasanian Empires, despite their problems did not
1 I have used the term Persian, rather than Parthian or Sasanian, since it encompasses both of the Parthian and the Sasanian empires. When discusseding the Sasanian Empire, I will use that term rather than the more generic, and less accurate, Persian. For the annexation of Edessa see briefly: J.B. Segal, Edessa “The Blessed City” (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970), 14
1
engage in a significant war for over fifty years prior to Anastasius ascension.2 In 503, however, the Sasanian emperor, Kawad, invaded the Roman Empire. This began a series of wars that lasted, with a few truces, until 628. These invasions profoundly affected Edessa, and its surrounding regions.
Religious dissension transformed Edessa as well. Religion formed the central basis for an individual, and especially the clergy’s, view of the Romano-Byzantine Empire. Constantine I had established Christianity as the predominant religion and subsequent emperors strongly supported different sects. Divisions occurred, both within the empire and inside Edessa, based on adherence to particular religious creeds.
The predominant religious division in Edessa occurred over Christ’s nature, whether it was “out of two natures” or “in two natures.” The conflict began following the Ecumenical Council of Chalcedon, which decided that Christ was “in two natures,” beginning the division between Monophysites – those who believed Christ was “out of two natures” – and the Chalcedonians (i.e. those who followed the decrees of Chalcedon.). The division occurred along regional lines as well, with the eastern provinces supporting Monophysitism and Anatolia, Constantinople, and Rome following the Chalcedonian creed. Anastasius strongly supported Monophysitism and, under his rule, the empire officially adopted its tenants. Every subsequent emperor, however, promoted the Chalcedonian creed – religiously separating the eastern provinces from the rest of the empire.
Throughout the early part of the sixth century, Monophysite evangelists converted many clergy and civilians in the eastern provinces to their creed, further separating the
2 For a brief history of the fifth century see: A.A. Vasiliev, History of the Byzantine Empire (Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1952), 96-109
2
two parts of the empire. Eventually, the Monophysite clergy created a separate church hierarchy, with their own ordinations. Several emperors sporadically persecuted the Monophysites, in an attempt to return them to the “orthodox” creed, but these efforts largely failed and, by the end of the sixth century, the two creeds could not be reconciled. Traditional sources said that this division occurred because “it encountered a spirit of nationality” or because “Monophysitism became a symbol of the separatist movements in Syria, Egypt and Armenia.”3 These views, however, are greatly exaggerated, although there was a significant religious divide.
Edessa, naturally, fell into Monophysite camps, although significant divisions existed within the city as well. This religious divide increased as the sixth century progressed and, by the end of the century, had reached acute proportions. Following Phokas’ (r. 602-10) successful revolt against Maurice (r. 582-602), a general, Narses, seized Edessa in 603 – exacerbating the religions tension. He attempted to appease the Edessenes by ordering the Chalcedonian bishop stoned, killing him. An army loyal to Phokas, however, recaptured Edessa and restored Chalcedonian control over the church’s hierarchy. In 609, the Sasanians captured Edessa, installed a Monophysite bishop for the city, and expelled the Chalcedonian clergy. For the entirely of the Sasanian occupation, from 609 to 628, the Monophysite clergy controlled the church hierarchy without Chalcedonian influence. This created a sense of dominance for the Monophysites, one they were reluctant to relinquish.
The Byzantine re-conquest of Edessa in 628 returned the Chalcedonian creed to preeminence. Emperor Heraclius (r. 610-41), however, attempted to solve the division
3 W. A. Wigram, The Separation of the Monophysites (London: The Faith Press, LTD., 1923), 3; Andreas N. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, trans. Marc Ogilvie-Grant, vol. 1, 5 vols. (Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1968), 4
3
and proclaimed a Monothelete creed – two natures, but one will. This attempt failed, since neither side accepted it and the Muslims captured the eastern provinces only a few years later. The Muslim conquest did not displease the Monophysite church, as the Muslims allowed them to become an autonomous and equal creed, protected under the jizya (the Muslim tax for religions of the book). The two creeds, and eventually a third creed that supported Monothelete doctrine even after its widespread condemnation, continued to argue Christology. Chalcedonians even wrote apocalyptic narratives in which the Byzantine emperor would re-conquer the eastern provinces, restore the true faith, and bring about the end of days.
This discussion begs the question: did these changes in Edessene religion affect the populace’s view, and support for, the Romano-Byzantine state? And, if it did, to what extent did the Edessenes defend the city? Did the growing religious problem undermine support for the Byzantine state and allow the Sasanians, and later the Muslims, to capture Edessa?
The second major religious change in Edessa occurred among the Jewish population. Although the Jewish population was never large, it played a significant role in the events of this period. Romano-Byzantine law recognized the Jewish community an inferior religion, but nonetheless protected it. Two events of this period substantially transformed the position of Edessene Jews. First, a war occurred between Christians and Jews in Arabia, with both antagonists committing atrocities. The Christian Edessenes, not surprisingly, depicted the Jews as the culprits in the war. Second, several major Samaritan and Jewish revolts altered the Christian Edessene trust in the Jewish Edessene
4
community. Before their revolts, the Christian Edessenes saw the Jews as an inferior religious group, but now were viewed as threatening the people’s security.
The Sasanian conquest exacerbated the tension between Jews and Christians. For example, the Jews helped the Sasanians capture Jerusalem, during which thousands of Christians were massacred. In Edessa, the Jews gained significant autonomy. Sasanian Emperor Khusrau II (r. 592-628)4 allowed most religious sects to worship without persecution and once Sasanian rule ended, the Jews would return to their former lower status. Thus, when the Byzantines returned to reoccupy Edessa, Jews defended the city along with the Sasanian garrison. This completely failed and the Byzantines recaptured the city, although Heraclius ordered the Jews not to be punished. Further, Heraclius ordered a forced baptism of the Jews, although the Edessenes largely ignored this and the decree only lasted for a few years before the Muslim conquest.
Thus, the Muslim conquest of the city benefited the Jews in addition to the Monophysites, since they also paid the jizya and regained their autonomy. The same questions arise. Did the Jews help the Sasanians and Muslims capture Edessa? Was dissatisfaction with Byzantine rule so pronounced that Jews actively undermined the Byzantines supported the Sasanians or Muslims?
These transformations were obviously significant. The Jews and Monophysites in Edessa were displeased with either the lack of imperial toleration or support for their respective religions. However, this was not sufficient to cause the various persecuted elements in Edessa to revolt. In fact, Romano-Byzantine law and rule made the possibility of a city’s rebellion almost impossible and the discontented elements in Edessa realized this dilemma.
4 Hereafter referred to as “Khusrau.”
5
The law was the first boundary for Edessenes who wanted to undermine Romano- Byzantine rule. Romano-Byzantine law had long made it illegal for a person, other than a soldier, to buy or own a weapon.5 It issued stern punishments to anyone caught with a weapon, another disincentive to carry one. The state controlled the manufacturing and refurbishing of all arms as well. Edessa had a state sponsored arms factory, a fabrica, which meant that all weapons manufacturing could be easily regulated in the city. Thus, a civilian Edessene could not easily buy a weapon. This largely negated the possibility of Edessenes revolting against Romano-Byzantine authority. However, it also made it impossible for Edessenes to defend their city without aid from a significant military force. If only a small garrison defended Edessa, the Edessene civilians could not provide enough help to ensure the city’s defense.
Further, Romano-Byzantine military strategy emphasized fluid movements, a defense in depth, and avoiding battles when possible. Almost every city, therefore, was expendable, if it meant that Romano-Byzantine defenses could be strengthened and rebuilt further into Romano-Byzantine territory. The state sought to defend every city, but military forces were withdrawn to cities that were less exposed. Finally, Romano- Byzantine armies defended cities that had the possibility of a relief force arriving.
During the sieges of 503 and 544, large armies defended Edessa – ensuring that the city would not fall. Some cities closer to the Sasanian border than Edessa were surrendered or left lightly defended. During the Sasanian and Muslim captures of Edessa, there were no large armies left to defend the city – since they had been destroyed. Thus, a small garrison was left in Edessa, with no hope of relief, to defend against a large
5 As we shall see, the state broadly defined a weapon, so that it included anything which could be used as a projectile or as a club.
6
invading army. The soldiers and Edessenes had only one other choice other than surrender – slaughter. Without the protection of a large Romano-Byzantine army, the fall of Edessa – and more poignantly the non-resistance of the city – was inevitable
Significant religious and demographic changes occurred during the sixth and early seventh centuries, which significantly influenced the Edessene populace’s support for the state. Nevertheless, Edessenes defended the city when a strong Romano-Byzantine military presence enabled the city to withstand a siege and, conversely, they quickly surrendered Edessa when no major military force existed. The majority of the Edessene population, therefore, supported the Romano-Byzantine Empire when the state could, in return, defend the city. However, once the state could not provide sufficient military resources, Edessa fell easily. The overwhelming objective of the majority of the Edessene population was to survive, regardless of which religion or empire controlled the city. Therefore, most Edessenes cared less about the macro-political events that occurred around them than about surviving.
7
1. The Emergence of a Separate Monophysite Hierarchy
Christianity both divided and united the Late Roman and Byzantine Empire. Emperors and theologians continually sought to define a single orthodox faith that encompassed the empire and its people. From the second half of the fifth century through the end of the seventh century, a religious debate ensued over whether Christ had a single or double nature. Monophysitism, the belief in a single nature of Christ, primarily existed in the empire’s eastern provinces – especially in Egypt, Syria, and Mesopotamia. Meanwhile, Dyophysitism, the belief in the dual nature of Christ, was strong in the Balkans, Asia Minor, Palestine, and Western Europe. As each region solidified its religious majority, successive emperors slowly lost the prospect of a single creed for the entire empire. The underlying religious view of a region, or province, combined with its economic and/or military importance at a specific time altered each emperor’s religious ideology.6
Edessa experienced an identical change in its religious adherence and its ecclesiastical leaders accelerated this process. Edessene, and other Monophysite chroniclers, documented this change through their assignment of culpability for the persecutions – which shifted from a misinformed to a heretical emperor. Before this separation the Monophysites sought to control the imperial throne religiously. This failed, however, and they moved toward a separate hierarchy. The movement toward a distinct hierarchy separated the Monophysites from the imperial church. During the sixth century successive emperors, especially Justinian, increasingly allowed the Monophysite
6 Many of the emperor’s undoubtedly had strong religious beliefs, but it is practically impossible to separate an emperor’s personal religious belief from his political imbued religious pronouncements. We do know that Emperor Anastasius was a candidate for the patriarchal see of Antioch, a strong Monophysite center, before attaining the throne. See: Theophanes, The Chronicle of Theophanes Confessor, trans. Cyril and Roger Scott Mango (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997), AM 5983, 208
8
creed to strengthen in the eastern provinces, thereby creating a permanent division according to underlying religious adherence.
The original difference between the Monophysites and the Dyophysites7 was over the exact nature of Christ and, more specifically, the relationship between Christ’s humanity and divinity. The Chalcedonian definition stated “for our salvation from Mary, the virgin God-bearer, as regards his humanity; one and the same Christ, Son, Lord, only- begotten, acknowledged in two natures.”8 Although the two schools differed over a single letter, en versus ek, they fundamentally disagreed over Christ’s role in the world. The Monophysites equated Christ more strongly with God, the Father, than the Dyophysites. Further, the Dyophysites emphasized the need for a stronger priesthood since God, through Christ, could not influence men’s actions as greatly.
These differences began to coalesce along regional lines before Chalcedon, as during the council clergy from the Antiochene and Alexandrine sees aligned themselves with the Monophysite position, while the Papal and Constantinopolitan sees followed the Dyophysite creed.9 Notably, “both Monophysites and Chalcedonians were happy to enjoy imperial support,”10 buwt when this was not available they continued to proselytize and preach without it. Further, each emperor considered both his personal beliefs and,
7 I have chosen to separate the two interpretations of Christ’s nature as they existed before the acceptance of the Council of Chalcedon here. Following the acceptance of Chalcedon, the Dyophysites become “Chalcedonians” and later “Neo-Chalcedonians.” For a discussion of the various changes between these two sects in the century following Chalcedon, see John Meyendorff, “Justinian, the Empire and the Church,” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 22 (1968) 54-57. For a more complete analysis of this transformation see: W.H.C. Frend, The Rise of the Monophysite Movement (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1972).
8 Emphasis added. Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, ed. Norman P. Tanner, vol. 1, 2 vols. (Washington D.C.: Sheed & Ward and Georgetown University Press, 1990), 86. For a further explanation see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 2-3 9 Frend has a longer discussion of these differences at: Ibid., 1-7. Wigram believes that the differences were negligible, but this view must be tempered by both Wigram’s theological position as a reverend and his thesis. He wants to show that the two positions should have reconciled and still can at the time of his writing. Wigram, Separation, 10-12
10 Meyendorff, “Justinian, the Empire and the Church,” 47 9
more importantly, significant events in the empire as a basis for supporting a specific creed or attempting to find a compromise.11
Emperor Anastasius I promoted a pro-Monophysite religious policy because of his personal beliefs and because his foreign and domestic policy concentrated on the eastern provinces. Anastasius initially followed a moderate position and accepted both Chalcedon and Zeno’s Henotikon – as an attempt at compromise.12 However, the two sects drifted further apart during his reign – especially as each side solidified their respective beliefs. As early as 498, Anastasius ordered Patriarch Macedonius to resolve the division, but Macedonius was “unable to do this.” Theophanes Confessor praised Macedonius for allowing each monastery to continue in its own beliefs “rather than instigate persecution against them.”13 Meanwhile, Severus of Antioch and Philoxenus of Hierapolis moved to support the Henotikon and simultaneously condemn Chalcedon. Anastasius faced the choice of deciding which position to follow and chose Severus’.14 The emperor arrested and banished Patriarch Macedonius and then “bribed the monks and clergy who shared his beliefs to elect another bishop.”15
Syriac sources, especially those from Edessa, had an extremely favorable opinion of Emperor Anastasius because of his Monophysite beliefs. Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-
11 See for example Emperor Zeno’s (r. 474-91) attempted this through the publication of the Henotikon. This avoided any discussion of Christ’s nature. Theophanes did not support it and noted that a later patriarch of Constantinople, Macedonius, wrongly “put his signature to Zeno’s Henotikon.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 5988, 215 Later, Theophanes attributed miracles to those who refused to sign. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 5991, 218
12 Frend provided an analysis of Anastasius’ position on religion through 510 at: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 190-201. Pseudo-Joshua, who is a strong Monophysite, does not have a significant position on Anastasius early in his reign calling him only by his imperial title “faithful.” The Chronicle of Pseudo- Joshua the Stylite, trans. Frank R. and John W. Watt Trombley (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000), 17 13 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 5991, 218 14 For Anastasius’ movement toward Monophysitism see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 217. 15 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6004, 236
10
Mahre called him “a Christian and a believer.”16 Similarly, the Chronicle of Pseudo- Joshua the Stylite held Anastasius in a positive light. Pseudo-Joshua’s optitmism is even more remarkable because the years in which he wrote coincided with a devastating famine. Pseudo-Joshua regarded these events as consequences of divine wrath for non- Christian practices. As he wrote:
many villages and hamlets were emptied of people, but (the people) did not [escape] punishment, not even those who went to distant regions. What is written of the Israelite people, ‘Wherever they went out, the hand of the Lord was against them for evil,’ similarly applied to them.17
These two chroniclers demonstrated a continued belief in the imperial religion at the beginning of the sixth century.
The Edessene people aided Roman soldiers during their campaigns in the Roman- Persian War of 502-6. During the campaign preceding the siege of Edessa, the hyparch,18 Appion, ordered the Edessenes to produce bread. Pseudo-Joshua noted that “since the bakers could not make enough bread, he gave orders for wheat to be supplied to all the households in Edessa and for them to make the boukellaton [army biscuits] at their own expense.”19 In the nearby city of Tella (Tella-Constantine), which the Sasanians besieged earlier in 503, the bishop of the city, Bar-Hadad, “would go round visiting them [the city’s defenders], praying for them and blessing them. He praised their diligence, gave them encouragement, and sprinkled holy water on them and on the city
16Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, trans. Witold Witakowski (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1996), 3. See the introduction of Pseudo-Dionysius for an account of this work’s origins and its use of sources. In brief, Pseudo-Dionysius used material from the second part of the history of John of Ephesus written in the latter half of the sixth century, which has been lost except for parts that later chroniclers, like Pseudo-Dionysius, copied. 17 Pseudo-Joshua., 26-42. For an account of the famine from and its causes. 18 This is the Greek name for the praetorian prefect. See: Ibid., 65 n311. 19 Ibid., 66
11
wall.”20 The empire depended on the church to secure the loyalty of the people in this, and later, wars against the Sasanids.21 In 503, the Edessene clergy strongly supported Anastasius and, therefore, the people did as well.
In the final few years of Anastasius’ reign, the Monophysites continued to gain power in Edessa – especially after Severus’ appointment as patriarch of Antioch. Severus anathematized the Council of Chalcedon and forced others to as well. If Severus believed someone followed the Chalcedonian creed, he would force them to repudiate it in front of the entire congregation. Pseudo-Dionysius re-created the scene saying: “if there was anybody who was believed to be a follower of Flavian [Severus’ predecessor as patriarch and a Chalcedonian] he would hear his own name (being called), ‘So and so, anathematize the synod!’ – which was what happened.” 22 In 514, the Edessene bishop Paul attended, and played a large role at, a synod in Tyre that proclaimed the Henotikon as the religious creed of the empire.23 Thus, Edessa remained strongly in the Monophysite camp.
Anastasius’ reign marked the height of imperial sanctioned Monophysitism. Ironically, the appointment of strong Monophysites, especially Severus of Antioch, ended any possibility of the Monophysites accepting a compromise. They accepted only the Henotikon, which the Chalcedonians rejected. In Constantinople the people rioted against the Monophysites and Anastasius barely held his throne.24 The Monophysite
20 Ibid.,74 21 For detail on this relationship see for example Segal, Edessa., 127-9. 22Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III,14 23 Ibid., 15. For more detail on this synod see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite, 225-6. 24 Theophanes noted that Anastasius had to flee and hide in a suburban estate. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6005, 240. Similarly, the Chronicon Paschale said that the people of Constantinople proclaimed “Areobindus as emperor for Romania,” although he fled rather than accepting the title. Chronicon Paschale: 284-628 AD, trans. Michael Whitby and Mary Whitby (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989), 102
12
Patriarch Timothy died in April 518 and the new patriarch, John, was a moderate.25 Thus, following Anastasius death in July 518, the empire returned to the Chalcedonian creed.
Justin I (r. 518-27), whom Theophanes in his typical praise for a pro-Chalcedon emperor called “an ardent champion of the orthodox faith” changed the ecclesiastical policy.26 Notably, Justin sought to reconcile the empire’s religious policy with Rome, while simultaneously rebuking Severus and the Monophysites in the East. Justin warmly received the papal legates upon their arrival in Constantinople and agreed to several papal proposals.27 Meanwhile, Justin remained lenient toward the Monophysites, although he gradually replaced many of the Monophysite bishops in the Eastern provinces.28 Notably, no subsequent emperors refuted Chalcedon, ensuring that the Monophysites would never again gain imperial ecclesiastical support.
Following Anastasius’ death and Justin’s replacement of Severus with Paul the Jew,29 as patriarch of Antioch, religious problems intensified in Edessa. Paul the Jew was a Chalcedonian and began to persecute the Monophysites in the Antiochene see, under which Edessa fell.30 Pseudo-Dionysius wrote that “the persecution went so far that
25 Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 233 or Wigram, Separation., 63 26 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6011, 249 27 The Book of Pontiffs provided an account of the meeting between Justin and the papal legates sent by Pope Hormisdas. The Book of Pontiffs, trans. Raymond Davis (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989), 47-48. For a full account of the agreement between Justin and Hormisdas see Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 233-9. 28 Theophanes provided one such example when Ephraim is ordained bishop of Amida and “showed divine zeal against the schismatics.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6019, 265 29 Pseudo-Dionysius referred to him as this, which derived from the belief that Nestorianism (as the Monophysites often called the Chalcedonians) was close to Judaism. See: Segal, Edessa., 102. I will continue to call Paul this, as it makes it easier to differentiate him from other clergymen with the same name and because it shows an important reflection of Christian thought about Jews (which will be detailed later). 30 Theophanes provided a short account of Paul’s appointment as patriarch, but did not provide any further information on him aside from mentioning his episcopal years in his annual headings. Theophanes,
13
they [Monophysites] were expelled from their monasteries and (had to) descend from their columns and leave their hermitages. Also, they were dragged away from (their monastic) stations.”31 The effect in Edessa was equally bad, as Paul the Jew temporarily replaced the pro-Monophysite bishop, Paul of Edessa, until Paul of Edessa agreed to accept Chalcedon. According to Pseudo-Dionysius, Paul of Edessa initially did not proclaim Chalcedon because “he trembled before the keen ardour of the Edessenes.”32 After Paul of Edessa repeatedly refused to attend Paul the Jew in Antioch to explain his rejection of Chalcedon, Paul the Jew dispatched the magister militium (i.e. a general) Patricius to bring him to Antioch. However,
then the inhabitants of the city and all the monks from its neighbourhood gathered, burning with lively ardour for the truth, and carrying stones, ran at the palace where Patricus was staying; (there) they hurled stones at him and all his men . . . so that they might be unable to carry Paul off.33
The soldiers then attacked the Edessenes and “started to slay them with swords, especially those who wore monk’s attire.”34 Paul the Jew eventually allowed Paul to return as bishop of Edessa, but Paul of Edessa again renounced Chalcedon and was replaced.35
Paul’s replacement as bishop of Edessa, Asclepius, instigated severe persecutions against the monks of Edessa – leading to their exile from the city. Pseudo-Dionysius wrote that:
Theoph., AM 6011, 250. Pseudo-Dionysisus provided a longer account of Paul’s appointment in: Pseudo- Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 21. 31 Ibid., 22-4 32 Ibid., .25
33 Ibid. 34 Ibid., It is impossible to determine how much of Edessa’s populace actually participated in this riot against Patricius’ soldiers. Pseudo-Dionysius had a pro-Monophysite view and should be viewed with caution, but his position has substantial merit nonetheless. Pseudo-Dionysius singles out the soldiers’ attack on monks, which most likely derived from monks strong zealotry on religious matters and, therefore, it is probable that they were at the forefront of the mob and sustained the highest casualties. 35 Ibid., 26. For an overall view of this situation see Segal, Edessa, 96
14
as the city learned about their departure, all men and women, old and young, adolescents and children ran to see them and to be blessed by them. When they saw them leaving, being pushed and driven out, they wailed, raising their voices in bitter weeping.36
Eventually these monks gathered with other exiled Monophysite monks to form a separate community near Mardin.37 However, this remained the extent of the persecutions in Edessa, which Paul the Jew’s successors limited to the clergy and especially the monastic orders. Instead, the Chalcedonian clergy attempted to convert the Edessenes by influencing them with pro-Chalcedon clergy.
Notably, Pseudo-Dionysius did not condemn Justin I for imposing the Chalcedonian creed, but rather blames others who deceived him. As the chronicle said “he was a simple man and was not educated in the divine dogmas, he was seduced with words into introducing the Council of Chalcedon.”38 Justin also replaced Paul the Jew as bishop, following the reaction to Paul’s persecution of the Monophysites.39 Pseudo- Dionysius noted that a Chalcedonian bishop, who had burned a Monophysite priest for refusing to take communion with him, wrote to Justin and lied about the priest’s actions. The bishop “wrote falsely and informed (the emperor) that a certain priest had trampled the Eucharist with his feet, and because of this has been burned. Thus, he managed to deceive (the emperor) and to cause the murder to pass (without consequences).”40 Even a contemporary biased Monophysite writer remained loyal to Justin.
36 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 28 37 For the exile of the monks from the Monastery of the Orientals see: Ibid., 27-35. Notably, even though Pseudo-Dionysius provided greater detail on the exile of these monks he said little about persecutions against non-clergy Monophysites. The lack of specifics indicated that the persecutions were not that great, as otherwise he would have provided similar details. 38 Ibid., 17 39 Ibid., 24. As noted above, Theophanes was silent on the removal of Paul from his patriarchal see. See also Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 241-2. 40 Ibid., 34-5
15
Justin’s nephew and successor, Justinian I (r. 527-65), is well known for his re- conquest of Vandal North Africa and Ostrogothic Italy and this does not need to be recounted here.41 Notably, the re-conquest of these provinces forced the empire to mollify papal religious views. Pope Agapitus had a strong religious influence on Justinian’s early years as well. 42 Further, early in his reign Justinian continued Justin’s religious policy and promoted the Chalcedonian creed. 43 Theophanes noted this explicitly and provided notable examples of Justinian’s orthodoxy.44
The Nika riots from January 14-19, 532 confirmed the continued existence of strong support for the Monophysites in Constantinople.45 The following year the people of Constantinople gathered to chant “‘Holy God, holy and mighty, holy and immortal, who was crucified on our account, have mercy on us,’” a Monophysite prayer.46 Justinian attempted to find a compromise between the two creeds by issuing a moderate edict, but this failed.47 Empress Theodora’s attempt to impose Monophysite control over
41 For the political and military history of Justinian’s reign see: George Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, trans. Joan Hussey (New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1969), 68-79. 42 On a visit to Constantinople in March 536, Agapitus attacked the Patriarch of Constantinople, Anthimus, for refusing to accept the two natures. The Liber Pontificalis recorded Agapitus as saying to Justinian “‘just to show you how inadequate you are in Christian religion, try getting your bishop to admit that there are two natures in Christ.’” Pontiffs, 53. This is probably an exaggeration since it is unlikely that the pope would address the emperor is this blunt and rude manner – especially when Justinian could easily replace him as he controlled Rome. However, Agapitus likely rebuked Justinian for placing Anthimus on the patriarchal throne. Theophanes confirmed that Anthimus was deposed, although he credits this to a synod in addition to Agapitus’ admonishment. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6029, 315. 43 This is hardly surprising since Justinian helped Justin with his ecclesiastical policy as well. See for example, Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 71. 44 One event occurred in 527 when “the emperor Justinian took away all of the churches of the heretics and gave them to the orthodox Christians.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6020, 267. Another occurred two years later when Justinian “decreed that pagans and heretics could not hold civic office, but only orthodox Christians.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6022, 274. 45 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6024, 277. Notably, the rioters crowned Hypatios, nephew of the Anastasius, as emperor in an attempt to return to a Monophysite religious policy. During a discussion between Justinian’s herald and one circus faction the faction yelled “get baptized in one [God]” (i.e. one nature of God). 46 Chron. Pasch., 128 47 For the text of this edict see: Ibid.129-130.
16
the ecclesiastical hierarchy by appointing Vigilius to the papal throne failed as well.48 With Theodora’s death in 548, imperial support for Monophysites in Constantinople waned.49
The early events of Justinian’s reign, however, exhibited the continued separation of the Chalcedonians and the Monophysites in Edessa. In 525 a huge flood occurred at Edessa, which destroyed a significant portion of the city.50 Pseudo-Dionysius provided a divine reason for the flood and, not surprisingly given his pro-Monophysite bias, blamed it on the Chalcedonian bishop, Asclepius’, persecution and torture of Monophysite monks. Following the divine wrath of the flood, “all who had survived took stones and rushed to the bishop’s house to stone [him].” However, Asclepius escaped to Antioch where he eventually died, while the monks whom he had tortured escaped.51 Similarly, the following year, in Antioch, a huge earthquake occurred and the Chalcedonian patriarch, Euphrasius, was killed – hideously if we believe Pseudo-Dionysius.52 The Syriac chronicles thus slowly began to attribute divine wrath for disasters because of imperial support for Chalcedon.
The most significant change for the Monophysites of Edessa occurred between 536 and 538. Justinian and the imperial church condemned Severus and firmly
48 Vigilius had previously agreed to follow Monophysite ideas in exchange for his appointment as pope. See: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 276-7. 49 The result was the rise of a separate Monophysite ecumenical hierarchy, which well be examined later. 50 Justin I reigned until 527, but Justinian exerted an increasing amount of influence on his reign. See: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 69. Segal has Justinian personally supervising the rebuilding of the city. Segal, Edessa., 187.
51 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 43. For the full account of the flood see: Ibid., 41-4. Theophanes did not provide a divine explanation for the flood, but rather noted the occurrence. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6017, 262. 52 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 44-7 or Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6019, 264
17
established Chalcedonianism. Monophysitism now became a schismatic movement.53 Despite the anti-Chalcedonian rhetoric, the Monophysites did not yet reject imperial religious authority. In 542, Justinian commissioned John of Ephesus, even though he was a Monophysite, to travel through Asia Minor and the surrounding areas to convert pagans to Christianity.54 Further, the Monophysite account of the plague that devastated the empire from 541-4 does not differentiate between God’s wrath against Monophysites and Chalcedonians. In the 540s, religious unity still existed over the need to convert pagans and sorrow over the devastating plague. Further, during the Sasanian siege of 544, the Edessenes defended the city.55 Thus, the two creeds still believed in imperial rule.
The Monophysites reacted to the change in imperial policy by performing their own conversions and slowly forming a separate religious hierarchy. John of Tella had previously converted many people to Monophysitism in the eastern provinces, especially Osrhoene.56 Jacob Baradaeus, whom Empress Theodora had consecrated as bishop of Edessa, played the largest role in the separation of the Monophysites in Edessa and the surrounding region.57 Jacob traveled around the eastern provinces from 542-78 and converted thousands to Monophysitism.58 Jacob’s ordination of clergy and his proselytizing created a de facto separate church.
53 Pseudo-Dionysius did not say anything about these events. He did not discuss the arrival of Ephrem, as Euphrasius’ replacement as patriarch of Antioch, and his persecutions, but this dated to directly after the earthquake at Antioch. Ibid., 37-8. He seems to think that this change is temporary and that either Justinian, or subsequent emperors, would revert to the true faith. Thus, at this point in Justinian’s reign he was not yet ready to accept an outright schism with imperial Chalcedonian beliefs. Theophanes agrees with Pseudo-Dionysius’ date and his persecutions. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6019, 265. An account of this change is also in: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 272-6.
54 Ibid., 72. 55 See Chapter 6 on the siege of 544 56 Pseudo-Dionysius only mentioned him as bishop of Tella, but nothing else. Ibid., 6. Frend noted that he converted people in the eastern provinces. Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 283-4. 57 For a description of him from John of Ephesus’ Lives of the Eastern Saints see: Segal, Edessa., 97. 58 For more detail on his work see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 285-7
18
Pseudo-Dionysius provided only anecdotal evidence for this change. He blamed Justinian for religious failings after the division, especially his attempt to institute aphthartodocetism.59 Pseudo-Dionysius noted that “he [Justinian] fell into the fanciful error” and that every bishop who “would not subscribe and agree should be mercilessly sent off into exile.”60 Pseudo-Dionysius dismissed the Fifth Ecumenical Council of 553 as well.61 The final division occurred with the ordination of separate Monophysite and Chalcedonian bishops for each see. This created a Chalcedonian bishop, who preached from urban churches, and a Monophysite bishop, who preached from the surrounding countryside. Pseudo-Dionysius, acknowledging the separation between the two sects, provided a separate listing of each creed’s bishops.62
Justinian’s final attempt to reconcile the two creeds, only a year before his death in 565, was rejected by both groups. Theophanes, not surprisingly, condemned this attempt.63 Justinian attempted to reconcile the two creeds and force the Monophysites to accept Chalcedon by adding new theological ideas to the debate. By 564, however, the possibility of reconciliation without a radical change by either side proved impossible.64
59 Julian of Halicarnassos developed this idea, which was a debate over the corruptibility of Christ’s flesh. Julian believed that Christ’s flesh was incorruptible from conception, while Severus maintained that it was incorruptible only after the resurrection. For more detail see: Ibid., 253-4. 60 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 128. Compare this with his earlier view of Justin, whom others led into promoting a heretical creed. This condemnation of Justinian’s is notable because John of Ephesus sought reconciliation between the different Monophysite sects, corruptible and incorruptible nature of Christ.
61 Ibid., 123-4. He did mention the religious policy that it promoted and which ecclesiastical members attended. However, he noted only in conclusion that “it was not accepted by everybody” even though it was called the fifthEcumenical Council. 62 In 544 following the plague, Pseudo-Dionysius provided a list of bishops with one from each city under a single listing. See: Ibid., 99. By 550, he gave two lists, one for the “believers” (Monophysites) and the other for the Chalcedonians with overlapping patriarchal sees. See: Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 113-4. He repeated the separation in the next list in 570/1, see: Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 127.
63 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6057, 354. For another analysis of Justinian’s later theology see: William G Holmes, The Age of Justinian and Theodora (London: G. Bell and Sons, LTD., 1912), 702-5. 64 Meyendorff provided a great explanation of this new compromise and the reasons for its failure. Meyendorff, “Justinian, the Empire and the Church.,” 59-60
19
Emperor Justin II (r. 565-78) continued many of Justinian’s policies upon the latter’s death and attempted to reach another compromise with the Monophysites. Theophanes noted that Justin was “thoroughly Orthodox,” but he said little else about his religious policy until the last year of his reign.65 A gathering of Monophysite clergy with Patrician John of Callinicus, who spoke directly for Justin and Empress Sophia, recognized Christ of two natures (the Monophysite creed). However, the more radical Monophysites refused to accept anything less than a complete rejection of Chalcedon, which John and Justin, refused to agree. The separation between the two groups was so strong that there was no hope of reconciliation.66
Justin responded to this latest failure by instituting, through Patriarch John Scholasticus of Constantinople, a persecution of the Monophysites that he hoped would force them to reunite. However, this effort backfired and resulted in the continued separation of the two creeds.67 A Chalcedonian Syriac chronicler noted that the Monophysites “would not consent to cease (from controversy) . . . and once again Severus and those who shared his ideas were anathematized.”68 Despite the Chalcedonian anathemas, little changed for the Edessene people and they retained their own independent Monophysite churches outside the city.
Emperor Tiberius II (r. 578-82) remained strongly attached to the Chalcedonian creed. Romano-Byzantine sources say little about Tiberius’ religious views, although his
65 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6058, 355 66 For the results of this meeting and its failure to reach a compromise see: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 316-320 or Wigram, Separation., 143-5. 67 For a discussion of this persecution see Wigram, Separation.164-7. His persecutions were localized and sporadic in most places. 68 “The Melkite Chonicle,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 27. Even though this account was written in approximately 664 AD it still retains a basic truth.
20
reign was brief.69 The final emperor of the sixth century, Maurice (r. 582-602), continued the Chalcedonian policies of his predecessor, while persecuting the Monophysites as well. Theophanes commented very favorably on his orthodoxy saying that Maurice “judged that it was better to atone for his sin in this life rather than in the next.”70 Maurice, however, was more pragmatic than either Justin or Tiberius and, having served as a general on the eastern frontier before his ascension, realized the need to include the Monophysites in the political sphere to protect the eastern provinces. Thus, he persecuted the Monophysites at the beginning of his reign, but allowed them to worship freely for the remainder.71
Edessenes regarded Maurice’s actions with almost as little concern as Justin II or Tiberius. Maurice did order his nephew, the bishop of Melitene, to force the Edessene monks to convert to the Chalcedonan creed, but this failed. Pseudo-Dionysius wrote:
he summoned the monks from the Abbey of the Orientals and did his utmost to deflect them from Orthodoxy [Monophysitism] by playing on their emotions, but they would have nothing of it. He tried threats, but they were impervious to fear. So he ordered the commander of the troops . . . to take them out to the ditch outside the southern gate . . . and he slaughtered them all in a single pool of blood. In number they were four hundred men.72
69 Theophanes noted that Tiberius named a church after Justin II’s wife, Sophia. Further, he did not have a religious view of Tiberius death, as he often did with many emperors, and said only that he ate spoiled mulberries and “fell into consumption.” Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6070-4, 369-374 The Chronicon Paschale only mentioned Tiberius’ ascension and his death. Chron. Pasch., 138-9.
70 This is a reference to his overthrow and the killing of his entire family. See: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6094, 410 71 For Maurice’s early persecutions see: Michael Whitby, The Emperor Maurice and His Historian: Theophylact Simocatta on Persian and Balkan Warfare (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988), 21. For more detail on Maurice’s religious policies and the Chalcedonian reaction see: Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 12-3,40.
72 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West- Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 118. Michael the Syrian noted this as well and said also that “many of the Orthodox stood their ground sturdily in this combat and did not consent to accept the evil heresy of the Dyophysites . . . many people were expelled from their churches.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.” n270. Michael appeared to say that many more people were persecuted, but the figure “many” is obscure as is expelling people from their churches. This would be a lenient and ineffective punishment, since many of the Monophysites could then practice their creed in the churches of the Edessene countryside. See also: Frend, Rise of the Monophysite., 334 or Segal, Edessa., 98.
21
The Persian War, during Maurice’s reign, neither enticed the Monophysites to rebel against the imperial Chalcedonians nor to help the Sasanids. Sasanid raiders again reached the vicinity of Edessa in 581, but could not capture the city.73 One of the few revolts against imperial authority occurred in 589, when the garrison commander at Matryropolis, Sittas, helped the Sasanids capture the city. Theophylact noted that “this man after deserting to the Persians, persuaded four hundred barbarians to arm themselves . . . [and] persuaded the townsmen to admit the barbarians.”74 Even with the creation of a separate hierarchy, the Edessene Monophysites did not rebel.
This one hundred year period played a crucial role in Edessa’s transformation from a single imperial religious authority into two separate ecclesiastical hierarchies – one of which believed that the emperor was a heretic. Nevertheless, no revolts occurred because the Monophysites, once they had established a separate hierarchy, were largely satisfied with Roman rule. The separate hierarchy did not provide them with central urban churches, but they were largely left alone in the countryside. Thus, despite their many religious differences the Monophysites had no inclination or reason to rebel.
73 Whitby, Emperor Maurice., 273 74 Theophylact Simocatta, The History of Theophylact Simocatta, trans. Michael Whitby and Mary Whitby (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986), III.5.11-13, 79 or Whitby, Emperor Maurice., 289. Sittas was later turned over the Romans, tortured, and killed. See: Simocatta, The History of Theophylact Simocatta., IV.15.13-6, 127.
22
2. The Sasanid Capture of Edessa and Religious Instability, 602-628 AD
The relationship between the Monophysite and the Chalcedonian hierarchies changed little during the end of Maurice’s reign, although each solidified control over its respective area. Although many of the Monophysite clergy continued to condemn Maurice for his Chalcedonian faith, he permitted the Edessenes to follow either creed. During the latter half of his reign, from 590-602, he was primarily concerned with regaining control of the Balkans, which experienced invasions from the Avar kingdom and migrations of Slavic people south of the Danube.75 The empire experienced twelve years of peace with the Sasanids because Maurice had restored the Sasanid emperor, Khusrau, to his throne. In the east, he focused only on integrating Armenia, of which he had gained a larger portion as a reward for helping Khusrau, into the empire. Edessene writers say little about this period. However, events in the east rapidly changed following Phokas’ overthrow of Maurice in November 602. The Sasanids captured Edessa in 609, altering political control over the city’s ecclesiastical policy – modifying the balance of power. Edessa remained under Sasanid control for the duration of the war, which lasted until 628. The tumultuous events from 602-628 transformed the Monophysite position in Edessa’s ecclesiastical governance and provided them with greater autonomy.
Following the overthrow of Maurice and the ascension of Phokas, Khusrau had a causus belli to recover the territory he had relinquished to Maurice as a concession for regaining the throne. 76 Khusrau began his invasion of the empire through Mesopotamia
75 For a detailed source on Maurice’s campaigns see: Simocatta, The History of Theophylact Simocatta. For an overall explanation see: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 75-8. 76 A complete explanation of the Maurice’s last years is not necessary here, but I will provide a brief summary. Maurice, after restoring Khusrau’s to the throne, concentrated on securing the Danube River as Roman border in the Balkans. He launched a number of campaigns against the Avars from 590-602 and, in 602, succeeded in driving them north of the Danube. Maurice then ordered his soldiers to winter north of the Danube River because of insufficient funds to supply them and because he refused to relinquish the
23
in 604, starting the next and, ultimately, the final Roman-Persian war.77 A Roman general, Narses, revolted against Phokas and seized Edessa later that year.78 Upon securing control of the city, several Edessenes denounced the Chalcedonian bishop, Severus, to Narses as a friend of Phokas.79 Narses
had him brought to the palace of Marinus . . . and interrogated. Then Narseh [Narses] made them take him out of the city by a postern and gave his sentence from the Cave-Tombs, so as to avoid causing a riot in the city when he was executed. They stoned him near the head of the spring.80
Narses ordered this secretly “to avoid causing a riot in the city when he was executed” and the Edessenes “did not realize he was being stoned until it was over.”81
territorial and military advances of the previous summer’s campaign. Not surprisingly, the soldiers revolted and chose Phokas, a centurion, as their commander and marched on Constantinople where the populace opened the city’s gates and let the Danubian soldiers depose Maurice. See: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 80-4. See Stratos’ detailed account: Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602- 634, 40-6. 77 Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 58-60 78 It is unclear why Narses revolted against Phokas. Maurice placed Narses in the East after restoring Khusrau to the throne to ensure that Narses’ did not gain enough power to revolt. For Narses’ role in restoring Khusrau to the throne see: Whitby, Emperor Maurice., 297-306. Three explanations exist of why he revolted. First, he might have wanted to ascend the throne. Maurice had placed him in the east because he was threatened by his power. Second, Narses might have revolted to avenge Maurice. Third, Maurice’s son, Theodosius, might have survived and fled to Narses. Stratos rejected the possibility that Narses rebelled to avenge Maurice, but instead proposed that he revolted because Theodosius had survived and presented himself to Narses. See: Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 59-60. The chronicles disagree over whether Theodosius did escape. Sebeos and Theophanes present his survival as a rumor, which Khusrau spread as well. The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos, trans. R. W. Thomson, vol. 1, 2 vols. (Liverpool Liverpool University Press, 1999), 57 and Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6095, 419. The Chronicon Paschale provided either explanation. Chron. Pasch., 143. Commentators on Sebeos conclude that it is probably impossible to determine if Theodosius survived. James and Tim Greenwood Howard-Johnston, The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos, vol. 2, 2 vols. (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1999), 197-8. It is odd that, if Theodosius survived, none of the sources subsequently mentioned him. This leads me to conclude that there are two possibilities. Either that Theodosius did survive, but Khusrau subsequently killed him once his successes later in the war made him believe he could retain the captured provinces without a puppet emperor. More likely, however, Theodosius disappears from the historical record because Phokas executed him with his father and brothers and Khusrau used a puppet. 79 Three separate Syriac texts note this event. James of Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 37, “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (Ad 775),” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chonicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), AG 914, 55, and the most in-depth is “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 120-1. 80 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 121 81 Ibid.
24
Aside from the statement that Severus was a friend of Phokas, was there another reason for some Edessenes to denounce Severus? Narses might have been a Monophysite, since we know little of his religious affiliation, but what does exist makes this highly unlikely.82 Chalcedonians would not have condoned the execution of their own bishop either. The Edessenes denouncing Severus were, therefore, Monophysites, who realized that Severus’ execution strengthened their position in Edessa. Further, for Narses to rebel successfully against Phokas, he would have needed the support of the eastern cities. Executing the rival bishop would solidify Monophysite support for him. Severus could have plotted against Narses in support of Phokas as well, providing him, and the Edessene Monophysites, with another reason to execute him. Narses still had to be wary of the Chalcedonian Edessenes, hence the secrecy. Regardless, Narses’ execution of Severus increased the Monophysites’ position in Edessa.
This initial increase in Monophysite power was brief, as forces loyal to Phokas regained control of the area. Phokas sent two armies to Mesopotamia – one to retake Edessa and the other to defeat a Persian army besieging Dara. Khusrau decisively defeated the army sent against him, allowing the Persians to solidify their control around the Byzantine-Persian border.83 The army sent against Edessa forced Narses to flee to Hierapolis, where he eventually surrendered, and was subsequently executed in Constantinople.84 Meanwhile, the situation in the city returned to the status quo.85 The
82 Stratos said that Narses helped build two churches in Constantinople and it would be impossible for a Monophysite to erect churches in the capital at the end of the sixth century. Narses could have built these churches to conceal his Monophysite position, but this is impossible to prove. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 59.
83 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6096, 420, Sebeos 1., 58 or see Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634., 61-4 for an account of the Persian advances during the reign of Phokas. 84 Theophanes said that Phokas, disregarding the safe conduct that one of his general’s (he names him as Domentziolos, Phokas’ nephew) gave Narses had Narses burned alive. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6097, 421. Pseudo-Dionysius simply said that Narses was captured “by a cunning trick.” “The Secular History
25
Chalcedonians regained control of the urban Edessene churches as well, after Theodosius appointment as bishop.86
The Sasanid invasion of Mesopotamia and Osrhoene continued for the next several years and Byzantine armies failed to stem their advance. Edessa surrendered to the Sasanids in 609.87 Thus, we arrive at one of the primary questions – did the Edessenes surrender to the Persians in 609 because they were dissatisfied with imperial Chalcedonian rule? Monophysite Edessenes clearly resented Chalcedonian control over the city’s churches. The tone of Syriac Monophysite chroniclers and the Monophysite reaction, or rather lack thereof, to Severus’ stoning made this clear. Despite the separation between the Edessene Monophysites and Chalcedonians, however, the Monophysites were not so dissatisfied with imperial ecclesiastical control that they undermined Romano-Byzantine rule and surrendered for only religious reasons.88 The Monophysites accepted their position in the countryside and, furthermore, acted independently of the imperial ecclesiastical hierarchy. This was sufficient for them, since persecutions had mostly ceased as well.
Initially the Sasanids installed a Nestorian bishop in Edessa, since Nestorianism was the accepted Christian creed in Persia. However, the Edessenes refused to accept the
of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre, “121 Finally, Sebeos said that he was put to death in Edessa. Sebeos 1., 58. Theophanes and Pseudo-Dionysius mostly agree on the details and are the most plausible for that reason. 85 Sebeos disagrees and said that the army captured Narses and Edessa and “shed blood” (which the translator describes as “a general slaughter”). Sebeos 1., 58 Both Theophanes and Pseudo-Dionysius agree that there was no slaughter, although Pseudo-Dionysius does say that one Edessene was executed. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6096, 420. “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 121 Sebeos’ account is highly dubious.
86 James of Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 38. This event occurred before Edessa fell to the Sasanids, as the next entry in the chronology noted the flight of bishops to Egypt to escape the Sasanid invasions. 87 The Chronicon Paschale provided 609 as the date. Chron. Pasch., 149. Theophanes only said that all of Mesopotamia was captured in 607 (although this took five years 606-610). Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6098, 422. Sebeos agrees with Chronicon Paschale on 609. Sebeos 1., 201-2 Stratos provided an explanation for why 609 should be accepted. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 63
88 See Chapter 6
26
Nestorian creed any more than the Chalcedonian one.89 The Sasanids then provided a Monophysite bishop, Isaiah, from Persia for Edessa.90 Khusrau subsequently expelled the Chalcedonian bishop of Edessa, and “the Synod of Chalcedon was utterly abolished east of the Euphrates.” 91 These Sasanid actions solidified Monophysite control over the Edessene churches, while forcing the Chalcedonian church underground. Sebeos noted that Khusrau even convened a council in Persia to proclaim both the truth of the Monophysite position and his support for its doctrines. Khusrau supposedly asked “but the Godhead, if it is not one every place and cannot be or cause what it wishes, what sort of divinity is it?”92 This astute act partially settled the religious problem in the conquered Monophysite eastern provinces.
The Monophysites remained in control of the Edessene churches during the Sasanid occupation of the city, which lasted until 628. Heraclius’ campaigns against the Sasanids were in the north, through the Caucuses and Armenia. Edessa, and the Mesopotamian invasion route, remained peaceful during those years.93 Heraclius himself entered Edessa after the Sasanids left and used it as a base from which to regain
89 Michael the Syrian said “to Edessa came at first the Nestorian, Ashimo; but he was not accepted by the faithful.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”126, n283 90 Ibid., 125 and James of Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 39. Segal noted that the Persians first sent Yunan as bishop of Edessa and then Isaiah. Segal, Edessa., 98-9. Michael the Syrian called Yunan “Jonah,” but never referred to him again. “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 126, n283
91 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”125. James of Edessa is fragmented here and noted that the Chalcedonian bishops “are expelled [by] the Persians from [the east?]” (the brackets are the translator’s). Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 38. Similarly, Michael the Syrian included not only Byzantine Mesopotamia but “the whole land of Mesopotamia and Syria.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”126, n283. It is likely that Khusrau expelled the Chalcedonian bishops from the entire Antiochene see, otherwise the expulsion of Chalcedonians from Mesopotamia and Osrhoene would have been a half measure and illogical.
92 Sebeos 1., 117. Sebeos’ commentators note that Sebeos’ description of this council was greatly exaggerated. However, Khusrau did publicly pronounce his support for the Monophysite doctrine. Howard-Johnston, Sebeos 2., 263 93 For an account of Heraclius’ Persian campaigns in detail see: Walter E. Kaegi, Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003), 100-191. Kaegi’s account combines information from the various primary sources to create an accurate portrait of these campaigns.
27
Mesopotamia, Syria, and Palestine. The Edessenes, even the Monophysites, cordially received Heraclius.94 Bishop Isaiah, however, refused to give Heraclius communion saying,
‘Unless you first anathematize the Synod of Chalcedon and the Tome of Leo in writing, I will not give you communion.’ At this the King flared up in anger and expelled the bishop from his church, handing it over instead to his own co- religionaries, the Chalcedonians.95
Although Pseudo-Dionysius believed that Isaiah “was zealous to a fault or rather, to tell the truth an uneducated idiot,” two possibilities, rather than calling him an “idiot,” exist.96 First, Isaiah remained loyal, in some capacity, to the Sasanids who had appointed him bishop. Second, he expressed the religious position of some portion of the Monophysite population – at least those who were strongly against any accommodation with the Chalcedonians. Isaiah’s actions likely represented a middle ground between the two possibilities. Isaiah had some loyalty to the Sasanids, as they would not have appointed him bishop otherwise, but the Monophysite Edessenes must have partially accepted his religious views as well. The Edessenes had displayed their displeasure with a Nestorian bishop and, therefore, Isaiah represented a portion of the population who disagreed with Heraclius’ Chalcedonian creed.97
94 Stratos went so far as to say that he was “received with great honour at Edessa. People, clergy and monks who were very numerous had all turned out to welcome him and accompany him with cheering and psalms.” Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 248. Michael the Syrian said that these people came out to “greet him” and that Heraclius “admired and praised the great multitude of monks.” Heraclius then said “‘How can it be right to exclude so admirable a group of people from our company?’” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”140, n323. Although Heraclius was pleased with the response of the Monophysite monks, they were not as happy with him. Michael later noted that Heraclius “distributed great largesse to the whole people,” which would certainly make a person of any religious creed favor him. 95 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”140. 96 Ibid. Michael the Syrian, similarly, said that Isaiah “in the fervour of his zeal, prevented the king from taking the Sacrament.” “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.”140, n323 97 Stratos rejected this story as “very improbable.” His only evidence was that Heraclius attempted to later reconcile the two churches. Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 248. Heraclius’ other
28
Following Isaiah’s refusal, Heraclius returned the Edessene churches to the Chalcedonians – the status quo ante bellum. Pseudo-Dionysius noted that:
on this occasion they [several rich and powerful families] were unable to oppose the King’s command. Nevertheless they expected to return with their bishop to the church and to repossess it after the King had gone back to the heartlands of Byzantium.98
Theophanes wrote concerning Heraclius’ return of the urban churches to the Chalcedonians as well saying “and when he had reached Edessa, he restored the church to the orthodox; for, since the days of Chosroes [Khusrau], it had been held by the Nestorians.”99 Heraclius’ restoration of the church to the Chalcedonians could not, and did not, delight the Monophysites – especially since they were now accustomed to controlling the church.
However, soon after this decision Heraclius attempted to reconcile the Monophysite and Chalcedonian churches by instituting two possible religious compromises – monoenergism and Monotheletism. Heraclius initially attempted a compromise with the belief that Christ had two natures and a single energy, but the Monophysites rejected this because it originated from a Chalcedonian Christological view.100 Heraclius and the Monophysites then agreed upon a second compromise, Monotheletism, which united Christ’s two natures in “one will,” and on which both
actions in regard to the Monophysites, which will be discussed below, refutes this logic and for this reason cannot be disregarded. 98 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.”140-1. Pseudo-Dionysius noted these families because among them were the Tel-Mahroyo family. It is unclear to whom he referred by “their bishop,” but likely he meant a Monophysite bishop in general – rather than Isaiah or any other specific person.
99 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6120, 429. Theophanes confused the Monophysites with the Nestorians, but is otherwise correct. 100 Theophanes said the Monophysite bishop of Antioch, Anastasius, tricked Heraclius into accepting monoenergism. He blames Sergius, patriarch of Constantinople, as well because he was of “Syrian origin, the son of Jacobite parents.” Theophanes, however, was never critical of Heraclius – as the sources from which he compiled his information wrote during the Heracliad dynasty – and, therefore, could not be critical of its founder. Ibid., AM 6121, 460-1
29
church hierarchies, or at least their patriarchs, agreed. Notably, a single will derived from the Monophysite creed and, therefore, was a significant accommodation to them.101 The Sixth Ecumenical Council in 680 eventually reversed this Monophysite leaning creed saying “we proclaim equally two natural volitions or wills in him [Christ].”102
Stratos believed that both creeds agreed upon Monotheletism,103 but this contrasts with Michael the Syrian. Michael noted that Isaiah, since the initial discussion occurred before his expulsion, rejected Monotheletism as well. This could have been another explanation for Isaiah refusing Heraclius communion (as noted above).104 Some of the Monophysites accepted the new formula, but Michael listed those who did, none of which included Edessene clergy, signifying that Monothelete clergy in Edessa were in the minority.105 Ultimately, the fanaticism of the Monophysite clergy in Edessa and the limited time Heraclius had to solidify the Monothelete creed condemned it to failure among the majority of the Edessene Monophysites. Nevertheless, Monotheletism represented a significant attempt to solve the differences between the creeds – in favor of the Monophysites
In Edessa, the years from 602-628 showed that compromise was no longer possible and provided the Edessene Monophysite church with significantly more independent power. The Edessenes reacted strongly against Heraclius’ intrusion into
101 For an overview of both creeds see: J.F. Haldon, Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation of a Culture (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990), 300-3. 102 Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils, 28 103 Stratos, Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634, 286-297
104 Michael the Syrian has Isaiah present after Heraclius’ expelled him. “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.”142, n332. 105 Michael the Syrian listed those who accepted it as “the House of Maron, of Mabbugh, of Emesa and (of) the southern region.” Ibid. None of these was in or near Edessa and the House of Maron became the strongest supporters of Monotheletism after the Arab conquest. We know that they were in the minority because Michael wrote that the groups “by accepting the Synod [Chalcedon], unjustly obtained possession of . . . the majority of churches and monasteries.” Meaning that to seize the majority of the churches they formerly must have been in the minority.
30
their religious affairs. They did not revolt at the return of the urban church to Chalcedonian control, but they refused to accept further changes in their creed. Monophysite Edessenes had now rejected the imperial church, a cornerstone of Late Roman and Byzantine religious and political authority.106 Despite this rejection, the Edessenes never contemplated revolting against the state. Instead, they wanted to retain their ecclesiastical hierarchy’s independence.
106 See for example: Haldon, Byzantium., 282-3. Justinian had united the two powers, imperial and ecclesiastical together. Haldon noted this change best saying that “the combination of perceived threats to imperial authority in the changed political, military, and social climate of the times, together with the lack of any clear demarcation of spheres of influence and authority between church and state which lay at the root of further development of both the Byzantine Church and of the state itself.” Ibid., 285-6
31
3. The Effect of the Muslim Conquest on Edessene Christianity
The Eastern provinces had barely recovered from the Sasanid occupation when the initial Muslim conquests began. Heraclius attempted to stem the Muslim advances in Palestine and southern Syria, but failed and withdrew Byzantine forces across the Taurus Mountains and into Anatolia. The Muslims peacefully occupied Edessa in 639. The Monophysite Edessenes neither supported nor undermined the Byzantine state, since they had no idea if the Muslims would provide them with greater autonomy or return the urban churches to them. The Muslim occupation did not initially affect the religious status of either the Monophysites or the Chalcedonians and both sects continued to control their respective churches. Muslims, instead, sought to mollify both groups to ensure political stability, although later the Muslims began to favor the Monophysites. Both sects reacted differently to Muslim control, especially the Chalcedonians who, for the first time since Anastasius’ reign, had lost imperial favor. Further, the Chalcedonians divided between adherents of Monotheletism, who accepted Christ’s single will, and those who believed in his dual will.
Following Heraclius’ withdrawal from Syria, Muslim soldiers quickly and easily occupied Byzantine Mesopotamia, including Edessa.107 Syriac chronicles differed over the initial Muslim reaction to the two creeds. Michael the Syrian said that “Cyrus, the Chalcedonian bishop, was expelled from Edessa, and all the Orthodox bishops returned to
107 I will discussed the capture of Edessa in more detail below. For a detailed historical summary of the events during the Muslim conquest see: Fred M Donner, The Early Islamic Conquests (Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981). Kaegi provided an in-depth analysis and explanation for these events in: Walter E. Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992). For any early account of the Battle of Yarmuk see: “A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, Ad 637,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), Lines 19-23, 3.
32
their sees throughout the kingdom of the Arabs.”108 Pseudo-Dionysius, in contrast, noted that the Edessene churches “have continued to languish in their [Chalcedonian] possession until the present day.”109 Pseudo-Dionysius’ explanation appears more plausible. Although Heraclius had expelled bishop Isaiah of Edessa, he allowed most other Monophysites to remain and, therefore, Michael’s statement that “all of the Orthodox bishops returned” refers to those few who had been expelled. Further, Pseudo- Dionysius provided a compelling reason why the Muslims allowed the Chalcedonian bishops to remain – retaining the religious status quo in Edessa. As he wrote:
for at the time when they [the Mesopotamian cities] were conquered and made subject to the Arabs the cities agreed to terms of surrender, under which each confession had assigned to it those temples which were found in its possession. In this way the Orthodox were robbed of the Great Church of Edessa.110
Thus, the Monophysites did not receive the churches they wanted. The Monophysites continued to exercise religious autonomous. Syriac
chroniclers began to concentrate, and wrote about, eastern bishops alone.111 During the reign of Caliph Abd al-Malik (r. 685-705), Athanasius Bar Gumoye of Edessa became rich and Abd al-Malik appointed him guardian of his younger brother Abd al Aziz, who was later emir of Egypt. Pseudo-Dionysius said “he [Abd al-Aziz] commanded that Athanasius should be not only his scribe, but the manager of his affairs and that authority and administrative direction should be his while Abd al-Aziz should have the nominal power.”112 Athanasius, according to both Pseudo-Dionysius and Michael the Syrian, was
108 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 153, n364 109 Ibid, 141 110 Ibid. 111 See for example: “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (Ad 775),” AG 914-1024, 55-61 112 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,”202. Athanasius eventually ruled through Abd al- Aziz.
33
a devout Monophysite as well and donated money to the Edessene church.113 Michael the Syrian noted that Athanasius attained the image of Christ, the mandylion, as well.114 The Chalcedonians had held the image “from the time of the Greek kings [meaning Tiberius II (r. 578-82) and his successors] until it was taken away from them by Athanasius bar Gumoye.”115 The Monophysite church steadily gained more power under Muslim rule, since they were in the countryside and, therefore, physically separated from the urban mosques. A hundred years of established Monophysite independent ecclesiastical rule, coupled with a hierarchy established in the countryside that did not conflict with Islamic institutions, allowed the Monophysite Church to continue unchanged for much of early Muslim rule.
Heraclius’ attempt to institute the Monothelete creed caused a division among the Chalcedonians. Those who refused to adopt Monothelete ideas became known as Melkites, which derives from malkoyo meaning “imperial.”116 Initially the Muslims, unlike the Sasanids, allowed the Melkites to retain substantial autonomy in their religious rule, though they feared possible Melkite loyalty to their former Byzantine rulers.117
Despite Muslim apprehension toward the Melkites, the Monothelete controversy severely divided the Christian community. The controversy was more than a religious struggle over the single or double will of Christ and became a political struggle because
113 Pseudo-Dionysius said “he had great respect for the hierarchy of the Church and he built new churches and renovated old ones.” Ibid, 203 114 Segal gives a description of the image with some background on it, although in reference to a siege of the city in 943. Segal, Edessa., 215
115 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.,” 204-5 n307 116 “The Melkite Chonicle,” 25. Palmer noted that the Melkites followed the doctrine established at the sixth Ecumenical Council in 680 AD. The name was applied to them after the Byzantine church rejected Monothelete doctrine. 117 For more detail on initial Melkite reactions see: Hugh Kennedy, “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades: Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy,” The 1seventh International Byzantine Conference (Dumbarton Oaks/Georgetown University: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1986)
34
Heraclius’ successors tied his religious policy to imperial power and prestige.118 The Sixth Ecumenical Council of 680 “solved” the Monothelete controversy by anathematizing all those who had promulgated and professed it.119 The papal account of the council blamed Macarius, bishop of Antioch, for following Monotheletism, anathematized, and expelled him.120 The ecumenical council caused a significant division in the former eastern provinces and later condemned the eastern bishops at the Council. The council was remarkable for what it did not do. It did not specifically condemn the Monophysites, and this absence of a denunciation, recognized the independence of the Monophysite hierarchy and the lack of Byzantine authority.121 The Byzantine government had finally accepted the division in the church, but it required a loss of political control to recognize it.
From Heraclius’ pronouncement of Monotheletism until its formal anathematization in 680, the Melkites found themselves in an unusual position. They supported Chalcedon, but imperial religious policy did not agree with them. Thus, even when early Islamic leaders worried about underlying Melkite loyalty to Byzantium, the Melkites vehemently disagreed with imperial religious policy causing the Muslims to exaggerate possible threats.122 The Melkites continued to exist in Edessa throughout the
118 Haldon, Byzantium., 309-313 provided an explanation of this transformation and the religious policy of Constans II as it relates to imperial power. 119 For primary sources on the sixth Ecumenical Council see: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6171, 500. Theophanes mistakenly placed it in 678-9. Nikephoros provided another explanation, although he said that Constantine IV called the council because the Monotheletes were “gaining in strength.” Nikephoros, Nikephoros Patriarch of Constantinople, Short History, trans. Cyril Mango (Washington: Dumbarton Oaks, 1990), 37, P. 93. For a short explanation see: Ostrogorsky, History of the Byzantine State, 127-8 or for a detailed one see: Haldon, Byzantium., 313-7. The Council did not, however, anathematize Heraclius, Constantine III or Constans II for promoting Monotheletism, since doing so would have been a rebuke of the entire Heracliad dynasty.
120 Pontiffs., 74-9 for the papal account of the Council including specifics on Macarius. 121 Haldon, Byzantium., 316 122 See: Kennedy, “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades: Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy.”
35
seventh century, but the initial period of imperial Monotheletism greatly weakened their connection with Byzantium.123
The Maronites, who embraced and followed Monotheletism, were the final significant Christian sect in Edessa. Initially the Maronites strongly favored Byzantium, as they had similar religious beliefs.124 A Maronite Chronicle provided lengthy descriptions of Byzantine triumphs, while simultaneously downplaying Arab triumphs – a clear example of both the author’s and his potential audience’s loyalty. He discussed a small Byzantine victory at Lake Scutarium (?) in detail saying “the Arabs have not attacked that lake up to the present day.”125 In contrast, the Arab raid on the important city of Amorium was dismissed in two sentences.126 The Maronite Chronicle also attempted to prove that Caliph Mu’awiya (r. 661-80) favored the Maronites, rather than the Monophysites. Notably he says that the Monophysites pay Mu’awiya 20,000 denarii every year “so that he would not withdraw his protection and let them be persecuted by the members of the (Orthodox) [Maronite] Church.”127 The Maronites altered their view of Byzantium following the Sixth Ecumenical Council, however, which they rejected. They completely broke with the Chalcedonian church in 727.128
The Muslim reaction to the Monophysite and Chalcedonian churches provides several conclusions about the religious division in Edessa following the Muslim
123 Segal noted that there was a Melkite bishop in Edessa for most of this period. Segal, Edessa., 207-8 124 Palmer provided a summary of their pro-Byzantine ideas at: “The Maronite Chronicle ” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993). 125 Ibid., 33-4 126 Ibid. It said that “Ibn Khalid then set off from there [Lake Scutarium] and came to the city of Amorium and gave it word [that he would not harm them if they surrendered]. When they opened (their gates) to him he stationed an Arab garrison there and left that place.” The victory at Lake Scutarium must have been insignificant if the Arabs captured Amorium afterward. DATE OF RAID 127 Ibid., 30. He left out that the Maronites had to pay a similar amount every year. Nevertheless, it still serves as an example of the Maronites trying to gain favor from the Muslims while favoring Byzantine rule. 128 For Palmer’s noted on this see: Ibid., 29
36
conquests. First, the Chalcedonians, both Monotheletes and Melkites, remained in the city, although the percentages of each creed are unknown. Second, a sizable contingent of Chalcedonians remained – as otherwise the Muslims would not have allowed them to retain their urban churches. Finally, the Edessene Monothelete and Melkite reaction to the initial Muslim rule is unknown. However, they retained their churches and, therefore, it is unlikely that many of them were very upset.
Although both the Maronites and the Melkites had substantial problems with the Byzantine Chalcedonian creed, they continued to believe in the return of the Byzantine emperor as their savior. An Edessene apocalyptic narrative, likely written in 683 AD,129 proclaimed that the Byzantines will eventually vanquish the Muslims and bring about the end of days. The Byzantine emperor, whom the author refers to as the Greek king, will return and “the Children of Ishmael will flee . . . to the town of Mecca, where their kingdom shall come to an end; and the king of the Greeks will rule the entire earth.”130 This kingdom will endure for 208 years, the anti-Christ will come, and he will spread across the land.131 Finally, the king of the Greeks will climb Golgotha and bring about the end of days – whereupon he shall die and ascend, followed by all other living things.132 The role the author prescribed for the Byzantine emperor showed a continued belief that the Byzantines would eventually return to Edessa and the eastern provinces.
129 Palmer said that a definite date is hard to determine, but that 683 AD was the most likely. For my purpose, however, it is enough to accept a date sometime around 700 AD. “The Edessene Apocalyptic Fragment,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 243
130 Ibid., 245 131 Ibid., 246-8. The author provided his Edessene background at this point saying “he [the anti-Christ] will reign over the whole earth; however he will not enter the city of Edessa, for God has blessed and protected her.” 132 Ibid., 248-9
37
The Byzantines and the Edessenes might have religious differences, but at the end of days, he served as the figure who saved the Christians.
The Christian sects in Edessa increasingly grew independent of the Byzantine ecclesiastical hierarchy. Following the Sixth Ecumenical Council in 680, the Monophysites were completely disregarded, the Maronites were anathematized, and although the Melkites now agreed with imperial religious policy, their forty year disagreement had weakened ties with the state. The two Chalcedonian sects, however, generally agreed with the Byzantines on the end of days. The overall trend for all three sects, however, is apparent. They gradually became independent hierarchies that ranged from complete autonomy to loose adherence with Byzantine religious policy. It became increasingly hard for Christians under a separate political authority to follow imperial religious policy, especially as Byzantine ecclesiastical and political power became ever more entwined. The underlying social and economic transformations created by the political separation of the Byzantine Empire and the Muslim Caliphate caused significant, and lasting, religious divisions between the Monophysites, Maronites, Melkites, and Byzantines.
38
4. A Transformation in Christian Perception: Edessene Jews in the Late Fifth and Sixth Centuries
The sixth and seventh centuries altered the social and economic position of the Edessene Jews and their affiliation with the Romano-Byzantine Empire as well. During the sixth century, the Jews retained the freedom to worship, but simultaneously accepted their inferior status. Jewish attitude toward the Byzantine state, unlike the Monophysite relationship, did not significantly change during the early sixth century. The Edessene Jews continued to enjoy limited freedoms and participated in the Byzantine political sphere, though subject to frequent anti-Jewish riots. They likely composed a small percentage of the Edessene population and also differed from the more numerous Jews of Palestine. During the middle of the sixth century, the Jews began to renounce total Romano-Byzantine control, but never completely rejected the state’s rule. Christians, similarly, began to regard the Jews as a larger problem, because of external Jewish threats and internal rebellions.
The exact date of the Jewish arrival in Edessa is unknown.133 The earliest story of Jews in Edessa, from the first century BC, mentioned a Hebrew woman who saved a prominent Edessene from his enemies, although the historical truth behind this story is dubious.134 Abgar IX, in 202 AD, converted to Christianity – the first king to become
133 Baron noted that there were significant numbers of Jews and Christians in Edessa by AD 117. Salo W Baron, Christian Era: The First Five Centuries, A Social and Religious History of the Jews, vol. 2, 8 vols. (New York: Columbia University Press, 1952), 164-5. Graetz noted that the Romans captured Edessa and killed many Jews in 117 and, therefore, a significant Jewish population existed at the time. However, their precise arrival is unknown. Heinrich Graetz, History of the Jews, vol. 2, 6 vols. (Philadelphia: The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1893), 398.
134 Segal quoted a source that said “‘the people of Mesopotamia also worshipped the Hebrew [woman] Kuthbi, who saved Bakru the patrician of Edessa from his enemies.’” Segal, Edessa, 43. Archaeological research reveals that Kutbab was likely a deity with Jewish origins. Thus, the story appears fictional, but does show the early presence of a Jewish community in Edessa. See: J.T. Milik & J. Teixidor, “New
39
openly Christian. Thus, Edessene Jews had the earliest interaction with a Christian kingdom.135 The Edessene Jews had three hundred years to develop a relationship with their Christian rulers and, therefore, they had long accepted their social position with regard to the Christians. However, once Christian imperial rule was removed, following the Sasanid invasions, this social structure changed as the Jews now occupied a superior position. The Edessene Jews thus had more to gain from Sasanid rule than most other Jewish populations.
Saint Augustine writings provided the basis for the treatment of the Jews. In City of God, Augustine wrote that “the Jews, who killed him [Christ] and would not believe in him . . . were utterly uprooted from their kingdom.”136 Thus, Augustine blamed the Jews for killing Christ, condemning them to a reduced status. Despite their enforced lower status, the state protected them. As he noted:
for we see and know that it is in order to bear this witness, – which they [Jews] involuntarily supply on our behalf by possessing and preserving these same books, – that they themselves are scattered among all the peoples, in whatever direction the church of Christ expands.137
The Romano-Byzantine state thus protected Jews, although it could reduce their socio- political status, since they witnessed the prophesies and life of Christ.
Romano-Byzantine law created a special category for the Jews, but did not exclude them from the state’s protection. One proclamation stated that “no Jew who is innocent shall be oppressed, nor shall any person of any creed cause him to be exposed to
Evidence on the North-Arabic Deity Aktab-Kutba,” Bulletin of the American Schools of Oriental Research 1961. 135 Baron, Christian Era: The First Five Centuries, 165. This early conversion to Christianity supports evidence that there was a strong early Jewish presence in the city, since the Jews were some of the earliest converts. For more information see: Segal, Edessa., 41-3
136 Saint Augustine, The City of God against the Pagans, trans. William Chase Greene, vol. 6 7vols. (Cambridge: Havard University Press, 1955), 18.46, 49 137 Ibid. 18.46, 51
40
insult.”138 The law did, however, prohibit Jews from holding public offices because “strengthened by the authority of the office which they have obtained, they may have the power of judging or promulgating decrees against Christians.”139 The state thus protected Jews religiously and politically, but simultaneously reduced their status. Procopius did record that Justinian “did his best to abolish the laws reverence by the Hebrews” and that if Passover fell before Easter “he would not permit the Jews to celebrate this at the proper time.”140 Thus, the state allowed the Jews to worship, but in a limited fashion.
Finally, the Late Roman Empire needed the Jews for economic reasons as well. It required Jewish merchants and a decrease in their ability to trade would have endangered commerce with non-Jews.141 Many Jews spoke Greek as well, which allowed them to integrate into the merchant economy.142 As Sharf concluded: “It was clearly inadvisable to withdraw the protection of the state from any community which had an economic contribution to make.”143
The total Jewish population of Edessa during this period, however, is impossible to determine. The best guess for their numbers, throughout the entire empire, is between
138 The Civil Law, trans. S. P. Scott, vol. 6, 7 vols. (Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973), 1.9.13, 77 139 Ibid. 1.9.17, 78 140 Procopius, The Secret History, trans. G.A. Williamson (London: The Folio Society, 1990), 130. Procopius often exaggerated in The Secret History, but these statements undoubtedly – if the nothing else – reflected Justinian’s influence over the Jews.
141 Romano-Byzantine Jews had contact with Jews living in Persia, through whom trade, especially in silk, was conducted. 142 Procopius said that “the vast majority of Justinian’s Jewish subjects were Greek-speaking” because most read the Torah in the Septuagint form. Ibid., 24. Although the Jews used the Septuagint, this does not mean that all of them could read and study it nor did they necessarily conduct local transactions in Edessa in Greek. Jews who traveled extensively through the empire probably knew Greek, but many of those who stayed in Edessa (or other Mesopotamian cities) might easily have spoken Aramaic. I have therefore chosen to use “many” instead.
143 Ibid., 36
41
two and ten percent.144 A significant proportion of Jews lived in Palestine, especially near Jerusalem. Regardless of the exact number, we can assume that Jews existed as a visible minority of Edessa’s population and likely between two and ten percent.
The Jews in Palestine, unlike those in Edessa or in other locations never under Jewish political control, rather than being satisfied with religious freedom sought political control as well. In Palestine, the Jews had partially independent political authority until Roman law abolished the legislative body, the Sanhedrin, in 429.145 Thus, a shift occurred in Jewish authority – from a political entity based in Palestine to a religious body based in the various Diaspora communities. Further, the Jews who remained in Palestine followed various leaders, rather than the political-religious control of the rabbis.146 Finally, there were more Jews in Palestine – numbering between ten and fifteen percent of the population.147
The papacy treated the Jews under its jurisdiction similarly to the Edessene Jews and, following Justinian’s re-conquest of Italy, ecclesiastical policies became analogous. Pope Leo I148 continued St. Augustine’s idea and asked “O Jews, when the judgment of
144 Sharf provided two calculations for Jewish numbers. A census during Emperor Claudius’ reign in 42 AD counted 6,944,000 Jews, which was approximately ten percent of the empire’s total population. There have been discussions about the accuracy of such a high percentage, but I accept it as the highest possible number. He then gave the next available number, taken in 1168 by Benjamin of Tudela, from whose numbers Sharf extrapolated to calculate that the Jewish population composed a minimum of two percent. Sharf, Andrew Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade (New York: Schocken Books, 1971), 3-4 145 For the reduced role of the Sanhedrin see: Avi-Yonah, M. The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule (Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, 1984), 228. 146 For more on this see: Ibid., 237-40. 147 This estimate is based on the assumption that 20,000 Jewish soldiers, as noted by Eutychius, helped the Sasanids capture various towns in Palestine. Avi-Yonah extrapolated and estimates that this corresponded to 150-200,000 people, which was between approximately ten and fifteen percent of the population. This number was likely exaggerated, since this 20,000 soldiers was too night. Nevertheless, if we use ten to fifteen percent as the maximum for Jews in any location, then the percentage of Jews in Edessa was certainly less. Ibid., 241 148 He wrote the famous Tome of Leo and reigned during the Council of Chalcedon in 451. He was one of the most important of the early popes.
42
the universe went against you, and your wickedness could not be recalled . . . what torment seized your heart.”149 Despite the idea of Jews’ alleged killing of Christ, Leo noted that “He Who came to save sinners did not refuse mercy even to His murderers, but changed the evil of the wicked into the goodness of the believing.”150 The church thus and sought to convert the Jews who remained.
Pope Gregory I wrote and issued similar pronouncements about the Jews in his jurisdiction. Jews could neither own Christian slaves nor convert them, both concepts that Justinian promoted as well, “lest (which God forbid) the Christian religion should be polluted by being subjected to Jews.”151 Gregory, however, provided economic compensation for Jewish owners if a slave became Christian and the Jew had to manumit the slave.152 Thus, the church ensured that the Jews did not lose property. Western ecclesiastical law followed Romano-Byzantine imperial law, both because it was under physical imperial jurisdiction and because both followed St. Augustine’s theology.
The imperial and Edessene authorities treated the Jews according to their above noted status during the troubled years from 494-506. During the famine in Edessa, which reached its height in 499, the Edessenes provided the Jews with wheat to make bread.153 There are two conclusions to be drawn from this. First, the authorities helped the Edessene Jews who could not obtain the minimum amount of bread to survive. In other words, the Christian Edessenes, during this famine, helped the Jews like they aided their
149 “The Letters and Sermons of Leo the Great,” trans. Charles Lett Feltoe, A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church, vol. 12 (Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956), Sermon 50.4, 168. 150 Ibid., Sermon 67.3, 178
151 “The Book of Pastoral Rule and Selected Epistles of Gregory the Great,” trans. James Barmby, A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church, vol. 12 (Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956), Book 3, Epistle 38, 131-2 152 See: Ibid., Book, 6 Epistle 32, 199
153 Pseudo-Joshua, 41-2
43
poor.154 Second, despite the widespread disregard for the Jews, the Edessenes nevertheless helped the Jews survive. The Jews occupied an extremely low social status, but one that the Christian Edessenes protected.
Despite the low socio-political status of the Edessene Jews, they did not actively aid the Sasanids during the 502-6 war. In Edessa for example, the Jews did not undermine the Roman defense of the city during the siege of 503.155 The Jews of nearby Tella, however, did attempt to surrender the city to the Sasanians by tunneling under their synagogue which was built against the city wall.156 When the Roman defenders found the Jewish tunnel they went through the city “slaughtering all the Jews they could find, men and women, old and young.”157 The bishop of Tella finally ended the slaughter, which the Romans indiscriminately engaged in for several days. The Romans defended Edessa with more men, making treachery less likely to succeed. This was an early example of Jews, in a nearby city, preferring Sasanian to Romano-Byzantine rule. Jews in a similar socio-political situation acknowledged that Sasanian rule would benefit them.158
154 Ibid. Pseudo-Joshua made this apparent and his wording made it almost impossible to differentiate between the Jews and the poor who had no bread. In fact, his statement on the Jews suffering was included in the same sentence as the poor suffering. 155 Ibid. He never mentioned the Jews providing help to the Sassanian army besieging the city. There is no evidence to contradict his silence. 156 Ibid., 72-3. He provided a detailed description of this attempt along with how the Romans discovered it. The detail of the plot and its discovery make the story almost certainly true. 157 Ibid., 73-4 158 There is no other evidence for why the Jews of Tella revolted, but they must have believed that Sasanid rule benefited them. Maybe the Sasanids contacted the Jews of Tella and offered to increase their socio- political status in the city, but the sources are silent on this possibility. Although Jews were nominally loyal to the ruling state, they must have believed that the Sasanids would be better rulers. The small size of Tella’s garrison likely played a large role in inducing them to revolt, since the Roman garrison would not have sufficient soldiers to prevent their tunneling. Baron wrote that “the Jews of Tella offered stout resistance to the Sassanian armies” and then supported this using Pseudo-Joshua. See: Baron, Christian Era: The First Five Centuries, 179. I have quoted Pseudo-Joshua above, which contradicted Baron and, therefore, Baron must be discounted for this reason. The primary reason for the Jews of Tella undermining the Roman garrison is, however, impossible to determine.
44
What altered the accepted relationship between the Jews and the Christians of Edessa? The chronicles alluded to two principal causes for the transformation in the Christian-Jewish relationship, one outside the empire and the other internal. Pseudo- Dionysius, John Malalas, Theophanes, and Procopius all provided the first explanation of this changing relationship through an account of a war between the Ethiopians and the Himyarites.159
The Himyarites lived on the western part of Arabia, near the Red Sea. Judaism in Arabia, as in Edessa, arrived at an unknown time, although its influence expanded throughout the early sixth century. Josephus noted the first movement of Jews into Arabia, as part of an ultimately unsuccessful expedition force under Aelius Gallus.160 The conversion of Arabs to Judaism, however, cannot be dated to this expedition. Throughout the fourth and fifth centuries Judaism continued to strengthen in Arabia, but its full acceptance occurred after 516, when the Himyarite king, Dhu Nuwas, adopted it as the state religion.161 The Himyarite kings primarily espoused Judaism for political, rather than religious reasons, as they it enabled them to confront the expansion of Ethiopian and Roman influence in Arabia.162
This caused a confrontation between the two religions, although the immediate causes of the war were political and economic. Pseudo-Dionysius, Malalas, Theophanes, and Procopius noted that the different religions of the antagonists, the Ethiopians were
159 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 50. Pseudo-Dionysius used the term “Indian” to describe all of the people who lived in Arabia, India, and Africa – including both the Ethiopians and the Himyarites. Witakowski noted that these two groups were both lived between the Nile and the Horn of Africa.
160 Josephus, Josephus, trans. Allen Wikgren, ed. Ralph Marcus, vol. 8, 9 vols. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963), 15.317, 151 161 Salo W Baron, High Middle Ages: 500-1200, A Social and Religious History of the Jews, vol. 3, 8 vols. (New York: Columbia University Press, 1957), 66-9. 162 Avi-Yonah, The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule, 251-3
45
Christian and the Himyarites were Jewish, in an economic context, caused the war.163 Further, three sources, Pseudo-Dionysius, Malalas, and Theophanes, all equate the eventual Ethiopian victory with a Constantine type conversion story.164 According to Pseudo-Dionysius, Andug, the Ethiopian king, reportedly said “‘if it be granted to me that I defeat this torturer, the king of the Himyarites, I will become Christian. For it is the blood of Christians I intend to avenge on him.’”165 Andug and the Ethiopians were eventually victorious and placed a Christian on the Himyartie throne.
At this point in the narrative, however, Pseudo-Dionysius discussed the war in Africa and Arabia while Malalas and Theophanes did not. Pseudo-Dionysius, or rather the sixth century information he compiled, became interested in the oppressive actions of the Jewish Himyarites against Christians. First, the Himyarite Jews regained power and “in a bitter wrath slew and destroyed all the Christian people there, men, women, young people and little children, poor and rich.”166 Second, Pseudo-Dionysius copied an entire letter, from the Jewish Himyarite king to the Arab al-Mundhir, on the martyrdom of Christian Himyarites. The king wrote:
First I seized all the Christians who confess Christ, if they would not become Jews like us. I killed two hundred and eighty priests. . . Of their church of theirs I
163 Pseudo-Dionysius, John Malalas, and Theophanes all wrote that the Himyarite king, Dimnos, killed Christian merchants in response to his belief that Christians in various lands harassed Jews. See: Pseudo- Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 51; John Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, trans. Elizabeth Jeffreys, Michael Jeffreys & Roger Scott (Melbourne: Australian Association for Byzantine Studies, 1986),, 433-4, 251; Theophanes, Theoph, AM 6035, 323. All three sources used almost exactly the same wording and, therefore, derive from a common source – John Malalas. Procopius alone did not provide this economic context, Procopius, The Persian War trans. H.B. Dewing, Procopius in Seven Volumes, ed. H.B. Dewing, vol. 1, 7 vols. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1971), I, XX 1, P. 189 164 i.e. Constantine’s conversion before the Battle of the Milvian Bridge. This makes the possibility of this actually occurring somewhat dubious though.
165 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 51. Malalas and Theophanes are identical. See: Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 433-4, 251; Theophanes, Theoph.,. AM 6035, 323. Procopius noted that the Ethiopians placed a Christian king on the Himyarite throne, which the three other sources hint at as well, but did not mention this conversion.
166 Ibid., 52
46
made a synagogue for ourselves. . . (then) I ordered that all of their nobles be put to death.167
According to the letter, even a three-year-old boy rejected converting when the king confronted him. When offered nuts, almonds and figs, tempting delicacies for a child, the boy responded “‘No, by Christ, I shall not eat Jewish nuts.’”168
The Jewish persecutions finally ended after Roman intervention and Ethiopian victories. First, the Romans seized prominent Jews in the Palestinian city of Tiberius and forced them to send messages to the Himyarites asking to end the persecutions.169 Second, and more importantly, the Ethiopian king attacked the Himyarites again and “seized and killed him [the Himyarite king] and routed his troops and all the Jews in the country of the Himyarites altogether.”170 The Ethiopian king then placed a zealous Christian on the Himyarite throne, ending the Jewish persecutions.171 Pseudo-Dionysius and his Edessene sources were considerably more interested in this than their Roman contemporaries. It is unknown why the Roman sources do not include as much information, likely they were less aware of the situation, but Pseudo-Dionysius’ inclusion of the material is significant. The Jewish Himyarite persecutions were closer, had a greater effect, and provided a reason for the disintegration of Christian-Jewish relations in Edessa. Further, the Jewish Himyarite king attempted to induce al-Mundhir, who lived in Roman territory, to persecute Christians under his control. Thus, the Edessene Christians became increasingly wary of external Jewish threats.
167 Ibid., 54-5. The Himyarite king’s letter is significantly longer and I have excerpted parts. 168 Ibid., 61 169 Ibid., 62. He mentioned this, however, only very briefly. 170 Ibid., 63
171 Ibid.. Procopius noted this as well, see: Procopius, The Persian War I, XX 1-2, 189 47
The second change in the Jewish-Christian relationship occurred because of internal Jewish threats to the Romano-Byzantine Empire. The Samaritans revolted in 529 and 555 and Jews joined them – leading many Christians to distrust their Jewish populations. These revolts occurred in Palestine, but they had lasting effects on Edessene writers and the Christian population. Three principal sources detailed the 529 revolt, John Malalas, Theophanes, and Procopius. In Malalas’ account the Samaritans revolted alone, although the Jews helped them to an uncertain extent.172 Procopius cited Justinian’s forced conversion of the Samaritans as their reason to revolt and did not mention the Jews.173 Theophanes extended the revolt to the Jews as well saying “the Samaritans and the Jews in Palestine crowned a certain Julian as emperor and took up arms against the Christians, against whom they committed robbery, murder, and arson.”174 Theophanes’ account is less probable because he was not a contemporary and, therefore, confused the Jews and the Samaritans, which was not uncommon. Theophanes expanded Malalas’ account, since he drew directly from Malalas to form his own chronicle here.175
Nevertheless, there were two significant consequences of this first revolt. First, Malalas, and Theophanes, noted that the survivors of the revolt fled to the Sasanians, influencing them to reject peace with the Romans and invade the empire. Malalas noted:
the Persian emperor had withdrawn from the peace agreement . . . for news had come that the Samaritans in Roman territory, incurring the anger of the emperor Justinian [for revolting] . . . had fled and gone over to Koades [Kawad] . . . . and
172 Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 446-7, 260-1 173 Justinian did persecute the Samaritans in his new law code. See: Procopius, The Secret History, 54 174 See: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6021, 271. Several sources provide the name “Julianus” for the king the Samaritan’s crowned. He is not to be confused with the Roman Emperor Julian the Apostate (r. 361-3). 175 See the editors noted on this at: Ibid.. Sharf explained the Romano-Byzantine view of the Samaritans and the Jews. He noted that there was separate legislation for the Samaritans, but that many Romans/Byzantines believed that the two groups were closely connected. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 29-30
48
had promised to fight for him. They numbered 50,000. They promised to hand over to the Persian emperor their own land.176
Although the Samaritans did not live in Edessa (the sources never mention them), Kawad used them as a pretext for the next Roman-Sasanian war. Further, the Sasanians had to first capture Roman Mesopotamia, including Edessa, to gain Palestine and Jerusalem. The Samaritans, and to a lesser extent the Jews, caused the Sasanians to invade Mesopotamia and wreak havoc. Second, the revolt caused massive economic destruction in Palestine. The substantial loss of income dissatisfied many of the Jews and later provided them with a reason to revolt again.177 Justinian forced the Christians “to pay in perpetuity annual taxes on a crippling scale,” regardless of their losses during the revolt.178
The Samaritan-Jewish revolt of 555 was no less devastating than the revolt of 529. Malalas mentioned that the Jews revolted with the Samaritans in Caesarea, confirming the Jewish involvement.179 Pseudo-Dionysius chronicled this revolt as well, which he did not do for the revolt of 529. He described the revolt as follows:
when the emperor Justinian learned about these matters [the revolt and the destruction it caused] he became very angry and gave an order to Amantius, a stratelates [general] in the East, who was a Christian and zealous in the Christian faith, and he went to Caesarea and throughout the whole country of Palestine.180
Pseudo-Dionysius followed Malalas and two significant points emerge. First, the revolt was widespread enough that the statelates and his soldiers from the Mesopotamian
176 Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 455, 267. Theophanes included Jews in addition to Samaritans. See: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6021, 271 177 The revolt caused severe economic problems for the Christians in Palestine as well. 178 Procopius, The Secret History, 54-5
179 Malalas, The Chronicle of John Malalas, 487-8, 294-5. Theophanes copied Malalas and repeated that the Jews were involved, see: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6048, 337 180 Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 114. Palmer noted that Amantius was magister militium per Orientem after 555 and renown for his persecution of pagans and heretics. Pseudo-Dinysius uses the term stratelates because it is the seventh and eighth century term that replaced the term magister militium. Both titles have roughly the same meaning.
49
frontier were needed to quell it.181 The revolt created a lasting impression on the soldiers who returned to the Mesopotamian frontier, including the Edessene garrison. Second, the tension between Christians and Jews included both Christian creeds and was more significant than intra-Christian arguments. Pseudo-Dionysius called Amantius “a Christian and zealous in the Christian faith,” which he would not use unless Amantius was a Monophysite.182 These two revolts, in 529 and 555, altered the relationship between Christians, both the imperial rulers and the local populations, and the Jews.
These two events, one external and the other internal, caused a shift in the relationship between Jews and Christians. Problems between the two religious communities existed before trhis, notably the Jewish undermining of Tella’s defenses, but this was an isolated event. Edessene Christians, in contrast, provided food and aid to the Jews during the Sasanian siege of 503. The two large revolts and the Himyarite Jewish king’s persecutions, however, caused a rethinking of the state’s attitude toward its Jewish subjects. As Sharf noted “the Jews under Justinian had amply justified their frequent denunciation.”183 These changes occurred in the imperial reaction to Jews, since sources from Constantinople (e.g. Procopius, Malalas, Theophanes, etc.) discussed them. Using Pseudo-Dionysius, we can also examine the reaction of the Edessene Christians. Pseudo- Dionysius alone discussed the Himyarite threat in greater detail, likely because of his access to local sources, but its inclusion was noteworthy. The Jewish Himyarite danger altered the psyche of the Edessene Christians. The Samaritan-Jewish revolts, especially the revolt of 555, caused Roman soldiers in Mesopotamia to react strongly against any
181 Sharf noted that soldiers were called from North Africa as well. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 30. 182 See above for Pseudo-Dionysius’ use of words like “pious” and “zealous” toward Monophysites alone. 183 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 35. He discussed this again in Sharf, Andrew, Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium (Jerusalem: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1995), 98.
50
possible later Jewish revolts. The Edessene Jews neither helped the Himyarites nor the rebels, but remained quiet throughout this period.184 Nevertheless, the Edessene Christians realized that the Jews could rebel in the future and Jews realized that other rulers treated them better than the Romano-Byzantine state. The seventh century thus began with this inherent tension coupled with the destabilizing events of Maurice’s overthrow and the subsequent Sasanian invasion.
184 The lack of any discussion in Pseudo-Dionysius or elsewhere about the Edessene Jewish forces me to assume that they remained quiet. No Jewish or Christian sources exist that argue otherwise.
51
5. Jewish Edessene Reactions to the Invasions of the Early Seventh Century
The tension between Edessene Jews and Edessene Christians, which became pronounced during the middle of the sixth century, reached a climax during the Sasanian conquest and Byzantine re-conquest. Justin II, Tiberius, and Maurice continued the Justinian’s Jewish policies, but they recognized the possibility of Jewish revolts. A series of smaller incidents occurred during the last decades of the sixth century and the first decade of the seventh century, but they were local riots.
The tumultuous period from 609 to 638 complicated the relationship between the Jews and the Byzantine state. The Sasanian invasions during Phokas’ and Heraclius’ reigns created an entirely new situation for the Jews. Although it is unknown whether the Edessene Jews helped the Sasanians capture the city, Jews in other places – especially Jerusalem – were pivotal in helping Sasanian armies. The reaction of the Sasanians toward the Edessene Jews, during their control, is unclear as well. However, Khusrau’s support for previously non-imperial religions predisposed him toward a conciliatory policy to Jews as well. The period culminated in the Jewish garrisoning of Edessa with Sasanian soldiers following the end of the Byzantine-Sasanian War in 628. This Jewish refusal provides evidence that the Jews favored Sasanian to Byzantine rule.
The Sasanian occupation from 609-628 altered the Jewish relationship with the state and provided them with greater autonomy, which they were reluctant to relinquish, and the Byzantines could not provide them. Finally, in 632 Heraclius issued a decree to baptize all Jews, which largely failed, but created Jewish animosity toward the state. The Muslim capture of Edessa only solidified existing Jewish discontent with Byzantine rule – as the Jews became an equal and protected religion submitting to the jizyah, rather than
52
a completely subservient religion. Muslim control of Edessa provided the Jews with a status they had during the Sasanian occupation, as a protected equal religion – a status the Byzantine state did not provide them even before the many problems of the sixth century.
The Christian-Jewish interaction in Edessa during the reigns of Justin II, Tiberius, and Maurice differed little from that under Justinian, although there were no large revolts. Neither the Syriac (Pseudo-Dionysius) nor the Byzantine (Theophylact and Theophanes) authors mention any significant events during this period – whether in Edessa or throughout the empire. The Edessene Christians followed imperial edicts to allow Jews to worship without persecution.185 Several smaller incidents did occur, but these occurred primarily between the two circus factions, which included Jewish supporters and sources often interrelate anti-Jewish and circus faction fighting.186 One riot against the Jews occurred in Antioch in 592.187 Another riot in Antioch, in 608,188 resulted in rioters who killed, mutilated, and dragged the Chalcedonian patriarch Anastasius through the streets. Theophanes wrote “the Jews of Antioch, becoming disorderly, staged an uprising against the Christians and murdered Anastasios, the great patriarch of Antioch . . . and they killed many landowners and burnt them.”189 Only after Phokas dispatched soldiers were the Jews put down and the rioting stopped. The Chronicon Paschale, a contemporary source, recorded the incident differently and said only “it was announced
185 See Sharf’s explanation and discussion of this in detail at: Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 46. Another example of this continued protection for Jewish communities is from John of Ephesus’ Lives of the Eastern Saints. Selections concerning Christian-Jewish interactions are at: Susan A Harvey, Asceticism and Society in Crisis: John of Ephesus and the Lives of the Eastern Saints (Berkeley and Los Angelos: University of California Press, 1990), 53-4.
186 For more on the circus factions see: Alan Cameron, Circus Factions (Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1976), 187 See Sharf for this riot and the Roman response to it at: Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 45-6 Sharf also discussedthis at: Sharf, Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium, 98 188 Theophanes provided this date, while the Chronicon Paschale gave September 610. I have followed Theophanes here based on the translators’ reasoning. Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6101, 427, n3.
189 Ibid., AM 6101 425
53
that Anastasius . . . had been killed by soldiers.”190 Although the Jews rioted, they formed only a portion of the mob.191 Nevertheless, these were isolated incidents and did not occur in Edessa.
The initial Jewish reaction to the Sasanian conquest of Edessa is unknown. It cannot be determined if they supported the Sasanian conquest or if they, like many others, accepted the change in rulers. The fall of Jerusalem, however, presented a very different result. Two accounts, Sebeos and Pseudo-Dionysius, provided an account of Jerusalem’s fall. Jerusalem had originally surrendered peacefully, but some of the zealous Christians believed that they could regain control of the city and rioted. Thereafter, as Sebeos wrote:
there was warfare between the inhabitants of the city of Jerusalem, Jewish and Christian. The larger number of Christians had the upper hand and slew many Jews. The surviving Jews jumped from the walls and went to the Persian army.192
After joining the Sasanians, the Jews and Sasanians captured the city and killed many of the inhabitants. Pseudo-Dionysius combined the two captures of Jerusalem into one and said “Shahrvaraz [the Sasanian general] battered at the walls of Jerusalem and took it by the sword slaughtering 90,000 Christians in it. The Jews in their hatred actually bought Christians at a low price for the privilege of killing them.”193 Jerusalem, however, was unique because it had a much higher percentage of Jews and was symbolic for them as well. The Jews in most of the empire, including Edessa, neither supported nor hindered the Sasanian invasion.
190 Chron. Pasch., 150 191 Sharf said that the circus factions fighting caused the rioting and they were entirely to blame. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 47. The factions had a large role in the fighting, but the Jews were part of the factions and had a distinct role in the rioting – although somewhere between Theophanes and the Chronicon Paschale. 192 Sebeos 1, 69 193 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 128. 90,000 is a highly exaggerated number.
54
The Sasanians, despite the help they received from the Jews in re-capturing Jerusalem, maintained a delicate balance between Christians and Jews. In Jerusalem Khusrau “ordered the Jews to be expelled from the city.”194 They did not completely ban Jews from Jerusalem, but only those who tried to move there.195 The status of the Edessene Jews, however, remained unclear, as did the position of other Mesopotamian Jews.196 One of two scenarios occurred. First, Khusrau could have suppressed the Jews, but this was unlikely given his support for previously persecuted religions (e.g. Monophysites). Second, Khusrau could have allowed the Jews to retain, or strengthen, their status as a protected minority and thereby reinforce Jewish merchant trade between formerly Byzantine and Sasanian Mesopotamia. Furthermore, the Jews no longer feared indiscriminate imperial supported Christian rioting or persecutions, since the Sasanian state was not Christian. Given Khusrau’s pragmatic attitude toward the Monophysites and the sources’ lack of information to the contrary, Khusrau did not persecute the Jews in a systematic manner.197 The Jews, therefore, might not have loved the Sasanians but they lost nothing, and had everything to gain, under Sasanian rule.
Following the defeat of the Sasanians and the signing of a peace treaty, the borders returned to the status quo ante bellum – returning Edessa to Byzantine control. The Sasanian garrison of Edessa, however, refused to accept the peace treaty and continued to garrison the city, even when a Byzantine army surrounded it. Two sources, Sebeos and Pseudo-Dionysius, discussed the role of the Jews in helping the Sasanian
194 Sebeos 1., 116, 70 195 See the commentary on Sebeos at: Howard-Johnston, Sebeos 2, 208-9. 196 This is far from unusual, as most of the sources discussed little about the occupation other than references to a few events. 197 Sharf discussedthe attitude of the Jews toward the Sasanians, but he cannot conclude anything specific. He did note that the Sasanians persecuted the Jews in 581 and 590, but that these stopped during Khusrau’s reign. Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 49-50
55
garrison defend the city.198 Sebeos had the Jews acting alone in defending the city and, moreover, the Jews from across all Byzantine territory moved there. He wrote:
Then the twelve tribes of all the clans of the Jews went and gathered at the city of Edessa . . . they did not allow the army of the Roman empire to enter among them. Then the Greek king Heraclius ordered it to be besieged. When they realized that they were unable to resist him in battle, they parlayed for peace with him.199
Pseudo-Dionysius, in contrast, had the Jews of Edessa helping the Sasanian garrison. As he noted:
The Jews of Edessa were standing there on the wall with the Persians. Partly out of hatred for the Christians, but also in order to ingratiate themselves with the Persians, they began to insult the Romans . . . This provoked him [Theodore, Heraclius’ brother and the general commanding the siege] to an all-out attack on the city . . . The Persian resistance was crushed and they accepted an amnesty to return to their country.200
Sebeos’ account has significant problems. First, it was impossible for the Jews of Palestine, Syria, and Mesopotamia to move to Edessa. The Jews of the empire could neither logistically move to Edessa nor could they obtain sufficient supplies to survive once there.201 Second, the Jews lacked sufficient weapons to hold Edessa. Romano- Byzantine law neither allowed private citizens to possess weapons nor to drill.202 The Jews, therefore, did not have access to any arms with which to withstand a siege.203 Third, the Jews, as noted above, comprised fewer than ten percent of Edessa’s total
198 It is interesting that Sharf almost entirely ignores the account of Edessa’s re-conquest. 199 Sebeos 1., 95 200 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 139 201 The logistical nightmare of moving hundreds of thousands of people into Edessa, which undoubtedly could not hold that many people, and supplying them would be extremely onerous at the very least, if not completely impossible.
202 For a brief discussion of prohibitions on non-soldiers possessing arms and drilling see: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 50. See Chapter 6 for more information. 203 The withdrawing Sasanians could have left arms, but this was unlikely as well – since the garrison would gain nothing from providing arms to Jews. The garrison would only lose its own arms, which any military force would be reluctant to do. Further, if the garrison did withdraw and, therefore, accept the terms of peace with Byzantium they would not want to anger the Byzantine by leaving an armed and fortified city. This would only have provoked a Byzantine attack on the withdrawing garrison.
56
population – an insufficient number to garrison the city and enforce their will on the larger number of Christians. Finally, Sebeos’ account had a separate goal in mind. He wanted to explain the role of the Jews in the subsequent Muslim invasion.204 Thus, the Jews alone could not have defended Edessa.
Pseudo-Dionysius’ account is far more probable; as the Edessene Jews could have helped the Sasanian garrison defend the city. This would solve two of Sebeos’ problems – a lack of weapons, which the Sasanians could have provided them, and the Jews’ lack of sufficient manpower to garrison the city, since they helped the Sasanians. In addition, Pseudo-Dionysius provided a plausible explanation of what occurred next. After the garrison surrendered:
a certain Jew called Joseph, anticipating a pogrom, scaled down the wall and sped off to find Heraclius at Tella . . . he urged the King to forgive his fellow-Jews the insults to which they had subjected Theodoric [Theodore] and to send an envoy to restrain his brother from exacting vengeance.205
This was necessary because Theodoric “had already begun to kill them [the Jews] and to plunder their houses, when Joseph arrived with a letter from the King, by which he forbade his brother to harm them.”206 Despite the Jewish support for the Sasanians, Heraclius promoted a return to the status quo.207 At this point, Heraclius continued to support the Jews as a protected minority religion, though he was undoubtedly wary of their loyalty.
Pseudo-Dionysius’ account is more likely as well, if Heraclius’ actions after his pardon in 628 are examined. In 632, he issued a decree ordering the forced baptism of all
204 See below for more detail on this. 205 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 139 206 Ibid. 139-140 207 Heraclius sought to promote imperial unity by accepting all people in Sasanid occupied territory back into the empire, often without punishing them at all. For this policy see: Walter E. Kaegi, Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003),
57
Jews in the empire.208 The decree, however, was limited in its effect and in most places officials did not actively adopt its regulations.209 Michael the Syrian recorded that the Jews “came first of all to Edessa, but when they were assaulted there as well, they fled to Persia. A great number of them received baptism and became Christian”210 Undoubtedly, the decree affected some Jewish communities. Some Jews in Edessa converted and others fled, as Michael the Syrian noted, but the extent of its effect in Edessa, other than these two sentences, cannot be determined.
The decree sought to achieve religious unity among all Byzantine subjects, similar to Heraclius’ promotion of a Monothelete doctrine as a compromise between Chalcedonians and Monophysites.211 The forced baptism of Jews failed, just as Monotheletism did, because it had little time to affect those regions which had significant Jewish populations. The decree was not effective in Constantinople either by 641, as Nicephoros wrote.212 Even as the decree became effective, the Muslims began their attacks on Byzantine territory. Heraclius’ actions, both his protection of the Jews in 628 and his decree of 632, had the same goal – re-establishing a peaceful and unified empire. Both acts examined together, therefore, agree with one another, though they ostensibly differ. Heraclius interaction with Jews had not changed significantly from Justinian’s.
208 Ibid. 147, n347. The Chronicle of Zunquin provided an account as well, but placed it incorrectly under Phokas’ reign. “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775),” AG 928, 55. Sharf discussed why the forced conversion occurred under Heraclius and not Phokas at: Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 48. This begs the question, why would Heraclius need to baptize the Edessene Jews if they had been expelled? Thus, the expulsion either did not occur or did not succeed.
209 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 53-4 and Sharf, Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium, 102-3 210 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 147, n347 211 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 53-4
212 Nicephorus wrote that the people of Constantinople rioted against the Patriarch Pyrrhus “accompanied by a group of Jews and other unbelievers.” His demarcation between Jews and the Christians of Constantinople makes it clear that both were involved. Nikephoros, Short History, 83.
58
They were a protected minority, but one that must eventually conform to the empire’s interests.
The Muslim invasions created a new crisis for the Byzantine Empire and a new role of the Jews. Sebeos’ account, noted above, continued: “Taking desert roads, they [the Jews] went to Tachkastan, to the sons of Ismael, summoned them to their aid and informed them of their blood relationship through the testament of scripture.”213 Although the two religions were unable to solve their religious differences, Sebeos wrote that the Jews helped the Muslims in their conquest of the eastern provinces. This aid culminated when the Jews and Muslims, according the Sebeos, formed a large army together, demanded Palestine back from the Byzantines, and then defeated a Byzantine army in battle.214 The Jews came from Edessa and, therefore, all the Edessene Jews left Byzantine territory. However, this explanation, like his earlier discussion of the Jewish defense of Edessa, is not feasible. Aside from significant theological differences and further logistical impossibilities, Sebeos believed that the Muslims represented the fourth and final kingdom of Daniel’s prophecy.215 The unity between the Jews and Muslims, examined in this context, makes Sebeos’ entire account largely implausible, since it existed to fulfill a specific objective.
The role of the Jews in the Muslim conquest of Edessa is unclear. The Muslims did not always support the Jews and Muhammad had expelled the Jewish Hijazi tribes, who had refused to recognize his rule.216 Theophanes recognized the differences
213 Sebeos 1., 95 214 Ibid. 215 For a longer discussion see: Howard-Johnston, Sebeos 2., 238-240 216 Sharf, Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade, 52
59
between the two religions as well.217 Finally, some Samaritan soldiers in Palestine, with a small Byzantine force, fought one of the first Muslim raids, but were crushed. One account noted that Byzantine general “assembled his own forces and sent for 5,000 Samaritan foot-soldiers to strengthen his arm in the coming encounter with the Arabs.”218 A second Syriac account expanded this to include “Christians, Jews, and Samaritans.”219 Even Theophanes mentioned the Jewish and Samaritan soldiers, although he left the reader to infer their involvement.220 Thus, a contradictory image emerged – Jews both aided the Muslims and defended Byzantine territory. Nevertheless, the Edessene Jews did not react differently from the Edessene Christian to the Muslim capture of the city – they took little, if any, active role.
The Edessene Jews under Muslim control had the status of any other non-Muslim religion of the book. The Jews submitted to Muslim authority and paid the jizyah and thereby gained the freedom to worship. Edessene Syriac sources mentioned few specifics about Jewish actions under Muslim control and nothing about Edessene Jews. The lack of information about Edessene Jews does not, however, make Sebeos’ view on the complete expulsion of Jews more likely. Pseudo-Dionysius’ description of the Jews fleeing to Persia or converting was not necessarily true for all Edessene Jews. Heraclius’ decree only affected Edessa, if it had any effect at all, for seven years – the last five of which Heraclius was more concerned with the Muslim military threat than converting
217 See his short discussion at: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6122, 464 218 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 146 219 “Extract from a Chonicle Composed About Ad 640,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles
(Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993), AG 945, 19 220 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6124, 467
60
Jews. Finally, many of the Jews likely converted back, since they were forced to become Christians only for a short period of time.
Pseudo-Dionysius, noted in Theophanes as well, wrote two stories about Jews after the Muslim conquest. In the first, the Muslims wanted to know why a mosque they were constructing would not stand. To which “the filthy Jews told them: ‘Unless you take down that cross on the Mount of Olives . . . you will never succeed in building it.’”221 Similarly, in Damascus Mu’awiya forbade the cross to be shown and “the Jewish people were overjoyed.”222 He eventually reversed this decree and ordered only those crosses that could be seen from the street removed, which pleased the Christians.223 These examples exhibit the fundamental transformation in Christian-Jewish relations under Muslim occupation, as the Muslims reduced Christian status to a level equivalent with the Jews. The Jews likely had to remove their religious symbols as well, but this was not a change for them since they had submitted to Christian religious control for centuries. Thus, the Edessene Jews held, at a minimum, the same social status under Muslim control as they had under Christian control and likely had a substantially greater position.
During the Sasanian occupation of the eastern provinces the Jews regained considerable autonomy and, during the conquest, some Jewish communities helped the Sasanians. The Sasanians did not treat the Jews significantly better than various Byzantine Christians rulers, but they were no longer subject to mob violence. In Edessa, the Jews helped the Sasanian garrison temporarily hold the city. Heraclius refrained from punishing the Edessene Jews afterward and his decree of forced conversion was largely
221 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 167. See also: Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6135, 476 222 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 169 223 Ibid., 170
61
ineffective. The Jews, therefore, neither supported Romano-Byzantine rule nor completely rejected it. Although they had long wanted a re-creation of their own state in Palestine, they experienced a continuation of mostly benign Romano-Byzantine occupation. The Sasanians acted more benevolently toward them, hence their support for the Sasanian garrison in 628. The short period of Byzantine rule from 628-639 did little to endear them to the empire, especially following Heraclius’ decree of baptism in 632. Thus, the Muslim conquest offered the Jews a return to the status they had achieved under Sasanian rule – an equal and protected religion without mob incited violence against them. The Jews had nothing to lose, and everything to gain, if Sasanians or Muslims controlled Edessa.
6. Weapons, Military Strategy, and the Sieges of Edessa
The reaction of the Edessenes to the Romano-Byzantine Empire undoubtedly transformed during the sixth and early seventh centuries. Despite these changes, the Edessenes had similar views of the numerous invasions and sieges – principally a reluctance to defend the city unless the Romano-Byzantine military aided them. The Edessenes had practical reasons for this reaction. First, Roman law prohibited non- soldiers from carrying or using a weapon, with significant penalties if civilians broke the law. Second, the empire controlled state weapons manufactories, one of which was in Edessa, and had supervision over all private weapons manufacturers. Finally, Romano-
62
Byzantine military defense depended upon “soft” defensive frontiers, which stressed strategic campaigns without climactic battles. Romano-Byzantine armies would withdraw from indefensible territory and, therefore, would protect cities, including Edessa, only when the city had sufficient defenses. When the state provided an adequate garrison, the soldiers provided the Edessenes with a role in defending their city, thereby ensuring that the populace helped protect the city as well. Nevertheless, when the military chose not to provide soldiers to defend Edessa, the Edessenes could not hold the city.
The sieges or captures of Edessa during this period – 503, 544, 603, 609, 628, and 639 – exemplified this situation. The Edessenes, who might otherwise have rejected their rulers because of religious changes that occurred, could not successfully defend their city, or revolt, because they lacked the means. Romano-Byzantine law made it difficult for the Edessene populace to help defend the city. More significantly, successful defensive military strategies depended on a strong military presence to defend Edessa adequately – which, when lacking, significantly undermined any defense by the Edessene populace alone.
Romano-Byzantine law was explicit on the carrying and use of weapons and had been for hundreds of years. Justinian’s Codex, containing pronouncements from previous emperors, had a law titled “The Use of Arms without the Knowledge of the Emperor is Forbidden.”224 Emperors Valentinian and Valens, in 364 AD, issued it which said “no one shall, hereafter, without Our knowledge and consent, have the right to bear arms of any description whatever.”225 Justinian, in his novels, detailed banned weapons
224 The Civil Law, 11. 46.1, 200 225 Ibid.
63
including – bows and arrows, all types of swords, hunting knives, spears, shields, and helmets.226 The state, therefore, carefully controlled the bearing of arms and most Edessenes did not have weapons.
The state controlled the manufacturing of weapons as well, easily regulating the buying or selling of arms. The same law that prohibited civilians from buying or owning weapons also prohibited arms manufactures from selling weapons. The law stated that:
no private person shall engage in the manufacture of weapons, and that only those shall be authorized to do so who are employed in public arsenals, or are called armorers; and also that manufacturers of arms should not sell them to any private individual.227
This included a prohibition on refurbishing weapons that a person already had in their possession.228 In addition, fifteen state controlled manufacturers existed – with one in Edessa. The state organized these manufacturers, called fabricae, similarly to the army. All of the workers held military ranks, they were branded to prevent desertion, and a military style hierarchy existed.229 The state supplied them with the necessary raw materials to create weapons as well, ensuring that they did not require private funding or support.230
The state placed strict punishments on any person, soldier or civilian breaking these laws. The state, since it provided arms to its soldiers, emplaced strict measures to ensure that soldiers did not misuse weapons. The state required retiring or dismissed
226 Ibid. Constitutions 6.14.4, 316 227 Ibid. Constitutions 6.14.1, 316 228 Ibid. 229 For a brief discussion see: Haldon, Byzantium, 239. For a longer discussion see: A. H. M. Jones, The Later Roman Empire 284-602, vol. 2, 2 vols. (Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986), 834- 6. Both of these rely on the Notitia Dignitatum Orientalis, which unfortunately has not been translated from Latin.
230 Jones, LRE. 834-6
64
soldiers to return their arms, which it often reissued to newly recruited soldiers.231 Further, “a soldier who has lost or disposed of his weapons in wartime suffers capital punishment.”232 Not surprisingly, the penalty during war was harsher, but it still focused on the state’s control of weapons. Finally, the state did not allow individuals to employ soldiers privately, since the state had trained and issued weapons to the soldiers.233 The state punished civilians for having weapons as well, especially criminal actions in which a person used a weapon violently. These weapons included “anything flung from the hand. So it includes missiles of stone, wood, or iron.”234 The state, therefore, severely punished an individual who used any weapon – whether it was a traditional weapon, like a sword, or a makeshift weapon, like a wooden club.
In Edessa, these laws were likely enforced like anywhere else, but the military fabrica in the city added an additional disincentive for private manufacturers to exist. For many soldiers transportation of arms across large distances was costly and, therefore, they often sought other places from which to attain arms.235 The soldiers in Edessa, however, could attain arms directly from the fabrica in the city and would not need to find other manufacturers. Edessa thus likely had fewer non-state sponsored manufacturers, since soldiers did not need these unofficial manufactures. Civilians, since they could not legally buy arms from the fabrica, had few, if any, other manufacturers
231 J.F. Haldon, Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565-1204 (London: UCL Press, 1999), 258 232 The Digest of Justinian, trans. Alan Watson, vol. 2, 2 vols. (Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1998), 49.16.13
233 The Civil Law, trans. S. P. Scott, vol. 7, 7 vols. (Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973), Constitutions 8.17, 48-9 234 Justinian’s Institutes trans. Peter Birks & Grant McLeod (Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1987), 4.18.5, 145
235 See for example: Warren Treadgold, Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081 (Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995), 179-180.
65
from which to buy weapons. Fewer civilian Edessenes, therefore, could buy or own a weapon, making it harder to defend the city without significant military help.
Romano-Byzantine military strategy during the sixth and seventh centuries created a second significant problem for civilians attempting to defend cities. Maurice’s236 Strategikon, along with a few other military treatises, codified the various Romano-Byzantine strategies during this period. The Strategikon proscribed a military theory in which campaign strategy, rather than battle tactics, was preeminent. The Strategikon repeatedly noted this concept stating “the leader must take advantage of favorable times and places in fighting against the enemy” and, most notably, “a general should never have to say: ‘I did not expect it.’”237 If an enemy army invaded, Romano- Byzantine armies “must be sure not to engage it in a pitched battle.”238 As a result, borders were not hard defensive lines, which the military sought to protect at all costs, but rather long frontiers zones from which the army withdrew to more defensible territory.239
This strategy caused Romano-Byzantine armies to protect only defensible cities, while withdrawing from exposed ones. The state’s primary goal remained, however, to defend its subjects. An anonymous military treatise from the sixth century advocated protecting “not only the security of the army but of the cities and the entire country, so that the people who live there may suffer no harm at all from the enemy.”240 Overall
236 The Strategikon was written between 592 and 610, either by Maurice or another senior military commander. A debate exists on who wrote it and when, but for the purpose of this paper I will assume Maurice wrote it. For a brief discussion of this argument see: Maurice’s Strategikon, trans. George T. Dennis (Philadelphia University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984), XVI-XVIII.
237 Ibid. 61, 81 238 Ibid. 107 239 Haldon, Warfare, State and Society, 60-3 240 “The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy,” trans. George T. Dennis, Three Byzantine Military Treatises (Washington D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks, 1985), 21
66
military strategy, nonetheless, dictated whether the military chose to defend a city and, when a city fell outside the defensive sphere, the state often chose to withdraw its soldiers. The Strategikon stated this explicitly saying “preparations should be made to transfer the inhabitants of weaker places to more strongly fortified ones.”241 The state defended cities, if a large mobile relief force were nearby, which could then threaten the besieging army’s supplies and communication lines.242 Cities, therefore, were important defensive fortifications, but were not protected unless a sufficient army, with a specific strategic objective, chose to defend it. The state followed this strategic idea when defending Edessa or other cities in Mesopotamia.
Romano-Byzantine strategy provided a negligible role for urban inhabitants during a war or siege. The anonymous treatise noted that “provision for food and water for the army and for the civilian population is both the beginning and the end of any plan of defense.”243 The Strategikon provided a direct role for civilians saying “if the civil population stays in the city, they too must join with the men distributed along the wall to help the soldiers.”244 However, both manuals do not believe that civilians were very useful in a siege. The Strategikon explicitly stated that civilians, or others who promised to fight for the state, should not be provided with arms.245 Further, the primary reason to have civilians defend the city was because it “makes them ashamed to rebel.”246 The anonymous treatise went further and blamed civilians if counter-tactics against a besieging army failed.247 Thus, the army formed the strongest defense against a
241 The Strategikon meant soldiers when using the term “inhabitants” here. Maurice’s Strategikon, 108 242 See a brief discussion of this in: Haldon, Warfare, State and Society, 69-71. 243 “The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy,” 23 244 Maurice’s Strategikon, 109
245 Ibid., 82 246 Ibid., 109 247 “The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy,” 43
67
besieging army and the state assumed that civilians would not significantly help defend a city.
The state defended cities that it had a strategic reason to protect; otherwise it withdrew to a more defensible position. Romano-Byzantine strategy defended no city, except for Constantinople, at all costs. The state calculated the risk and cost of defending cities and chose to defend those which had strong defenses and a significant military presence. Every besieged city expected a relief force to arrive as well, which would force the enemy to retreat and then, if possible, engage them in battle with a superior army. Further, the state did not provide urban residents with a significant role in a siege, but rather sought to prevent them from aiding the enemy or becoming discontent. Civilians did not have the ability, since they lacked arms and training, to defend their city without help from the military. Edessenes followed this approach as well, which explains their actions in the various sieges of the sixth and early seventh centuries.
The first major siege of Edessa during this period occurred in 503 AD. Following the Sasanian invasion of Mesopotamia, Emperor Anastasius sent a substantial army to defend the region under the command of a general named Aereobindus. The Roman army tried to defend the frontier through a series of counter-offensives, but eventually withdrew. As Procopius related:
Aereobindus, when he ascertained that Cabades [Sasanid Emperor Kawad] was coming upon them with his whole army, abandoned his camp, and, in company with all his men turned to flight and retired on the run to Constantina. And the enemy . . . captured the camp without a man in it.248
Aereobindus’ withdrawal followed Romano-Byzantine defensive strategy perfectly – retreat to a fortified position when confronted with a superior enemy force. Kawad then
248 Procopius, The Persian War, 1.8.11, 65
68
moved his army and besieged Edessa. Inside Edessa, however, were Aereobindus and his 12,000 man army.249 Pseudo-Joshua explained that Edessa did not surrender, after Kawad’s two short investments of the city in 503, because Christ protected the city.250 However, Kawad’s siege largely failed for two reasons, both of which followed Romano- Byzantine strategy. First, Aereobindus’ army was substantial in size and would have repulsed an assault on the city.251 Second, Anastaius, after receiving word of the Sasanian invasion and siege, dispatched a second army to relieve any sieges. Edessa was held – not because of Christ’s promise, since it fell to the Sasanians later – but because of a strong military presence.
The civilian Edessenes participated in the defense of the city, but only in an ad hoc manner, since they had no weapons or training. The women “carried water and took it outside the wall for the fighters to drink,” which was their tactical role. 252 A few villagers “went out against him [Kawad’s army] with slings and felled many of his mailed men.”253 Although slings were projectile weapons that the state nominally prohibited, villagers required them to defend their flocks from wild animals. The state, therefore, likely ignored their use. It is notable, however, that they only used these weapons. Finally, Pseudo-Joshua did not discuss Aereobindus, or any other Roman army official, providing civilians with weapons to fight the Sasanians. Civilians aided in the
249 He and his army had moved there from Tella-Constantine. For a summary of the events before, during, and after the siege of 503 see: Pseudo-Joshua., 75-82. 250 Supposedly, Christ wrote a letter to Adgar, the king of Edessa, saying that Edessa would never fall to the enemy. This idea was widespread, since the Sasanid allied Arab Lakhmid King Nu’man, discussed it as a reason not to besiege Edessa. For Nu’man’s knowledge and discussion with Kawad see: Ibid., 71. For the promise as it relates to the siege see: Ibid., 78.
251 For the size of his army see: Pseudo-Joshua., 65. For a longer explanation of why an assault would have failed see: Pseudo-Joshua.,78, n375. 252 Pseudo-Joshua., 78 253 Ibid., 80
69
defense, but only a few of them and only with weapons that the state did not prohibit them from using.
The siege of 544 was longer and more difficult, since the Romans lacked a significant field army to relieve the city. Procopius’ account of this siege was detailed, although it did not mention the number of soldiers defending Edessa. The Sasanians besieged Edessa with a large army, since Emperor Khusrau I (r. 531-79) was present during the siege.254 The Edessenes again partially helped defend the city. Procopius noted this several times saying:
as the conflict advanced the city became full of confusion and tumult, and the whole population, even women and little children, were going up on the wall. Now those who were of military age together with the soldiers were repelling the enemy most vigorously.255
The Edessenes aided the defense because the Roman garrison had no intention of surrendering the city, as they had enough men to mount an adequate defense.256 Khusrau eventually withdrew, after failing to capture the city, and the Roman authorities paid him a tribute.257 Similar to the siege of 503, the Edessenes defended the city in 544 because a large Roman garrison would not surrender. Khusrau had no expectation of capturing the city, but instead sought to force the Romans to pay tribute. As Procopius noted, almost immediately after surrounding Edessa Khusrau had a vision and “decided to sell his withdrawal to the citizens of Edessa for a great sum of money.”258 The city held in 544
254 It would be unlikely that the Sasanian emperor would accompany anything other than a large army. For a full account of the siege see: Procopius, The Persian War, 2.26-7, 489-515. 255 Ibid., 2.27.32-5, 511 256 Procopius never provided a figure for the size of the Edessene garrison. However, there are short passages that reveal that the garrison was large. For example, Procopius wrote that the reason civilian Edessenes defended the wall was because the Sasanians “were great in numbers and fighting against a very small force, since most of the Romans had not heard what was going on.” Ibid., 2.27.31, 511
257 Ibid., 2.27.46, 515 258Ibid., 2.26.13-4, 493
70
because of a strong military presence, but had to pay a tribute because the emperor did not dispatch a relief force.
Narses’ revolt and capture of Edessa in 603, and its subsequent re-capture by an army loyal to Phokas, occurred because the defenders in Edessa were inadequate to hold the city. Narses seized Edessa in 603 easily because he commanded the main army on the Sasanian frontier. A number of different sources related this event. One Syriac chronicle noted that “Narseh entered Edessa” while Theophanes wrote that “Narses, who was a Roman general, rose up against the usurper and seized Edessa.”259 What is clear was that Narses had no problem controlling Edessa. The few garrison soldiers in Edessa, if there were any, quickly surrendered. Phokas responded by dispatching armies from the Balkans and other areas loyal to him, which greatly outnumbered Narses and besieged Edessa.260
Narses experienced a considerable problem. Phokas’ loyal army greatly outnumbered his own and he had no hope of relief.261 Further, Phokas’ army commander, Domentziolos, promised Narses that he would not be severely punished if he surrendered, which greatly induced Narses to capitulate.262 It was possible that Narses retreated to Hierapolis as well, thereby negating any reason for soldiers in Edessa to continue his rebellion.263 Domentziolos then “pardoned the Edessenes for their share in
259 “Extracts from the Chronicles of AD 819 and AD 846,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chonicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), AG 912, 76; Theophanes, Theoph, AM 6095, 419. For a secondary source’s view of this see: Walter E. Kaegi, Byzantine Military Unrest: 471-843 (Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1981), 140-1.
260 For an approximation of the army’s numbers in the various provinces see: Treadgold, Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081, 59-64. 261 The Sasanian army under Khusrau, which according to Sebeos, had allied with Narses was currently besieging the vital border city of Dara. Thus, Khusrau could not relieve Narses. See for example: Sebeos 1, 58 or Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6096, 420.
262 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6097, 421 263 Theophanes believed that this occurred. Ibid., AM 6096, 420
71
the rebellion” and returned Edessa to Byzantine rule.264 Thus, Narses’ rebellion failed because he had no outside support. Only the soldiers stationed around the Sasanian frontier revolted with him and, furthermore, many of them were in Dara attempting to hold the city against a Sasanian army. Domentziolos did pardon almost all the Edessenes, but the people in the city could hardly be expected to have fought off either Narses’ soldiers or Domentziolos’.265 Narses rebellion and the subsequent re-capture of Edessa followed Romano-Byzantine military strategy, rather than Edessene loyalty or disloyalty to the state for religious reasons.
Edessa finally fell to the Sasanians in 609 because a Byzantine army did not garrison Edessa and most other soldiers were involved in the civil war between Heraclius and Phokas. Sebeos’ account, the most lengthy, was as follows:
they besieged the city of Urha, and attacked it. But the [Edessenes], because of the multitude of the [Persian] troops and the victory in the engagements, and since they had no expectation of salvation from anywhere, parlayed for peace, and requested an oath that they would not destroy the city. Then, having opened the city gate, they submitted.266
Sebeos’ account explained perfectly the military situation in and around Edessa. The Sasanians had defeated all of the Byzantine armies on the eastern frontier, any other army was occupied in the civil war, and the city only had a small garrison. For the Edessene people and the Byzantine garrison, surrender was the only viable alternative. Edessa’s fall was almost an afterthought. The Sasanians already controlled the Mesopotamian frontier and the countryside around Edessa. Further, the Edessenes, even if they wanted
264 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 121 265 He did execute one prominent Edessene, Thomas Bardoyo. Pseudo-Dionysius was concerned with this family, since they were prominently mentioned several other times in his narrative. A member of this family provided a source for his history. For this see: Ibid. 266 Sebeos 1., 63. Several other sources briefly discussed the surrender of Edessa. See for example: Chron. Pasch., 149 or Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 38.
72
to continue fighting, still lacked sufficient weapons or training to withstand a siege. During the previous two Sasanian sieges, in 503 and 544, the Edessenes helped defend the city, when a large Romano-Byzantine army was there as well. Ordinary Edessenes were not going to defend the city when they could not win.
The Muslims captured Edessa in 639 under similar circumstances to the Sasanians in 609.267 The Byzantine army was substantially reduced following its victory in the Persian war and did not expect a threat from Muslim Arab tribes in the south. The Byzantines defended the empire from the Muslim invasion, but their armies were completely destroyed at the battle of Yarmuk in 636.268 Following this devastating defeat, Heraclius ordered the withdrawal of most remaining Byzantine soldiers north of the Taurus mountains – the next geographically defensible position.269 Edessa likely had its normal garrison from 628-39. Heraclius did, however, set up his headquarters there before, during, and after the battle of Yarmuk – undoubtedly increasing the military contingent of the city.270 Once Heraclius withdrew he likely brought the garrison and all valuable military stores with him. His withdrawal, therefore, left Edessa less defended than in 609, since it now had few soldiers or weapons to withstand a siege.
Edessa, and the rest of Mesopotamia, did not surrender immediately following Heraclius’ withdrawal. Theophanes recorded that the governor of Osrhoene, John Kataias, collected 100,000 solidi as tribute for a one year truce. After the Muslims
267 I have already discussed the intervening Byzantine recapture of the city in 628 and the Jewish resistance above. As noted there, this followed similar military logic. 268 For the earliest primary source about the battle of Yarmuk see: “A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, AD 637,” 3-4. For a secondary source see for example Kaegi, Heraclius, 240-4.
269 For Heraclius’ actions after the defeat at Yarmuk see: Kaegi, Heraclius, 243-259. 270 Al-Tabari mentioned his withdrawal from Edessa. al-Tabari, The Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah and the Conquest of Syria and Palestine, trans. Yohanan Friedmann, The History of Al-Tabari, ed. Ehsan Yar- Shater, vol. 12, 38 vols. (Albany: State University of New York, 1992), 181. A sizable bodyguard or contingent of soldiers would accompany an emperor when he traveled.
73
agreed to the tribute “John returned to Edessa and, having collected the annual tax, sent it to Iad.”271 Heraclius, however, refused to accept this agreement and dismissed John Kataias from his office and, once again, Edessa was left unprotected from Muslim armies.
Three types of sources discussed the fall of Edessa in 639 – Byzantine, Syriac/Armenian, and Muslim. Each provided a slightly different account, but all three noted that the Muslims captured Edessa peacefully. Theophanes’ account, the only Byzantine notice of Edessa’s fall, wrote “Iad crossed the Euphrates with his whole army and reached Edessa. The Edessenes opened their gates and were given terms, including their territory, their military commander, and the Romans who were with him.”272 Pseudo-Dionysius’ wrote:
when Ptolemy [John Kataias’ replacement as governor] refused to pay the tribute to the Arabs, they crossed over the Euphrates and made for Edessa. The Edessenes went out and secured assurances and a covenant . . . The Edessenes had also received an assurance with regard to Ptolemy and his Romans, so they returned to their country.273
Other Syriac chroniclers provided briefer descriptions of Edessa’s capture.274 Sebeos was unusually brief saying “on the other side of the river [they occupied] Urha and all the cities of Mesopotamia.”275
Al-Tabari’s account was similar and he repeated it several times. Initially he wrote that “the first man to cause the dogs of al-Ruha [Edessa] to bark and its fowls to be
271 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6128, 472 272 Ibid., AM 6130, 473 273 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 163 274 The Chronicle of Zunquin said only “Iyad entered Edessa.” “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775),” AG 948, 57. Another chronicle said only “the first of their leaders to enter Edessa and Harran was Abu Badr.” “Extracts from the Chronicles of AD 819 and AD 846,” AG 947, 77 275 Sebeos 1., 98
74
scared was Ziyad b. Hanzalah.”276 He repeated the same story later saying “Iyad marched on al-Jazirah [Mesopotamia] and descended with his troops on al-Ruha, whose inhabitants concluded a peace treaty with him on the condition that they pay the jizyah.”277 Al-Tabari repeated the story of Edessa from another different source a little later as well.278 A second Muslim account, al-Baladhuri, noted
Iyad advanced to ar-Ruha whose people gathered against and shot at the Moslems for an hour. The fighters made a sally, but the Moslems put them to flight and forced them to seek refuge in the city. No sooner had that taken place than they offered to capitulate and make peace.279
The Muslim sources accord with the Byzantine and Syriac chronicles. All the sources were, remarkably, in almost complete agreement and several
conclusions can be deduced. First, a military garrison remained in Edessa after Heraclius’ departure. This military contingent, however, was extremely small and, as al- Baladhuri wrote, resisted for a very brief time. Second, their resistance was a demonstration, rather than an actual defense, since the garrison wanted to lightly resist – otherwise the Muslims might have been tempted to sack the city if there was no resistance at all. Third, the Muslims allowed the Byzantine garrison to withdraw to the north. All of the sources differentiate between the Edessenes and the garrison, thereby confirming the difference between ordinary Edessenes and Byzantine soldiers.280 The soldiers attempted to resist, but were defeated and then sent north – while the Muslims left the Edessenes alone. Fourth, the Muslims refrained from imposing any harsh
276 i.e. the first Muslim to enter Edessa. al-Tabari, Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah., 181 277 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq, Southwestern Persia, and Egypt, trans. Gautier H A Juynboll, The History of Al-Tabari, ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater, vol. 13, 38 vols. (Albany: State University of New York, 1989), 86 278 Ibid., 88 279 Ahmad ibn-Jabir al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, trans. Philip Khuri Hitti (New York: AMS Press, 1968), 272 280 Haldon discussed the differences between soldiers and civilians. He noted that they were in completely different social classes. Haldon, Warfare, State and Society, 256-7
75
penalties on Edessa, but rather asked for tribute. This payment was little different than what the Edessenes might otherwise have paid to the Byzantine state in taxes. Finally, the Muslims applied Edessa’s surrender terms to many of the nearby Mesopotamian cities, demonstrating that cities in similar situations liked the terms.281 Edessa peacefully surrendered because, just as during the Sasanians capture in 609, the military garrison was small, the Edessenes could not defend the city, and the remnants of the Byzantine field armies had withdrawn.
The fortress city of Dara presented an important contrast to Edessa’s peaceful surrender. Anastasius built Dara at the conclusion of the Roman-Persian War of 502- 6.282 Its primary purpose was to be the significant military base closest to the Sasanian border. Therefore, the Romano-Byzantine state almost always defended it. Its capture in 573 had “plunged [Justin II] into a deranged state” because he realized its importance.283 A Syriac chronicle noted its capture and the subsequent Sasanian sack as well.284 A Byzantine military presence always garrisoned Dara, since it was a principal fortification.
Thus, even though no army could relieve Dara, it attempted to withstand a Muslim siege because it had a large number of soldiers. Theophanes wrote that “they [the Muslim forces] went on to Daras, which they also took by war and slew many people therein.”285 Pseudo-Dionysius noted this as well saying “next he [Iyad] went to Dara, assaulted it likewise, took it and killed every Roman in the city.”286 Pseudo-Dionysius’ account differentiated between the Byzantine garrison, all of whom were killed, and the
281 See for example: al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, 272 & 275 282 For the building of Dara in 506 see: Procopius, The Persian War, 1.10.13-8, 81-2. 283 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6066, 366 284 See: “Extract from a Chonicle Composed About AD 640,” trans. Andrew Palmer, The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), AG 884, 16 285 Theophanes, Theoph., AM 6130, 473 286 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 163
76
civilian population, which survived its capture. Another Syriac source noted that a siege occurred, but “in the end they made an agreement and they conquered the city.”287 Finally, the two Muslim sources differed on its capture. Al-Tabari noted that “Sa’d himself moved with the remainder of the Muslim warriors to Dara and went against it until he conquered it.”288 Al-Baladhuri differed from all other sources and noted only that the Muslims peacefully captured Dara.289
All of the sources, with the exception of al-Baladhuri agree that some type of resistance occurred, but they are divided on the extent of Dara’s defense. If both extreme accounts are discounted, Theophanes’ story that many people were killed and al- Baladhuri’s chronicle that no one died, then the other sources mostly agree. The garrison must have known that aid would not arrive, yet chose, unlike the Edessene garrison, to resist. A number of unknown local factors could have influenced their refusal (e.g. a stubborn local commander), but the garrison followed Romano-Byzantine military strategy. Even if no help was forthcoming, the garrison was strong enough to resist an attack. Unlike Edessa, which the Romano-Byzantine state chose to defend when necessary, Dara was the key defensive fortress in Mesopotamia. It had the necessary weapons and garrison to withstand a siege, which it did both successfully and unsuccessfully throughout the sixth and early seventh centuries.
When the Romano-Byzantine military, with some help from the civilian Edessene population, defended the city resistance could succeed. The Romano-Byzantine state successfully defended Edessa in 503 and 544 because a large army garrisoned the city, while in 609 and 639 there was none. The defenders in 503 had hope of a strong relief
287 “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775),” AG 952, 57 288 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq,. 86 289 al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, 275
77
force as well, which outside events made impossible in 609 and 639. Romano-Byzantine law and military strategy denied Edessene civilians the ability to help defend their city or rebel against Romano-Byzantine forces. These five case studies show why Edessenes fought or surrendered – Romano-Byzantine strategy depended upon large garrisons or armies to defend cities, not the populace. When there was neither sufficient weapons or training for the populace nor enough soldiers to defend the city, the people surrendered. The Edessenes might have had differing levels of support for the state, especially once they were predominantly Monophysite rather than Chalcedonian. Specific Edessenes might also have supported the Romano-Byzantine state, the Sasanians or the Muslims for various personal reasons. Nevertheless, the overwhelming factor in determining control of Edessa was the military prospect of successfully defending the city.
78
7. Appendices A. The Demographic Effect of the Plague of 541-4
The plague which devastated the Near East starting in 541 caused a significant decrease in the overall Roman population. Several primary sources provided lengthy accounts of its devastating effect. Procopius began his account saying “during these times there was a pestilence, by which the whole human race came near to being annihilated.”290 His account provided a quasi-scientific examination of the plague, although he denied this.291 He described its effect as follows:
and when it came about that all the tombs which had existed previously were filled with the dead, then they dug up all the places about the city one after the other, laid the dead there, each one as he could, and departed; but later on those who were making these trenches, no longer able to keep up with the number of dying . . . filled practically all the towers with corpses, and then covered them again with their roofs.292
290 Procopius, The Persian War 2.22.1, 451 291 Ibid., 2.22.1-3, 451-3 292 Ibid. ,2.23.9-11, 467-9
79
Pseudo-Dionysius’ account, derived completely from John of Ephesus, utilized biblical quotations and apocalyptic ideas. He concentrated on the devastation in Constantinople and provided allusions to the correct moral actions during this tumultuous period.293 Finally, he briefly alluded to the devastation in the eastern provinces as well, but did not provide references to a specific city.294
The plague devastated the empire. Procopius provided the only figure on the number of deaths, which he stated was fifty percent of the total population.295 Modern scholars have estimated that the plague killed close to one third of the Byzantine population, rather than half.296 The population in 540, directly before the plague, has been estimated at 26 million, while 25 years later – at Justinian’s death – it was approximately 19.5 million. This significant decrease in population occurred during Justinian’s re-conquest of the Italy, North Africa, and Spain. Thus, the plague devastated the empire, especially since the overall population in this period should have grown substantially with the addition of new territories.
The plague almost certainly had the same effect in Edessa, although the exact population cannot be determined. Nevertheless, this certainly caused a significant crisis in the city, since many of the farmers could no longer be depended upon to supply food to Edessa. Further, the second significant siege, in 544, occurred directly after the plague had finally began to slow. The defenders would have required fewer supplies to hold the city, since many of the urban residents were dead, but fewer civilians could help defend
293 For this lengthy account see: Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III, 74-98 294 Ibid., 80 295 Procopius, The Secret History, trans. H.B. Dewing, Procopius in Seven Volumes, ed. H.B. Dewing, vol. 6, 7 vols. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969), 18.44, 227. I have used this version rather than the other version here, since the translation is better here. 296 For population figures see: Treadgold, Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081, 159-63.
80
the city for the same reason. The plague had a devastating effect on Edessa and its effect on the demographics of the city cannot be overlooked.
B. Edessene Problems with Sasanid Rule
During the Sasanian occupation of Edessa, Khusrau became angered at the Edessenes for the populace’s animosity toward the Sasanid governor, Cyrus. Khusrau, in response, ordered a serious of punitive measures against the Edessenes – beginning with the seizure of valuables from the church and culminating with an order expelling all Edessenes. Despite Khusrau’s order, however, most Edessenes remained in the city. Further, the expulsion was an isolated – which had no significant long term effect on Edessene-Sasanian relations, since Sasanian rule ended shortly thereafter.
Khusrau initially ordered the Edessene churches stripped of all of their valuables, which were then sent to Persia. Khusrau ordered this “because of the enmity which had arisen between Cyrus, the governor of Edessa, and the people of the city.” Pseudo- Dionysius blamed this on “certain uncouth citizens who envied him denounced him with
81
characteristic baseness to Chosroes [Khusrau].”297 Pseudo-Dionysius then detailed the exact weight and type of gold, silver, and other valuables taken from the Edessene churches.298
Michael the Syrian’s account of the same event is different. In his, the Edessenes accused Cyrus of various misdeeds, but Khusrau ignored them. Then the Edessenes pretended to favor Cyrus and “asked him to go to Chosroes [Khusrau] to petition him for a diminution of their tribute. This he did and he obtained the desired edict in their favour.”299 Instead of thanking Cyrus, the Edessenes sent their own emissaries to Khusrau to slander Cyrus again – but Cyrus intercepted them, told Khusrau the Edessenes were wealthy, and was ordered to take the valuables from the churches.300 The two accounts are similar in their overall theme – the Edessenes dislike Cyrus and Khusrau ordered Cyrus to take the church’s wealth. Michael the Syrian’s account, however, is more plausible. Michael the Syrian detailed the exact circumstances under which the Edessenes changed their opinion of Cyrus, while Pseudo-Dionysius did not. Nevertheless, the outcome was the same – the Sasanians removed the valuables from Edessene churches.
The second event during the Sasanian occupation was Khusrau’s order to expel all Edessenes. Pseudo-Dionysius provided this account:
Chosroes [Khusrau] commanded that the inhabitants of Edessa be deported to Persia. The letter he wrote to the governor in charge of Edessa urged him to act swiftly; but the governor, who was a mild and pleasant man of a humane disposition, decided not to have us deported all at once, but little by little, because
297 “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 133 298 Ibid., 133-4. Pseudo-Dionysius did not differentiate between Monophysite and Chalcedonian churches. 299 Ibid., 134, n303 300 Ibid.
82
he expected a reprieve to come from the King. So he started to send them off street by street.301
Because of the governor’s kindness, therefore, only two streets of people were deported. Another source noted that later “as many of the Edessenes as had survived returned from [captivity].”302
Several conclusions can be deduced from this event. First, the governor strongly believed that Khusrau’s order was temporary.303 The Edessenes either greatly displeased Khusrau or he had ordered their expulsion without cause. In either case, expelling an entire city’s inhabitants was not a normal, or logical, response to problems with the populace. Second, this occurred toward the end of Sasanian occupation of Edessa. Pseudo-Dionysius provided the date as Heraclius’ eighteenth regnal year, which coincided with 628 – about the time of the Byzantine re-occupation.304 Further, Pseudo- Dionysius noted that few people had left when the Byzantines returned. This event, therefore, responded to an extreme provocation by the Edessene people for an unknown act, but, more importantly, it was a temporary measure.
These two events show that the Edessenes and the Sasanians could disagree. Both events significantly devastated the city – through either the loss of valuable religious objects or the expulsion of the population. Thus, the Edessenes did not always support
301 Ibid., 134 302 Edessa, “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa,” 40 303 The governor could have been Cyrus, but this is unclear. There are two explanations for this apparent contradiction in the Edessene reaction to the governor. Pseudo-Dionysius collected various works to write his chronicle and, therefore, one source might have disliked Cyrus, while another supported him. Second, the first line of these two events said “at this time,” while the precise date is only given before the expulsion. “At this time” is an extremely imprecise date, which means that Pseudo-Dionysius was unclear about the exact date. The nearest date before “at this time” is 622. Thus, Cyrus could have been governor in 622 and Khusrau ordered the new governor to expel the Edessenes in 628. Either explanation is possible. See: “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 129, 133-4. 304 n304 Palmer gaves the date as Heraclius’ 18th year. Ibid., 134. Palmer also discussed Pseudo-Dionysius dating in detail in Appendix 1. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles, trans. Andrew Palmer (Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993), 255-6
83
their Sasanian rulers. It is also clear, however, that the Edessenes could react strongly against either loss. They responded to an “oppressive” governor by dispatching enjoys to Khusrau, to accuse him of misdeeds. The Edessenes accepted their Sasanian rulers, whether they liked them more than their Byzantine rulers is impossible to know, and could not revolt. They still lacked both the weapons and training to successfully rebel. If anything could have caused a revolt it would have been the taking of over 100,000305 pounds of valuables or the expulsion of their fellow Edessenes. Instead, they remained acquiescent toward Sasanian rule.
C. Demographic Changes during the Sasanid and Muslim Captures of Edessa
The question arises whether any significant demographic changes occurred in Edessa during the Sasanian and Muslim conquests. No significant portion of the Edessene population returned to Byzantine territory during the Sasanian conquest. This likely occurred because the territory under Sasanian or Byzantine control was never solidified, but continually changed during military campaigns. Following the Muslim conquest, however, the two antagonists made a truce, thereby providing time for some people to move to areas under Byzantine control. Further, a large number of Christian Arabs attempted to flee to Anatolia. Most Edessenes, regardless of their religion or other affiliation with the Byzantine state, remained under Sasanian and, later, Muslim rule, since moving to Byzantine territory would have been difficult and costly.
305 Pseudo-Dionysius said 112,000 pounds, while Michael said 120,000 pounds. The exact amount is unimportant, but shows that an immense amount of wealth was taken. For Pseudo-Dionysius see: “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 134. For Michael the Syrian see: “The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre,” 134 n303.
84
The final Roman-Persian war from 604-628 occurred throughout Mesopotamia, Armenia, Palestine, Egypt, and Anatolia. Both empires continually had armies on campaign. The full extent of these campaigns engulfed many of the Byzantine provinces and made travel between areas in the east extremely difficult.306 There was never a truce and, therefore, travel was almost impossible. Some people might have left, but no source indicated this and an argument from silence cannot be trusted here. Thus, no significant demographic changes occurred following the Sasanian occupation of Edessa in 609.
Several small accounts exist about demographic changes following the Muslim capture of Edessa. However, they are short, lack specific numbers, and exist only in Muslim histories. Al-Tabri provided a story directly related to Edessa. He wrote that:
when Heraclius set out from al-Ruha and asked its inhabitants to follow him [back to Byzantine territory], they said: ‘We are better off here than with you,” and they refused to follow him and separated themselves both from him and from the Muslims.307
This account is significant for several reasons. First, most Edessenes did not follow Heraclius to Byzantine territory because they were satisfied in the city. Second, they purposefully did not ally with either the Byzantine or the Muslims, but rather remained neutral in the conflict. The Edessenes thus accepted either state, as they only sought to survive. The Edessenes did not have the ability to defend their city alone and intelligently allied with neither side, so that regardless of the conflict’s outcome neither antagonist would persecute them. This was the same role they always held, support for the state when adequate defenses existed to ensure victory, but neutrality when none did.
306 For a detailed account of the war see for example: Kaegi, Heraclius, 58-128. 307 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq, 181
85
The Muslims likely provided some of the Edessenes who remained in the city with the land and property of the few people who had fled, but the extent of this is unknown.308
Heraclius did take some civilians with him over the Taurus Mountains. Al- Baladhuri wrote that “it is said that when Heraclius left Antioch, he joined to himself the people of these towns, so that the Moslems might not be able to go between Antioch and the land of the Byzantines through a cultivated land.”309 Heraclius’ objective was to create a new frontier, in northern Syria and southern Anatolia, which would protect the remaining Byzantine provinces.310 His goal was not to help people loyal to the Byzantine state move north, but rather to protect remaining Byzantine territory. Although he probably would have allowed anyone who wished to travel north, move with him.311
Many of the Christian Arabs, however, refused to accept Muslim rule and fled to Byzantine territory. These Christian Arabs, who were Monophysites, present a contradiction to the belief that the Monophysites were disloyal to the Byzantine Empire. Al-Tabari noted that Umar wrote to the Byzantine emperor saying
‘It has come to my notice that a certain group of Arab tribesmen has left our territory and has sought residence in your territory; by God, if you do not drive them back, we will surely dissolve our covenants with the Christians living under
308 In Damascus al-Tabari noted that those who remained “were allowed to take over the area which their rulers had abandoned.” al-Tabari, Battle of Al-Qadisiyyag, 177. As noted above, however, the church property still remained in control of the Chalcedonians. 309 al-Baladhuri, The Origins of the Islamic State, 253. This was not in Mesopotamia, but rather northern Syria.
310 This policy worked extremely well and was fundamental in protecting Anatolia from conquest. This border existed between the two states, although it often shifted, until the beginning of the Byzantine re- conquests in the late 9th century. For the creation of this frontier see: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 277-8. For a more positive view of Heraclius’ influence on Byzantine history and his ability to stabilize the state see: Kaegi, Heraclius., 311-317
311 Kaegi noted that “those who departed with the Byzantine armies from those provinces . . . have plausibly been assumed to include primarily individuals whose careers and prospects were closest connected with the Orthodox (Melkite) church and the Byzantine government, and possibly a few other ethnic Greeks and wealthy merchants and craftsmen.” Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 175. This is very logical, but the departure of these types of people from Edessa is not discusseded in primary sources. Therefore, it could, and likely did occur, but nothing specific is known.
86
Arab sovereignty, and expel them.’ Hereupon the emperor of Byzantium expelled the Arabs who duly left Byzantine territory.312
Further, the Muslims sought to convert the Monophysite Arabs or, at least, prevent them from baptizing their children.313 The Muslims’ primary goal was to unify the remaining Arab tribes politically, as those outside of Muslim control could otherwise challenge them.314 The Monophysite Christians realized this outcome and fled to Byzantine territory, where they might continue to exercise some political autonomy. This attempt, however, failed and the Monophysite Arabs were sent back. Thus, the only significant group who wanted to continue living under Byzantine control was Monophysite Arabs, who did this for political reasons.
With the exception of the brief passage in al-Tabari, the sources did not discuss any demographic changes in Edessa. The few Edessenes who left had little effect on the economic situation in Edessa, since they comprised such a small percentage of the population.315 Three factors contributed to why the vast majority of Edessenes remained in the city. First, moving north would cost a substantial amount of money, both in traveling expenses and in the loss of immovable property. Second, Edessenes would lose any business and personal connections that they had created in Edessa and, therefore, be forced to start their lives completely anew – a dubious proposition for most people. Finally, the Muslim terms of surrender were relatively benevolent and Muslim rule did not significantly change the relationship most Edessenes had with their rulers. Edessenes
312 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq., 89. For a summary of this see: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 171-5 313 al-Tabari, The Conquest of Iraq, 90-2 314 Thanks to John Turner for providing me with this explanation of why the Muslims reacted so strongly against the Monophysite Arabs fleeing to Byzantine territory.
315 See: Kaegi, Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests, 175-6 87
instead surrendered the city, since they had nothing to gain by stubbornly resisting, and continued on with their lives, almost uninterrupted.
Conclusion
Religious changes significantly affected the relationship between the Edessenes and the Romano-Byzantine Empire. The Edessenes, especially the Monophysite Christians and Jews, experienced increasing problems with the Romano-Byzantine state. The empire’s religion, which formed a core of the late Roman and early Byzantine state, steadily diverged from that of most Edessenes. Edessenes, and other Monophysites in the eastern provinces, solved this problem by creating a separate ecclesiastical hierarchy – thereby attaining greater autonomy. This separation was successful during the last few decades before the Sasanian capture of Edessa. Thus, the two religious creeds existed independently. Notably, the last few decades before the Sasanian conquest were some of the most harmonious since the two creeds were completely separated. The Monophysites
88
did not control the major urban churches, but they had accepted their separate hierarchy in the surrounding countryside. They were no longer so unhappy that they wished to undermine the state.
The Sasanians transformed this autonomous, but accommodating, relationship into a religious policy that supported only the Monophysites and expelled the Chalcedonian clergy. This was an important change from the previous status quo, as for twenty years only Monophysites could explicitly practice their creed. During this period an entire generation grew up and adjusted to this newly redefined status quo. Further, the disassociation with the Byzantine state created an acceptance of the Sasanians as their rulers.
The return of Byzantine rule undoubtedly surprised the Monophysite Edessenes, but did not anger them. The Sasanians had antagonized all Christian Edessenes, regardless of their creed, by stealing over 100,000 pounds of valuables from the church and deporting parts of the populace. The Edessenes Monophysites were, therefore, likely pleased that the Byzantines returned – since the deportations, which had just begun, immediately stopped. Heraclius did, however, return the principle urban churches to the Chalcedonians, which displeased the Monophysites. Despite the Edessene Monophysites discontent that the Chalcedonians had regained the principal churches, Heraclius attempted to find a compromise between the two creeds. Remarkably, the Monothelete doctrine followed Monophysite ideas more than Chalcedonian one – showing the lengths to which Heraclius would go for a compromise to succeed.
Thus, on the eve of the Muslim conquests the Edessene Monophysites were certainly displeased that the Chalcedonians held their churches. They definitely wanted
89
to regain them and a significant portion of the population (i.e. those under 20) likely wanted a return to their status quo. However, several questions arise. Did the Monophysite Edessenes know enough about the Muslims to make them believe they would regain this power under new rulers? Did they expect to have more religious power than a Monothelete compromise gave them? And, finally, were affirmative answers to these questions a guarantee that they would actively support the Muslim conquests?
The evidence does not support affirmative answers to any of these questions. The Monophysite Edessenes did not have enough information to conclude that the Muslims would support their religious creed. In fact, their surprise and dismay that the Muslims kept the status quo of 639, i.e. the Chalcedonians retaining all major urban churches, shows that Monophysites would have been wrong to support the Muslims. The Muslims later supported the Monophysites in religious disputes, but at the time of the city’s capture in 639 the Muslims were neutral.
The division between Monophysites and Chalcedonians was important, but at the two key moments, in 609 and 639, both sides had accepted their respective position in the city. The Monophysites had no reason to support the invaders openly, as they had solved many of the irproblems with the Chalcedonians. It is possible that if the Sasanians had not invaded, then life in Edessa would have continued as it had for the last few decades of the sixth century – with each creed having its own hierarchy. Similarly, given time, Heraclius’ Monothelete formula might have succeeded. These hypothetical situations are, however, largely useless, with one exception. It does show that both the Monophysites and the Chalcedonians had accepted their situation in Edessa. Even though the Monophysites had gained predominance for twenty years, they did not seek to
90
undermine Byzantine rule. The Monophysites had accepted their reduced status and the Chalcedonian Byzantine Empire later attempted to compromise in their favor. During the Sasanian and Muslim conquests, the religious controversy in Edessa aggravated the Edessene Monophysites, but it was not a reason to undermine the Byzantine state in favor of new rulers, whom they either feared or about whom they knew almost nothing.
The Jews in Edessa underwent significant, and lasting, changes as well. Internal and external factors definitively transformed the relationship between the increasingly Christian Romano-Byzantine Empire and its Jewish subjects. The state ceased to trust its Jews. The relationship between the two religions, which the state had formalized in the preceding centuries, began to disintegrate until the Jews were increasingly an unprotected socio-religious class.
The Sasanian capture of Edessa transformed the Jewish relationship with their rulers, since they attained equal religious status. Twenty years of Sasanian rule benefited the Jews far more than the Monophysites and, furthermore, the Sasanians did not confiscate Jewish valuables from their synagogues. The Sasanian-Jewish attempt to defend the city in 628 exemplified the Jews’ negative view of the return of the Romano- Byzantine state. Whereas the Monophysites lost urban churches but retained their position in the countryside, the Jews faced the prospect of returning to their severely reduced social status. They engaged in a cost-benefit analysis and concluded that helping the Sasanian garrison would gain them the most. Heraclius did not persecute them for their support of the Sasanian garrison, but it is unlikely that the Jews believed that they would emerge unharmed after supporting the Sasanians. The Jews benefited from
91
Heraclius’ clemency policy – one which they could not have foreseen. It is not surprising, therefore, that they supported continued Sasanian control of Edessa.
Heraclius did pardon the Jews after their attempt to defend the city, but only because he sought a return to the status quo ante bellum. Once Heraclius changed this goal and sought to create a religiously unified empire, the Jews were again at risk. The state now compelled them to convert to Christianity or face expulsion, although local officials did not enforce the edict and, therefore, its effects were limited. This might have made Jews undermine the state during the Muslim invasions and, therefore, Jews were in a position, because of their discontent over their lost equal status, to support the Muslim invasions.
However, they did not. Once again the reasons were similar to the Monophysites. The Jews did not know enough about the Muslims to understand what their policy would be toward the Jews. Further, the Jews, as in 609, comprised a small percentage of the population and, therefore, a revolt in support of the Muslims would not have succeeded. Edessene Jews, who least favored the Romano-Byzantine Empire, did not explicitly support the foreign capture of Edessa because they could not determine how the new rulers would treat them.
The unknown quantity of the Sasanian and Muslim invaders coupled with the material inability of the Edessenes to revolt successfully forced Edessa’s populace to wait for the states, and their respective militaries, to decide the city’s fate. Monophysite and Jewish Edessenes had no incentive to participate actively in either supporting or not supporting the Romano-Byzantine Empire. The state heavily defended Edessa during the sieges in 503 and 544 and, therefore, undermining the garrison would, almost certainly,
92
have led to a mass slaughter. If they had vigorously supported either the Romano- Byzantine Empire or the Sasanian/Muslim invaders, the Edessenes would have been susceptible to reprisals if they had lost.
The Edessenes could not predict how the new invaders would treat them and, therefore, declined to become involved in supporting or undermining the state. This was especially true because the Edessenes had no other options – since they had neither tge weapons nor the training to defend the city. Any Edessene response, therefore, would have required a citywide uprising, which was unlikely and, given the significant religious divisions over these issues, practically impossible. The Edessenes chose the practical response. They quietly waited and accepted the final outcome of events that they could not control.
93
al-Baladhuri, Ahmad ibn-Jabir. The Origins of the Islamic State. Trans. Philip Khuri Hitti. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
al-Tabari. The Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah and the Conquest of Syria and Palestine. Trans. Yohanan Friedmann. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 12. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1992.
—. The Conquest of Iraq, Southwestern Persia, and Egypt. Trans. Gautier H A Juynboll. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 13. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1989.
“The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy.” Trans. George T. Dennis. Three Byzantine Military Treatises. Washington D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks, 1985.
The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos. Trans. R. W. Thomson. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Liverpool Liverpool University Press, 1999.
Augustine, Saint. The City of God against the Pagans. Trans. William Chase Greene. Vol. 6 7vols. Cambridge: Havard University Press, 1955.
Avi-Yonah, M. The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule. Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, 1984.
Baron, Salo W. Christian Era: The First Five Centuries. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 8 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1952. —. High Middle Ages: 500-1200. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 3. 8
vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1957. “The Book of Pastoral Rule and Selected Epistles of Gregory the Great.” Trans. James
Barmby. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian
Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956. The Book of Pontiffs. Trans. Raymond Davis. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press,
1989. The Chronicle of Pseudo-Joshua the Stylite. Trans. Frank R. and John W. Watt
Trombley. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000. Chronicon Paschale: 284-628 Ad. Trans. Michael and Mary Whitby Whitby. Liverpool:
Liverpool University Press, 1989. The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company,
1973. The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 7. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company,
1973. Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils. Ed. Norman P. Tanner. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Washington
D.C.: Sheed & Ward and Georgetown University Press, 1990. The Digest of Justinian. Trans. Alan Watson. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Philadelphia: University of
Pennsylvania Press, 1998.
94
Donner, Fred M. The Early Islamic Conquests. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981.
Edessa, James of. “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“The Edessene Apocalyptic Fragment.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extract from a Chonicle Composed About Ad 640.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993. “Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (Ad 775).” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh
Century in West-Syrian Chonicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993. “Extracts from the Chronicles of Ad 819 and Ad 846.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The
Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chonicles
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993. Frend, W.H.C. The Rise of the Monophysite Movement. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, 1972. Graetz, Heinrich. History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 6 vols. Philadelphia: The Jewish
Publication Society of America, 1893. Haldon, J.F. Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565-1204. London: UCL
Press, 1999. Haldon, J.F. . Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation of a Culture.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990. Harvey, Susan A. Asceticism and Society in Crisis: John of Ephesus and the Lives of the
Eastern Saints. Berkeley and Los Angelos: University of California Press, 1990. Howard-Johnston, James and Tim Greenwood. The Armenian History Attributed to
Sebeos. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1999. Jones, A. H. M. The Later Roman Empire 284-602. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Baltimore: The Johns
Hopkins University Press, 1986. Josephus. Josephus. Trans. Allen Wikgren. Ed. Ralph Marcus. Vol. 8. 9 vols. Cambridge:
Harvard University Press, 1963. Justinian’s Institutes Trans. Peter Birks & Grant McLeod. Ithaca: Cornell University
Press, 1987. Kaegi, Walter E. Byzantine Military Unrest: 471-843. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert,
1981. —. Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 1992. Kaegi, Walter E. . Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2003. Kennedy, Hugh. “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades:
Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy.” The 1seventh International Byzantine Conference. Dumbarton Oaks/Georgetown University: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1986.
95
“The Letters and Sermons of Leo the Great.” Trans. Charles Lett Feltoe. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956.
Malalas, John. The Chronicle of John Malalas. Trans. Elizabeth Jeffreys, Michael Jeffreys & Roger Scott. Melbourne: Australian Association for Byzantine Studies, 1986.
“The Maronite Chronicle ” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Maurice’s Strategikon. Trans. George T. Dennis. Philadelphia University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984.
“The Melkite Chonicle.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Meyendorff, John. “Justinian, the Empire and the Church.” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 22 (1968): 43-60.
Nikephoros. Nikephoros Patriarch of Constantinople, Short History. Trans. Cyril Mango. Washington: Dumbarton Oaks, 1990.
Ostrogorsky, George. History of the Byzantine State. Trans. Joan Hussey. New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press, 1969.
Procopius. The Persian War Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 1. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1971.
—. The Secret History. Trans. G.A. Williamson. London: The Folio Society, 1990. —. The Secret History. Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969.
Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III. Trans. Witold Witakowski. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1996.
“A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, Ad 637.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Segal, J.B. Edessa “The Blessed City”. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Trans. Andrew Palmer. Liverpool:
Liverpool University Press, 1993. Sharf, Andrew. Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium. Jerusalem: Bar-Ilan University
Press, 1995. Sharf, Andrew Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade. New York:
Schocken Books, 1971. Simocatta, Theophylact. The History of Theophylact Simocatta. Trans. Michael and Mary
Whitby. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986. Stratos, Andreas N. Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634. Trans. Marc Ogilvie-
Grant. Vol. 1. 5 vols. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1968. Theophanes. The Chronicle of Theophanes Confessor. Trans. Cyril and Roger Scott
Mango. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997. Treadgold, Warren. Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081. Stanford: Stanford University
Press, 1995. Vasiliev, A.A. History of the Byzantine Empire. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press,
1952.
96
Whitby, Michael. The Emperor Maurice and His Historian: Theophylact Simocatta on Persian and Balkan Warfare. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988.
Wigram, W. A. . The Separation of the Monophysites. London: The Faith Press, LTD., 1923.
Cameron, Alan. Circus Factions. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1976. “Extract from a Chonicle Composed About Ad 640.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The
Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993. Kaegi, Walter E. . Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2003.
97
Bibliography
“The Anonymous Byzantine Treatise on Stategy.” Trans. George T. Dennis. Three Byzantine Military Treatises. Washington D.C.: Dumbarton Oaks, 1985.
The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos. Trans. R. W. Thomson. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Liverpool Liverpool University Press, 1999.
“The Book of Pastoral Rule and Selected Epistles of Gregory the Great.” Trans. James Barmby. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956.
The Book of Pontiffs. Trans. Raymond Davis. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989. The Chronicle of Pseudo-Joshua the Stylite. Trans. Frank R. Trombley and John W. Watt.
Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 2000.
Chronicon Paschale: 284-628 AD. Trans. Michael Whitby and Mary Whitby. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1989.
The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973.
The Civil Law. Trans. S. P. Scott. Vol. 7. 7 vols. Cincinnati: The Central Trust Company, 1973.
Decrees of the Ecumenical Councils. Ed. Norman P. Tanner. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Washington D.C.: Sheed & Ward and Georgetown University Press, 1990.
The Digest of Justinian. Trans. Alan Watson. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press, 1998.
“The Edessene Apocalyptic Fragment.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West- Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extract from a Chonicle Composed About AD 640.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extract from the Chronicle of Zunquin (AD 775).” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“Extracts from the Chronicles of AD 819 and AD 846.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles Liverpool: Liverpool University Press 1993.
Justinian’s Institutes Trans. Peter Birks & Grant McLeod. Ithaca: Cornell University Press, 1987.
“The Letters and Sermons of Leo the Great.” Trans. Charles Lett Feltoe. A Select Library of Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers of the Christian Church. Vol. 12. Grand Rapids: WM. B. Eerdmands Publishing Company, 1956.
“The Maronite Chronicle ” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Maurice’s Strategikon. Trans. George T. Dennis. Philadelphia University of Pennsylvania Press, 1984.
“The Melkite Chonicle.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Pseudo-Dionysius of Tel-Mahre Chronicle Part III. Trans. Witold Witakowski. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1996.
“A Record of the Arab Conquest of Syria, AD 637.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
“The Secular History of Dionysius of Tel-Mahre.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Trans. Andrew Palmer. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
al-Baladhuri, Ahmad ibn-Jabir. The Origins of the Islamic State. Trans. Philip Khuri Hitti. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
Allen, Pauline & Bronwen Neil, ed. Maximus the Confessor and His Companions: Documents from Exile. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 2002.
al-Tabari. The Battle of Al-Qadisiyyah and the Conquest of Syria and Palestine. Trans. Yohanan Friedmann. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 12. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1992.
—. The Conquest of Iraq, Southwestern Persia, and Egypt. Trans. Gautier H A Juynboll. The History of Al-Tabari. Ed. Ehsan Yar-Shater. Vol. 13. 38 vols. Albany: State University of New York, 1989.
Ankori, Zvi. Karaites in Byzantium. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
Augustine, Saint. Augustine: Earlier Writings. Trans. John H S Burleigh. The Library of Christian Classics. 26 vols. Philadelphia: The Westminister Press, 1953.
—. Augustine: Later Works. Trans. John Burnaby. The Library of Christian Classics. Vol. 8. 26 vols. Philadelphia: The Westminster Press, 1955.
—. The City of God against the Pagans. Trans. William Chase Greene. Vol. 6 7vols. Cambridge: Havard University Press, 1955.
—. Confessions. Trans. William Watts. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1977.
—. Confessions. Trans. William Watts. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1977.
Avi-Yonah, M. The Jews under Roman and Byzantine Rule. Jerusalem: The Magnes Press, 1984.
Baron, Salo W. Christian Era: The First Five Centuries. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 8 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1952.
—. High Middle Ages: 500-1200. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. Vol. 3. 8 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1957.
—. Index to Volumes 1-8. A Social and Religious History of the Jews. New York: Columbia University Press, 1960.
Cameron, Alan. Circus Factions. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1976.
Donner, Fred M. The Early Islamic Conquests. Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981.
James of Edessa. “Fragment of the Charts of James of Edessa.” Trans. Andrew Palmer. The Seventh Century in West-Syrian Chronicles. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1993.
Frend, W.H.C. The Rise of the Monophysite Movement. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1972.
Graetz, Heinrich. History of the Jews. Vol. 2. 6 vols. Philadelphia: The Jewish Publication Society of America, 1893.
Haldon, J.F. . Byzantium in the Seventh Century: The Transformation of a Culture. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1990.
Haldon, J.F. Warfare, State and Society in the Byzantine World, 565-1204. London: UCL Press, 1999.
Harvey, Susan A. Asceticism and Society in Crisis: John of Ephesus and the Lives of the Eastern Saints. Berkeley and Los Angelos: University of California Press, 1990.
Hefele, Charles J. AD 431 to AD 451. Trans. William R. Clark. A History of the Councils of the Church. Vol. 3. 5 vols. New York: AMS Press, 1972.
—. AD 451 to AD 680. Trans. William R. Clark. A History of the Councils of the Church. Vol. 4. 5 vols. New York: AMS Press, 1972.
—. AD 626 to the Close of the Second Council of Nicaea. Trans. William R. Clarkx. A History of the Councils of the Church. Vol. 5. 5 vols. New York: AMS Press, 1972.
Holmes, William G. The Age of Justinian and Theodora. London: G. Bell and Sons, LTD., 1912.
Howard-Johnston, James and Tim Greenwood. The Armenian History Attributed to Sebeos. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 1999.
Isaac, Benjamin. The Limits of Empire. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990. Jones, A. H. M. The Later Roman Empire 284-602. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins
University Press, 1986.
Jones, Colin McEvedy & Richard. Atlas of World Population History. Great Britain: Penguin Books, Ltd., 1978.
Josephus. Josephus. Trans. Allen Wikgren. Ed. Ralph Marcus. Vol. 8. 9 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1963.
Juynboll, Gautier H A, ed. Studies on the First Century of Islamic Society. Carbondale and Edwardsville: Southern Illinois University Press, 1982.
Kaegi, Walter E. Army, Society and Religion in Byzantium. London: Variorum Reprints 1982. —. Byzantine Military Unrest: 471-843. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1981. —. Byzantium and the Early Islamic Conquests. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1992. —. Heraclius Emperor of Byzantium. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2003.
Kennedy, Hugh. “The Melkite Church from the Islamic Conquest to the Crusades: Continuity and Adaption in the Byzantine Legacy.” The 17th International Byzantine Conference. Dumbarton Oaks/Georgetown University: Aristide D. Caratzas, 1986.
King, G R D & Averil Cameron, ed. Land Use and Settlement Patters. Princeton: The Darwin Press, Inc., 1994.
Malalas, John. The Chronicle of John Malalas. Trans. Elizabeth Jeffreys, Michael Jeffreys & Roger Scott. Melbourne: Australian Association for Byzantine Studies, 1986.
Meyendorff, John. Imperial Unity and Christian Divisions. Crestwood: St. Vladimir’s Seminary Press, 1989.
—. “Justinian, the Empire and the Church.” Dumbarton Oaks Papers 22 (1968): 43-60. Nikephoros. Nikephoros Patriarch of Constantinople, Short History. Trans. Cyril Mango.
Washington: Dumbarton Oaks, 1990. Olster, David M. The Politics of Usurpation in the Seventh Century: Rhetoric and Revolution in
Byzantium. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1993. Ostrogorsky, George. History of the Byzantine State. Trans. Joan Hussey. New Brunswick:
Rutgers University Press, 1969.
Procopius. The Persian War Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 1. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1971.
—. The Secret History. Trans. G.A. Williamson. London: The Folio Society, 1990.
—. The Secret History. Trans. H.B. Dewing. Procopius in Seven Volumes. Ed. H.B. Dewing. Vol. 6. 7 vols. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1969.
Rabello, Alfredo M. The Jews in the Roman Empire: Legal Problems, from Herod to Justinian Burlington: Ashgate Variorum, 2000.
Sarris, Peter. “The Justinianic Plague: Origins and Effects.” Continuity and Change 2002: 169- 82.
Segal, J.B. Edessa “The Blessed City”. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1970.
Shahid, Irfan. Byzantium and the Arabs in the Fifth Century. Washington DC: Dumbarton Oaks 1989.
—. Byzantium and the Arabs in the Sixth Century: Ecclesiastical History. Vol. 2. 2 vols. Washington DC: Dumbarton Oaks, 1995.
—. Byzantium and the Arabs in the Sixth Century: Political and Military History. Vol. 1. 2 vols. Washington DC: Dumbarton Oaks, 1995.
Sharf, Andrew Byzantine Jewry from Justinian to the Fourth Crusade. New York: Schocken Books, 1971.
—. Jews and Other Minorities in Byzantium. Jerusalem: Bar-Ilan University Press, 1995. Simocatta, Theophylact. The History of Theophylact Simocatta. Trans. Michael and Mary
Whitby. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.
Starr, Joshua. The Jews in the Byzantine Empire: 641-1204. New York: Burt Franklin, 1970.
Stratos, Andreas N. Byzantium in the Seventh Century, 602-634. Trans. Marc Ogilvie-Grant. Vol. 1. 5 vols. Amsterdam: Adolf M. Hakkert, 1968.
Teixidor, J.T. & J. Milik “New Evidence on the North-Arabic Deity Aktab-Kutba.” Bulletin of the American Schools of Oriental Research 1961: 22-25.
Theophanes. The Chronicle of Theophanes Confessor. Trans. Cyril and Roger Scott Mango. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1997.
Treadgold, Warren. Byzantium and Its Army, 284-1081. Stanford: Stanford University Press, 1995.
Trimingham, J. Spencer. Christianity among the Arabs in Pre-Islamic Times. London: Longman, 1979.
Vasiliev, A.A. History of the Byzantine Empire. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1952. —. Justin the First. Cambridge Havard University Press, 1950.
Whitby, Michael. The Emperor Maurice and His Historian: Theophylact Simocatta on Persian and Balkan Warfare. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1988.
Wigram, W. A. . The Separation of the Monophysites. London: The Faith Press, LTD., 1923.
Ye’or, Bat. The Decline of Eastern Christianity under Islam. Trans. Miriam Kochan and David Littman. Teaneck: Fairleigh Dickinson University Press, 1996.

Giusto Traina, 428 AD: An Ordinary Year at the End of the Roman Empire

$
0
0

Bryn Mawr Classical Review 2009.10.31

Giusto Traina, 428 AD: An Ordinary Year at the End of the Roman Empire (translation of 2007 Italian edition).   Princeton:  Princeton University Press, 2009.  Pp. xix, 203.  ISBN 9780691136691.  $24.95.

Reviewed by Conor Whately, The University of Winnipeg (c.whately@uwinnipeg.ca)
Word count: 2980 words
Preview
[Table of contents is listed at the end of the review.]
The fifth century is one of the more important centuries for the history of Western Europe and the Middle East, as well as the transformation of the Roman world, and the evidexnce for it is notoriously varied and complex. For decades scholars of late antiquity would shy away from tackling fifth-century events, with A.H.M. Jones, for example, avowedly sticking with the extensive material from the fourth and sixth centuries. Some of this is due to the inherent difficulties in disentangling the details of the century’s chronology, something complicated by the lack of an extant contemporary historical narrative. Nevertheless, scholars are now starting to fix their gaze on this neglected period, with Fergus Millar, for one, having recently drawn our attention to the rich material found in the Theodosian Code and the Acts of the Council of Chalcedon.1 Attila too, always a popular subject among non-academics, continues to harbour interest as a recent book by Chris Kelly demonstrates.2 The book under review here, 428 AD: An Ordinary Year at the End of the Roman Empire, is one of the most recent books to tackle the fifth century, and where other works have focused on more specific issues, this study offers a wide-ranging, if less-detailed, overview of the fifth-century Mediterranean world, and some of its more important people, in one particular year (428). This focus on one year is novel, though as we soon discover, Traina’s choice of 428 is far from arbitrary, and more important events went on in this year than this reviewer, at least, had realized. With endnotes rather than footnotes and the style of this translation conversational, the primary audience is seemingly the general public (a bibliography is conspicuously absent): this reviewer found the book on the shelf of an ordinary, in other words non-academic, bookshop in Winnipeg. Nevertheless, the book is also likely to attract of the attention of scholars of late antiquity.
This fairly short book has eleven diminutive chapters, not including the introduction and epilogue, as well as a preface by Averil Cameron. As noted, the scope is wide-ranging, as Traina endeavours to cover as much of the Mediterranean as possible. The book is written as a pseudo-travelogue with the narrative moving from east to west, and back east again, with some glances towards the north. In the introduction, Traina, like Millar, highlights the richness and variety of the material available for investigation of the fifth century. He also admits that there was more cohesion between east and west at this time than he had expected, a confession which nevertheless paves the way for his discussion of the transformation of the ancient world.
The starting point, in chapter one, “The Travels of Flavius Dionysius and the End of Armenia”, is the end of the Kingdom of Armenia, which he considers to be the most important political event of the time. This, for Traina, was a major defeat for Rome, and he frames his account with a look at the political organization of the empire at the highest levels, in the process hinting at Barnish’s polycracy (p. 2), which is the notion that there was no dominant political group (military, civilian, etc.), but rather several with the individuals more important than the office itself.3 His list of the qualities needed for high-powered diplomats, such as “honesty and incorruptibility” and the suggestion that Roman military might was superior to that of their neighbour Sasanid Persia, I find a bit dubious (p. 2), for there was surely little to separate the two powers.4 On the other hand, his stressing of the complex relationship between warfare and diplomacy in the interactions between East Rome and Sasanid Persia is undoubtedly correct; his focus on this important event, which usually falls outside the register of most students of the late antique world, is refreshing, and unsurprising, perhaps, given the focus of some of Traina’s past research.5
In the next chapter, “The World of Nestorius: Bishops, Monks, and Saracens”, Nestorius, Theodosius II, and Antioch all feature prominently. Traina characterizes the election of the Syrian Nestorius as bishop of Constantinople as an important moment for the Christian communities in the East Roman empire, as this was meant to have strengthened ties between Constantinople and Antioch, to the advantage of the former. On the other hand, why this “constituted an important moment for the Syriac tradition” (p. 8) is not entirely clear, especially since Traina notes that Nestorius was not the first Syrian bishop of the capital. Traina describes Antioch’s economic growth and prosperity during the fifth century, as well as its multicultural population, and the power of many of its officials, such as the governor of Syria and the comes Orientis. Traina also notes in this chapter the role of Christianity and the clergy in military affairs, the spreading of the worship of saints, and the popularity of heresies in frontier areas such as Edessa, which was home to a number of Arians, Manichaeans, and the doctrine of Marcion (p. 12).
In “On the Pilgrim’s Road” the narrative continues its shift westwards, here with some discussion of the peoples inhabiting the landscape along the pilgrim’s route through Asia Minor. Here Traina touches on the character of ancient travel as well as the Itinerarium Burdigalense, which describes this journey from Antioch to Constantinople, including the specific stages and distances. The primary focuses, however, are the warlike Isaurians and the persistence of paganism in the more isolated parts of the Roman Empire such central Asia Minor. He notes the opportunism of the former group of people: later in the century they reach the highest echelons of power. As regards the empire’s religiosity he notes the state’s fear of certain strands of Christianity, with Novatianism highlighted (p. 23).
Constantinople, the capital of the Eastern empire, occupies “The New Rome and Its Prince”. Unlike the city of Rome, Traina notes that this capital lacked many vestiges of the empire’s pre-Christian traditions, the implication being that the city was more easily able to evolve into a more visibly Christian city. Traina, perhaps conveniently, suggests a peak in building activity in 428, noting, for example, the completion of water storage tanks in 421, the Theodosian Baths in 427, as well as a number of fora, horrea, and public ovens (p. 28). Much of this chapter is concerned not only with the imperial city itself, but also with its chief occupant, Theodosius II. Traina notes the powerful influence of the empresses over his religious decisions, though he suggests that despite his reputation, among some, for being weak, he was in reality anything but, partially on the basis of his relative success in comparison to his western counterparts, and partially, somewhat paradoxically, by his decision to withdraw into the palace, so shunning active combat. For Traina it is largely his ascetic habits that garner such authority. Theodosius II’s contemporary Sozomen, however, exaggerates the power of the emperor, referring to him as the ideal ruler.6
“The Anatomy of an Empire”, chapter five, opens with the surprising statement “in 428, the empire was close to reunification” (p. 41). The rest of the chapter delves into this matter, with Traina suggesting that the impetus for this change was the coronation of Valentinian III. He suggests that this belief was fairly widespread. As regards the sources used, there are at least two problems. First, many of them are westerners, such as Augustine and Prosper, and one could argue that this group is in fact only concerned with the unity of the Western Empire, rather than East and West. Second, some, like Olympiodorus, are fragmentary, and so making broad claims on their underlying themes, such as “unity between East and West” (p. 43), is problematic given the incompleteness of the parts of the text that we have.
The late Republican and Imperial heart of the Roman Empire, Italy, is the focus of the next chapter, which is entitled, “From Ravenna to Nola: Italy in Transition”. Traina notes that Rome was still the seat of the senate, and that the majority of its members were committed to upholding its traditions. He refers to the ever-changing fortunes of Christianity and the different forms of paganism, and the impact they had on the Italian peninsula, such as the seeming rise in religious tension (p. 57), exemplified by the assassination of a certain Pyrrhus in 428.7 The complex relationship between town and countryside features in this discussion, with some parts of the country, such as southern Italy, fairing better than others, such as the Apennine regions (p. 59ff). Traina also refers to the divergent fortunes of different parts of the country, with Ravenna growing in importance, and Rome still reeling from the Visigothic incursions.8
Generals, barbarian warlords, ethnic identity, and monks are the focus of the chapter, “Trial Runs for the Middle Ages”. The interplay between “civilized” court officials and uncouth generals opens the chapter, with the identity and aspirations of the latter, with Aetius being the most notable, attracting some attention. There is a brief interlude in which Traina turns to monks, before he comes back to barbarization, generals, and the integration of non-Romans into the wider community, whether it is in Gaul or elsewhere. The ordinary character of 428 is again called into question, with Traina referring to the rise of Aetius, which includes his victory over the Franks, and to Nennius’ fictitious claim that Vortigern summoned the Saxons to Britain, both of which are said to have happened in that very year. There are more points of contention in this chapter than some others, though I say this as a reviewer who has considerable interest in the subject matter discussed here. Whether the foederati, who frame much of this part of the chapter, really were a “separate social category” (p. 64) is debatable. I am also not sure that Procopius is necessarily a “chauvinist historian”, at least in comparison to any other historian of antiquity. Traina also makes a passing reference to Germanus’ (the subject of Constantius’ Life of Saint Germanus) military education, an intriguing point which deserves further explication, given that we know so little about the training of officers.
In “Waiting for the Vandals”, the year 428 is characterized, at least in part, as the calm before the storm of the great migration of the Vandals to Africa. 428 is the year of Gaiseric’s accession, as well as a civil war involving the one who was, at that time, the leading man in Africa, Count Boniface, a man who was the rival of the “last of the Romans”, Aetius. 428 is also the year that Augustine is said to have finished writing the City of God–which engenders some interesting remarks, including the suggestion that earthly salvation emanated from Constantinople (pp. 88)–and in which the Vandals are believed by some, or so Hydatius, to have converted to Arianism, which, Traina argues, paved the way for their invasion.9 When it did come, it would have momentous repercussions for the rest of the empire, with Italy losing its breadbasket, and so accelerate the disintegration of the Western empire. The East’s second attempt to recover Africa in 468 was disastrous, while a later (536) initially successful attempt led to considerable instability. In the 420s, before the arrival of the Vandals, it is not clear whether the “empire looked on anxiously at the movement of peoples” (p. 83) quite as Traina claims, given the difficulties in communication and transportation, which were compounded by the loss of Roman military authority at sea at the end of the fourth and beginning of the fifth centuries. One could argue that Count Boniface was seen at the time as much more of a threat to Africa than the Vandals.
Egypt was often a hotbed for religious violence in late antiquity, and this issue is covered in chapter nine, “Pagans and Christians on the Nile”. Traina notes that out of concerns for their safety, a number of non-Christians left Egypt for the, at the time, safer environs of Athens in Greece. Of course, a century later some of these same groups would be on the move again, though largely thanks to the closure of the Academy in 529, rather than from the fears of the same sort of violence that rocked Egypt, especially Alexandria, in the fifth century. Some of the trouble stemmed from the fact that it was the Christian bishops who were charged with dealing with religious disputes. On the other hand, Traina notes that the fifth century witnessed the flowering of Coptic literature with the language coming into its own, a process aided by the spread of Christianity. The elusive Blemmyans also merit some discussion in the chapter, with Traina noting their raids in south, and the problems this caused the soldiers and civilians who inhabited the region (pp. 100-103).
With chapter ten, “Easter in Jerusalem”, Traina returns to the Near East. He notes that Easter was the most important festival for, and this was perhaps nowhere more visible than in Jerusalem, the fortunes of which had improved considerably with the Christianization of the empire. Traina also speculates that the “monasteries of Palestine contributed to the development of the economy” (p. 109), pointing to the improvement of an irrigation system in the Negev, and the presence of pilgrims. Surely there were a fair number of pilgrims in the late antique period, though we cannot quantify this traffic. Thus, positing that they had a significant impact on the regional economy is speculative at best, and regarding the volume of non-official traffic in antiquity, which we cannot quantify, I would suggest we err on the side of caution, with the numbers probably less than we might think. Local factors, such as regional stability, are likely to have played a bigger role in this economic development. Judaism also features in the chapter, with Traina noting that the position of patriarch, conveniently enough, ceased to exist before 429 (p. 113). It also seems that the Palestinian Talmud was nearing completion, if not already complete, by 428.
In the final chapter, “The Great King and the Seven Princesses”, Traina returns to Sasanid Persia. In keeping with a major theme of this book–the continued unity of the empire in the face of the changes in its different regions–he states that “there was still an entity that could be defined as ‘Rome'” (p. 117). With this he launches into his discussion of that other great, and unified, empire, Sasanid Iran. Theodosius II’s contemporary was Bahram V, one of its greatest leaders, and under whom Traina argues Persia “experienced its period of greatest splendor”. This image, like much of our information concerning Sasanid Persia, comes, largely, from later medieval works written in Arabic and Pahlavi, among others. Like his counterpart Theodosius II, Bahram V faced great challenges in this period mixed with some significant success. Armenia again fell under the Persian yoke, while there was military success against the Huns over the course of the decade, not to mention the minor conflict with Rome in 421/422. There are also legendary accounts of campaigns in India (p. 125). In closing Traina notes the relative harmony among the various religions in the Sasanid Persian Empire, which contrasts with the situation in Rome.
Traina closes his book with an epilogue in which we find the following words: “the imperial crisis and the arrival of new peoples were responsible for bringing the various and previously hidden elements of a complex and multiethnic world to the surface. The men of the fifth century appear more sensitive to this variety and this complexity, which had once been dismissed as things of marginal concern. It is true that the Mediterranean was no longer a shared geographical space. Yet, the empire left behind a clearly defined political dimension, which would continue for many generations” (p. 132). In his sweeping survey of the fifth-century Mediterranean Traina has managed to convey some of this variety and complexity. We also get some sense of this multiethnic world, with many, complementary shared identities, but which was, nevertheless, diverging politically and culturally. Traina provides us with snapshots of a number of interesting individuals, many of whom I have not mentioned in this review. To be sure, there is much that he overlooks, which is to be expected given the length of the book and the breadth of the material that he covers. On the other hand, the chapters seem to end rather abruptly, a point that hinders the unity of the book and, to a lesser degree, the strength of the argument. Although Traina is avowedly travelling round the Mediterranean, and so each chapter represents a different mansio on the tour, so to speak, I would have preferred more effort at connecting the chapters; geography aside, each chapter does not necessarily follow the next in a logical way. There are a number of points he mentions for which I think there might be other, more plausible explanations, some of which I highlighted in the paragraphs above. Plus, I am not sure that the people of the fifth century appear any more sensitive than their ancestors or descendants. Nevertheless, Traina has done the fifth century a tremendous service by describing it in such a lively and engaging style, and it is hoped that his book will help inspire research on this under-studied period.
Table of Contents
Preface
Acknowledgements 
Introduction
I The Travels of Flavius Dionysius and the End of Armenia
II The World of Nestorius: Bishops, Monks, and Saracens
III On the Pilgrim’s Road
IV The New Rome and Its Prince
V The Anatomy of an Empire
VI From Ravenna to Nola: Italy in Transition
VII Trial Runs for the Middle Agesv
VIII Waiting for the Vandals
IX Pagans and Christians on the Nile
X Easter in Jerusalem
XI The Great King and the Seven Princesses
Epilogue 
Notes
Index

Notes:
1.   F. Millar, A Greek Roman Empire: Power and Belief under Theodosius II (408-450) (Berkeley, 2006). 
2.   C. Kelly, Attila the Hun: Barbarian Terror and the Fall of the Roman Empire (London, 2008). 
3.   S. Barnish, S., A.D. Lee, and M. Whitby, “Government and Administration”, in CAH 14 (Cambridge, 2000), pp. 164-206. 
4.   J. Howard-Johnston, “The Two Great Powers in Late Antiquity: a Comparison,” in A. Cameron (ed.), The Byzantine and Early Islamic Near East 3: States, Resources, and Armies (Princeton, 1995), pp. 157-226. 
5.   “Moise de Khorène et l’Empire sassanide”, in R. Gyselen (ed.), Des Indo-Grecs aux Sassanides : données pour l’histoire et la géographie historique [Res Orientales XVII], Bures-sur-Yvette 2006 [2007], pp. 158- 179; (with M.-L. Chaumont), “Les Arméniens entre l’Iran et le monde gréco-romain (Ve siècle av. J.-C.-vers 300 ap. J.-C.)”, in G. Dédéyan (ed.), Histoire du peuple arménien, Privat, Toulouse, pp. 101-162. 
6.   Note Sozomen’s comments in the preface to his Ecclesiastical History. On Sozomen see P. van Nuffelen, Un héritage de paix et de piété: étude sur les histories ecclésiastiques de Socrate et de Sozomène (Louvain, 2004). 
7.   The Prosopography of the Later Roman Empire: Volume II, (Cambridge, 1980), p. 886. 
8.   See also B. Ward-Perkins, The Fall of Rome and the End of Civilization (Oxford, 2005), passim, for the fate of Italy in late antiquity. 
9.   Hydatius, Chronicle, 89.

The Syrian Orthodox Church of Antioch At A Glance / Patriarch Ignatius Zakka I Iwas, 1983 / Translated by: Emmanuel H. Bismarji.  

$
0
0

The Syrian Orthodox Church is the Church of Antioch, whose foundation goes back to the very dawn of Christianity, when Antioch was the capital of Syria1 and one of the three capital cities in the Roman Empire.2 The gospel was first preached in Antioch by some of Christ’s own disciples who fled Jerusalem after the Jewish persecution. Following the martyrdom St. Stephen the deacon ca. 34 AD., Antioch was visited by Barnabas, one of the seventy preachers, as well as St. Paul the Apostle. Both stayed in Antioch for an entire year preaching the gospel after St. Peter who preached the gospel there and established his apostolic see ca. AD. 33.
According to some historians, the conversion of the city of Antioch itself was carried out by St. Peter the Apostle in two stages: the first was the conversion of the Jews from whose ranks the Christian Church was established;3 the second was the conversion of the pagans who included Aramaeans, Greeks and Arabs. This took place after the settling of the case of Cornelius and his acceptance in the church.4
As we go through the events recorded in the New Testament, we find that during St. Peter’s second visit to Antioch, he refrained himself from mingling with the converted gentiles, even after their baptism because of his fear of the Christians in Jerusalem who had contended with him regarding the reception of Cornelius. However, St. Paul opposed him publicly.5 Further, some of the Jewish converts compelled the gentile converts to be circumcised so that they might become Jews before becoming Christians. In order to settle this problem, a council was held in Jerusalem in 51 A.D. and the following message was sent to Antioch through Paul and Barnabas accompanied by Judas, surnamed Barnabas, and Silas: “For it has seemed good to the Holy Spirit and to us to lay upon you no greater burden that these necessary things: that you abstain from what has been sacrificed to idols and from blood and from what is strangled and for unchastity” (Acts 15: 28-29). This event points out the importance of the Syrian Church of Antioch during the early days of Christianity.
The Book of Acts witnesses the earnest zeal of the members of the Church of Antioch and their care for their fellow Christians. They collected alms and sent them with Barnabas and Saul to the poor in Jerusalem. The book of Acts also testifies that it was in Antioch that the disciples of Jesus Christ were first called Christians.6
When Peter and Paul had to leave Antioch on preaching missions, they appointed two bishops to take care of the faithful, Aphodius who was assigned for the Christians of pagan origin, and Ignatius the Illuminator for those of Jewish origin. 7 In 68 A.D., Ignatius the Illuminator became the sole bishop of Antioch. It was he who called the Church of Antioch ‘The Universal Church,’ since it comprised both of the gentiles and the circumcised. Hence, Ignatius of Antioch was the first to apply the adjective ‘universal’ to the Christian Church.8
The Syriac Language in Antioch
The Syriac language is the Aramaic language itself, and the Arameans are the Syrians themselves. He who has made a distinction between them has erred. Throughout the old times, the name Syriac appeared along with the name Aramaic in describing the speakers of that language; hence it is a linguistic name. Following the spread of Christianity, the name Syriac came to be preferred over the name Aramaic. The disciples, the first preachers of Christianity, were Syriac-speakers. In the early centuries, when it was revealed that the disciples spoke Syriac, every Aramaean who accepted their teachings and became a Christian changed his original Aramaic identity to a Syriac one. He would be proud to be called a Syriac. As a result, the name Syriac came to imply the Christian faith, while the name Aramaic had a pagan connotation. This is evident from the Syriac translation of the Bible, known as the “Peshitto” or ‘simple’, which used the name Aramaic to distinguish a pagan from a Christian.9 This is how the use of the term Aramaic to refer to Christians almost vanished in the land of Aram to be replaced by the term Syriac which became synonymous to Christianity.
Hence, the term ‘Syrian Church’ means the Christian Church. The Syriac language is also known as the Aramaic. Originally it was the language of the Arameans10 who had settled since the l5th century BC in the lands of Aram-Damascus and Aram-Naharin (Mesopotamia).11
The Aramaic language had spread far and wide in the ancient world, to the extent that the alphabets of many other Oriental languages were derived from Aramaic.12 During the reign of King Nabo Blassar, it was the official language of the Babylonian Court, and during the reign of Darius the Great (521 – 486 BC), it was the official language between the various districts of the Persian Empire.13 It had become a lingua franca or ‘an international language’14 across the entire East for a long period of time. The Jews had learned it and used it since the Babylonian conquest in the fifth century BC as their common language replacing their own Hebrew language which they had forgotten. Jesus Christ and his disciples spoke Syriac as well.15
Thereafter, Syriac remained dominant over a large section of the Orient, until the end of the 7th century AD when Arabic became popular and Syriac started to decline gradually.16 Some of its dialects, however, are still being used in Tur Abdin, Turkey, the villages around Mosul and other villages in Northern Iraq and in Ma’lula, a village near Damascus, Syria. The trace of its influence is obvious today in the name of several cities and villages in the Middle East and in their common dialects.17
At the dawn of Christianity, Syriac was the mother tongue of the original inhabitants of Antioch, especially of those living in its suburbs, as well as those in the interior parts of Syria.18 Syriac was also the language of the Jewish immigrants in Antioch, whereas Greek was the language of the colonists of the Greek community brought in by the Seleucids.19
The historian Dr. Philip Hitti states that the English name ‘Syrian’, in its linguistic sense, refers to all the people who speak Syriac (Aramaic), among them those in Iraq and Iran. In its religious sense, it refers to the followers of the Ancient Syrian Church, some of whom are in Southern India. For a Roman, ‘a Syrian’ (Syrus) meant any person speaking Syriac.
The Church of Antioch used the Syriac language in its religious rites. She celebrated the first Eucharist20 using the Syriac liturgy written by St. James, the brother of our Lord, Archbishop of Jerusalem. This same liturgy is used in the Syrian Orthodox Church all over the world to this day. Today, the liturgy is usually celebrated in Syriac as well as in local languages. Many of the church fathers wrote their religious and scientific books in Syriac.21
Ecclesial Status of the Church of Antioch
The Church of Antioch is considered to be the most ancient and widely known of all churches after the Church of Jerusalem. After the destruction of Jerusalem in 70 AD by the Roman Emperor Titus, the Christians in Jerusalem were scattered and many made their way to Antioch. It was from Antioch that the disciples went to the then known parts of the world, spreading the Gospel and establishing churches, monasteries and schools. These monasteries and schools produced many illustrious scholars who enlightened the world with their religious and scientific achievements.22 The fathers of the Syrian Church of Antioch made great and memorable contributions in the study of the Holy Bible, both Old and New Testaments. It was their translation of the Holy Bible into the Syriac language that came to be known as (Peshitto) or ‘simple’. They also translated the Bible into Arabic,Persian and Malayalam (a South Indian language).23 Their work was not limited to translation; it included commentaries and exegesis of the Holy Scriptures. They have left behind them a rich heritage that should be counted as unique by today’s scholars. This church played a great role in spreading the Gospel to many nations of the world such in Arabia, Armenia, India, Ethiopia. In the process, it suffered the loss of thousands who laid down their lives as martyrs for the faith.24
Establishment of the See of Antioch by Peter the Apostle
Reliable historians such as Origens (d. 256 AD) Eusebius of Caeserea (d 340 AD), John the Golden Mouth (d. 407 AD), Hieronymus ( d. 420 AD ) and Mar Severius of Antioch (d. 538 AD ) have all commented on St. Peter’s efforts in Antioch, where, as mentioned earlier, he established the Apostolic See. He was the first of its patriarchs to whom the line of succeeding patriarchs is traced. Eusebius of Caeserea25 notes ‘In the fourth year after the Ascension of Jesus Christ, St. Peter proclaimed the word of God in Antioch, the great capital, and became its first bishop.”26 He also tells us in his Ecclesiastical History, “Ignatius became famous and was chosen to be the Bishop of Antioch and the successor of St. Peter.”27 In his Calendar of Feasts, Hieronymus28 fixed the 22nd day of February as the day of the establishment of the See of St. Peter in Antioch. The Catholic Church still celebrates this feast on this same date.29
We can, therefore, surmise that St. Peter was the first Patriarch of the Apostolic See of Antioch. He had many illustrious successors, including St. Ignatius. This succession has remained unbroken until the time of the present patriarch, the author of this treatise. He is the 122nd in line among the legitimate patriarchs.
Headquarters of the See of Antioch
The headquarters of the See of Antioch was in Antioch until 518 AD. On account of many historical upheavals and consequent hardships which the church had to undergo, it was transferred to different monasteries in Mesopotamia for centuries. In the 13th century it was transferred in the Monastery of Deir Al-Zaafaran, near Mardin, Turkey. In 1959 it was transferred again to Damascus, Syria.
The Name of St. Ignatius taken by the Patriarchs of Antioch
In the early centuries, the Patriarchs of Antioch had kept their original names, even after their enthronement. However, when Patriarch Yeshou was enthroned in the year 878 AD, he adopted the name Ignatius out of veneration for the great martyr Ignatius the Illuminator, the second patriarch after St. Peter. Four other patriarchs followed his example. When Patriarch Yousef, son of Weheb, Bishop of Mardin was installed Patriarch in 1293 with the name Ignatius, the custom was confirmed and it has remained a continuous tradition in the Syrian Orthodox Church to this day.
The See of Antioch and its Relation with the Other Apostolic Sees
According to the canon law which took shape in the first centuries of Christianity, the bishop of a main city (Metropolis) was named Metropolitan, which means the bishop of the capital city or the pedestal of the kingdom. Through various regional and ecumenical councils, the bishoprics were eventually attached to the archbishoprics and the great and equal apostolic sees were recognized to be Antioch, Alexandria and Rome. At the Council of Constantinople in 381 AD, the See of Constantinople was added to those three. The four sees attained high status due to the political importance of their respective cities and their strategic locations.30 In the middle of the 5th century, the bishop of each of these cities was named patriarch, which means the head of fathers.31 Every See had its own jurisdiction and all the churches within it were subjected to its religious authority through the local seats (centers of bishoprics and archbishoprics). In 325 AD the Council of Nicea specified the authority of each of these sees, stating: “Preserve the old custom in Egypt, Libya and the five cities, since the bishop of Alexandria had authority over all of these places, as the Bishop of Rome had also the same authority. Also the dignity of the churches in Antioch and the rest of the bishoprics must be kept fully intact”.32 The Council of Nicea did not create these privileges, but merely confirmed them.33
Fellowship of Faith and Authority of the Councils
The four Sees of Antioch, Rome, Alexandria and Constantinople were identical in faith and doctrine, as well as being equal in their authority and privileges. It was a custom for the occupants of these sees to exchange, upon their election, copies of their creeds in order to receive the right of fellowship. The receipt of this right of fellowship, however, was not considered as the installation of the patriarch in his position, but was merely a necessary requirement to exercise his authority legally.34 The historical events testify to the fact that these four great sees were not only autonomous,35 but also autocephalous,36 which means that none had authority over the other and none could interfere in the affairs of the other. In the case of bishops, no bishop could interfere in the affairs of another. Whenever a local, internal problem or dispute arose between the bishops of an archdiocese, a regional council of bishops, under the chairmanship of its archbishop would be convened to settle the matter. The council was considered above the bishops and as the highest authority in the whole archdiocese. If any major problem or grave situation relating to the faith emerged, a general or ecumenical council37 was convened, whose authority was above all the bishops and archbishops, including the bishop-patriarchs of the four great sees. Since all the bishops over the world were invited to such a council and had the right to take part therein, and as no one was to be absent, except for genuine reasons, the universal church was represented fully. As a consequence, all the bishops had to accept the decisions of that council and enforce them in the whole church. This council was considered as the supreme authority in the whole church.38
No bishop, even the patriarchs of the four great sees, had authority to take action in any major faith issue individually since that was the responsibility of the ecumenical councils. Contradiction of opinions and diversification of decisions taken by the regional councils relating to matters of faith often confused the universal church. When such cases were discussed in the ecumenical council, the council would pass its judgment which would be accepted by the universal church as if it were a divine decision. Councils of this type were convened to authenticate the genuineness of the true faith and to reject heresies. The declarations of faith in the Nicean creed, for example, were included in the writings of the fathers in detail and were accepted by the church since its dawn. The council, however, formulated it very clearly and asked the faithful to stand by its terms, or else they would be subjected to excommunication.39
Division among the Four Great Sees
In 451 AD the Council of Chalcedon40 was convened. It resulted in the division of the apostolic sees into two groups. The Sees of Rome and Constantinople became one group, while the Sees of Antioch and Alexandria formed the other. The latter two Sees remain united in faith to this day, with each having its own leadership and absolute independence as was the case since the beginning of Christianity. The former two sees of Rome and Constantinople split from each other in the 11th century AD.
Jurisdiction of the See of Antioch
The pontiff of the See of Antioch had always had a prominent position in the church. His religious authority extended from the Greek Sea in the West to the far end of Persia and India in the East, and from Asia Minor in the North to the frontiers of Palestine in the South.
The church of Antioch was one and was headed by only one patriarch. There was no other one besides him in all the Eastern Countries42. His jurisdiction extended over the lands of Damascus, Palestine, Cilicia, Mesopotamia parts of Asia Minor and all of Persia.43 His authority was dominant over all the Christians in these districts, irrespective of their nationality, race or language. The larger dioceses had archbishops, while the smaller ones had bishops who took care of their spiritual administration. They were all obedient to him.44
Maphrianate of the East
The countries which were lying beyond the Eastern boundaries of the Roman Empire were known as the East, from which, at the time of Jesus Christ, under the Persian rule, the Magis came to Bethlehem and presented their gifts to the Lord.45 When they returned to their countries, they proclaimed the news of Jesus’ birth. As there were Jewish communities in the East, some of them might have been present in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost. The Book of Acts identifies Parthians, Medes, Elamites and the dwellers of Mesopotamia.46 It is beyond doubt that some of them who believed in Christ conveyed the Gospel to their countries.
Church history records that Addai, one of the seventy preachers, was sent by his brother, the apostle Thomas, to Edessa, capital of the Abgarite Kingdom, and cured its king Abgar V from leprosy and converted him together with all the inhabitants of the city. Then Addai preached in Amed (Diarbekir), in the South of Arzen, in the Eastern valley of the Tigris River, and in Bazebdi. After which he came to Hidiab (Arbil),47 where he settled down with his friend Mari, preaching the Gospel. The Syrian historians: Mor Michael the Great, Bar `Ebroyo and Bar Salibi add that the apostle Thomas passed through these places and preached their inhabitants on his way to India. This is how Christianity spread since the first century all over the East, where churches were built and bishoprics established.
During the third century, a number of bishoprics were gradually organized and a general leadership was established, with Madaen as its center, in the ecclesiastical region under the jurisdiction of the Apostolic See of Antioch.48 Its bishop was called Bishop of the East, or Catholicos of the East, and was later known as the Maphryono49 of the East.50
The Catholicos of the East had general authority over the churches in his district, in collaboration with the Patriarch of Antioch. The political situation hindered this relation since the headquarters of the See of Antioch was within the Roman Empire, while the East was subject to the Persian rule and the enmity between the Persians and the Romans was severe.51
In 431 AD the Council of Ephesus excommunicated Nestorious, Patriarch of Constantinople. A number of bishops from Syria together with the majority of the teachers and students of the School of Edessa aligned with him. Hence, Nestorious’ teachings were spread in the East with the exception of Tikrit and Armenia. The result was the division of the Syrians, from the religious and doctrinal points of view, into two groups. This division affected even the Syriac language which came to be distinguished in its phonetic and calligraphic styles, known as the Western style and the Eastern style. The Western style was used in the land of Damascus [Syria] and the Eastern style in the lands of Mesopotamia, Iraq and Azerbejan. The Eastern group cut off its relations with the See of Antioch, with the exception of the Orthodox people in Iraq52 who remained loyal to the Apostolic See of Antioch, enduring great hardships as a result. In the year 480 AD, Barsouma, the Nestorian Bishop of Nusaibin, slandered against the faithful orthodox of the East to Fairouz, the Persian king, accusing them of spying in the interest of the Byzantine Kingdom. As a result, Fairouz slaughtered many of them shedding their innocent blood. After the death of Barsauma, the Armenian Catholicos Christophorus visited the East and consecrated a monk by the name Garmai as bishop in the Monastery of St. Matthew and gave him authority to consecrate bishops, as the Catholicos of the East. Christophorus also consecrated Monk Ahodemeh as bishop at Baerbye.53 In 559 AD, Ya`qub Burd`ono visited the church in the East and consecrated Ahodemeh as General Bishop who became the first General Bishop of the East, after the Nestorians had captured its See. 54
In 628, a reconciliation was reached between the Persian and Roman Empires. Patriarch Athanasius I (595-631) sent his secretary Rabban (Monk) Youhanna to the East. He met with Bishop Christophorus, head of the Monastery of St. Matthew and discussed with him the subject of resuming relations between the See of Antioch and the Church in the East. The bishop convened a synod which was attended by Monk Youhanna and four regional bishops. They elected three monks, Marotha, Ithalaha and Aha, and requested the patriarch to consecrate them bishops. The patriarch accepted the request and honored the old custom of the Church of the East which allowed three bishops in the absence of the Catholicos to consecrate a new bishop in dire circumstances.
The Eastern bishops consecrated the chosen monks as bishops in the presence of the patriarch’s envoy. The patriarch then installed Marutha, one of the three new bishops, as Bishop of Tikrit, and gave him authority to preside over the East, on his behalf. The above incident indicates that the Church in the East was autonomous and that its Catholicos who was installed by the patriarch had authority over all its bishoprics. Also we can see in the history of the church that the Patriarch was enthroned by the fathers of the church with the cooperation of the Catholicos. Several attempts have taken place for infringing this tradition.
Mar Marotha of Tikrit (d. 649) was the first to be called Maphryono. From him the Maphrianate took its line of succession. It is worth mentioning that the bishoprics of the East increased in number and prestige to the extent that they outnumbered the dioceses of the See of Antioch during the time of Mor Gregorios Bar `Ebroyo who himself was a Maphryono of the East (1264-12861). Bar `Ebroyo is considered to be one of the most famous and scholarly Maphryonos of the East.
The headquarters of the Maphrianate was first in Tikrit and remained there until 1089 AD. Subsequently, it was transferred to Mosul, and then back to Tikrit where it remained until 1152 when it was transferred to St. Matthew Monastery, near Mosul. For sometime the Maphrianate was at Bartelleh near Mosul and then was brought back to Mosul.
In the past, it was the custom to have the Maphryono keep his episcopal name, even after his installation. But since the 16th century, the name Baselios was added to his original personal name. In the year 1860, after the death of Maphryono Mor Baselios Bahnam IV of Mosul, the Maphrianate was abolished by a decision of a synod.
Reinstatement of the Office of the Maphrianate
On May 21, 1964, the office of the Maphrianate was reinstated according to a resolution of the synod held at Kottayam, South India. It was presided by H. H. Mor Ignatius Ya`qub III, the late Patriarch of Antioch and All the East, and attended by all the bishops of the Syrian Church in India and three bishops from the Middle East who had accompanied His Holiness on his apostolic visitation to India. The author of this book was one of those three bishops. It was decided that the headquarters of the Maphryono should be in India and that the jurisdiction of the Maphrianate is limited to India and to the East of India only.55
Since 1964, the Maphyono is elected by the local Holy Synod of the Syrian Church in India and installed by H.H. the Patriarch of Antioch and All the East who is the Supreme Head of the Universal Syrian Orthodox Church. He represents the Syrian Orthodox Church in India in the Universal Synod of the church when it is convened for the election and enthronement of a patriarch. The present Maphryono is H.B. Mor Baselios Paulose II [d. 1996].
Schisms in the Church of Antioch
The Church of Antioch (Syrian Church) endured in its history many painful incidents that divided its flock into several sects at different times. These incidents, a few of which will be briefly discussed, weakened the church in many ways.
In 431 AD the Council of Ephesus rejected the teachings of Nestorius, Patriarch of Constantinople, who claimed that there were two separate persons and natures in Christ. Patriarch Yuhanna of Antioch supported him. He was succeeded by his nephew Domnos who unfortunately accepted that same heresy. He was deposed in the year 449 AD by the second council of Ephesus and was replaced by Maximus. The teachings of Nestorius were accepted by some Syrians in the Persian Empire, some parts of Syria, Palestine and Cyprus. Those formed a church breaking away from the See of Antioch in 498 AD. They chose a leader for themselves who called himself Catholicos. Their first Catholicos was Babai who had his headquarters in Selucia, Near Madaen in Iraq. This was later transferred to Baghdad in the year 762 AD. At the beginning of the 15th century it was shifted to Al-Kosh and in 1561 to Erumia,1 both in Iraq.
As a result of the Council of Chalcedon in 451 AD, the four great sees were split into two groups and confusion dominated over the church weakening its discipline. Illegal interference took place in several bishoprics and fishing in troubled waters was considered a great gain. The Roman See was able to win a Nestorian bishop called Timotheos, Bishop of Cyprus. In 1445 AD he joined the Catholic Church with a group from his church. It should be remembered that this group comprised members of the Syrian Church who had already embraced the Nestorian ideas. Pope Ojanius IV declared: “It is henceforth forbidden to treat those Syrians who had left Nestorianism and joined the Roman Church as heretics, but they have to be distinguished with the particular name of Chaldeans.”56 Five years later in 1450 AD, they returned to their Church. But disputes soon arose in that church when Patriarch Shemoun’s Synod passed a resolution to the effect that no patriarch should be installed from outside his own tribe. When this decision was taken by Shemoun’s Synod, a rebel synod which opposed Shemoun was convened in Mosul. A great number left Shemoun and joined the Roman See in 1553. Accordingly, Pope Julius III consecrated for them Patriarch Yuhanna Sulaqa. This split did not last long since Patriarch Yuhanna Sulaqa was killed in 1555 AD and the relation with the Roman See was severed.
Until 1827, there were two patriarchs for the Chaldeans, one of whom was called Patriarch of Amed, and the other, Patriarch of Babylon. In that same year, the distinction between the two Patriarchates of Amed and Babylon was abolished by Pope Leo XII. As of 1830, that is from the time of Patriarch Yuhanna Hermezd, there was only one patriarch who was called the Patriarch of Babylon. Yuhanna Hermezd was the first patriarch of the united Patriarchate of Bayblon. In the middle of the 19th century, Patriarch Yousef Odo57 who, unlike his predecessors, was known to have liked the Oriental Church and its ancient traditions, was installed as the Patriarch of Babylon.
Turning back to the See of Antioch, we shall see that since the time of Maximos (449 A D. – 512 AD) it was usurped by patriarchs who had followed the formulation of the Council of Chalcedon and by others rocking from one side to the other. During this critical period, the famous Patriarch Peter II the Fuller was installed to the Holy See of Antioch.
In 512 A D. Mor Severius was enthroned as the Patriarch of Antioch succeeding Philibianos who was deposed because of his unsteadiness of faith. Mor Severius ruled the holy see in peace until 518 when he was sent into exile. When the Orthodox Emperor Anastas died, he was succeeded by Justinos I who was a supporter of the Council of Chalcedon.
He sent into exile most of the orthodox bishops including Patriarch Mor Severios who died in the year 538 while in exile in Egypt. Mor Serjis succeeded Mor Severios to the Holy Throne of Antioch. Through all these great storms, the See of Antioch struggled hard to keep the succession of its patriarchs to this day.
The followers of the Council of Chalcedon seized the opportunity of the exile of Mor Severious to install from among themselves patriarchs with the title of “Patriarch of Antioch”. From this time (518 AD) the series of Byzantine Patriarchs started. The most famous of these patriarchs was Ephrem of Amed. Most of those Byzantine Patriarchs were Syrians and others from Greek colonies. Those patriarchs and their followers were called “Melkites”, i.e., ‘followers of the king.’ They were called so since they followed the doctrine of the Council of Chalcedon which was upheld by the then king. They used the Syrian rites until the 10th century when they changed to the Greek rites. But, because of their ignorance of Greek, they used the Syriac translation of the Greek rites. In later centuries, after they learned Greek, they started to use the Greek rites both in Greek and Arabic. They collected the Syriac codices, which were preserved in the library of St. Mary’s Monastery (a Syrian Monastery which the Greeks later occupied), in the village of Saidnaya, near Damascus and burned them.58
At the beginning of the 7th century, a dispute arose among the followers of the Council of Chalcedon within the jurisdiction of the See of Antioch, because of the emergence of a new dogma of two wills in Jesus Christ. It resulted in a division among the Maronite monks in Lebanon leading to the establishment of a separate Patriarchate. In the 12th century, they joined the Roman See59 and started calling their Patriarchate the “Patriarchate of Antioch”.60
There were further new Patriarchates of Antioch splintered from the original Patriarchate of Antioch. At the beginning of the 17th century, through the influence of some Capuchin monks, and with the assistance of the French Consul, a group in Aleppo, Syria, left the Holy See of Antioch. They approached a Maronite bishop in 1657 to consecrate for them an Armenian priest by the name Andraos Akhijian of Mardin as bishop whom they called patriarch. The Syrian Catholic Patriarchate61 started with him. They also called their patriarch “Patriarch of Antioch”.
At the beginning of the 18th century, a split took place among the Greek Orthodox, which led some to abandon their Patriarchate and follow the Roman See. They established for themselves a separate Patriarchate which they called ‘Patriarchate of Antioch’. They are known as Greek Catholics.
In the last quarter of the 18th century, a group of Syrian Orthodox in Iraq was compelled to join the Roman See, through the connivance of the French Consul, who advised the Ottoman ruler to impose heavy taxes on the Syrian Orthodox people. The Consul encouraged the Dominican missionaries who had already spread roots in Iraq to persuade the simple-minded Syrian Orthodox people to ask for French protection in order to reduce the burden of taxes. But when they approached the French officials for help, they were told that unless they followed the Pope of Rome, no help would be provided. This is how Catholicism spread in Iraq. The first group to embrace it were the inhabitants of Karakoush in 1761 AD. Later, in the middle of the 19th century, other groups from Bartelleh and Mosul62 followed suit.
Mor Ya`qub Burd`ono
As a result of the oppression of the leaders of the Syrian Orthodox Church by the Byzantine Emperors, many holy fathers were martyred, some were exiled, others severely persecuted and the rest scattered. At one stage in 544 AD, there were just three living bishops left in the Syrian Orthodox Church as a result of all the hardships and chaos.
At this critical stage, God raised up an indefatigable man called Ya`qub Burd`ono to defend the church. He went to Constantinople and was respectfully received by Queen Theodora, the daughter of a Syrian priest in Manbej, Syria, and the wife of Emperor Justinian. She served the exiled bishops and supported them in their sufferings. She used her influence to get Mor Ya`qub consecrated general bishop in 544 A D. by Mor Theodosius, Patriarch of Alexandria, who was then in exile in Constantinople. Mor Theodosius was assisted by three bishops who were also under imprisonment. After his consecration, Mor Ya`qub traveled far and wide vigorously organizing the affairs of the church. He consecrated twenty-seven bishops and hundreds of priests and deacons. By the time of his death on July 30, 578 AD, Mor Ya`qub had strengthened the church to survive upcoming disasters. Every year on July 30, the church respectfully and gratefully celebrates his memorial feast.63
Thus, the Syrian Orthodox Church withstood the heavy blows of Byzantine persecution and maintained the apostolic faith, affirmed by the three ecumenical councils. The Holy See of Antioch remained united with the See of Alexandria, and they continue in communion with the Armenian Orthodox Church and the Ethiopian Church sharing the same faith and doctrine.
In the 8th century, the Byzantines, in their seventh council described the Syrian Orthodox Church as the ‘Jacobite Church’, after Mor Ya`qub Burd`ono. Their intention was to disgrace and degrade the noble Syrian Orthodox Church. Though Mor Ya`qub is indeed one of its famous and great fathers, he is not its founder. Since the Syrian Orthodox Church was not established by him, and since he did not introduce any fresh doctrine into its apostolic faith, we repudiate the title ‘Jacobite.’64 The Syrian Orthodox Church also denies the designation ‘Monophysite’ which is Euthychean and which means that the human nature in Jesus Christ was mingled with the divine nature and thus became a mixture and its attributes confused. Eutyches and his teachings were rejected by the Syrian Orthodox Church which follows the footsteps of St. Cyril of Alexandria who believed that Jesus Christ was perfectly human and at the same time perfectly divine, and has only one nature from two united natures without any mixture, confusion or transformation.65
The Syrian Orthodox Church Today
The number of followers of the Syrian Orthodox Church today is around three million. The majority of them reside in India and the rest are spread mainly in Syria, Lebanon, Iraq, Jordan, Turkey, Egypt, Europe, North and South America and Australia. Its supreme head at present is Mor Ignatius Zakka I Iwas, Patriarch of Antioch and all the East, the 122nd successor of St. Peter in the legitimate line of Patriarchs of Antioch. The supreme head is looked upon as the common father of all Syrian Orthodox people wherever they are. He is obeyed by the Catholicos, prelates, clergy and laity of all ranks in the Syrian Orthodox Church.
The name of the patriarch is to be mentioned before that of the Catholicos in India and of the bishops in their respective dioceses during the eucharistic services, at the end of the daily prayers, on religious festivals, and during other spiritual ceremonies such as ordinations, consecrations, etc. His title is ‘His Holiness Moran Mor Ignatius, Patriarch of Antioch and All the East and the Supreme Head of the Universal Syrian Orthodox Church’. His religious duties include the installation of the Catholicos, the consecration of the legally elected bishops and the consecration of chrism with the assistance of at least two bishops. He also has the authority to convene universal synods and other synods over which he presides. He cannot be deposed unless he introduces heresy in the orthodox faith of the church as established in the three Ecumenical Councils of Nicea, Constantinople and Ephesus and the teachings of the holy fathers, deviates from the canonical laws, suffers from mental disorder or is found guilty of a serious misconduct.
The patriarch is accountable to the holy synod, consisting of all the bishops of the Apostolic See of Antioch, which is considered to be the supreme authority in the church. The synod is vested with the authority for the election and installation of patriarchs, the approval of the election of bishops, the examination and trial of bishops in case of their deviation from the doctrine and canonical laws, their transfer from one bishopric to another, the acceptance or rejection of their resignation and their deposition, if at all necessary. The synod also has the authority for the creation of a new diocese or the abolition of an existing one. The meeting of the synod is considered legal if it is attended by at least two-thirds of its members. Synodal decisions, taken by majority, become effective upon their approval by the patriarch.66
[As of the time this document was authored (1983), the] Syrian Orthodox Church today consists of twenty-seven dioceses, ten of which are in India, and the rest are spread in different parts Of the world. Each diocese has a bishop who administers its spiritual affairs, ordains its priests, monks and deacons, consecrates altars, churches and the holy oil for baptism and codifies bylaws for its welfare. Each diocese has an ecclesiastical board and a laymen’s board to help its bishop in its administration.
All the dioceses maintain the orthodox faith of the church and keep its ancient apostolic traditions. The church rites are performed in Syriac along with the local language. In the past, the church had hundreds of monasteries, a few of which still flourish. The most famous ones are in the Middle East:
1. St. Matthew’s Monastery near Mosul, Iraq
2. St. Gabriel Monastery in Tur Abdin, Turkey; both of these monasteries date back to 4th century.
3. St. Hananya Monastery, known as Deir Al-Zaafaran, near Mardin, Turkey, established in the 8th century.
4. In each of the last two monasteries, there is an elementary theological school.
5. St. Mark’s Monastery in Jerusalem, which deserves the pride of Christianity, because it includes the upper room, where Jesus Christ took the Last Supper with his disciples. This historic fact has been confirmed by the inscription discovered in 1940 under the plastering of the church in the monastery. The inscription is in Syriac and it dates back to the 6th century. It reads as follows: “This is the house of Mary, Mother of John, Called Mark.” The church has two theological seminaries, one in the mountains of Lebanon [in Damascus since 1996] and the other in India, where the clergy are trained.
The Syrian Orthodox Church is progressing and growing actively. In the opinion of a Greek Orthodox historian: The Syrians are active, hard workers and economical, that is why you can hardly find a beggar among them. In spite of all the great crises that they endured, they are still maintaining their economical standard, because of their love to work steadily, and their remoteness from imitating the foreigners in spending extravagantly.67 Another researcher from the Episcopalian Church said in the last century the following about the Syrian Orthodox Church: “It is within the possibilities of Gods providence that they might yet take new root downwards and bear fruit upwards, if the people who still cling passionately to their ancient faith, were once freed from the domination of foreign religion and power, under which they have so long and so cruelly been oppressed. As it is, in all their present feebleness, they are the representatives of the ancient church, which once flourished in these eastern and southern lands.”68
The Syrian Church is a member of the World Council of Churches which she joined in the year 1960, through the efforts of the late Patriarch Mor Ignatius Jacob III of blessed memory. It is represented today [as of date of publication in 1983] by Archbishop Mor Gregorios Youhanna Ibrahim of Aleppo in its Central Committee. It is also a member in the Council of Local Churches and collaborates with the other Christian Churches, and takes part in the ecumenical and theological dialogues at official and non-official levels.
Conclusion
This book provides a panoramic view of the Church of Antioch, the true Church of the Orient, commonly known as the Syrian Orthodox Church, whose faith, liturgy and tradition are distinctively Oriental and are at the same time a witness to the undivided early church.
This church battered by the events of history and torn by schisms, is still the custodian of a great heritage. I am hopeful that through prayer and dialogue, its scattered parts can be brought together again and its wounds healed. The communion of faith could be restored among its different sections, and excommunications and curses could be wiped out. Grace will then abound, leading to the unity that was at the dawn of Christianity and the Gospel imperative “that all may be one” will be fulfilled.
References
1. The Holy Bible: New Testament.
2. Dr. George Post: Dictionary of the Holy Bible, 2nd ed., Beirut 1971.
3. Constitution of the Syrian Orthodox Church of Antioch Manuscript-Amended by the Synod of Damascus 1979.
4. Hidayat wa Quanin Al-Majame’: A Syriac Manuscript
5. Eusebius of Caesarea: History of the Church.
6. Gregorios Yohanna Bar Habraeus: Summary of Nations, Beirut 1958.
7. Breasted: Earlier Ages.
8. Adai Ashir: History of Kaldo & Athur, Beirut 1913.
9. Lemon the French: Moukhtassar Twarikh Al-Kanisa:translated by Bishop Youssef Daoud, Mosul 1873.
10. Cardinal Eugene Tisserand: Khoulassa Tarikhyia LilkanisaAl-Kaldania; Translated by Bishop Suleiman Sayegh, Mosul 1939.
11. Mari bn Suleiman: Akhbar Fatarikat Kursi Al-Mashreq, from the book Al-Maidal, Rome 18S9.
12. Rev. Butros Nassri: Dhakhirat Al-A&an fi Twarikh Al Mashariqa wal Maghariba Al-Suryian, Mosul 1905.
13. Bishop Gregorios Georges Shahin: Nahlon Wassim fi ar h Al-Umma Al-Suryiania Al-Qawim, Homs 1911.
14. Letus Al-Douairi: Mujaz Tarith Al-Massihia, Egypt 1949.
15. Chabot: Aramaic Languages & its Literature. Translated by Antoun Laurence, Jerusalem 1930.
16. Ali Wafi: Feqh Al-Lougha, 2nd ea., Cairo 1944.
17. Rev. Ishaq Armaleh: Al-Salasel Al-TariLhia, Beirut 1910.
18. Al Massih ssH d. Al’-gTurfa Al-Naqia mn Tarikh Al-Kanisa
19. Dr. Philip Hitti: History of Syria, Lebanon & Palestine.
20. Assad Restom: History of the City of Antioch, Beirut 1958.
1. crtieAsr&svrlelha, Dictionary of the Names of Lebanese
1. Je i Fa h De Fr: Al Al-Shargi Al C h Ke i Al-Rasouli Wal P bd h eLda filiman, tebanon 1971. he magmme Al
1. Patriarch Ephrem Barsoum: A – Al-Loulou’ Al-Manthour fi Tarikh Al-Eloum wal AdabAl-Surylania, 3rd ea., Baghdad 1976. A HI Durlar Al-Nafisa fi Mukhtassar Tarikh Al K
2. Patriarch Yacoub III: 
A IT9a5r3kh AI-Kanisa Al-Suryiania A1 ~ t k
B Dahkat Al-Tib fi Tarikh Deir Mar Matta Al-Ajib, Zahle 1961.
C Kanisat Antakyin Souryia, Damascus 1971.
D Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Antakyia Al- kthodoxia ta lecture), Damascus 1974.
E Man Hua Batriark Antakyia Al-Shari, published inthe Magazine, Al-Mashreq of Mosul, Ist year.
F Al-Mujahed Al-Rassouli Al-kbar- Mor Yacoub Bardaeus, Damascus 1978.
3. Patriarch Ephrem Rehmani: Al-Mabaheth Al-Jalia fi AlLiturjIat Al-SharqIa, Al-Sharfeh 1924.
4. Patriarch Zakka I Iwas:
A Al-Merqat fi Hayat Ra i Al-Rouat, Homs 1958.
B Al-Kanisa wa Mouqaoumat Al-Majma’ I-Maskounifiha – Damascus Patriarchal Magazine, 10th year, No. 96, 1972.
C Qeboul ~I-Majame’-Damascus Patriarchal Magazine,11 th year, No. 108.
D Akidat Al-Tajsed Al-Dahi fi Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Orthodoxia, 2nd ed., Aleppo 1980.
5. Bishop Youhanna Dolabani: Al-Mithal Al-Rabani. Buenos Aires 1942.
6. Archdeacon Ne’matallah Denno: Iqamat Al-Dalil ala Istemrar rl-Esm Al-Assil, Mosul 1949.

Footnotes:
1 Dr. Assad Restom, History of the City of Antioch (Beirut 1958). Volume 1, p. 14, from the British Encyclopedia, 9th ea., Vol. 2, p. 130.
2 Selucas I Nicatur built the city of Antioch on the Orontes River in Syria in 311 BC, after the division of the Kingdom of Alexander the Great. He called it Antioch after his father, Antiochus. It was the capital of Seleucids until the Roman conquer in 64 BC The Syrians liked it and adopted the first month and the first year of its foundation October 311 BC), as a general date in their religious and civil records. They shifted to the AD. date only at the beginning of this century.
3 It is believed that Peter the Apostle was in Antioch in 34 AD-the year he established the Apostolic See of Antioch. The Ascension of Jesus was in the year 30 AD, Paul converted a year later. He came to Jerusalem three years after his conversion, that is in the year 34 AD., but he did not find any disciples, except James, our Lord’s brother. According to the church’s liturgy, Peter was then in Antioch, where he stayed for seven consecutive years, until 41 AD. Some scholars believe that the birth of Christ took place four years earlier than the date assumed today. See Patriarch Ignatius Yacoub III, Kanisat Antakyia Souryia, Damascus 1971, pp. 3-6.
4 Dr. Assad Restom, History of the City of Antioch (Beirut 1958). The incident of Cornelius is detailed in Chapters 10&11 in the Book of Acts, in the New Testament.
5 The Apostle Paul said to Peter “If thou, being a Jew, livest after the manner of Gentiles, and not as do the Jews, why compellest thou the Gentiles to live as do the Jews ?” Galatians 2: 14. See also Lestus Doueiri, Mujaz Tarikh al -Massihieh ( Egypt 1949 ), p. 55
6 Book of Acts 11: 26.
7 Eusebius of Caesarea, Church History, 3: 22.
8 Patriarch Yacoub III, Kanisat Antakyia Souryia (Damascus 1971).
9 Letter to the Galatians 2: 14 and 3: 28
10 Dr. George Post, Dictionary of the Holy Bible. Beirut 1913), Look under Aram; Adai Ashir, History of Kaldo & Athur ( Beirut 1973 ),Vol. 1, p. 16; Breasted. Earlier Ages, Chapter 211, p. 109; Gregorios Youhanna Bar Hebraeus, Summary of Nations (Beirut 1962).
11 The Greeks called these lands Mesopotamia, that is between two rivers. It was comprised of the upper part of Tigris and the convergence of Tigris and the Euphrates, near the mouth of the river. Aram of Damascus included inner Syria, Palestine and Lebanon. The word Aram means the elevated land.
12 Al-Arabi – Arabic Literary Magazine published in Kuwait, No. 81 (1965).
13 Dr. Philip Hitti, History of Syria, Lebanon and Palestine; The First Book of Ezra 4: 6 & 7.
14 Dr. Ali Wafi Feqh Al-Lougha ( Cairo 1944 ), p. 120; Chabot.,Aramaic Languages. p. 9; Kaldo & Athur, 1 :16.
15 It is the language known as Palestinian Syriac and sometimes called Hebrew. Eusebius of Caesarea (263 – 339 AD) in his book ‘Al-Dhhour Al-llahi, describes the disciples before being inspired by the Holy Ghost as “.. people from Galilee, knowing nothing except the Syriac language.” ( The Syriac manuscript No. 12150 is at the British Museum; it was written in 411 AD and published by Rev. Paul Bedjan in Paris in 1905. ) Although the Holy Bible was translated to several languages, it kept several expressions in their Syriac forms, e.g. (Abba meaning father ( Gal. 4: 6 ); (Talitha Cumi) meaning Damsel, I say unto thee, arise (Matthew 9: 23 & Mark 5: 41 ) and (Tabitha Cumi) meaning you dear arise ( Acts 9:40 ; See also Matthew 27: 46; John 20: 16 and Acts 1: 19. Parts of the Book of Daniel, Ezra and Nehemiah and all of the gospel of Matthew and the Epistle to the Hebrews were written in Syriac. The Holy Bible was entirely translated into Syriac towards the end of the first century after Christ.
16 Dr. George Post, Dictionary of the Holy Bible, I 58.
17 Dr. Anis Freha, Dictionary of the Names of Lebanese Cities and Villages (Beirut 1972).
18 Patriarch Ephrem Rehmani, Al-Mabaheth Al-Jalia fi Al-Liturjia Al-Sharqia ( Deir Al-Sharfeh 1924 ), p. 23; Dr. Assad Restom, History of the City of Antioch.
19 Al-Mabaheth Al-Jalia, p. 151.
20 Kanisat Antakyia Souryia, pp. 3 & 8.
Al-Durar Al-Nafisa fi Makhtassar Tarikh Al-Kanisa, Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum (Homs 1940), p. 143.
21 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Lou lou Al-Manthour (Baghdad 1976).
22 Patriarch Yacoub 111, Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Antakyia Al-Arthodoxia (Damascus 1974) pp. 10-15.
23 Patriarch Yacoub 111, Tarikh Al-Kanisa Al-Suryiania Al-Antakyia (Beirut 1953), Vol. 1, pp. 117-119.
24 A lecture by Patriarch Zakka I Iwas at Vienna, Austria on 4/5/1972. Its Arabic translation was published in the Damascus Patriarchal Magazine No. 97, 10th year, Sept. 1972.
25 Eusebius of Caesarea, Church History.
26 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Durar Al-Nafisa (Homs
27 Eusebius of Caesarea, Church History.
28 Jerome, Latin Church Father of the 4th century.
29 Patriarch Yacoub III, Man Hua Al-Batriark Al-Shar’i i,published in the magazine Al-Mashreq of Mosul, 1st year, p. 836,quoted from the Roman Calendar (Rome 1852).
30 A lecture given by Patriarch Zakka I in Vienna, Austria on May 5, 1972. Its Arabic translation was published in the Damascus Patriarchal Magazine No. 97, 10th year, Sept. 1972.
31 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Durar Al-Nafisa, Vol. 1, p. 398.
32 The Lebanese Synod, p. 311; Patriarch Douehi, Maronite Patriarch, Manaret Al-Aqdas, 1:22.
33 Jesuit Father De Friz, Al-Kersi Al-Rasouli Wal Batriarkia Al-Sharqia Al-Catholikyia, published in the magazine Al-Wehda Biliman in Lebanon, 1971.
34 Same pp. 7, 9 & 10.
35 Autonomous: self directing freedom, esp. moral independence.
36 Autocephalous: being independent of external and especially patriarchal authority – used esp. of Eastern Orthodox national churches.
37 Ecumenical: worldwide or general in extent, influence or application. Representing the whole of a body of churches.
38 Lecture by the author in Vienna, Austria on May 5, 1972.
39 Lecture by the author in Vienna on 6-9-1973.
40 Chalcedon, a district within Constantinople (Istanbul).
41 Bishop Gregorios Georges Shahin,” Nahjon Wassim (Homs 1911), Vol. 1, p. 14; Patriarch Rehmani, A-Mabaheth Al-Jalia, pp. 23, 24 & 28.
42 Lemon the French, Moukhtassar Twarikh Al-Kanasi;translated by Rev. Youssef Daoud (Mosul 1873), p. 178.
43 Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum Al-Durar Al-Nafisa. p. 143.
44 Rev. Butros Nassri, Dhakhirat Al-Adhan fi Twarikh Al-Mashriqa wal Maghriba Al-Suryian Mosul 1905), p. 73
45 The Gospel of Matthew 2:2.
46 The Book of Acts 2:9.
47 Mari bn Suleiman, Akhbar Fatarikat Kursi Al-Mashreq, fromthe book Al-Ma dal (Rome 1899), 1. 1; – Patriarch Ephrem I Barsoum, Al-Durar Al-Nafisa, Vol. 1, pp.76&77; Eugene Tisserand, Khoulassa Tarikyia Lilkanisah Al-Kaldania; translated by Bishop Suleiman Sayegh (Mosul 1939), p. 76.
48 Al-Durar Al-Nafisa, p. 586; Nahjon Aassim, p. 12.
49 Catholicos: general father; Maphrian: a Syriac word meaning fruitful.
50 Patriarch Ignatius Yacoub III, Dafacat Al-Tib fi Tarikh Deir Mar Matta Al-Ajib (Zahle 1961), p. 51.
51 Same pp. 42 & 43.
52 Al-Lou Lou Al-Manthour, p. 16.
53 Dafakat Al-Tib. p. 34, quote from Al-Tarikh Al-Kanassi, by Bar Hebraeus, Vol. 2, pp. 87 & 99; Tarikh Mar Mikhail Al-Kabir, p. 35
54 Dafakat Al-Tib. p. 35; Al-Lou lou Al-Manthour, p. 26.
55 Damascus Patriarchal Magazine, 3rd year, 1964, No. 21; pp. 6&7; Patriarch Zakka I Iwas, Merkat fi Hayat Ra’i i Al-Rouat (Homs 1958), p. 344.
56 Rev. Ishaq Armaleh, Al-Salasel Al-Tarikhia (Beirut1910), p. 135.
57 Cardinal Tisserand, Khoulassa Tarikhyia Lilkanissa Al-Kaldania, p. 107. From a bull issued by Pope Ojanius IV; Nahjon Wassim, p. 57.
58 Nahjon Wassim, Vol. 1, pp. 72 & 73.
59 Same, Vol. 1, p. 8.
60 Rev. Issa Assa’d, Al-Turfa Al-Naqia mn Tarikh AlKanisa Al-Massthia (Homs 1924), appendix p. 453.
61 Nahjon Wassim, Vol. 1, pp. 41 & 42; Al-Mashreq, magazine published in Mosul, 1st year, p.847.
62 The author, Al-Merqat, pp. 24 & 25.
63 Bishop Youhanna Dolabani, Al-Mithal Al-Rabani Buenos Aires 1942; Patriarch Yacoub III Al-Mujahed Al-Rassouli Damascus1978.
64 Archdeacon Ne’matallah Denno, Iqamat Al-Dalil alaIstemrar Al-Esm Al-Assil (Mosul 1949).
65 Patriarch Zakka I Iwas, Akidat Al-Tajsed Al-Ilahi (Aleppo 1981).
66 The Constitution of the Syrian Orthodox Church issued by the Synod of Homs in 1959 and amended by the Synod of Damascus 1979.
67 Rev. Issa Ass ad, Al-Terfa Al-Naqia (Homs 1922), Appendix p. 424.
68 Rev. Edward L. Cults, Turning Points of General Church History (N.Y. 1890), p. 446.

 Please feel free to browse our website:

SyriacStudies.com

THE DOCTRINE OF ADDAI

$
0
0

This text was transcribed by Roger Pearse, Ipswich, UK

THE APOSTL

THE letter of king Abgar,2 the son of king Ma’nu, and at what time he sent it to our Lord at Jerusalem; and at what time Addai the Apostle came to him (Abgar) at Edessa;3 and what he spake in the gospel of his preaching; and what he said and commanded, when he went forth from, this world, to those who had received from him the hand of the priesthood.

In the three hundred and forty and third year of the kingdom of the Greeks,4 and in the reign of our lord Tiberius, the Roman Emperor, and in the reign of king Abgar, son of king Ma’nu, in the month of October, on the twelfth day, Abgar Ukkama sent Marihab and Shamshagram,5 chiefs and honoured persons of his kingdom, |2 and Hannan6 the tabularius, the sharrir, with them, to the city which is called Eleutheropolis, but in Aramaic Beth-gubrin,7 to the honoured Sabinus, the son of Eustorgius, the deputy of our lord the emperor, who ruled over Syria, Phoenicia, Palestine, and the whole country of Mesopotamia. They brought him letters concerning the affairs of the kingdom; and when they went to him, he received them with joy and honour, and they were with him twenty and five days. He wrote for them a reply8to the letters, and sent them to Abgar the king. When they went forth from him, they set out and came on the way towards Jerusalem; and they saw many men, who came from a distance to see Christ, because the fame of his wonderful deeds had gone forth to remote countries. When Marihab, Shamshagram, and Hannan, the keeper of the archives, saw the men, they also came with them to Jerusalem. When they entered |3 Jerusalem, they saw Christ, and they rejoiced with the multitudes, who were joined to Him. But they saw also the Jews, who were standing in groups, and were considering what they should do to Him; for they were disturbed to see that a multitude of their people confessed Him. And they were there in Jerusalem ten days, and Hannan, the keeper of the archives, wrote down everything which he saw that Christ did; also the rest of that done by Him, before they went thither. And they departed and came to Edessa, and entered into the presence of Abgar the king, their lord, who had sent them, and they gave him the reply of the letters, which they had brought with them. After the letters were read, they began to recount before the king all which they had seen and all which Christ had done in Jerusalem. And Hannan, the keeper of the archives, read before him all which he had written and brought with him; and when Abgar the king heard, he was astonished and wondered, as also his princes, who stood before him. Abgar said to them: These mighty works are not of men, but of God; because there is not any one who can make the dead alive, but God only. And Abgar wished himself to pass over and go to Palestine, and see with his own eyes all which Christ was doing; but because he was not able to pass through the country of the Romans, which was not his, lest this cause should call forth bitter enmity, he wrote a letter and sent it to Christ by the hand of Hannan, the keeper of the archives. He went forth from Edessa on the fourteenth day of Adar,9 and entered Jerusalem on the twelfth day of Nisan,10 on the fourth day of the week (Wednesday). And he found Christ at the house of |4 Gamaliel, the chief priest11 of the Jews. The letter was read before Him, which was written thus:—-“Abgar Ukkama, to Jesus, the Good Physician, who has appeared in the country of Jerusalem. My Lord: Peace. I have heard of Thee and of Thy healing, that it is not by medicines and roots Thou healest, but by Thy word Thou openest the eyes of the blind, Thou makest the lame to walk, cleansest the lepers, and makest the deaf to hear. And unclean spirits12 and lunatics, and those tormented, them Thou healest by Thy word; Thou also raisest the dead. And when I heard of these great wonders which Thou doest, I decided in my mind that either Thou art God, who hast come down from heaven and doest these things, or Thou art the Son of God, who doest all these things. Therefore, I have written to request of Thee to come to me who adore Thee, and to heal the disease which I have, as I believe in Thee. This also I have heard, that the Jews murmur against Thee and persecute Thee, and even seek to crucify Thee, and contemplate treating Thee cruelly. I possess one small and beautiful city, and it is sufficient for both to dwell in it in quietness.”

When Jesus received the letter at the house of the chief priest of the Jews, He said to Hannan, the keeper of the archives: “Go and say to thy lord, who hath sent thee to Me, ‘Blessed art thou, who, although thou hast not seen Me, believest in Me, for it is written of Me,Those who see Me will not believe in Me, and those who see Me not, will believe in me.13 But as to that which |5 thou hast written to Me, that I should come to thee, that for which I was sent here is now finished, and I am going up to my Father, who sent me, and when I have gone up to Him, I will send to thee one of my disciples, who will cure the disease which thou hast, and restore thee to health; and all who are with thee he will convert to everlasting life. Thy city shall be blessed, and no enemy shall again become master of it for ever.'”

When Hannan, the keeper of the archives, saw that Jesus spake thus to him, by virtue of being the king’s painter, he took and painted a likeness of Jesus with choice paints, and brought with him to Abgar the king, his master. And when Abgar the king saw the likeness, he received it with great joy, and placed it with great honour in one of his palatial houses. Hannan, the keeper of the archives, related to him everything which he had heard from Jesus, as His words were put by him in writing. After that Christ had ascended to heaven, Judas Thomas14 sent to Abgar, Addai the Apostle, who was one of the seventy-two Apostles. And when Addai came to the city of Edessa, he dwelt at the house of |6 Tobias,15 son of Tobias the Jew, who was of Palestine. Through all the city a report was heard of him, and one of the nobles of Abgar whose name was Abdu,16 the son of Abdu, one of those who sat with bended knees 17before Abgar, went and said concerning Addai: behold, a messenger has come, and dwells here, he of whom Jesus sent to thee, “I send to Thee one of my disciples.” And when Abgar heard these words, and the mighty acts which Addai did, and the wonderful cures which he effected, he thought for certain in his mind: Truly this is he whom Jesus sent, saying, “When I have ascended to heaven I will send to thee one of my disciples, and he will cure thy disease.” And Abgar sent and called for Tobias, and said to him, I have heard that a certain powerful man has come, and dwells in thy house. Bring him up to me; a good hope of recovery through him has been found for me. Tobias went early on the next day and took Addai the Apostle, and brought him up to Abgar, Addai himself knowing that by the power of God he was sent to him. And when Addai came up and went to Abgar, his nobles standing with him, and in going towards him, a wonderful vision was seen by Abgar in the face of Addai. At the moment that Abgar saw the vision, he fell down and worshipped Addai. Great astonishment seized all those who were standing before him, for they saw not the vision which |7 was seen by Abgar. Then Abgar said to Addai, “Of a truth thou art the disciple of Jesus, that mighty one, the son of God, who sent to me saying I send thee one of my disciples for healing and for life.” Addai said to him, “Because that from the beginning thou didst believe in Him who sent me to thee, therefore have I been sent to thee, and if thou believest in Him, everything in which thou dost believe thou shalt have.” Abgar said to him, “So have I believed in Him, that with respect to those Jews who crucified Him, I desire to take with me an army, and to go and destroy them; but because the kingdom belongs to the Romans, I was restrained by the covenant of peace, which was confirmed by me with our lord the emperor Tiberius, like my forefathers.” Addai said to him, “Our Lord has fulfilled the will of His Father. And when He had completed the will of His Parent, He was taken up to His Father, and sat with Him in glory, with whom he was from eternity.” Abgar said to him: “I also believe in Him and in His Father.” Addai said to him:18 “Because that thou so believest, I place my hand on thee, in the name of Him in whom thou believest.”

At the moment that he placed his hand upon him, he was cured of the plague of the disease, which he had had for a long time.19 Abgar wondered and was astonished, |8 that as it was reported to him concerning Jesus, that which He did and cured; so also Addai himself, without medicine of any kind, healed in the name of Jesus. And also with respect to Abdu, the son of Abdu, he had the gout in his feet, and he too brought his feet near him, and he (Addai) placed his hand upon them and healed him; and he had not the gout again. And also in all the city he wrought great cures, and showed wonderful mighty works in it. Abgar said to him: “Now that every man knoweth that by the power of Jesus Christ thou doest these wonderful works, and behold we are wondering at thy works, I require therefore of thee, that thou wouldest recount to us concerning the coining of Christ, how it was, and concerning His glorious power, and concerning those miracles which we have heard that He did, which thou hast seen with the rest of thy companions.” Addai said to him: “I will not keep silent from declaring this; for because of this I was sent here to speak and to teach every one, who, like thee, is willing to believe. Tomorrow assemble for me all the city, that I may sow in it the Word of Life, by the preaching which I will preach before you concerning the coming of Christ, how it was, and concerning His glorious power, and concerning Him that sent Him, for what and how He sent Him, and concerning His power and His wonderful works, and concerning the glorious mysteries of His coming, which He spake in the world, and concerning the certitude of His preaching, how and for what He abased Himself, and humbled His exalted |9 divinity by the body, which He took, and was crucified and descended to the house of the dead, and cleaved the wall of partition, which had never been cleft, and gave life to the dead by being Himself slain, and descended by Himself, and ascended with many to His glorious Father, with whom He was from, eternity in one exalted divinity. And Abgar commanded that they should deliver to Addai silver and gold. Addai said to him: “How are we able to receive anything which is not ours? for, behold, that which was ours we have forsaken, as we were commanded by our Lord to be without purses and without scrips, and carrying crosses upon our shoulders, we were commanded to preach His Gospel to the whole creation: the whole creation felt and suffered by His crucifixion, which was for us, for the salvation of all men. And he narrated before Abgar the king, and before his princes and his nobles, and before Augustina, the mother of Abgar, and before Shalmath, the daughter of Meherdath, the wife of Abgar,20 the signs of our Lord and His wonders, and the glorious miracles which He wrought, and His divine triumphs, and His ascension to His Father; and how they received powers and authorities at the time that He ascended, by which same power he had healed Abgar and Abdu, the son of Abdu, the second person of his kingdom; and how he made them know that which would be revealed at the end of times, and in the consummation of all creatures, and the resuscitation and resurrection, which is about to be for all men, and the separation which is to be between the sheep and |10 the goats, and between the faithful and the unbelieving. And he said to them: “Because that the gate of life is strait and the way of truth is narrow, therefore few are the believers of truth, and in the power of unbelief is Satan’s recreation. Because of this there are many liars, who cause to err those who look on. For except that there is a good end for faithful men, our Lord had not descended from heaven, and come to the birth, and to the suffering of death, and also He had not sent us21 to be His preachers and evangelists. Those things which we saw and heard from Him, which He did and taught, we confidently preach before all men; for we would not do any wrong with respect to the truth of His Gospel. And not these things only; but also those which were done in His Name, after His ascension, we show and preach.

I will tell before you that which happened and was done in the presence of men, who, as you, believed in Christ, that He is the Son of the living God. Protonice, the wife of the Emperor Claudius,22 whom Tiberius made second23 in his kingdom, when he went to make war with the Spaniards, who had rebelled against him, this woman, when Simon, one of the disciples, was in the city of Rome, and she saw the signs and wonders, and |11 marvellous works which he did in the name of Christ; denied the paganism of her fathers in which she was brought up, and the idolatrous images which she had worshipped; and she believed in Christ our Lord, and worshipped Him, and praised with those who were joined unto Simon, and held Him in great honour. After this she wished also to see Jerusalem, and those places in which the mighty works of our Lord were done. So she arose promptly and descended from Rome to Jerusalem, she24 and her two sons with her, and her one virgin daughter.

When she was entering Jerusalem, the city went forth to meet her, and they received her with great honour, as that which is due to the queen, the mistress of the great country of the Romans. But James, who was made director and ruler in the church which was built for us there, when he had heard for what purpose she had gone there, arose and went to her. And he entered into her presence where she was dwelling, in the royal great palace of king Herod. When she saw him, she received him with great joy, as also she had Simon Peter. He also showed her cures and mighty works as did Simon, and she said to him: “Show me Golgotha, on which Christ was crucified, and the wood of His cross on which He was suspended by the Jews, and the grave in which |12 He was placed.” James said to her: “These three things which thy Majesty wishes to see are under the control of the Jews. They possess them, and permit us not to go to pray there before Golgotha and the grave, and neither the wood of His cross will they give us.  And not only this, but they also severely persecute us, that we may not publish and preach in the name of Christ, and many times also they bind us in prison.” When she heard these things, the queen immediately commanded, and they brought before her Onias, the son of Hannan the priest, and Gedalia, son of Caiaphas, and Judah the son of Ebed Shalom, chiefs and rulers of the Jews. And she said to them: “Deliver up Golgotha, and the grave, and the wood of the cross, to James, and those who agree with him, and let no man forbid them to minister there according to the custom of their ministry.” And when she had so commanded the priests, she arose to go and see these places, and she also delivered that place to James, and those who were with him. Afterwards she entered the grave, and found in the grave three crosses, one of our Lord, and two of those robbers, who were crucified with Him, on His right hand and on His left. And at the time that she entered into the grave—-she and her children with her—-at that instant her virgin daughter fell down and died, without pain, without disease, and without any cause of death. And when the queen saw that her daughter had died suddenly, she kneeled and prayed within the grave, and said in her prayer: “God, who gave Himself to death for all men, and was crucified in this place, and was laid in this grave; and as God, who keepeth alive all, has risen, and made many to rise with Him, lest the Jews, the crucifiers, should hear—-and also the erring heathens, whose |13 idols and graven images, and the terrors of paganism, I have denied—-and they see me, deride me, and say that all this which has happened to her is because that she denied the gods, which she did worship, and confessed Christ, whom she knew not, and went to honour the place of His grave and His crucifixion; and if, O my Lord, I am not worthy to be heard, because that I have worshipped creatures instead of Thee; spare Thou, for the sake of Thy adorable Name, that it may not be blasphemed in this place, as they blasphemed Thee at Thy crucifixion.” She said these things in her prayer, and, in the excitement of her supplication, she repeated them before all those who were there. Her eldest son approached her, and said to her: “Hear that which I shall say before thy Majesty. I think thus in my mind and in my thought, that this death of this my sister, which was sudden, was not for nought; but this is a wonderful work, in which God will be praised, and not that His Name will be blasphemed, as those thought, who heard it. Behold, we enter the grave and find in it three crosses, and we know not which of them is the cross on which Christ was suspended. In the death of this my sister, we may be able to see and to learn which is the cross of Christ, for Christ is not neglectful of those who believe in Him, and seek Him.” And the queen Protonice—-her soul was very sad at this time—-saw in her mind that her son spake these things wisely, justly and rightly. And with her hands she took hold of one of the crosses and placed it upon the dead body of her daughter, which lay before her, and she said in her prayer: “O God, who hast shown wonderful works in this place, as we hear and believe, if this cross, O Lord, be Thine, and on it Thy humanity was suspended by the insolent, show the strong |14 and mighty power of Thy divinity, which dwells in the humanity, and restore to life this my daughter, that she may arise, and Thy Name be glorified in her. May her soul return to her body, that Thy crucifiers may be confounded and Thy worshippers may rejoice! And she waited a long time after she had spoken thus. Afterwards she took that cross from the dead body of her daughter, and placed another, and also said in her prayer:

“O God, by whose nod worlds and creatures endure, and wishing the life of all men that they may be turned to Him, and is not neglectful of the petition of those who seek Him, if this cross be Thine, O Lord, show the power of Thy triumphs as Thou art accustomed, and restore to life this my daughter, that she may arise, and the heathens, worshipping Thy creatures instead of Thee, may be confounded, and the faithful and the true may confess, that their mouth may be opened to Thy praise before those who deny Thee!” And she waited a long time after these things, and took the second cross from her daughter; and she took the third cross and placed it upon her daughter. And as she was going to lift up her eyes to heaven, and to open her mouth in prayer, at that moment, at that time, in the twinkling of an eye, that, the cross touched the dead body of her daughter, her daughter became alive, and she arose suddenly, and praised God, who had restored her to life by His cross. But the queen Protonice, when she saw how her daughter became alive, trembled, and was greatly alarmed, but though alarmed she glorified Christ, and believed in Him, that He was the Son of the living God. Her son said to her: “My lady, thou seest that if this had not occurred today, it might have happened that they would have left this cross of Christ, by which my |15 sister became alive, and have taken and honoured that of one of those murderous thieves. Now, behold, we see and rejoice, and Christ, who has done this thing, is glorified in her.”25 And she took the cross of Christ, and gave it to James, that it might be kept with great honour. She also commanded that a great and splendid building should be erected over Golgotha, on which He was crucified, and over the grave in which He was placed, so that these places might be honoured; and that there should be there a place of assembly for prayer, and a gathering for service.

But the queen, when she saw the whole population of the city, which she had collected for the sight of this work, she commanded that, without the covering of honour worn by queens, her daughter should go with her unveiled to the palace of the king, in which she dwelt, so that every one might see her and praise God. But the people of the Jews and the Gentiles, who rejoiced at the beginning of this occurrence, and were glad, became very sad at the end of it. For they would have been well pleased if this had not occurred, for they saw on account of this many believed in Christ; and especially when they saw that the miracles, which were done in His Name after His ascension, were many more than those which were done before His ascension. And the fame of this deed which was done went forth to |16 distant countries, and also to the Apostles, my companions, who preached Christ. And there was rest in the churches of Jerusalem, and the cities round about it; and those who saw not this deed, with those who did see it, praised God. And when the queen went up from Jerusalem to the city of Rome, every city which she entered pressed to see the sight of her daughter. And when she had entered Eome, she recounted before the Emperor Claudius those things which had happened; and when the Emperor heard, he commanded that all the Jews should go forth from the country of Italy. In all that country this deed was spoken of by many, and also before Simon Peter this was recounted, which was done. “Whatsoever also the Apostles, companions, did, we preach before every man, that those who do not know may likewise hear those things which, by our hand, Christ did openly, that our Lord might be glorified by every man. These things which I repeat before you are told, that ye may know and understand how great is the faith of Christ among those who truly join themselves to Him.

But James, the director of the Church of Jerusalem, who with his own eyes saw the deed, gave a written account, and sent it to the Apostles, my companions, in the cities of their countries. And also the Apostles themselves gave written accounts, and made known to James whatsoever that Christ had done by their hands, and these were read before all the multitude of the people of the church.

But when Abgar the king heard these things, he and Augustina, his mother, and Shalmath, the daughter of Meherdath, and Paqûr26 and Abdshemesh, and |17 Shamshagram, and Abdu, and Azzai and Bar-kalba, with the rest of their companions, rejoiced exceedingly, and all of them glorified God, and made their confession in Christ. Abgar the king said to Addai: “I wish that everything which we have heard from thee today, and the rest also of the other things, thou wouldst tell openly before all the city, that every man may hear the preaching of the Gospel of Christ, which thou teachest to us, that he may rest and be confirmed in the doctrine which thou teachest to us, that many may understand that I believed rightly in Christ, in the Letter which I sent to Him, and may know that He is God, the Son of God, and thou art His true and faithful disciple, and that thou showest by works His glorious power before those who wish to believe in Him. The day after, Abgar commanded Abdu, the son of Abdu, who was healed of a sore disease of his feet, to send a herald, that he may proclaim in all the city that the whole population may be assembled, men and women, at the place which is called Beththabara, the wide space of the house of Avida,27 the son of Abd-nachad, that they might hear the doctrine of Addai the Apostle, and how he taught, and in the name of whom he cured, and by what power he wrought these miracles, and those wonders he did. For when he healed Abgar the king, it was the nobles only who stood before him, and saw him, when he healed him by the word of Christ, whom many physicians were not able to heal, but a stranger cured him by the faith of Christ.

And when all the city were assembled, men and women, as the king had commanded, Avida and Labbu, and |18 Chaphsai, and Bar-Kalba, and Labubna,28 and Chesrun,29 and Shamshagram stood there, with their companions, who as they were princes and nobles of the king, and commanders, and all the workmen and the artisans and the Jews and Gentiles who were in this city, and strangers of the countries of Soba and Harran, and the rest of the inhabitants of all this country of Mesopotamia, all of them stood to hear the doctrine of Addai; concerning whom they had heard; that he was the disciple of Jesus, who was crucified in Jerusalem, and he effected cures in His name. And Addai began to speak to them thus:

“Hear, all of you, and understand that which I speak before you; that I am not a physician of medicines and roots, of the art of the sons of men; but I am the disciple of Jesus Christ, the Physician of troubled souls, and the Saviour of future life, the Son of God, who came down from heaven, and was clothed with a body and became man; and He gave Himself and was crucified for all men. And when He was suspended on the wood, the sun He made dark in the firmament; and when He had entered the grave, He arose and went forth from the grave with many. And those who guarded the grave saw not how He went forth from the grave; but the angels of heaven |19 were the preachers and publishers of His resurrection, who if He had not wished, had not died, because that He is the Lord of death, the exit of all things.30 And except it had pleased Him,He had not again clothed Himself with a body, for He is Himself the framer of the body. For the will which inclined Him to the birth from a virgin, also made Him condescend to the suffering of death, and He humbled the majesty of His exalted divinity, 31 who was with His Father from eternity, He of whom Prophets of old spake in their mysteries; and they represented images of His birth, and His suffering, and His resurrection, and His ascension to His Father, and of His sitting at the right hand. And, behold, He is worshipped by celestial spirits, and by the inhabitants of the earth, He who is worshipped from eternity. For although His was the appearance of men, His might, and His knowledge, and His power were of God Himself; as He said to us, 32Behold,now is the son of man glorified, and God glorifies Himself in Him, by miracles and by wonders, and by honour of being at the right hand. But His body is the pure vestment of His glorious divinity, by which we are able to see His invisible Lordship. This Jesus Christ, therefore, we preach and publish, and, with Him, we praise His Father, and we extol and worship the Spirit of His |20 divinity, because that we were thus commanded by Him, to baptize and absolve those who believe in the name of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit. Also the Prophets of old spake thus: that ‘The Lord our God and His Spirit hath sent us.’33 And if I speak anything which is not written in the Prophets, the Jews, who are standing among you and hear me, will not receive it; and if, again, I make mention of the name of Christ over those who have sufferings and diseases, and they are not healed by this glorious name, they, worshipping the work of their hands, will not believe. If now these things be written, which we say, in the Books of the Prophets,34 and we are able to show the healing powers upon the sick, not a man will look on us without discerning the faith35which we preach, that God was crucified for all men. If there be those who do not wish to acquiesce in these words, let them draw near to us, and reveal to us what is their mind, that as a disease of their mind we may apply healing medicine for the cure of their wound. For although ye were not present at the time of the suffering of Christ, yet because of the sun, which was dark, and ye saw it, learn and understand concerning the great hororr there was at the time of the crucifixion of |21 Him whose Gospel has flown over all the earth, by the miracles which His disciples, my companions, are working in all the earth. And those who were Hebrews, and knew only the Hebrew tongue in which they were born, behold to day speak in all languages, that those who are far off, as those who are nigh, might hear and believe that He is the same, who confounded36 the tongues of the impious in this district, which lies before us; He it is who to day teaches through us the faith of truth and verity, by humble and wretched men, who were from Galilee of Palestine. For I also, whom ye see, am from Paneas,37 from where the river Jordan goes forth. And I was chosen, with my companions, to be a preacher38 of this Gospel, by which, behold, the regions everywhere resound with the glorious name of the adorable Christ. Let, therefore, no man of you harden his heart against the truth and keep his mind at a distance from verity. Be ye not led captive after thoughts destructively erroneous, which are full of the despair of a bitter death.39 Be ye not taken by the evil customs of the paganism of your fathers, and so keep yourselves at a distance from the life of truth and verity, which are in Christ. For those who believe in Him are those who are trusted before Him, who descended to us by His favour, to make to cease from the earth the sacrifices of heathenism, and the offerings |22 of idolatry; that creatures should no longer be worshipped; but we should worship Him and His Father, with His Holy Spirit.40 For I, as my Lord commanded me, behold, I preach and I publish. And His silver on the table, behold I cast before you, and the seed of His word I sow in the ears of every man. Those who wish to receive, theirs is the good reward of confession; and those who do not obey, against them I scatter the dust of my feet, as my Lord commanded me. Turn ye, therefore, my beloved, from evil ways and from hateful deeds, and turn yourselves to Him with a good and honest will, as He turned Himself to you with His grace and His rich mercies. And be ye not as the generations of old, which are passed, who, because that they hardened their heart against the fear of God, received punishment openly; that they may be chastised, and those who came after them may tremble and fear. For that for which our Lord came into the world was altogether41 to teach and show that at the end of created things is a resurrection for all men. And at that time their acts of conduct will be represented on their own persons, and their bodies become volumes for the written things of justice, and there will not be he who knoweth not writing; because that every man shall read the letters of his own book42at that day, and the account of his actions he taketh with the fingers of his hands. Thus the unlettered will know the new writing of the new language, and there is not he who will say to his fellow, Read me this, because that one doctrine and one instruction shall reign over all men. |23

Let this thought, therefore, be represented before your eyes, and let it not pass from your mind, because that if it pass from your mind, it passeth not from Justice.43 Seek mercies from God, that He may pardon the hateful infidelity of your paganism, for ye have forsaken Him who created you upon the face of the earth, and makes His rain to descend and His sun to rise upon you, and ye worship, instead of Him, His works. For the idols and graven images of paganism, and whatsoever of the creation in which ye have confidence and which ye worship, if there were in them feeling and understanding, for the sake of which ye worship and honour them, it would be right for them, which ye have engraven and established, and have firmly fixed with nails that they be not shaken, to receive your favour. For if the creatures were aware of your honours to them, they would cry, shouting to you, not to worship your fellows, which like yourselves are made and created; because that creatures made should not be worshipped; but that they should worship their Creator, and they should glorify Him who created them. And as His grace covers the wicked here,44 so His justice shall be avenged on the infidels there. For I saw in this city that it abounded greatly in paganism, which is against God. Who is this Nebo,45 an idol made which ye worship, |24 and Bel,46 which ye honour? Behold, there are those among you who adore Bath Nical,47 as the inhabitants of Harran your neighbours, and Taratha,48as the people of Mabug, and the eagle, as the Arabians, also the sun and the moon,as the rest of the inhabitants of Harran, who are as yourselves. |25 Be ye not led away captive by the rays of the luminaries and the bright star; for every one who worships creatures is cursed before God. For although there are among creatures such as are greater than their companions, yet they are fellow-servants of their companions, as I have said to you. For this is a bitter pain, for which there is not a cure, that things made should worship things made, and creatures should glorify their fellows. For as they are not able to stand by the power of themselves, but by the power of Him who created them, so they are not able to be worshipped with Him, nor to be honoured with Him; for it is a blasphemy against both parties, against the creatures when they are worshipped, and against the Creator, when the creatures, who are strangers to the nature of His existence, are made partakers with Him. For all the prophecy of the Prophets, and the preaching of us who are after the Prophets, is this, that creatures should not be worshipped with the Creator, and that men should not bind themselves to the yoke of corrupt paganism. It is not because of the creatures being seen, I say, that they should not be worshipped; but everything which is made is a creature, whether visible or invisible. This is a horrible wickedness, to place the glorious name of divinity upon it. For not creatures, as you, we proclaim and worship; but the Lord of creatures. The earthquake, which made them tremble at the Cross, testifies that everything which is made depends on and exists by the power of its Maker, who was before worlds and creatures, whose nature is incomprehensible, in that His nature is invisible, and, with His Father, is sanctified in the heights above, for that He is Lord and God from eternity. This is our doctrine in every country and in every region. And so |26 have we been commanded to preach to those who hear us, not violently, but by the teaching of the truth and by the power of God. And the miracles which were done in His name, testify concerning our faith, that it is true and to be believed. Be obedient, therefore, to my words, and receive that which I have said, and am saying before you; and that I may not require your death, behold, I warn you to be very cautious. Receive my words fitly, and do not neglect. Draw nigh to me ye my distant ones from Christ, and be near to Christ. And in the place Of erroneous sacrifices and oblations, offer now to Him the sacrifices of thanksgiving.

What is this great altar which ye have built in the midst of this city? and what are those going and coming offering upon it to demons, and sacrificing on it to devils? But if ye know not the Scriptures, doth not nature itself teach you, by its power of sight, that your idols have eyes and see not? And ye 49 who see with eyes in that ye do not understand, ye are also as they who see not and hear not, and in vain you excite your voices, ineffective to deaf ears. For they are not to be complained of for that which they do not hear, because that by nature they are deaf and dumb. And the blame with which justice is involved is yours, for ye do not wish to understand, even that which ye see. For the thick darkness of error, which is spread over your mind, permits you not to acquire the heavenly light, which is the understanding of knowledge. Flee, therefore, from things made and created, as I have said unto you, that in name only are they called gods, though they are not gods in their nature; and draw near to Him, who in His nature is |27 God from eternity and from everlasting, and is not made as your idols, and also not a creature, and a work of art as the images in which ye make your boast. Because that although He put on this body, He was God with His Father; for the works of creation, which trembled when He was slain, and were terrified by the suffering of His death, they testify that He is He who created the works of creation. For it was not for a man the earth shook, but for Him who established the earth upon the waters; and it was not for a man the sun became dark in the heavens, but for Him who made the great lights. And it was not by a man the righteous and the just were raised to life, but by Him who gave power over death from the beginning. Nor was it by a man the vail of the temple of the Jews was rent from the top to the bottom, but by Him who said to them, ‘Behold, your house is left desolate.’50 For, behold, except they who crucified Him knew that He was the Son of God, they would not have proclaimed the desolation of their city, also they would not have brought down woes upon themselves. For even if they wished to neglect this confession, the terrible commotions which were at that time would not have permitted them. Behold also some of the children of the crucifiers have become at this day preachers and evangelists, with the Apostles my companions, in all the land of Palestine and among the Samaritans, and in all the country of the Philistines. The idols of paganism also are despised, and the Cross of Christ is honoured. Peoples and creatures also confess God, who became man. If truly when Jesus our Lord was upon earth ye believed in Him that He is the Son of God, and before that ye had heard the word of |28 His preaching, confessed in Him that He is God; now that He has ascended to His Father, and ye have seen the signs and wonders which are done in His name, and the word of His Gospel ye have heard with your ears; not a man of you should let himself doubt in his mind how the promise of His blessing which He sent to you would have been established with you: “Blessed are ye who have believed in me, although ye have not seen me; and because ye have so believed in me the city in which ye dwell shall be blessed, and the enemy shall not prevail against it for ever.”51 Do not, therefore, turn from His faith; for, behold, ye have heard and seen those things which bear witness to His faith, that He is the adorable Son, and is the glorious God, and is the triumphant King, and is the Omnipotent Power; and by His true faith a man is able to acquire the eye of the true mind, and to perceive that every one who worships creatures, the wrath of justice overtakes him.

For everything which we say before you, we say as we have received of the gift of our Lord, and we teach and we show how to possess your life, and not destroy your spirits by the error of paganism; because that the heavenly light hath risen upon creation, and He it is, who hath chosen the ancient fathers and the just men and the Prophets, and hath spoken with them by the revelation of the Holy Spirit. For He is the God of the Jews, who crucified Him, and the erring Gentiles also worship Him, though they know it not; because that there is no |29 other God in heaven and in earth, and behold confession ascendeth up to Him from the four quarters of the earth. Behold now your ears have heard that which was not heard by you before, and behold, again, your eyes have seen that which was never seen by you before. Be ye not therefore unjust to that which ye have heard and seen. Cause to pass from you the rebellious mind of your fathers, and free yourselves from the yoke of sin, which hath dominion over you by libations and sacrifices before graven images. Let it be a care to you concerning your perishing lives, and concerning the vain bowing of your head, and acquire the new mind which worships the Maker and not the thing made, in which is represented the image of truth and verity, of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit, when ye believe and are baptized in the triple and glorious names. For this is our doctrine and our preaching. For it is not in many things that the truth of Christ is believed. And such of you as are willing to be obedient to Christ, know that many times I have repeated my words before you, that ye might learn and understand whatsoever ye hear. And we will rejoice in this, as a husbandman in his field which is blessed; and our God is glorified by your repentance towards Him. And as ye live in this, we also who counsel you thus will not be defrauded of the blessed reward of this. And because I am confident that ye are a blessed land, according to the will of the Lord Christ, therefore for the dust of my feet which we have been commanded 52 to shake off against the city that receiveth not our words; behold I shake off to-day at the door of your ears the words of my lips, in which the |30 coming of Christ is represented, that which has been, and that which is about to be, and the resurrection and resuscitation of all men, and the separation which is to be between the faithful and unbelieving, and the blessed promise of future joys which they who have believed in Christ and worshipped His high Father, and confessed Him and the Spirit of His godhead, shall receive. And now it is right for us to finish our present discourse, and let those who have received the word of Christ remain with us, and also those who wish to be associated, with us in prayer, and then let them go to their homes.”

And Addai the Apostle rejoiced in this when he saw that the multitude of the population of the city remained with him, and there were few who did not remain at that time; and these same few, after a few days, received his words and believed in the gospel of the preaching of Christ.

And when Addai the Apostle had said these things before all the city of Edessa, and Abgar the king saw that all the city rejoiced in his doctrine, men and women equally, and were saying to him “Christ, who hath sent thee to us is true and faithful,” and he also greatly rejoiced at this, praising God, that according to what he had heard from Hannan, his tabularius, concerning Christ, so he had seen the marvellous mighty works which Addai the Apostle had done in the name of Christ. And Abgar the king also said to Addai the Apostle, As I sent to Christ by my letter to Him; and as He also sent to me and I have received from thee thyself this day; so will I believe all the days of my life, and in the same things continue, exulting, because I know that there is no other power in the name of whom these signs and wonders are done, but by the power of Christ, whom thou preachest in truth and verity. And now I will worship Him, |31 I and Ma’nu,53 my son, and Augustina, and Shalmath the queen. And now, wherever thou wishest, build a church, a house of assembly for those who have believed, and shall believe in thy words. And, as commanded thee by thy Lord, minister thou at times with confidence. And those who are teachers with thee of this Gospel, I am prepared to deliver to them large gifts, that they may not have any other work with the ministry. Everything also which is required by thee for the expenses of the house, I will give thee without taking account; thy word shall be powerful and have rule in this city, and without another man, have thou authority to enter into my presence in my royal palace of honour.

And when Abgar the king went down to his royal palace, he rejoiced, he and his princes with him, Abdu and Garmai, and Shamshagram, and Abubai, and Meherdath, with the rest of their companions, at everything which their eyes had seen, and their ears had heard, and in the joy of their heart they also praised God, who had turned their mind to Him; they renounced the paganism in which they stood, and confessed the Gospel of Christ. And when Addai had built a church, they offered in it vows and offerings, they and the people of the city, and there they worshipped all the days of their life.

And Avida 54 and Bar-kalba who were chiefs and rulers, and clothed with royal headbands 55, drew near to Addai, and they asked Addai concerning the |32 history of Christ, to tell them how that He being God was seen by them, as man, and how ye were able to see Him. And he satisfied them all concerning this, concerning all which their eyes had seen, and concerning all which their ears had heard of Him. And every thing which the Prophets had said of Him, he repeated before them, and they received his words gladly and faithfully, and there was not a man who rose up against him. For the glorious things which he did permitted not a man to rise up against him.

Shavida and Ebednebo, chiefs of the priests of this city, with Piroz 56 and Dancu 57 their companions, when they saw the signs which he did, ran and threw down the altars upon which they sacrificed before Nebo and Bel their gods, except the great altar, which was in the midst of the city, and they cried out and said, that this is truly the disciple of the distinguished and glorious Master of whom we heard all those things, which He did in the country of Palestine. And all who believed in Christ, Addai received, and baptized them in the name of the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Spirit. And those who were accustomed to worship stones and stocks, sat at his feet, learning, and being corrected of the plague of the foolishness of paganism. The Jews also, conversant with the Law and the Prophets, who carried on |33 merchandise in silks, 58 were also persuaded and became disciples, and made confession in Christ, that He is the Son of the living God. But neither Abgar the king, nor Addai the Apostle pressed any man by force to believe in Christ; because without the force of man, the force of the signs compelled many to believe in Him. And all this country of Mesopotamia, and all the regions round about it received his doctrine with love.

But Aggai made the chains 59 and headbands of the king, and Palut and Abshelama 60 and Barsamya with the rest of the others their companions, adhered to Addai the Apostle, and he received them and made them partakers with him in the ministry; they read in the Old Testament 61 and the New, and the Prophets, and the Acts of the Apostles, every day they meditated on them. He commanded them cautiously, “Let your bodies be pure, and let your persons be holy; as is right for men who stand before the altar of God; and be ye indeed far |34 removed from false swearing, and from wicked murder, and from false testimony, which is mixed with adultery, and from sorcerers with respect to whom there are no mercies, and from divinations, and soothsaying, and necromancers, and from fates, and nativities, in which the erring Chaldees boast themselves; and from stars, and the signs of the Zodiac, in which the foolish are confident. And keep at a distance from you evil hypocrisy, and bribes, and gifts, by which the pure are condemned. And with this ministry to which ye have been called, let there not be for you another service; for the Lord Himself is the service of your ministry all the days of your life. Be ye also diligent to deliver the sign of baptism, and love ye not the gains of this world, but hearken ye to judgment with justice and truth. And be ye not a stumbling block to the blind, that the name of Him who opened the eyes of the blind, as we have seen, be not blasphemed through you. Let all, therefore, who see you, perceive that ye perform all which ye preach and teach. And they ministered with him in the church which Addai had built by the word and command of Abgar the king, and they were supplied from that which was the king’s and his nobles; and some of them they brought for the house of God, and some for the nourishment of the poor. But a large multitude of people assembled day by day and came to the prayer of the service, and to the reading of the Old and New Testament, of the Diatessaron, 62 and they believed in the revival of the dead, and |35 they buried their dead in the hope of the resurrection. They also observed the festivals of the Church in their times, and every day they were constant in the vigils of the Church, and they likewise performed acts of charity to the sick and those who were whole, according to the instruction of Addai to them. And in places round about the city churches were built, and the hand of the priesthood many received from him: So also orientals with the appearance of merchants passed into the country of the Romans to see the signs which Addai did, and those of them who became disciples, received from them 63 the hand of the priesthood, and in their own country of the Assyrians they taught the sons of their people, and houses of prayer they built there secretly, because of the danger arising from the worshippers of fire and the adorers of water.64

But Nersai,65 the king of the Assyrians, when he had heard of these things which Addai the Apostle had done, he sent to Abgar, the king; either send me the man who |36 hath done these signs with thee, that I may see him and hear his discourse, or send me an account of all these things which thou hast seen him do in thy city. And Abgar wrote to Nersai and made him acquainted with the whole history of the affair of Addai from the beginning to the end, and he left not any thing which he did not write to him.

But when Nersai heard those things which were written to him, he wondered and was astonished. But Abgar the king, because that he was not able to pass to the country of the Romans, and to go to Palestine and slay the Jews, because that they had crucified Christ, wrote a letter and sent to Tiberius Caesar, writing it thus: “Abgar, the king, to our Lord Tiberius Caesar, peace. Knowing that not anything is hidden from thy Majesty, I write and inform thy dread and great sovereignty, that the Jews, who are under thy hand, who dwell in the country of Palestine, assembled themselves together and crucified the Christ without any fault worthy of death, when he was doing before them signs and wonders, and showed them mighty works and signs; so |37 that even the dead He raised to life for them. And at the time they crucified Him, the sun became darkened and the earth shook, and all creatures trembled, and as if of themselves, at this deed all creation quailed, and its inhabitants. And now thy majesty knows what is right to command against the people of the Jews, who did these things.”

And Tiberius Caesar wrote and sent to Abgar the king, and thus he wrote to him: “The letter of thy fidelity to me, I have received, and it was read before me. With respect to that which the Jews have done with the cross, Pilate the governor hath also written, and informed Olbinus, 66 my pro-consul, of these things which thou hast written to me. But because of the war of the Spaniards who have rebelled against me is going on at this time, therefore I have not been able to avenge this matter; but I am prepared, when I have quietness, to make a charge legally against the Jews, who have not acted legally. And because of this, as to Pilate, who was made by me governor there, I have sent another in his place, and I have dismissed him with disgrace, because that he departed from the law, and did the will of the Jews, and he crucified Christ for the gratification of the Jews, who according to that which I hear of them, instead of the cross of death, it was fitting that He should be honoured, and it was right He should be worshipped by them, especially as they saw with their eyes all which He did. But thou, according to thy fidelity to me and thy true |38 compact and that of thy fathers, hast done well to write to me thus.”

And Abgar the king, received Aristides,67 who was sent to him by Tiberius Caesar, and he replied, sent him back with honourable gifts, which were suitable for him, who had sent him to him. And he departed from Edessa, and went to Ticnutha,68 where was Claudius the second, from the king, and from there also he went to Artica,69 where was Tiberius Caesar. But Gaius guarded the regions, which were round about the Emperor. And Aristides himself also recounted before Tiberius the mighty works which Addai did before Abgar the king. And when he had rest from the war, he sent, slew some of the chiefs of the Jews, who were in Palestine. And when Abgar the king heard, he greatly rejoiced at this, that the Jews had received punishment, as it was right.

And some years after Addai the Apostle had built the church in Edessa, and furnished it with everything which was suitable for it, and had taught many of the population of the city, also in the other villages, both those which were distant, and those which were near, he built churches, and completed and ornamented them, and appointed in them deacons and elders, and |39 taught in them those who should read the Scriptures, and the orders of the ministry within and without he taught. After all these things he became ill with the disease, by which he departed from this world.70 And he called Aggai before all the congregation of the church, and he brought him near, and made him governor and ruler in his place. And concerning Palut, who was a deacon, he made him an elder, and of Abshelama, who was a scribe, he made him a deacon. And when the nobles and chiefs were assembled and stood by him, Bar-kalba and 71 Bar-Zati, and Marihab, the son of Barshemesh, and Sennac, son of Avida, and Peroz, son of Patricius, with the rest of their companions, Addai the Apostle said to them: “Ye know, and ye testify, all of you who hear me, that everything which I have preached to you and taught you, and ye have heard from me, so have I conducted myself among you, and ye have seen also in works, because that thus our Lord commanded us that whatsoever we preach in words before the people, we in work should do before every man. And according to the ordinances and laws which were appointed in Jerusalem, and by which also the Apostles, my companions, were governed, |40 so also ye, do not turn aside from them, and do not take away anything from them, as I myself also have been guided by them among you, and have not turned aside from them to the right hand, or to the left, that I might not become strange to the promised salvation, which is reserved for those who are guided by them. Take heed, therefore, to this ministry which ye hold, and with fear and trembling abide ye in it, and minister every day. Minister not in it with habits bringing contempt, but with the prudence of faith; and the praises of Christ, let them not cease from your mouth, and let not weariness in prayer at the stated times draw near to you. Take heed to the truth, which ye hold, and to the teaching of the truth, which ye have received, and to the inheritance of salvation, which I commend to you, because before the judgment-seat of Christ you will be sought out by Him, when He taketh account with the pastors and superiors, and when He taketh His money from merchants with the increase of gains. For He is the king’s son, and goes to receive a kingdom, and to return, and to come and make a resurrection for all men; and then He sitteth on the throne of righteousness, and judgeth the dead and the living, as He hath said to us. Let not the secret eye of your mind from the height above be closed, that your offences may not multiply in the way in which there are no offences; nor abominable error in its ways. Seek ye those that are lost, and visit those that err, and rejoice ye in those that are found. Bind up those that are bruised, and be ye watchful of the fatlings, because at your hands will the sheep of Christ be required. Look ye not to passing honour, for the shepherd that looketh to be honoured by his flock, badly, badly with respect to him does his flock stand. Let your solicitude for the |41 young lambs be great, for their angels 72 behold the face of the invisible Father, and be ye not a stone of stumbling before the blind, but clearers 73 of the way and the path in a difficult country, among the Jews, the crucifiers, and the erring heathen; for with these two parties only is there war for you, in order to show the truth of the faith, which ye hold; also when ye are quiet, your modest and honourable appearance will be fighting for you with those who hate truth and love falsehood. Be ye not smiters of the poor before the rich, for the severe infliction of their poverty is sufficient for them. Be ye not beguiled with the hateful cogitations of Satan, that ye be not stripped naked of the faith that ye have put on,74for unbelief is easier than faith, as sin is easier than righteousness. Take heed, therefore, of those that crucified, that ye be not friends to them, that ye be not responsible with them whose hands are full of the blood of Christ; and ye know, and ye bear witness, that everything which we say and teach of the history of Christ, is written in the Book of the Prophets, and deposited with them. And their words bear witness to our teaching concerning the judgment, and suffering, and resurrection, and ascension of Christ; but they know not, that when they rise against us they rise against the words of the Prophets, and as in their lives they persecuted the Prophets, so also now, since their death, they persecute the truth, which is written in the Prophets. Again, take ye heed of the heathen, who worship the sun and the moon, and Bel and Nebo, and the rest of those which they call gods, though they are not gods in their nature. |42 Flee ye, therefore, from them, because that they worship creatures and things made. And as reported to you before, the whole object 75 for which our Lord came into the world was that creatures might not again be worshipped and honoured, because they exist by the nod of their Creator; and when He wishes, He dissolves and makes them cease, and they are as though they are not. For the will of Him, who created the creatures, freed men from the yoke of the paganism of the creatures. For ye know that every one who worships the servants of a king with the king, the death of the sword findeth him in his worship. Be ye not searching for secret things, and inquiring after hidden things, which are written in the holy books that ye possess. Be ye not judges concerning the words of the Prophets. Remember and consider that by the Spirit of God they are said; and he who accuses the Prophets, accuses and judges the Spirit of God. May this be far from you I Because the ways of the Lord are straight, and the righteous walk in them without stumbling; but the infidels stumble in them; because that they have not the secret eye of the secret mind, which has no need of questions in which there is no profit, but loss.76 Remember the menacing judgment of the Prophets, and the word of our Lord, which defines their words, that the Lord judgeth by fire, and all men are tried by it. Wherefore, as wayfarers |43 and sojourners, who tarry for a night and return early to their homes, so may you yourselves consider concerning this world, that from here ye go forth to the places where the Son went to prepare for every one worthy of them. As to kings of countries, their armies go forth before them, and prepare for them a dwelling-house for their honour; but this King of ours, behold, He is gone to prepare for His worshippers blessed mansions 77 in which they may dwell. For it was not in vain God created the children of men; but that they might worship and glorify Him. here and there for ever. As He passeth not away, so those glorifying Him cease not. Wherefore my death also, with the disease of which I am bound and lie; as a sleep of the night, let it be esteemed in your eyes. And remember that with the suffering of the Son, Death, which snatches away the children of men, passed away and ceased; and Satan, who causes many to sin and makes war with the true, that they may be without truth. And as a husbandman who puts his hand to the ploughshare, if he looks behind,78 the furrows before him cannot be straight; so also ye who have been called to this gift of the ministry, be ye cautious, that ye do not trouble yourselves with the things of this world, lest by chance ye be impeded as to that to which ye have been called.

As to princes and judges, who have embraced this faith, be ye loving them, although do not simulate in any thing, and if they sin, ye reprove them with justice. Ye shall show them openly your rectitude, that they may be corrected so as not again to conduct themselves after their own will. This solicitude ye shall have all the days |44 of your life, that all of you may run after honest things, as ye also counsel others with respect to them; for in these things men find their life before God.

But the Law,79 and the Prophets, and the Gospel, which ye read every day before the people, and the Epistles of Paul, which Simon Peter sent us from the city of Rome, and the Acts of the twelve Apostles, which John, the son of Zebedee, sent us from Ephesus; these Books read ye in the churches of Christ, and with these read not any others, as there is not any other in which the truth that ye hold is written, except these books, which retain you in the faith to which ye have been called. And our lord Abgar the king, and his honoured nobles, who have heard that which I have spoken before you to day are sufficient to be for me witnesses after my death, that I have diligently preached the doctrine of our Lord before every man, and that I have not acquired anything with His word in the world. For His word by which I have become rich was sufficient for me, and I have made by it many rich; for it lifts me up in this way in which I go forth before Christ, who has sent after me, that I should go by it to Him. For ye know that which I have said to you, “That all the souls of men, which depart from this body, die not; but they live and rise, and have mansions, and a dwelling-place of rest, |45 for the understanding and the intelligence of the soul do not cease, because the image of God is represented in it, which dieth not. For it is not as the body without feeling which perceives not the odious corruption which has come upon it. Eeward and recompense it is not able to receive without it (the body); because that labour was not its only, but also of the body in which it dwelt. But the rebellious who know not God, they become penitent then to no purpose. Ye, indeed, who are of Christ, whose glorious name is placed upon you, and ruleth, He will direct you in the way of truth, in which, ye shall go and shall arrive at and attain to that which is promised and kept for those who depart not from Him; but abide according to what they were called to by our Lord.

And when Addai the Apostle had said this word, he ceased and was silent. And Aggai, maker of the king’s chains, and Palut, and Abshelama, with the rest of their companions, answered and said to Addai the Apostle, “Christ Himself has testified that He sent thee to us, and thou hast taught us the true faith, and hast made us possess the true life. As we have heard from thee and received, all this time thou hast been with us, so we abide all the days of our life. And from the worship of things made and created, which our fathers worshipped, we flee, and with 80the Jews, the crucifiers we will not mix ourselves; and this inheritance, which we have received from thee, we do not let go, but with it we will depart from this world. And in the day of our Lord, before the judgment-seat of righteousness, there will He return to us this inheritance as that thou hast said to us.

And when these things had been said, Abgar the king, |46 arose, he and his princes, and all the nobles of his kingdom, and he went to his own palace, when all of them grieved over him, for he was dying. And he sent to him honourable and costly garments, in which he should be buried; and when Addai saw them, he sent word to him, that not in my life have I taken from thee anything, and I will not falsify in me the word of Christ, which He said to me, “Receive not anything from man, arid acquire not anything in this world.”81 And after three other days, that these things were said by Addai the Apostle, and he had heard and received the testimony of the doctrine of his preaching from the sons of his ministry, before all the nobles, he departed from this world, and it was the fifth day of the week, in the fourteenth of the month Eyor.82 And the whole city was in great sorrow and bitter pain; not only Christians sorrowed for Him, but also Jews and Pagans, who were in this city. But king Abgar more than any man sorrowed for him, he and the princes of his kingdom. And in the grief of his |47 mind he despised and forsook the honour of his kingdom on that day; and with mournful tears he wept over him with every man. And all the people of the city, who saw him, wondered at how much he suffered because of him. And with great and excellent honour he carried and buried him, as one of the princes, when he dies, and he placed him in a great sepulchre of ornamental sculpture, in which those of the house of Aryu, the ancestors of the father of king Abgar, were placed. There he placed him carefully with grief and great sorrow. And all the people of the church went from time to time, and prayed there diligently, and the commemoration of his death they made from year to year, according to the command and instruction which was received by them from Addai the Apostle, and according to the word of Aggai, who was himself the guide and ruler and the successor of his chair after him, by the hand of the priesthood, which he had received from him before every man.

And he also by the hand from which he received made priests and guides in all this country of Mesopotamia. For they also, as of Addai the Apostle, thus took his word and heard and received, as a good and faithful heir of the Apostle of the adorable Christ. But silver and gold he took not from man, and the gifts of the princes approached him not. For instead of gold and silver he enriched the Church of Christ with the souls of the faithful. But all the chiefs 83 of men and women |48 were modest and decorous, and they were holy and pure, and they dwelt singly and modestly without spot, in watchfulness of the ministry decorously, in their carefulness for the poor, in their visitations to the sick; for their goings forth were full of praise from those who saw, and their conversation was covered with glory from strangers; so that even the priests of the temple of Nebo and Bel divided with them the honour at all times, by their honourable aspect, by their truthful discourse, by the confidence which they possessed, and by their freedom, which was not enslaved to greediness, and was not in bondage under blame. For every one who saw them ran to meet them, that he might honourably salute them; because even the sight of them spread peace over the beholders. For their words of peace were spread like nets over the rebellious, when they were entering the fold of truth and verity. For there was no man who saw them, and was ashamed of them; because they did not anything which was not just, and which was not becoming, and in consequence of this their countenances were open in the preaching of their doctrine to every man. For whatsoever they said to others and directed them, they exhibited the same by works in themselves; and as to the hearers, who saw that their works were with their words, many became their disciples without persuasion, and confessed Christ the king, praising God who had turned them to Him.

And years after the death of Abgar the king, one of |49 his rebellious sons,84 who was not obedient to the truth, arose and sent word to Aggai, when he was sitting in the Church: “Make me headbands of gold, according to that which thou didst make for my fathers of old.” Aggai sent him word: “I desert not the ministry of Christ, which has been committed to me by the disciple of Christ, and make headbands of wickedness.” 85 And when he saw that he did not obey him, he sent, and broke his legs, as he was sitting in the church and expounding. And as he was dying he made Palut and Abshelama swear that in this house, for the sake of whose name, behold, I die, place me and bury me. And as he made them swear, so they placed him within the middle door of the church, between the men and the women. And there was great and bitter sorrow in all the church, and in all the city, above the pain of sorrow, which had been |50 in its interior, as the sorrow, which had been when Addai the Apostle died.

And because that by the breaking of his legs he died suddenly and quickly, he was not able to place the hand upon Palut.86 Palut himself went to Antioch, and received the hand of the priesthood from Serapion, Bishop of Antioch. Serapion, Bishop of Antioch, himself also received the hand from Zephyrinus, Bishop of the city of Rome,87 from the succession of the hand of the priesthood of Simon Cephas, which he received from our Lord, who was there Bishop of Rome twenty-five years, in the days of the Caesar, who reigned there thirteen years.

And as is the custom in the kingdom of Abgar the king, and in all kingdoms, that everything which the king commands, and everything that is said before him is written down and placed among the records, so also Labubna, the son of Sennac, the son of Abshadar, the king’s scribe, wrote these things of Addai the Apostle, from the beginning to the end. Hannan also, the Tabularius, the king’s Sharrir, set the hand of witness, and placed it among the records of the writings of the kings, where are put the commands and laws, and the contracts of those who buy and sell are kept there with care, without any negligence.

[Footnotes numbered and moved to end]

1. a Addai. According to Eusebius, Addai was one of the seventy disciples of Christ. See also p. 5.

2. b Abgar. This king is called here the son of Ma’nu. Of the twenty-nine kings of Edessa mentioned by Assemani, in his edition of the Chronicon Edessenum, Bibl. Or. tom. i. p. 417, ten bore the name of Abgar, and ten that of Ma’nu. The meaning of Abgar in Syriac is lame. Lower down we find Abgar called Ukkama. The latter word is a Syriac adjective, signifying black, and it may have been used because his skin was of a blackish hue. A previous king of Edessa was called Abgar the Red.

3. c Edessa is called, in Syriac, Urhai.

4. d The Seleucian era, which corresponds to B.C. 312-311.

5. e Marihab and Shamshagram. In regard to many of the proper names in this book, it is a matter of conjecture where the vowels should be inserted. In these two I have followed the French translation of the Armenian version. The latter name Cureton, in a note on Bardesanes, in his Spicilegium Syriacum, p. 77, calls Shemashgram. In Greek it is written Samyige/ramoj or Samyike/ramoj.

6. a Hannan. This name is written in Cureton’s text according to the Greek form. Further on, however, in the same text, we have Hanan. He is called in our text tabularius, but in Cureton’s tabellarius. The former is more probably correct. Perhaps it and the following word, Sharrir, express, the one in Latin and the other in Syriac, the same office, viz. that of keeper of the archives. There is a passage in the Chronicle of Edessa, in which those who were placed over the archives of a city were called the Sharrirs of that city. Bibl. Or. tom. i. p. 393.

7. b Beth-gubrin. “Ville connue déjà par Ptolémée, qui écrit Baitograbra_.” —- Lettre d’ Abgar, p. 11. It is still called Beit-jibrin.

8. c Reply. [Syriac] usually signifies a copy; but here it seems rather to mean a reply to the letters which were brought to Sabinus.

9. a March.

10. b April.

11. a The word in Syriac is [Syriac], “the chief,” a title of dignity among the Jews.

12. b [Syriac], spirits. Some adjective, signifying unclean, such as [Syriac] is perhaps to be understood with this noun.

13. c From the expression “it is written,” one would infer that these words are a quotation from the Old Testament; but they are not to be found in any part of that sacred Book. Our Lord said to Thomas: “Blessed are they that have not seen, and yet have believed.” (St. John xx. 29.) The passage in this reply is somewhat like these words. Although these words are not found in the Old Testament, they are like passages there in sense. See Is. vi. 9; lii. 15.

14. a There is a tradition preserved by Eusebius, see Smith’s Dictionary of the Bible, under ‘Jude,’ that the true name of Thomas (the twin) was Judas (‘Iou&daj o( kai\ Qwma~j). It is therefore probable that Judas is mentioned in the text to certify that it was the Apostle Thomas, and not another Thomas, who sent Addai to Edessa. See also Wright’s Apocryphal Acts of the Apostles, p. [Syriac].

15. a Tobias. Moses of Chorene calls Tobias Prince Juif, and says: “Qu’on dit être de la race des Pacradouni.” It appears, on the same authority, that he did not abjure Judaism with his relations, but followed its laws up to the time when he believed in Christ.

16. b Abdu. Moses of Chorene says of Abdu that he was “Prince de la ville, très honoré dans toute la maison du roi.”

17. c With a bending of the knees. The Syriac word is [Syriac], which, according to Castle, means genuflexio, but he cites no instance in which the noun occurs. The verb is found several times, but the noun is evidently very rare. Castle himself got the word from Bar Bahul.

18. a Cureton’s text of this document begins here. It is taken from the Nitrian collection in the British Museum, No. 14,654, at fol. 33. It is contained in one leaf only.

19. b A long time. The time is not mentioned by Eusebius in his Eccle siastical History. Moses of Chorene, bk. ii. chap. xxx. p. 217, Histoire D’Arménie, says that Abgar suffered from a disease which he had caught in Persia more than seven years before, and that he had obtained no remedy for it from men.

20. a Moses of Chorene speaks of Helena as the first wife of Abgar, that she was a pious woman, and renounced idolatry. He says the tomb of Helena was a very remarkable one, and was to be seen in his day before the gate of Jerusalem. Book II. c. 35, ed. Le Vaillant de Florival.

21. a With this word ends Cureton’s text, p. [Syriac].

22. b “L’Histoire detachée de la première invention de la Croix dit plus clairement que c’était Claude qui alla centre les Espagnols pendant que Tibere était absent de Rome. Cette guerre d’Espagne mentionnee ici et plus bas dans la lettre de Tibere a Abgar n’est citée par aucun auteur Romain: cependant il est très probable que notre auteur fait allusion aux intrigues et aux spoliations des biens des hommes les plus riches d’Espagne et de Gaule, faites par l’ordre de Tibère (v. Suétone, Tiber. 49; Tacite, Annal. vi. 19).”—-Lettre d’Abgar, p. 19.

23. c Second in authority.

24. a A leaf is missing in the MS. after fol. 7. It must have been lost at an early date, and its place is now supplied by a rudely written leaf of the twelfth or thirteenth century. It fills the gap in the Syriac text, caused by the loss of the original. This leaf, having become loose, has been bound as fol. 54 of the MS., in the middle of the Acts of St. John at Ephesus (see Wright’s Apocryphal Acts of the Apostles, p. 3); moreover, it has been reversed in binding, so that what is really the recto now appears as the verso.

25. a This story of the finding of the cross is the same in most of its details as that which is told of the discovery of it by Helena, the mother of Constantine. It is related of Helena, that on her arrival at Jerusalem, she resolved to lay the foundation of a church, dedicated to the true God, on Mount Calvary. In digging, some pieces of wood were discovered, which were recognised as belonging to the cross of our Saviour. These pieces were sent by Helena to Constantine.

26. a In the French translation of the Armenian version this name is called Phocreas, also Azzai is called Aghi. The orthography of proper names is often modified, to adapt them to the language in which they appear.

27. a The French translation has “Avité fils d’Abdékhil.” Lower down, the same name is called Avida.

28. a Labubna. In the French, translation of the Armenian version, this name is written Leboubnia. Moses of Chorene has made a change in the consonants; he calls the name Ghéroupna. Whiston has written the name Lerubnas: “Lerubnas, Apsadari scribas filius, omnes res gestas Abgari et Sanatrucis conscripsit, atque in Tabulario Edesseno posuit,” p. 146.

29. b Chesrun. There is mention of this person in Moses of Chorene, lib. ii.: “Abgar s’étant rendu dans sa ville d’ةdesse, se ligua avec Arète, roi de Petra, et lui donna des troupes auxiliaires, sous la conduite de Khosran Ardzrouni, pour faire la guerre à Hérode.” The name occurs again in p. 237 of the Second Book of the same work.

30. a [Syriac], being in apposition with [Syriac] seems to have the meaning given to it above.

31. b The word rendered divinity was not very much employed till after the times of the Apostles, when Christianity had become to some extent a system, and theological words had begun to be made use of to give it definiteness.

32. c The words which immediately follow are evidently very similar to what we find in St. John xiii. 31. There is very little variation between them and the passage as it is read in the Peshitta version.

33. a This is a quotation from Isaiah xlviii. 16. The plural pronoun us for me is the only variation. This may he because Addai is speaking in the context in the plural number, viz. “the Prophets of old.”

34. b The sense seems to require Dolath instead of Vau, Beth, before the Syriac word for Prophets. This suggestion is supported by the Armenian version.

35. c It is here that Cureton’s text recommences, p. [Syriac]. The said text, beginning here and continuing to the end, is taken from a MS. different from that in which the previous part of his text appears, viz. from a MS. of the Nitrian collection in the British Museum, Cod. Add. 14,644.

36. a Il fait allusion à la confusion, des langues au Sénaar dans la Baby-lonie, qui n’est pas très loin de la contrée où prêchait S. Thaddée.” Lettre d’Abgar.

37. b Paneas, the same as Caesarea Philippi.

38. c Here is found another break in Cureton’s text, p. [Syriac].

39. d The sense of this expression I apprehend to be, that erroneous thoughts only fill the mind with despair of being able to escape a bitter death.

40. a The text of Cureton is found to recommence at this place, p. [Syriac].  

41. b [Syriac], according to Pratten, is here equal to omnino. Page 15 of Syriac Documents.

42. c Here is found another break in Cureton’s text. p. [Syriac].

43. a Justice. [Syriac] is equal in sense to [Syriac]. The former word is not unfrequently found in old Syriac MSS. See this word a little lower down.

44. b By here and there, understand this world and the world to come.

45. c Nebo was an idol of the Babylonians. Traces of this deity are observed in the proper names, Nebuchadnezzar, Nebuzaradan, &c. Nebo seems also to have been worshipped in other places. In Isaiah xlvi. 1, we read that “Nebo stoopeth.” It is supposed that at Dibon, a city of Moab, was a temple to Nebo. See Selden, “De Diis Syris.” Syntagma II. chap. xii.

46. a Bel was a Babylonian deity. Calmet thinks that the sun was worshipped under this name. But worshipping the sun is mentioned lower down, and further it must, according to Addai, have been an object of worship distinct from Bel. The worshippers of Bel attributed to him the gift of healing diseases, and asserted that he ate and drank. See the apocryphal story of the Bel and Dragon.

47. b Bath Nical. It is here stated that this idol was worshipped in Harran. There does not appear to be much known with any certainty about it. In the history of Armenia, by Moses of Chorene, translated from the Armenian into French by P. E. le Vaillant de Florival, liv. ii. c. 27, this goddess is called Pathincagh. One has not heard of a god called Nical, and therefore it may be inferred that Bath Nical was a goddess invested with the attribute or attributes implied in the word [Syriac]. The sense of this word, however, is uncertain. The root has been supposed to be the Hebrew [Hebrew] ‘He was able. If this be correct, the distinguishing attribute of this goddess would accordingly be power. It has also been suggested that, [Syriac] is an epithet of Venus = [Syriac] = dolio&frwn Afrodi/th.

48. c Taratha. Jacob of Serug, see Assemani, Bibliotheca Orient. I. 327, mentions this goddess with others, viz. Nebo, Bel, Sin, Bel-shemin, Bar-Nemre, Gadlat, &c. It is thought that Taratha, or Atargatis as she was also called, is considered to have been a correlative of Dagon. Diodorus Siculus says (lib. ii.) that at Askelon the goddess Derceto or Atargatis was worshipped under the figure of a woman with the lower parts of a fish. (See Calmet’s Dictionary of the Bible, under Dagon.) Assemani, in a note at the foot of the page cited above, says: “Tarata, Janus fortasse Syrorum nam Tara est Janua, unde faemininum Tarata, quod faeminae specie illud idolum colerent. See the discourse of Jacob of Serug, on the Fall of the Idols, published by M. l’Abbé Martin, in the Zeitschrift of the German Oriental Society, note and translation, p. 131, for the year 1875. These four divinities, in Whiston’s Latin translation of Moses of Chorene, are Nabogus, Belus, Bathnicalus and Tharatha.

49. a Here Cureton’s text commences, p. [Syriac].

50. a Matth. xxiii. 38.

51. a The city in which ye dwell, &c. This is a quotation from the message of our Lord to Abgar. See p. 5. The passage in this message seems to have given rise to the notion very prevalent and mentioned by several Syriac writers, that Edessa would be henceforth free from hostile invasion and be especially blessed and protected by God.

52. a Matth. x. 14.

53. a Abgar’s father bore the name of Ma’nu as well as his son; indeed it is said that he had two sons of that name. This is probably the one who succeeded his father as king. It was the name of many kings of Edessa. See note p. 1.

54. b Avida. In Cureton’s text it is [Syriac], evidently a mistake in the MS.

55. c Headlands, According to our Syriac text [Syriac] of [Syriac] has no point to show whether it be a Dolath or a Resh. In Cureton’s text it is a Dolath, but elsewhere we find it a Resh. As to the meaning of the word, see Dr. Payne Smith’s note, cited by Pratten, Syr. Documents, p. 22.

56. a Piroz. According to Cureton, this is supposed to be the same name as that of Berosus.

57. b Dancu. Cureton has [Syriac] Diku.

58. a Silks. So the Syriac word is translated by Cureton. In Luke vii. 25, we have [Syriac] rendered by soft raiment. See also Matt. xi. 8. It is probable from what is here said and referred to by other writers, that the Jews of Edessa carried on an extensive trade with people of other districts and countries.

59. b The word [Syriac] is by some translated chains, and by others silks or muslins. The former rendering is adopted by Castle, and the latter by Moses of Chorene, and although the word is translated chains by Dr. Cureton in a note p. 157, he seems to think it might be more correctly rendered silks. I prefer the former rendering, because in Numb. xxxi. 50, and Isaiah iii. 22, the former but not the latter will suit the context.

60. c Abshelama. In Cureton this name is read Barshelama.

61. d As the Prophets are mentioned by themselves, the Old Testament here probably means no more than the Pentateuch. Similarly, as the Acts of the Apostles are named apart from the New Testament, the latter is probably intended to comprise only the Gospels.

62. a Diatessaron. In the text of Cureton is Ditornon. The reading of the MS., he remarks, is not quite clear, and he is disposed to think that the word ought to be Diatessaron. The reading of the St. Petersburgh MS., as we see, confirms Dr. Cureton’s supposition. The Diatessaron was that made by Tatian, and was, as appears from sundry

testimonies, in general use in the Syrian churches in the second century. It was a volume compiled from the Four Gospels, and seems to have been publicly read at Edessa up to the fourth century. Mention ismade of it in Asseman. Bibl. Orient, tom. iii. p. 12: The Gospel which Tatian compiled, and he called it the Diatessaron, A commentary was written on this work by Ephraim Syrus, according to what is affirmed by Barsalibe and Bar Hebraeus as recorded in Asseman. Bibl. Orient, tom. I. pp. 57, 58. The former says that Ephraim illustrated the Diatessaron with commentaries; and the latter, in speaking of Tatian’s volume, in his work [Syriac], says that the expression “In the beginning was the word “was elucidated by Ephraim.

63. a According to Cureton, him.

64. b Water. In the MS. we have [Syriac] evidently by mistake for [Syriac]. In Cureton’s text the latter word is found.

65. c Nersai. Moses of Chorene speaks of this king as le jeune Nerseh p. 229. In the same page is a copy of the Letter which Abgar wrote to Nersai, viz., “Abgar roi des Arméniens, à mon fils Narseh, salut; J’ai reçu ta lettre et tes hommages; j’ai déchargé Béroze de ses fers, et lui ai remis ses offenses, si cela te fait plaisir, donne lui le gouvernement de Ninive. Mais quant à ce que tu m’écris de t’envoyer ce médecin qui fait des miracles et prêche un autre Dieu supérieur au feu et à l’eau, afin que tu puisses le voir et l’entendre, je te dirai: Ce n’était point un médecin selon l’art des hommes, c’était un disciple du fils de Dieu, créateur du feu et de l’eau, il a été destiné, envoyé aux contrées de l’Arménie. Mais un de ses principaux compagnons, nommé Simon, est envoyé dans les contrées de la Perse. Cherche-le, et tu l’entendras, toi, ainsi que ton père Ardachès. Il guérira tous vos maux et vous montrera le chemin de la vie.”

66. a Olbinus. It is the opinion of Cureton that this name has been confounded with that of Albinus, who was made governor of Judaea by Nero, A.D. 62. No person of the name of Olbinus was governor of Judaea at the time mentioned in the document, and the opinion referred to is most probably correct, and the mistake arose from some confusion of the editor.

67. a Aristides. In the Armenian version, this name is written Artidias, which in the French translation is corrected according to the reading in the Syriac text.

68. b Ticnutha. “Cureton lit, mais avec doute, Thicuntha au lieu de Nuthicontha, noms tous deux inconnus dans la géographie.”—-Lettre d’Abgar, p. 45.

69. c Artica. This word may, by placing different vowels to it, be pronounced Ortyka, which Cureton thinks was intended for Ortygia, near to Syracuse, not far distant from Capreae, where Tiberius resided.

70. a A great difference is found here between the Syriac text and the Armenian version. According to the former, Addai had gathered around him the nobles and chiefs, in order that he might deliver unto them his farewell and dying discourse, but in the latter it is said that “the Apostle Addai conceived the thought of visiting the countries of the East and Assyria to preach there,” &c. One statement must be erroneous, and authority obliges us to conclude that the error is in the Armenian version.

71. b And. We have a vau in our MS. which is not in Cureton’s text, nor is it supported by the Armenian version; we think, therefore, that the reading should be, not Bar-Kalba and Bar-Zati, but Bar Kalba, son of Zati.

72. a See Matth. xviii. 10.

73. b Lit. “purgers of the way.”

74. c Here Cureton’s text ends.

75. a In p. 22, we find that that for which our Lord came into the world was altogether to teach the resurrection of man. Here it is stated, that the whole object for which our Lord came into the world was that creatures might not again be worshipped. The author is speaking superlatively. In these days we should in each case say a great object, &c.

76. b They spend their time in useless and injurious questions.

77. a See John xiv, 2.

78. b See Luke ix. 62.

79. a We have already had mention of the Old Testament; and the New of the Diatessaron, p. 34. Here we have the Holy Scriptures more particularly specified. The New Testament is described as consisting of the Gospel, the Epistles of Paul and the Acts of the Apostles. The two latter were probably not written at the time that Addai was preaching Christianity in Edessa. If the Gospel mentioned be that of St. Matthew, that might possibly have been then in existence.

80. a Here Cureton’s text recommences.

81. a These words are not according to the letter, but are certainly in the spirit of the instructions, which our Lord delivered to the twelve disciples at their ordination, as we read them in Matt. x. 7-10. Anything like desire or anxiety for the things of this world, the disciples of Christ were frequently and in distinct and impressive language warned against by their Master.

82. b Eyor is the Syriac word for the month of May. In Assemani, Bibl. Orient. tom. ii. p. 392, we find it stated, on the authority of Bar Hebraeus, “that Addai the Apostle was slain on the 30th of July, and buried in the church, which he himself had built in Edessa.” This date, however, is contradicted in a foot-note on the same page, in the following terms:—-“Amrus Matthaei filius historicus Nestorianus, qui Chronicon Maris ejusdem sectae scriptoris in compendium redegit, Addaeum obiise refert, non die 30 Julii, sed 14 Maii. Et quidem in pervetusto Kalendario Syriaco, quod ad calcem Codicis 32 in fine hujus tomi subjicitur, die Maii 14, Addaeus decessisse dicitur.”

83. a Chiefs. This is the rendering in the Armenian version, and it seems to me that it is a sense in accordance with the Syriac text. The Syriac noun, among other meanings, signifies a prefect or chief. Every chief is the same as all the chiefs, and so the noun may agree with the plural number of the verb in the text. The expression thus considered refers to the most distinguished persons of both sexes. Cureton states that it alludes to those who especially belonged to the ministry of the church.

84. a It appears that this rebellious son did not reign till years after the death of Abgar. There must consequently have been another, who was the immediate successor of Abgar; and the name of this successor was Ma’nu, who is said to have reigned seven years, according to what is stated by Assemani, Bibl. Orient, tom. i. p. 421. The successor of Ma’nu was his brother, also by name Ma’nu, and he reigned fourteen years. Moses of Chorene, liv. II. ch. xxxiv., says of this prince: “Il ouvrit les temples des idoles, embrassa le culte des païens. Il envoie dire à Attée, ‘Fais moi une coiffure en toile tissée d’or, comme celles que tu faisais autrefois pour mon père.’ Il reçut cette réponse d’Attée: ‘Mes mains ne feront point de coiffure pour un prince indigne, qui n’ adore pas le Christ Dieu vivant.’ Aussitôt, le roi d’ordonner à un de ses gens d’armes de couper les pieds à Attée. Le soldat étant allé et ayant vu le saint personnage assis dans la chaire doctorale, avec son glaive lui coupa les jambes, et aussitôt le saint rendit l’esprit.”

85. b Wickedness. In Cureton’s text the word is in the singular number.

86. a In p. 39, it is said that Addai made Palut an Elder. It would seem, therefore, that this whole paragraph, as Cureton observes, must have been introduced into the text at a later period, and that too by some careless, ignorant person.

87. b In Cureton’s text the word is Rome, which is right. The name found in our MS. is obviously a mistake.

This text was transcribed by Roger Pearse, Ipswich, UK, 2003.  All material on this page is in the public domain – copy freely.

Greek text is rendered using the Scholars Press SPIonic font, free from here.

Early Church Fathers – Additional Texts

THE GREAT SCHISM – Samueh Hugh Moffett

$
0
0

Earthly things have little interest for me.  I have died to the world and live for him…. Farewell desert, my friend … and [ farewell ] exile, my mother, who after my death shall keep my body until the resurection… as for Nestorius-let him be anathema… And would God that all men by anathematizing me might attain to reconciliation with God….

– Nestorius, The Bazaar of Heracleides

The Great Schism *

Samuel Hugh Moffett

WHAT finally divided the early church, East from West, Asia from Europe, was neither war nor persecution but the blight of a violent theological controversy, that raged through the Mediterranean world in the second quarter of the fifth century. It came to be called the Nestorian controversy, and how much of it was theological and how much political is still being debated, but it irreversibly split the church not only east and west but also north and south and hacked it into so many pieces that it was never the same again. Out of it came an ill-fitting name for the church in non-Roman Asia, “Nestorian.”

The dimensions of the schism can best be appreciated by comparing the church of 325 after the First Ecumenical Council, Nicaea, with the same Christian world a century and a quarter later in 451 after the Fourth Ecumenical Council, Chalcedon.

Both councils were called to repair deep theological divisions. In 325 the problem was Arianism, which denied the full deity of Christ. In 451 the question was more complicated and concerned the relationship of deity and humanity in the nature of Christ, as we shall see. But where Nicaea united the holy Catholic Church against the defeated Arians, Chalcedon was unable to prevent the splintering of Christendom.

For a good many years even the earlier council, Nicaea, seemed doomed to failure. Scarcely had that council adjourned before the Christian unity it had achieved began to crumble. A violent Arian reaction spread through the Roman Empire. Constantine the Creat’s own son and successor in Constantinople, Constantius, was Arian. A triumphal missionary expansion of Arianism among the Teutonic tribes, spearheaded by the saintly “apostle to the Goths,” Ulfilas  (311-383), began to separate barbarian Europe, which was rapidly converting to Arianism and seemed about to overcome the orthodox, catholic empire.

Then the orthodox center itself began to disintegrate. The great patriarchates of Rome, Constantinople, Antioch, and Alexandria were torn apart by jurisdictional jealousies that were too easily translated into doctrinal divisions.

At the beginning of the fifth century, in 404, the infamous affair of the deposition and exile of Chrysostom of Constantinople split Rome away from communion with its three sister patriarchates, 1 and the church’s internal resentments intensified. What should have

—————————————————–

*  Excerpts from : A History of Christianity in Asia.  By: Samuel Hugh Moffett. copyright @, 1998 .Reprinted by permission of Orbis Books.

been a spreading flame bearing light and warmth from the center to the ends of the earth turned instead into a wheel of fire spinning out of control and casting off blazing masses of incendiary countermovements. For a short period at mid-century, just after Chalcedon, every major political power center in Europe was Arian.2 The far west (Spain and Gaul) remained Arian even longer. The far east (Persia, India, and east Syria) was Nestorian. Africa and the Near East (Egypt, Ethiopia, Syria, and Armenia) turned Monophysite. It was only a little more than a hundred years since Nicaea had unified the church, but to the orthodox it must have seemed that the heretics were winning the world. And the worst of the damage was done in just two decades, between 430 and 450.

The Nestorian Controversy

The theological entanglements of the period belong mainly to Western church history, but they impinge so significantly on the later development of Asian Christianity that they must be reviewed here.The landmarks are the great Christological statements of the first four ecumenical councils: Nicaea, 325; Constantinople,381; Ephesus, 431; and Chalcedon,451.

The first two, which condemned Arianism, were not a major issue in non-Roman Asia. The Church of the East, in fact, was largely ignorant of the Nicene Creed as late as the early fifth century, though it adopted it readily enough when it was presented at the Synod of Isaac in 410. 3 “Christ is truly God,” declared Nicaea against Arius, the presbyter from Egypt who had described the Lord more as a demigod, a being created by God rather than coeternal with him. 4 “Christ is truly man,” the second council, Constantinople, added, repeating on behalf of Syria and Asia Minor what had already been said at Nicaea but with an enlarged emphasis on the humanity of Christ. 5

Then at the beginning of the fifth century the early church’s quest for ever more precise theological definitions of the apostolic teaching on the person and work of Christ took a new turn. It became embroiled in a bitter argument between the theological schools of two of the great patriarchates, Alexandria and Antioch, on a vexing, unanswered question raised by the statement in the Nicene Creed that Christ is God and that he is also man. In that case, said some Christians, he must be two persons, one divine and one human. Then what becomes of his unity? Is he a split personality? On the other hand, if he is only one whole person, how can one contain two wholes (“wholly God and wholly man”)?

The school of Alexandria, led by its strong-minded, hot-tempered patriarch, Cyril, put its emphasis on the unity of the person of Christ. But in order to preserve the oneness it was difficult not to weaken either his deity or his humanity1 for “complete God” and “complete man” strongly implies duality of person. Cyril’s explanation of the two natures seemed to Antioch to weaken the humanity of Christ and to stress his deity as of higher significance. The Alexandrian school, strong on the doctrine of redemption, genuinely and naturally defended the deity in Christ’s nature, for only a divine Christ could save sinners. But in so doing, the Alexandrians ran the risk of losing some of the historic authenticity of Christ’s human nature. 6

The school of Antioch took precisely the opposite emphasis, and it was from this school that Nestorian theology derived. Its great strength was its insistence on the historic, human Christ. Antioch was as much interested in redemption as Alexandria but linked this with an equal concern for Christian ethics. It had long been known for its care for the poor and hungry. It was perhaps natural, therefore, for Christians in Antioch to emphasize Christ’s humanity, for only a completely human Christ could be an ethical and moral example to Christian men and women. 7 In any such contrast made between the two schools, however, it must be remembered that neither Alexandria nor Antioch denied that Christ was both God and man. Both prided themselves on their orthodoxy. The difference was a matter of emphasis. 8

The father of Antiochene (and therefore of Nestorian) theology was a well-born native of that city, Theodore, known to history as Theodore of Mopsuestia (350428). His youth had been erratic. At first he was attracted to the cynical sophism of a famous rhetorician, Libanius, who taught his pupils to dismiss Christianity as a pack of “ridiculous and contemptible absurdities.” 9 Surprisingly, the young Theodore was converted to the faith his teacher despised and, as is sometimes the case in such things, veered to the other extreme. Influenced by a fellow student, the later-famous John Chrysostom, who had also left the company of Libanius to follow Christ, 10 Theodore renounced the world and turned to radical asceticism. But he was no more fit for the lonely life of a monk than for that of a dilettante philosopher. He longed for marriage. Chrysostom guided him to an alternative: the life of a scholar-bishop. Here at last he found happiness, combining the busy human demands of diocesan administration with the scholastic challenge of a pioneering approach to Bible study and exegesis. In 392 he was made bishop of Mopsuestia, a town north of Antioch on the road to Tarsus, and ruled the church there for thirty-six years. His fame spread as an ecpositor of the Scriptures, and to this day he is called “the Interpreter” by the east Syrians. Theodore taught that the basic principle of biblical exposition was to concentrate on what the Bible actually said and to avoid the temptation to read into it one’s own herrneneutical interpretations. “He limited his attention to the literal sense of Scripture,” is how Socrates, the church historian who was a younger contemporary of Theodore, described it. 11 This was a sharp contrast to the allegorical style of Origen, so popular in Alexandria, which opened the Bible to often capricious interpretations by attaching two or three levels of meaning to every text. Theodore was also more careful than most not to overemphasize the prophetic and typological allusions of the Old Testament. He accepted only four psalms as specifically messianic (Pss. 2; 8; 45; and 110). At one critical point, however, he left himself open to serious criticism. To some in the West, his doctrine of sin was more Pelagian than Augustinian. Perhaps Eastern bishops like Theodore, aware of Augustine’s Manichaean past, read into Augustine’s doctrine of original sin a hint of the Manichaean heresy with which they had to contend, namely, that human nature is basically evil because it is linked to the world of matter. At any rate, in Theodore’s view sin was more a weakness than a disease or a tainted will. Weak definitions of sin will produce weak doctrines concerning the Savior from sin, so his opponents in the next generation thought and condemned him, as we shall see, along with his pupil, Nestorius, for allegedly teaching that Jesus was only “a man indissolubly united to God through the permanent indwelling of the Logos.”12

But that came later. In his own lifetime the crowds chanted, “We believe as Theodore believed; long live the faith of Theodore.” 13 It was only after he died that the smouldering theological volcano erupted and clouded his name for centuries, though now the cloud is lifting in the light of recent reappraisals of Theodore’s essentially pre-Chalcedonian orthodoxy. 14

The eruption, when it came, was touched off by Theodore’s fiend, Nestorius, who became the central figure in the most crippling controversy ever to divide the early church. Nestorius was born in Cermanicia in the Euphrates district of the patriarchate of Antioch. Not much is known of his early life save that he entered a monastery near Antioch out of which he was often called upon to preach in the city’s cathedral church. He was a powerful speaker and began to win fame as a highly popular preacher. He may have studied for a while under Theodore of Mopsuestia. In 428 he was suddenly appointed to one of the highest posts in all Christendom, that of patriarch of Constantinople. His opponents later sneeringly suggested that only his beautiful voice and fluent phrases could account for the unexpected promotion of this fairly obscure priest to the ecclesiastical throne of Eastern Rome, but when they complained to the emperor, Theodosius II coldly replied that good preaching was at least better than the bribes, violence, slander, and quarreling that was all they had to offer in his stead:

(You) monks did not agree with the clergy: the clergy were not of one mind: the bishops were divided: and the people in like manner disagreed. 15

On his journey to Constantinople to take up his new post, Nestorius stopped in Mopsuestia to visit Theodore, who warned him to be careful, be moderate, and respect the opinions of others. 16 It was good advice, but Nestorius did not heed it. Carried away by zeal at his consecration as patriarch in April 428, he cried out, “Give me, O Emperor, the earth purged from heretics, and I will give you heaven.” So saying he launched a drive against the Arian heretics and closed their only chapel in Constantinople.17 Other crusades followed swiftly; but suddenly, in an ironic twist of fate, Nestorius the heresy hunter found himself accused of heresy.

The trouble began when Nestorius celebrated the birth of Christ in a series of Christmas sermons and turned his attention to a popular phrase used in the West but not in Antioch to describe the Virgin Mary. In Constantinople she was called “the Mother of God” (in Greek, theotokos, or “God-bearer”), and this grated on the ears of an Antiochene schooled to defend the complete humanity of Jesus Christ. Others had already questioned the use of the title, and with the best of intentions Nestorius sought to mediate in the dispute:

When I came here, I found a dispute among the members of the church, some of whom were calling the Blessed Virgin Mother of God, while others were calling her Mother of man. Gathering both parties together, I suggested that she should be called Mother of Christ, a term which represented both God and man, as it is used in the gospels. 18

But the phrase Nestorius was criticizing for its loose theology had all the emotional popularity of a religious slogan, and his objection to the sacred words brought his enemies down on him like wolves. This was the opportunity that his rival, Cyril, the patriarch of Alexandria, had been hoping for. Cyril had two reasons for seeking the downfall of Nestorius. The first was political. Up to the end of the fourth century Alexandria had been the greatest patriarchate in the world next to Rome. But the Second Ecumenical Council (Constantinople, 381) had declared that Rome and Constantinople were equal, though Rome, of course, had the precedence of antiquity. So to the anguish of Cyril, Alexandria had been demoted below Constantinople. Added to this political enmity was the long-standing theological rivalry between the school of Antioch and the school of Alexandria.

On Easter Sunday in 429, Cyril publicly denounced Nestorius for heresy. With fine disregard for anything Nestorius had actually said, he accused him of denying the deity of Christ. It was a direct and incendiary appeal to the emotions of the orthodox, rather than to precise theological definition or scriptural exegesis, and, as he expected, an ecclesiastical uproar followed. Cyril showered Nestorius with twelve bristling anathemas. The Antiochenes countered with twelve equally angry counteranathemas against the bishop of Alexandria. These were attributed to the milder Nestorius but are now known not to be written by him. 19 As tempers mounted, a Third Ecumenical Council was summoned to meet in Ephesus in 431 to make peace among the warring patriarchs. All it produced was more war.

Ephesus, 431, was the most violent and least equitable of all the great councils. It is an embarrassment and blot on the history of the church. The council was called by the authority of the emperor, who favored Nestorius, but Cyril stole it away from him. When he received word that the patriarch of Antioch, who also sided with Nestorius, would arrive late and was asking the council to wait for him and his bishops, Cyril, who had brought fifty of his own bishops with him, arrogantly opened the council anyway, over the protests of the imperial commissioner and about seventy other bishops. Nestorius refused even to attend and later wrote this graphic, biased but accurate description of the proceedings:

They acted as if it was a war they were conducting, and the followers of the Egyptian (Cyril) went about in the city girt and armed with clubs with the yells of barbarians, snorting fiercely raging with extravagant arrogance against those whom they knew to be opposed to their doings, carrying bells about the city and lighting fires.   They blocked up the streets so that everyone was obliged to flee and hide, while they acted as masters of the situation, lying about, drunk and besotted and shouting obscenities….. 20

So tense was the situation that a guard was flung about the house in which Nestorius lodged to prevent his murder. At Cyril’s bidding the council proceeded obediently to vote two hundred to nil to excommunicate Nestorius. John of Antioch, with forty bishops, arrived too late to do anything but declare the result illegal and hold a countercouncil that excommunicated Cyril.

Confronted by an impasse that threatened to tear his Byzantine empire apart1 Theodosius II reluctantly decided to defuse the situation by accepting the deposition of both the rival partriarchs’ Nestorius and Cyril. They were arrested and imprisoned, but the two men reacted to the sentence in quite different ways. Cyril promptly bribed his way back to power. He bought the favor of the emperor’s adviser, the grand chamberlain, with a present of fourteen oriental rugs, eight couches, six tablecloths, four tapestries, four ivory benches, six leather benches, and six ostriches and ran the church of Alexandria into debt to the amount of around three million dollars by today’s reckoning. 21 Nestorius, on the other hand, who was often tactless and extreme but always honest and sincere, accepted the verdict with only a quiet protest at its injustice. He went obediently into exile, first to his old monastery near Antioch and then, in 435, as the opposition to him hardened, on to Petra in Arabia. Finally, so-greatly was his influence feared, he was moved far out into the Egyptian desert. There he died about 451-to the Western church a heretic, to the Persian church a hero and a martyr, but to himself neither a heretic nor a hero. Near the end he wrote:

Earthly things have little interest for me. I have died to the world and live for Him. . .  As for Nestorius-let him be anathema!  . . And would God that all men by anathematizing me might attain to reconciliation with God. . . . Farewell desert, my friend . . . and farewell exile, my mother, who after my death shall keep my body until the resurrection. . . . Amen. 22

The Church of the East never accepted the judgment of the Counsel of Ephesus in 431. It remains the only one of the first four ecumenical councils rejected by Nestorians, and they may well have been fight. Its legality is questionable. 23 Its conduct was disgraceful. And its theological verdict, if not overturned, was at least radically amended by the Council of Chalcedon thirty years later, which evened up the battle of the anathemas by excommunicating Cyril’s successor in Alexandria, Dioscurus.

“Nestorianism” Examined

For fifteen hundred years Nestorius has been branded in the West as a heretic, 24 and for most of that time, from what the West knew about him the condemnation seemed just. His writings were burned; only fragments survived. His image as left to history was that created by his enemies. Then, dramatically, in 1S89 a Syrian priest discovered an eight-hundred-year-old manuscript of a Syriac translation made about 540 of Nestorius’s own account, in Creek, of his controversies and his teachings. It had remained hidden for centuries disguised under the title The Book (or Bazaar) of Heracleides, but the author was unmistakably Nestorius. 25

Judged by his own words at last, Nestorius is revealed as not so much “Nestorian” and more orthodox than his opponents gave him credit for. Luther, for example, after looking over all he could find of his writings decided that there was nothing really heretical in them. 26 Opinions about him still differ widely, for his theological writing is difficult and often obscure. 27 But some points are clear. He took his stand firmly on the historical Christ as revealed in the Gospels. He was not at ease with technical and semantic theological distinctions. He was absolutely convinced that he was biblically orthodox. At no time did he deny the deity of Christ, as was charged against him. He merely insisted that it be clearly distinguished from Christ’s humanity. Nor did he deny the unity of Christ’s person, which was the most enduring of the charges against him. It was on this point that he was officially condemned. His opponents, the Alexandrians, maintained that by separating Christ into two “natures”  (keyane or kejane in Syriac, physis in Creek)-“true Cod by nature and true man by nature” was how Nestorius put it 28 -he destroyed the real personality of the Savior, deforming Christ into a creature with two heads. Nestorius answered, “The person (parsopa in Syriac, prosopon in Creek) is one .  .,” and “There are not two Cods the Words, or two Sons, or two only-begottens, but one.” 29

The problem lay partly in his choice of words. Nestorius used the Creek word prosopon to refer to Christ’s person as the basis of Christ’s unity. But prosopon is a weak word, used only once in the New Testament to refer to people as “persons” and more often meaning “presence” or even mere “appearance.” His opponents insisted on the use of the stronger word hypostasis (“substance,” or “real being,” as in Heb. 1:3) for Christ’s person as one being, incarnate. That, said Nestorius, is too strong-for hypostasis, like ousia, if used of Christ’s unified, essential being confuses the fact that there is still a distinction between his humanity and his deity. 30

There is a subtle distinction between “two natures” (Dyophysitism, which is what Nestorius and the school of Antioch taught) and “two persons,” which is how Alexandria interpreted the phrase, as if Nestorius were teaching “dyhypostatism.” By insisting that one person (hypostasis) can have but one nature (physis), Alexandria sought to make the teaching of Nestorius heretical. 31 But what Alexandria said he taught was not what Nestorius actually taught, even in his earlier works, and clearly not in the Book of Heracleides, his last work. 32 As early as Ephesus he struggled to find a way to express the essential unity of the person of the incarnate Christ without denying the essential reality of both the humanity and deity of the Savior and without surrendering the all-important truth that there is an ultimate1 basic distinction between deity and humanity.

The divine Logos was not one, and another the man in whom he came to be. Rather, one was the prosopon of both in dignity and honour, worshipped by all creation, and in no way and no time divided by otherness of purpose and will. 33

This doctrine of the unity of the person (prosopon) of Christ 34 in two natures may have rested on the use of a word too weak to support the theological weight it was required to bear, but it was in no sense heresy.

Nor was Nestorius guilty of another serious charge against him, the heresy of adoptionism. Alexandria complained that the Christ of Nestorius was only a man, a man who was so good and so obedient that he earned for himself an adoptive “sonship” into divinity. 35 But to Nestorius, the incarnation was not a man earning deity, but an act of God’s grace best described as in the Bible, in Philippians, as Cod emptying himself, “being born in the likeness of men” (Phil. 2:7). The divinity and the humanity, he goes on to say elsewhere, are one prosopon, the deity by kenosis (emptying), the humanity by exaltation.36

The fault, if there is one in the Nestorian “heresy,” concludes A.

Grillmeier, was neither a theology of a two-headed Christ, nor of a Jesus who earned his way into Godhead, but rather a failure to take the church’s ancient tradition of the communicatio idiomatum seriously enough. 37 That tradition, as old as Origen and Athanasius, held that whatever is said either of Christ’s human nature (for example, that he suffered) or of his divine nature (“in the form of God”) or by whatever name he is called (Son of God or Son of man) is said of one and the same person who was and is both God and man. Had Nestorius recognized that traditional concept as acceptable, he need not have balked at calling Mary “Mother of God” and there might possibly never have been a “Nestorian controversy.”

But violence and emotions had run too high at Ephesus. Between the councils of Ephesus in 431 and Chalcedon in 451 came twenty unhappy years of angry theological argument and intense political and ecclesiastical intrigue. The theological world hardened into three crystallized positions. On the right were the victors at Ephesus, the Alexandrians, ultraconservatives ready to defend the deity of Christ even at the risk of his real humanity. They were soon to be identified as Monophysites (from mono, meaning “one,” and physis, meaning “nature”). Their leaders were the patriarch of Egypt, Cyril and his successor, Dioscurus. On the left were the Dyophysites (from duo, “two”, and physis, “nature”), soon to be called Nestorians after their exiled patriarch. They seemed more liberal than their opponents in that they defended Christ’s humanity against obliteration by his deity but were less than precise in their theological definitions. Their leader (in the absence of Nestorius) was John, patriarch of Antioch.

In the center emerged a peace party characterized not so much by theological position as by a desire for unity. It was composed of a coalition of political and ecclesiastical moderates determined to save both church and empire from the perils of religious division. Their first step was to negotiate a theological truce in 433 between Alexandria and Antioch. Alexandria would drop its twelve anathemas against Antioch and accept “two natures” in Christ as taught in the Bible. 38 But this represented theological surrender for the implacable Cyril and was predictably unacceptable to the Alexandrian right wing. On the other hand the compromise also stipulated that Antioch, in turn, must accept the popular phrase “Mother of God” for the Virgin and assent to the excommunication of Nestorius. And this, of course, was ecclesiastical humiliation for John and unacceptable to loyal Nestorians. Nevertheless, under great pressure, the leaders agreed. “Behold again we are friends,” wrote John of Antioch to Cyril of Alexandria, 39 and for a while at least it seemed that the shouting and the curses might be forgotten.

But the peace fell apart at the edges. On both sides the leaders failed to carry their partisans with them into the compromise, and when the leaders died-John of Antioch in 442 and Cyril of Mexandria in 444-the truce collapsed.

First to rebel were the Monophysites in Egypt. The accidents of succession gave Antioch and Alexandria two very unequal patriarchs after the deaths of John and Cyril. The Monophysites in Alexandria found in Cyril’s successor, Dioscurus, a champion every bit as strong and stubborn and even more unscrupulous than Cyril without the saving grace of Cyril’s theological insight and acumen. He could parade shamelessly with his mistress in the streets of Alexandria and at the same time rally the faithful with shouted repetitions of Cyril’s formula for anti-Nestorian orthodoxy, “One nature after the union,” referring to the undivided human and divine in the incarnate Christ. He utterly rejected the compromise of 433. 40 By contrast, at Antioch, the successor of John was a mild and ineffectual man named Domnus.

A power struggle at the Byzantine court at the time further turned the tide in the West against the Nestorians and in favor of the extreme Monophysites. Emperor Theodosius II was a retiring soul more interested in old manuscripts than in affairs of state. He “reigned but never ruled,” as one church historian has observed. 41 Three jealous and powerful court favorites dominated him-two women and a eunuch. His wife, Eudocia, was sympathetic in re- ligious affairs to the Nestorians. His sister Fuicheria, was anti-Nestorian, but more orthodox than Monophysite. The eunuch, Chrysaphius, was a gross and wily court chamberlain, willing to support whichever side promised him financial or political advantage. He favored the compromise of 433 in the interests of religious peace but was equally willing to support whatever other settlement might bring him wealth and power if the peace failed. By 444 Dioscurus became patriarch of Alexandria; Puicheria had been forced into retirement; Eudocia had fled to exile in Jerusalem, tainted by a palace scandal; and the unprincipled Chrysaphius was in control.

The Monophysites happily discovered in him a powerful ally, aided by his godfather, a Greek monk named Eutyches, who was as fanatical an opponent of the Nestorian Dyophysites as any Alexandrian. Dioscurus, Eutyches, and Chrysaphius persuaded the pliant Theodosius to call an ecumenical council at Ephesus in 449. There Dioscurus, as supremely arrogant as Cyril at the earlier Ephesus in 431, trampled not only on his old enemy, Antioch, but on the whole moderate center, both Rome and Constantinople. Flavian, patriarch of Constantinople, who had accused Eutyches of falling into the already condemned heresy of Apollinarius, that is, of denying that Christ had a human soul, and who had failed to bribe the powerful Chrysaphius, was deposed by the council. So also was Domnus of Antioch and his theologian, Theodoret of Cyrus, whose penetrating criticism of Monophysite theology in his book the Eranistes had dismissed Monphysite theology as a “patchwork of old heresies.” The council did not even read the Tome of Pope Leo I, a statesmanlike theological position paper that Rome had prepared with great care as a possible bridge to peace between the warring schools. The Monophysites were ecstatically triumphant. But as Leo, who is called “The Great,” later wrote to Pulcheria, the church had been betrayed by a “Council of Robbers,” and by that name the Second Council of Ephesus has been known ever since.

As it turned out, the victory of the “Robbers” was a flimsy one. In less than a year, with one small turn of fate, it collapsed. Emperor Theodosius II fell off his horse and died. His sister, Pulcheria, swept back into power, executed the miserable Chrysaphius, and, disillusioned with Alexandria’s grasp for power, withdrew her former support of the Monophysites to encourage a coalition of the moderate centrists under Leo the Great at Rome. As angry reaction spread across the empire against the wholesale condemnations pronounced by the “Robber Council,” a great council of bishops was called to repudiate it; this council took its place as the Fourth Ecumenical Council, Chalcedon, 451.

Chalcedon was the greatest of the early church’s seven ecumenical councils. 42 Only the first, Nicaea, can compare to it in importance. And Chalcedon was at least a partial victory for Nestorius. Had he lived another year he might well have rejoiced to hear the Chalcedonian Creed declare: “Christ has two natures.” That was precisely what Antioch stood for and what Alexandria denied. Now it was the Alexandrians’ turn to be banished and to be branded with the stigma of a heresy of their own, Monophysitism.But the victory fell to neither side, Antioch or Alexandria. The full Chalcedonian formula was that Christ is “one person in two natures, human and divine.” “One person” (defined as hypostasis and prosopon) contradicted Nestorius. 43 And “two natures” (physis) refuted Alexandria. As for the relationship of the two natures, which had been the heart of the controversy, even Chalcedon was unable to define it. It could only confess its faith that the two are not destroyed by the union in the one person but are preserved “without confusion, without change, without division, without separation.” 44

The general consensus of scholarship today would probably agree with A. R. Vine’s observation that Nestorius was the better man but Cyril the better theologian and that, though the Third Ecumenical Council of Ephesus was a shabby affair, Chalcedon was probably right in recognizing that Nestorius’s “prosopic union” was “not strong enough to bear the strain” of maintaining the essential unity of the person of Christ. The council, therefore, may well have been justified in clarifying and extending rather than reversing the verdict of Ephesus. The West, at least, was satisfied with Chalcedon, but not so Egypt and, to a lesser extent, Persia.

NOTES

1.  See L. Duchesne, Early History of the Christian Church, vol.3, trans. Jenkins (London: Murray, 1924), 73.

2. See J. Moffatt, The First Five Centuries of the Christian Church (London: Univ. of London Press, 1938),    142.

See above; pp. 155.

4. See the summary in J. F. Bethune-Baker, An Introduction to the Early History of Christian Doctrine to the Time of the Council of Chalcedon, 3d ed. (London: Methuen, 1933), 155-72; or J. N. D. Kelly, Early Christian Creeds, 3d ed. (New York: McKay, 1972).

5.  Bethune-Baker, Christian Doctrine, 187-89.

6. R. V. Sellers points out that Cyril’s theology rests, on the one hand, on Athanasian orthodoxy but, on the other, on the theology of Apollinarius with whose heresy it is often wrongly confused, Two Ancient Christologies: A Study in the Christological Thought of the Schools of Alexandria and Antioch in the Early History of Christian Doctrine (London: SPCK, 1954), 1-106. B. J. Kidd points out that Cyril never spoke of the humanity of Christ as physis, History of the Church to A.D. 461, 3 vols. (Oxford: Clarendon, 1922), 3:206.

7. Sellers, Two Ancient Christologies, 107-201. See also I. A. Domer, The Development of the Doctrine of the Person of Christ, Div. 1, vol. 1 (Edinburgh, 1891), 25.

8. Sellers, Two Ancient Christologies 116ff., shows that the Antiochene “Nestorians” cannot be accused of neglecting the importance of redemption and soteriology.

9. Socrates, Ecclesiastical History, in Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, second series, vol.2 (Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1983), 3, p.23.

10. Socrates, Ecclesiastical History, 8, p.2. When Libanius was dying someone asked him who would take his place. “It would have been John (Chrysostom),” he said, “had not the Christians stolen him from us.”

11. Socrates, Ecclesiastical History, 6, p. 3.

12. The phrase is H. B. Swete’s description of Theodore’s Christology, in Theodore of Mopsuestia on the Minor Epistles of St. Paul, 2 vols. (Cambridge, 1880-82), 1: 81ff. It is cited by Bethune-Baker, Christian Doctrine, 259n, who, however, in general defends Theodore’s orthodoxy; see pp.256-40.

13. Cyril of Alexandria, Epistolae 69, cited in Bethune-Baker, Christian Doctrine, 257 n. 2.

14. See A. Grillmeier’s analysis of Theodore’s Christology in Christ in Christian Tradition, vol. 1, From the Apostolic Age to Chalcedon (451), 2d ed. rev., trans I. Bowden (London and Oxford: Mowbray’s, 1975), 421-39. “This [i.e., Theodore’s Christology] was as far as theology could go before Chalcedon’s distinction between physis and hypostasis,” he writes (p. 436f.), noting Theodore’s careful use of such biblical analogies as the unity of husband and wife (Matt. 19:6) and of body and soul in one person (Romans) to illustrate but not explain the unity of the divine and human in Christ. See also R. A. Greer, Theodore ofMopsuestia: Exegete and Theologian (Westrninster MD: Faith Prsss, 1961).

15. mis was the emperor’s reply to his critics as recorded by Nestorius years later in his Apology, the Bazaar of Heracleides (pp.279-Si); cited by J. F Bethun~Baker from an anonymous translation from the D. Jenks manuscript. See his Nestorius and His Teaching: A Fresh Examination Of the Evidence  (Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1908), 6f. n. 3. See also Socrates, Ecclesiastical History, 7, p.29.

16.  Kidd, History of the Church, 3:192

17.  Kidd, History of the Church, 3:192.

18. Nestorius, in a letter to John of Antioch, December 430, cited by F. Loofs, in a collection of early fragments entitled Nestoriana (Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1912), 29.

19. See “Die sogenannten Gegenanathematismen des Nestorius,” in Sitzungsberichte der Bayrischen Akademie der Wissenschaften (Munchen, 1922), book 1.

20. Bethune-Baker, Nestorius, 39, quoting from the anonymous translation of the Bazaar of Heraclides referred to in n. 15 above. This translation (by R. H.   Connolly) predates the Bedjan edition. Cf. the same passage in C. R. Driver and L. Hodgson, Nestorius, The Bazaar of Heracleides (Oxford: Clarendon, 1925), 266f., from the Bedjan edition.

21. The whole shameful list of bribes is painstakingly recorded and presened in Bibliotheca Casinensis, I. ii, p.47, cited by Kidd, History of the Church, 3:258. Kidd estimated the debt in 1922 at 60,000 pounds sterling.

22. Nestorius, the Bazaar of Heracleides, as translated by F. Loofs and quoted in portions in his Nestorius and His Place in the Histor’;[p-y of Christian Doctrine (Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1914), 17, 19. Cf. the same passages in Driver and Hodgson, Nestorius, 329, 37880 passim. Bedjan text, 451, 519ff.

23. See however, I. Riker, Studien zum Concilium Ephesinum . . ., vol.4 (Oxenbrunn, 1934), for a painstakingly thorough defense of the verdict, if not the conduct, of the council.

24. As late as 1951 the condemnation by the Council of Ephesus was confirmed by a papal encyclical (Pope Pius I, “Sempiternus Rex Christus,” in Acta Apostolicae Sedis).

25. The best report of the discove7 and the most thorough critical study of the text and its history is L. Abramowski’s Untersuchungen zum Liber Heraclidis des Nestorius (CSCO Subsidia 22, whole no.242, 1963). The Syriac text was edited by Paul Bedjan in 1910 (Nestorius, Le livre d’Heraclide de Damas, Paris). An English translation with introduction and notes by Driver and Hodgson, Nestorius, was published in 1925 based on the Bedjan edition. L. I. Scipioni, Nestono e il conciho de Efeson (Milano, 1974), defends the authenticity of a part of the Bazaar (Book I, part 1, pp.7-86 in Driver and Hodgson), which Abramowski attributes to a “Pseudo-Nestorius” sometime between 451 and 470.

26.  Loofs, Nestoriana, 21.

27. See Grillmeier, Christ in Christian Tradition, 1:559#8, for a sun’ey of the literature in his appendix, “The Nestorius Question in Modem Study”; and A. R. Vine, An Approach to Christology: An Interpretation and Development of Some Elements in the Metaphysic and Chris tology of Nestorius (London: Independent Press, 1948), 3~6. Of the major crifical assessments: J. F. Bethune Baker, F. Loofs, R. Seeberg, R. V. Sellers, E. Schwarz, L. Abramowski, and A.     Grilimejer all more or less clear Nestorius of the charges of heresy, though Abramowski and Grillmejer both note his points of weakness. L. Hodgson, I. Rucker, B. J. Kidd, and L. I. Tixeront consider Nestorius’s theology as at best weak and at worst heretical, agreeing (as does Grillmeier to a point) with Chalcedon’s condemnation of Nestorius. P. Bedjan and F. Nauare completely anti-Nestorian.

28.  Nestorius, Book of Heracleides, 79 (Driver and Hodgson, trans.; in Bedjan, p.116)

29.  Nestorius, Book of Heracleides, 23, 47 (Driver and Hodgson; Bedjan, pp. 34, 69).

30. “If we say ‘one ousia,’ the hypostasis of the God Logos becomes confused with the ‘changeableness of the fleshly (hypostasis)1″‘ as Severus quotes from a fragment of the First Apology of Nestorius (Ctr. Gramm. II., p. 32, cited by Abramowski, Untersuchungen, 216 n. 19). The major concern, as always, with Nestorius was “lest on account of the divinitv it should not be believed that he was also man” (Nestorius, Book of Heracleides, 91 [Driver and Hodgson; Bedjan, p.132)).

31. See Grillmeier, Christ in the Christian Tradition, 1:47~83. It is true, however, that in 612 the phrase “two hypostases” became official Nestorian doctrine, but not in quite the same sense that the phrase was being used in Alexandria a hundred and fifty years earlier. See “The Creed of the Bishops of Persia Which Kosroes Requested …,” in L. Abramowski and A. F. Goodman, A Nestorian Collection of Chris tological Texts, vol. 2 (Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press, 1972), 9_100.

32.  The earlier works are collected, mostly, in Loofs, Nestoriana.

33.  Loofs, Nestoriana, 224, cited in Grillmeier, Christ in the Christian Tradition, 1:461.

34. “One prosopon of the two natures” is how Nestorius put it. Book of Heracleides (Driver and Hodgson), p.219.

35. Grillmeier, Christ in the Christian Tradition, 1:467, 515.

36.  Nestorius, Book of Heracleides (Driver and Hodgson, trans.), lMf., 246f.

37. Grillmeier, Christ in the Christian Tradition, 1:518, 559, who notes that this was also Luther’s chief condemnation of Nestorius (in Luther-Werke, T. 50  [Weimar, 1914], 590, citing the passage 581-592). Interestingly enough, it was a Calvinist, I. Bruguier of Lille, who as early as 1645 was the first theologian in Europe to come to the defense of Nestorius’s orthodoxy (Disputatio de supositio, in qua plurima hactenus inaudita de Nestono tam quam orthodoxo…cited by Grillmeier). See also Bethune-Baker, Christian Doctrine, 293f.

38.  See Bethune-Baker, Christian Doctrine, 272.

39. A. Fortescue, The Lesser Eastern Churches (London: Catholic Truth Society, 1913), 74, citing PG 67, p.247.

40. On Dioscurus see the French translation bv F. Nau of his “Life” by Theophistus in Journal Asiatique, ser. 10, vol. 1(1903): 5-108, 241-310.

41. Kidd, History of the Church, 3:49.

42. It was also the largest of the largest of the seven, with as manv as six hundred bishops attending. The seven ecumenical councils were: Nicaea, 325, on Arianism; Constantinople I, 381, on Apollinarianism; Ephesus, 431, on Nestorianism; Chalcedon, 451, on Eutychianism; followed by three lesser councils, Constantinople II, 553, on the “Three Chapters Controversv”; Constantinople III, 680-81, on Monothelitism; and Nicaea II, 787, on iconoclasm.

43. The full phrase was “One and the same Christ, Son, Lord, Only begotten, made known in two natures [which exist] without confusion, without change, without division, without separation; the difference of the natures having been in no way taken away by reason of the union, but rather the properties of each being preserved, and [both] concurring into one Person (prosopon) and one hypostasis-not parted nor divided into two persons  (proso pa) …,” as translated by R. V. Sellers, The Council of Chalcedon (London: SPCK, 1953), 210f.

44.  Sellers, Council of Chalcedon, 210f.

Viewing all 134 articles
Browse latest View live